Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutResolution - 2005-R0431 - Contract - Ai1 American Fence Inc.- LPSIA Security Improvements - 09/08/2005Resolution No. 2005-80431 September 8, 2005 Item 31 RESOLUTION BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK: THAT the Mayor of the City of Lubbock BE and is hereby authorized and directed to execute for and on behalf of the City of Lubbock, a Contract for Lubbock Preston Smith International Airport security improvements, by and between the City of Lubbock and A-1 American Fence, Inc. of Orange, Texas, and related documents. Said Contract is attached hereto and incorporated in this resolution as if fully set forth herein and shall be included in the minutes of the City Council. Passed by the City Council this 8th day of September, 2005. UGAL, MAYOR ATTEST: Re&cca Garza, City Secretary APPROVED AS TO CONTENT: Steve Nicholson, Deputy Works Projects APPROVED AS TO FORM: J M. Knight, As'sig at City Attorney gs/ccdocs/Contract-A-1 American Fence Inc.res August 26, 2005 No Text City of Lubbock PURCHASING DEPARTMENT ROOM 204, MUNICIPAL BUILDING 1625 13T" STREET LUBBOCK, TEXAS 79401 PH: (806) 775-2167 FAX: (806) 775-2164 http://purchasing.ei.lubbock.tx.us ADDENDUMV ITB #05-088-BM Lubbock Preston Smith International Airport Security Improvements DATE ISSUED: July 28, 2005 OLD CLOSE DATE: August 4, 2005 @ 2:00 P.M. NEW CLOSE DATE: August 18, 2005 @ 3:00 P.M. The following items take precedence over specifications for the above named Invitation to Bid (ITB). Where any item called for in the ITB documents is supplemented here, the original requirements, not affected by this addendum, shall remain in effect. 1. Bid due date and time are CHANGED from August 4, 2005 @ 2:00 P.M. to August 18, 2005 @ 3:00 P.M. 2. Responses to Insurance questions raised during the Pre -bid meeting are as follows: QUESTION: Is "Dig -Test" required to have insurance? ANSWER: Contractor does not need to be concerned about insurance for "Dig -Test". OUESTION: Must Sub -contractors meet the same insurance requirements as specified? ANSWER: Yes, Sub -contractors must meet the insurance requirements UNLESS they are covered by blank Additional Insured under the General contractor. The City must be furnished a copy of the certificate or endorsement. QUESTION: Can the Excess Liability Umbrella Insurance requirement be reduced? ANSWER: Yes, the Excess Liability Umbrella Insurance requirement is REDUCED from $4,000,000 to $2,000,000. 3. Bidder's attention is invited to the attached Engineer's Addendum #1, including the drawings showing BOLLARD STRUCTURE DETAILS and Sheet C32, Conduit Routing Plan Gates #23 and #26/27. 4. Prebid Meeting attendee sign -in sheet is attached. All requests for additional information or clarification must be submitted in writing and directed to: Bruce MacNair, Senior Buyer, City of Lubbock, P.O. Box 2000, Lubbock, Texas 79457 Questions may be faxed to (806) 775-2164 or Email to Bmacnair(&mylubbock.as THANK YOU, CITY OF LUBBOCK Bruce MacNair Senior Buyer It is the intent and purpose of the City of Lubbock that this request permits competitive bids. It shall be the bidder's responsibility to advise the City of Lubbock Purchasing Manager if my language, requirements etc., or any combinations thereof, inadvertently restricts or limits the requirements stated in this ITB to a single source. Such notification must be submitted in writing and must be received by the Purchasing Manager no later than five (5) business days prior to the bid close date. A review of such notifications will be made. r , ouuuuu/;;u .. uuoiui u Nunn iiiii//i Ilk InIL-ill :9:is} a :2-40 ADDENDUM NO.1 TO: All Prospective Bidders / Plan Holders PROJECT: LIA Security Improvements DATE: July 27, 2005 PSC Job No: 01-2728-04 Attention of all Prospective Bidders/Plan Holders is directed to the following modifications to the referenced Plans and Specifications. This Addendum forms a part of, and shall be attached to the Contract Documents, and modifies the original Bidding Documents dated 2-18-05 as noted below: This Addendum consists of 2 page(s), plus 2 figures. 1. Question: "What are the specifications for the readers and access system for the gates?" Response: There will be no modifications made to the existing readers at the gates in the Field. The existing keypads, push buttons, key switches and/or other opening devices will be reconnected to the new gate operators at gates 41 and 9 under this project. Gates 23 and 26/27 are currently opened manually. The proposed construction at these two gates will include a complete installation as described on sheet C24 of the plans. Networking of the gates via fiber optic cable and installation of a proximity card reader at these gate locations is not included in this project. 2. Sheet C-24 of the plans Layout of Auto ag to Operator System detail in the upper right hand corner of the sheet. Delete all reference to the proximity card readers. The gooseneck stands and bollards will be installed under this project. The proximity card reader which will be attached to the gooseneck stands will be installed under a separate project. 3. There will be two bollards installed at each gate under this project for a total of 8 bollards. Six bollards will be installed under the base bid and two bollards will be installed under the additive alternate. An example of these bollards can be seen at the gate adjacent to the terminal building on the North end. The intent is to fabricate these bollards from strait sections of pipe and standard pipe fittings by welding them together. Slight dimensional modifications will be allowed. The cost of these bollards should be included in the lump sum cost per gate. A detail of this bollard is included with this addendum. PARKHILL, SMITH & COOPER, INC. Engineers • Architects • Planners 4222 85th Street, Lubbock, Texas 79423 Phone (806) 473-2200 Fax (806) 473-3500 Lubbock El Paso Midland Amarillo r-, 4. Sheet C32 of the plans was not distributed with the original plans and specifications. Sheet C32 shows the conduit routing from the existing power sources at the airport to gates #23 and #26/27. For additional information see the gate feeder schedule on sheet C25. An I 1 x 17 of sheet C32 is included with this addendum. 6 END OF ADDENDUM NO.1 Respectfully submitted, PARKHILL, SMITH & COOPER, INC. By:?4-- l� Receipt of this addendum shall be acknowledged by the B,low and on the bid Proposal. This entire addendum, or a copy thereof, shall be attached to the bid Proposal submitted ACKNOWLEDGED: By: PARKHILL, SMITH & COOPER, INC. Engineers • Architects - Planners 4222 85th Street, Lubbock, Texas 79423 Phone (806) 473-2200 Fax (806) 473-3500 Lubbock ElPaso Midland Amarillo Odessa SIDE VIEW CUU8[N[CK STAND WITH ENTER READER GOOSENECK STAND WITH Lm|LK MtAULK POWDER COATED — FINISH YELLOW ON EXPOSED SURFACE �l�xVN4 � � . -~'- `5 x 8 WELDED ~ WIRE FABRIC BOLLARD NO SCALE PR0�ECT NAME: UA Security' |n:p'nvennenm SHEET l of l p90JECT ADDRES��:ISSUE DATE� 7/28/05 REVIS0Nq: CONDUIT ROUTING -NOTE COUNDUIT ROUTING PLAN - GATES#23 AND #26/27 , ft- j I SECURITY IMPROVEMENTS ,;ATE #26/27 WOO= WMATIONAL AIRPORT wasocr, Irs" CONDUIT ROUTING PLAN GATES #23 AND #2697 NtbidVecling for I'M LVROOCK PREMN SNIT INIVRNXrIONAI.. AIRPORTSMURITY IMPROVEMPNTS July 19, 2005 @ 9.00 AM LUBBOCK PR.RSTON SNIFFIR. IMMATIONAL AfRPORT AMBASSADOR ROOM PAX F- M M L COMPANY &hkIUN(; ADDR_M_ NUMBER U,WF 21 P.O. B2004) Box C*4yof3,xubbock 13RUCF MACNAIR City- Lubbock (806)775-2103 (8i)(j)775-2164 'VAA Stme, 7ip Cbdc� Tem 79457 Addrcm-, C , ity - - — ------- state, Zip Code: 7!L"l . ....... A d d c ess: stafezipcolle: 71,Y)l 54I 'r AdimmAQ city f"' S� �w zzji Codc- . . . . . . . . . . ------ Addresi:, city: i"41v' l,c lie, Zi Codc;:t i - A-1 "Nt/"cr"m Ad&csst _ 07M (f9rj 67 41 City . ... ..... . . stat, Z' CO& city" 7/ 7 7II 11-1rA c!t�eO r4 0� , )`*IV17 S(A!S� Zip Code: 41 �TIYIIIx Addrew ) '::;w� Lily- --AH4 (15 —5- r- a rl) T City: S Z' C Ic late, 'IP ot . .. .... C ty, I *T Cod C C Adfkt, ss Cli ftlie, pj Cutkv r,4 Addfrss-, ....... .......... City: st.t,' zi Cod'—"— �-I prebid Meeting Fin ITO 905,088-BIM LUBROCK PRr,.Tro,4 smrm INTYRNA7'I 14M, AIRPORT SECURUT TIMPROVEMENTS July 19, 2005 9:Oq AM TAPBROCK FRESTON SMITU INTFRNAI IONAL AIRPORT AMNAUSSAPOR ROONT K&PO TIHNY FX FINAIL CINIPANY YPREIIM RAMTAV UMC. ADREM 1A04H NER ADOW SA City of Lubbock BRUCE MACNAIR City: Lubbock (806)775-2163 (R06)775-21,64 State, zip Codic. TCXP A . .... . ..... ...... Stale, A(kk"v PCO . . . .. ...... City; *71 alsq State Zip Code: 1 Address. Oity. state "zinc-O& Address; . . . . . .. . .............. . Ak _, !S 7i Cjhr _: Atklmss- City- 'Ff "v (.a�o 4; j FT City. -.A�klf(Aa&7 Address: A A'ity' ta Zt AO(Immv City -� State, K'ix C*OdE- `, 11 19 9r-,r4V 0 7 05-,PY'4 Addirss: City: .S %te, 7A C Adhcsj: Ci4y . .... ..... - Addrmv 4421,� C95 Oryt -!�� . ..... -2"'40' 4-e'< Stap�, Zip Codx CITY OF LUBBOCK SPECIFICATIONS FOR LUBBOCK PRESTON SMITH INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT SECURITY IMPROVEMENTS ITB #05-088-BM FAA AIP Project No. 3-48-0138-026-2003 "A City Of Planned Progress" CITY OF LUBBOCK Lubbock, Texas CITY OF LUBBOCK INVITATION TO BID FOR TITLE: LUBBOCK PRESTON SMITH INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT SECURITY IMPROVEMENTS ADDRESS: LUBBOCK, TEXAS ACCOUNT NUMBER: 90231.8304.10000 FAA A.I.P. PROJECT NO. 3-48-0138-026-2003 CONTRACT PREPARED BY: PURCHASING & CONTRACT MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT 1 m 1. NOTICE TO BIDDERS 2. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 3. BID SUBMITTAL 4. LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS 5. INSURANCE REQUIREMENT AFFIDAVIT 6. PAYMENT BOND 7. PERFORMANCE BOND 8. CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE 9. CONTRACT 10. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT 11. CURRENT WAGE DETERMINATIONS 12. SPECIAL PROVISIONS 13. SPECIFICATIONS NOTICE TO BIDDERS NOTICE TO BIDDERS ITB #05-088-BM Sealed bids addressed to Victor Kilman, Purchasing & Contract Manager, City of Lubbock, Texas, will be received in the office of the Purchasing & Contract Manager, Municipal Building, 1625 13th Street, Room 204, Lubbock, Texas, 79401, until 2:00 o'clock p.m. on August 4th, 2005 or as changed by the issuance of formal addenda to all planholders, to furnish all labor and materials and perform all work for the construction of the following described project: LUBBOCK PRESTON SMITH INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT SECURITY IMPROVEMENTS After the expiration of the time and date above first written, said sealed bids will be opened in the office of the Purchasing & Contract Manager and publicly read aloud. It is the sole responsibility of the bidder to ensure that his bid is actually in the office of the Purchasing & Contract Manager for the City of Lubbock, before the expiration of the date above first written. Bids are due at 2:00 o'clock p.m. on August 4th, 2005 and the City of Lubbock City Council will consider the bids on August 25th , 2005 at the Municipal Building, 1625 13th Street, Lubbock, Texas, or as soon thereafter as may be reasonably convenient, subject to the right to reject any or all bids and waive any formalities. The successful bidder will be required to furnish a performance bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $100,000 and the successful bidder will be required to furnish a payment bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $25,000. Said statutory bonds should be issued by a company carrying a current Best Rating of B or su_�. Bidders are required, whether or not a payment or performance bond is required, to submit a cashier's or certified check issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Lubbock, or a bid bond from a reliable surety company, payable without recourse to the order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than five percent (5%) of the total amount of the bid submitted as a guarantee that bidder will enter into a contract and execute all necessary bonds within ten (10) business days after notice of award of the contract to him. The bid bonds of all bidders shall be retained until after the award of contract is made. The bid bond of the successful bidder shall be retained until the contract is fully executed by all parties, the receipt of all necessary insurance certificates, and the posting of performance and payment bonds. The failure of the bidder to accept an award and file acceptable insurance certificates and required bonds within 15 days after notice of award shall be just cause for cancellation of the award and forfeiture of the bid bond to the City of Lubbock as liquidated damages. Award may then be made to the next lowest responsive and responsible bidder. FAILURE OF THE BIDDER TO INCLUDE BID SECURITY WITH THE BID SUBMITTAL SHALL CONSTITUTE A NONRESPONSIVE BID AND RESULT IN DISQUALIFICATION OF THE BID SUBMITTAL. It shall be each bidders sole responsibility to inspect the site of the work and to inform himself regarding all local conditions under which the work is to be done. It shall be understood and agreed that all such factors have been thoroughly investigated and considered in the preparation of the bid submitted. There will be a non - mandatory pre -bid conference on July 19th, 2005 at 9:00 o'clock a.m., LUBBOCK PRESTON SMITH INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT AMBASSADOR ROOM, 5401 N. MLK BLVD., Lubbock, Texas. Bidders may view the plans and specifications without charge at The Reproduction Company, 2102 Avenue Q, Lubbock, Texas 79405. PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS MAY BE OBTAINED, AT THE BIDDER'S EXPENSE, FROM THE REPRODUCTION COMPANY, Phone: (806) 763-7770, http:i;'pr.tbereproductioncompan, ram. - CONTINUED NEXT PAGE - Attention of each bidder is particularly called to the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages included in the contract documents on file in the office of the Purchasing & Contract Manager of the City of Lubbock, which document is specifically referred to in this notice to bidders. Each bidder's attention is further directed to provision of Article 5159a, Vernon's Ann. Civil St., and the requirements contained therein concerning the above wage scale and payment by the contractor of the prevailing rates of wages as heretofore established by owner in said wage scale. The City of Lubbock hereby notifies all bidders that in regard to any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, minority and women business enterprises will be afforded equal opportunities to submit bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, sex, disability, or national origin in consideration for an award. The City of Lubbock does not discriminate against persons with disabilities. City of Lubbock pre -bid meetings and bid openings are available to all persons regardless of disability. If you would like bid information made available in a more accessible format or if you require assistance, please contact the City of Lubbock ADA Coordinator Office at (806) 775-2018 at least 48 hours in advance of the meeting. CITY OF LUBBOCK Victor Kilman Purchasing & Contract Manager t GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS BID DELIVERY. TIME & DATE 1.1 The City of Lubbock is seeking written and sealed competitive bids to furnish LUBBOCK PRESTON SMITH INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT SECURITY IMPROVEMENTS per the attached specifications and contract documents. Sealed bids will be received no later 2:00 p.m. CST, August 4th at the office listed below. Any bid received after the date and hour specified will be rejected and returned unopened to the bidder. Each bid and supporting documentation must be in a sealed envelope or container plainly labeled in the lower left-hand corner: "ITB #05-088-BM LUBBOCK PRESTON SMITH INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT SECURITY IMPROVEMENTS" and the bid opening date and time. Bidders must also include their company name and address on the outside of the envelope or container. Bids must be addressed to: Victor Kilman, Purchasing & Contract Manager City of Lubbock 1625 l3th Street, Room 204 Lubbock, Texas 79401 1.2 Bidders are responsible for making certain bids are delivered to the Purchasing & Contract Management Department. Mailing of a bid does not ensure that the bid will be delivered on time or delivered at all. If bidder does not hand deliver bid, we suggest that he/she use some sort of delivery service that provides a receipt. 1.3 Bids will be accepted in person, by United States Mail, by United Parcel Service, or by private courier service. No bids will be accepted by oral communication, telephone, electronic mail, telegraphic transmission, or telefacsimile transmission. THE CITY WILL NOT ACCEPT FAX BIDS. 1.4 The City of Lubbock reserves the right to postpone the date and time for opening bids through an addendum. 2 PRE -BID MEETING 2.1 For the purpose of familiarizing bidders with the requirements, answering questions, and issuing addenda as needed for the clarification of the Invitation to Bid (ITB) documents, a non -mandatory pre -bid meeting will be held at 9:00 a.m. July 19th , 2005 in LUBBOCK PRESTON SMITH INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT AMBASSADOR ROOM 5401 N. MLK BLVD., Lubbock Texas All persons attending the meeting will be asked to identify themselves and the prospective bidder they represent. 2.2 It is the bidder's responsibility to attend the pre -bid meeting though the meeting is not mandatory. The City will not be responsible for providing information discussed at the pre -bid meeting to bidders who do not attend the pre -bid meeting. ADDENDA & MODIFICATIONS 3.1 Any changes, additions, or clarifications to the ITB are made by ADDENDA information available over the Internet at htlp://w-vN,�A7.RFPdepot.com. We strongly suggest that you check for any addenda a minimum of forty-eight hours in advance of the response deadline. BUSINESSES WITHOUT INTERNET ACCESS may use computers available at most public libraries. 3.2 Any bidder in doubt as to the true meaning of any part of the specifications or other documents may request an interpretation thereof from the Purchasing & Contract Management Department. At the request of the bidder, or in the event the Purchasing & Contract Management Department deems the interpretation to be substantive, the interpretation will be made by written addendum issued by the -3 Purchasing & Contract Management Department. Such addenda issued by the Purchasing & Contract ManagementDepartment will be available over the Internet at http:byww.RFPdepot.com and will become part of the proposal package having the same binding effect as provisions of the original M. NO VERBAL EXPLANATIONS OR INTERPRETATIONS WILL BE BINDING. In order to have a request for interpretation considered, the request must be submitted in writing and must be received by the City of Lubbock Purchasing & Contract Management Department no later than five (5) days before the bid closing date. 3.3 All addenda, amendments, and interpretations of this solicitation shall be in writing. The City of Lubbock shall not be legally bound by any amendment or interpretation that is not in writing. Only information supplied by the City of Lubbock Purchasing & Contract Management Department in writing or in this ITB should be used in preparing bid responses. All contacts that a bidder may have had before or after receipt of this ITB with any individuals, employees, or representatives of the City and any information that may have been read in any news media or seen or heard in any communication facility regarding this bid should be disregarded in preparing responses. 3.4 The City does not assume responsibility for the receipt of any addendum sent to bidders. 4 EXAMINATION OF DOCUMENTS AND REQUIREMENTS 4.1 Each bidder shall carefully examine all ITB documents and thoroughly familiarize itself with all :} requirements before submitting a bid to ensure that their bid meets the intent of these specifications. 4.2 Before submitting a bid, each bidder shall be responsible for making all investigations and examinations that are necessary to ascertain conditions and requirements affecting the requirements of this Invitation to Bid. Failure to make such investigations and examinations shall not relieve the bidder from obligation to comply, in every detail, with all provisions and requirements of the Invitation to Bid. 4.3 Notices of any discrepancies or omissions in these plans, specifications, or contract documents, shall be given to the Purchasing & Contract Manager and a clarification obtained before the bids are received, and if no such notice is received by the Purchasing & Contract Manager prior to the opening of bids, then it shall be deemed that the bidder fully understands the work to be included and has provided sufficient sums in its bid to complete the work in accordance with these plans and specifications. If bidder does not notify Purchasing & Contract Manager before bidding of any discrepancies or omissions, then it shall be deemed for all purposes that the plans and specifications are sufficient and adequate for completion of the project. It is further agreed that any request for clarification must be submitted no later than ten (10) calendar days prior to the opening of bids. 5 BID PREPARATION COSTS 5.1 Issuance of this ITB does not commit the City of Lubbock, in any way, to pay any costs incurred in the preparation and submission of a bid. 5.2 The issuance of this ITB does not obligate the City of Lubbock to enter into contract for any services or equipment. 5.3 All costs related to the preparation and submission of a bid shall be paid by the bidder. L- 6 TRADE SECRETS. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND THE TEXAS PUBLIC INFORMATION ACT 6.1 If you consider any portion of your bid to be privileged or confidential by statute or judicial decision, including trade secrets and commercial or financial information, clearly identify those portions. 6.2 The City of Lubbock will honor your notations of trade secrets and confidential information and decline to release such information initially, but please note that the final determination of whether a particular portion of your bid is in fact a trade secret or commercial or financial information that may be withheld from public inspection will be made by the Texas Attorney General or a court of competent jurisdiction. In the event a public information request is received for a portion of your bid that you have marked as being confidential information, you will be notified of such request and you will be required to justify your legal position in writing to the Texas Attorney General pursuant to Section 552.305 of the Government Code. In the event that it is determined by opinion or order of the Texas Attorney General or a court of competent jurisdiction that such information is in fact not privileged and confidential under e Section 552.110 of the Government Code and Section 252.049 of the Local Government Code, then such information will be made available to the requester. 6.3 Marking your entire bid CONFIDENTIAL/PROPRIETARY is not in conformance with the Texas Open Records Act. 7 LICENSES PERMITS TAXES The price or prices for the work shall include full compensation for all taxes, permits, etc, that the bidder is or may be required to pay. 8 UTILIZATION OF LOCAL BUSINESS RESOURCES 8.1 Prospective bidders are strongly encouraged to explore and implement methods for the utilization of local resources, and to outline in their bid submittal how they would utilize local resources. 9 CONFLICT OF INTEREST 9.1 The bidder shall not offer or accept gifts or anything of value nor enter into any business arrangement with any employee, official or agent of the City of Lubbock in regard to this bid. 9.2 By signing and executing this bid, the bidder certifies and represents to the City the bidder has not offered, conferred or agreed to confer any pecuniary benefit or other thing of value for the receipt of special treatment, advantage, information, recipient's decision, opinion, recommendation, vote or any other exercise of discretion concerning this bid. 10 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 10.1 All work covered by the contract shall be done in accordance with contract documents described in the General Conditions. 10.2 All bidders shall be thoroughly familiar with all of the requirements set forth on the contract documents for the construction of this project and shall be responsible for the satisfactory completion of all work contemplated by said contract documents. 11 PLANS FOR USE BY BIDDERS It is the intent of the City of Lubbock that all parties with an interest in submitting a bid on the project covered by the contract documents be given a reasonable opportunity to examine the documents and prepare a bid without charge. The contract documents may be examined without charge as noted in the Notice to Bidders. 12 BIDDER INQUIRIES AND CLARIFICATION OF REQUIREMENTS 12.1 It is the intent and purpose of the City of Lubbock that this request permit competitive bids. It shall be the bidder's responsibility to advise the Purchasing & Contract Manager if any language, requirements, etc., or any combinations thereof, inadvertently restricts or limits the requirements stated in this ITB to a single source. Such notification must be submitted in writing and must be received by the City of Lubbock Purchasing & Contract Management Office no later than ten (10) calendar days before the bid closing date. A review of such notifications will be made. 12.2 NO BIDDER SHALL REQUEST ANY INFORMATION VERBALLY. ALL REQUESTS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION OR CLARIFICATION CONCERNING THIS INVITATION TO BID (ITB) MUST BE SUBMITTED IN WRITING NO LATER THAN TEN (10) CALENDAR DAYS PRIOR TO THE BID CLOSING DATE AND ADDRESSED TO: BRUCE MACNAIR, SENIOR BUYER City of Lubbock 1625 13`h Street Lubbock, Texas 79401 Fax: (806)775-2164 Email: BMacnair@mylubbock.us RFPDepot: http://,www.RFPdcVot.com 3 13 TIME AND ORDER FOR COMPLETION 13.1 The construction covered by the contract documents shall be substantially completed within 150 (ONE HUNDRED FIFTY) CONSECUTIVE CALENDAR DAYS from the date specified in the Notice to Proceed issued by the City of Lubbock to the successful bidder. 13.2 The Contractor will be permitted to prosecute the work in the order of his own choosing, provided, however, the City reserves the right to require the Contractor to submit a progress schedule of the work contemplated by the contract documents. In the event the City requires a progress schedule to be submitted, and it is determined by the City that the progress of the work is not in accordance with the progress schedule so submitted, the City may direct the Contractor to take such action as the City deems necessary to ensure completion of the project within the time specified. 14 PAYMENT All payments due to Contractor shall be made in accordance with the provisions of the General Conditions of the contract documents. 15 AFFIDAVITS OF BILLS PAID The City of Lubbock, prior to final acceptance of this project, requires the Contractor to execute an affidavit that all bills for labor, materials and incidentals incurred in the construction of the improvements contemplated by the contract documents have been paid in full and that there are no claims pending, of which the Contractor has been notified. 16 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP The intent of these contract documents is that only materials and workmanship of the best quality and grade will be furnished. The fact that the specifications may fail to be sufficiently complete in some detail will not relieve the Contractor of full responsibility for providing materials of high quality and for protecting them adequately until incorporated into the project. The presence or absence of a representative of the City on the site will not relieve the Contractor of full responsibility of complying with this provision. The specifications for materials and _r methods set forth in the contract documents provide minimum standards of quality, which the Owner believes necessary to procure a satisfactory project. 17 GUARANTEES 17.1 All equipment and materials incorporated in the project and all construction shall be guaranteed against defective materials and workmanship. Prior to final acceptance, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner, a written general guarantee which shall provide that the Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work, and pay for any and all damages of any nature whatsoever resulting in such defects, when such defects appear within ONE year from date of final acceptance of the work as a result of defective materials or workmanship, at no cost to the Owner (City of Lubbock). 17.2 Notwithstanding any provisions contained in the contractual agreement, the Contractor represents and warrants fault -free performance and fault -free result in the processing date and date -related data (including, but not limited to calculating, comparing and sequencing) of all hardware, software and firmware products delivered and services provided under this Contract, individually or in combination, as the case may be from the effective date of this Contract. Also, the Contractor warrants calculations will be recognized and accommodated and will not, in any way, result in hardware, software or firmware failure. The City of Lubbock, at its sole option, may require the Contractor, at any time, to demonstrate the procedures it intends to follow in order to comply with all the obligations contained herein. 17.3 The obligations contained herein apply to products and services provided by the Contractor, its sub- contractor or any third parry involved in the creation or development of the products and services to be delivered to the City of Lubbock under this Contract. Failure to comply with any of the obligations contained herein, may result in the City of Lubbock availing itself of any of its rights under the law and under this Contract including, but not limited to, its right pertaining to termination or default. 4 F 17.4 The warranties contained herein are separate and discrete from any other warranties specified in this Contract, and are not subject to any disclaimer of warranty, implied or expressed, or limitation to the Contractor's liability which may be specified in this Contract, its appendices, its schedules, its annexes or any document incorporated in this Contract by reference. 18 PLANS FOR THE CONTRACTOR The Contractor will be furnished ten (10) sets of plans and specifications, and related contract documents for his use during construction. Plans and specifications for use during construction will only be furnished directly to the Contractor. The Contractor shall then distribute copies of plans and specifications to suppliers, subcontractors or others, as required for proper prosecution of the work contemplated by the Contractor. 19 PROTECTION OF THE WORK The Contractor shall be responsible for the care, preservation, conservation, and protection of all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, apparatus, accessories, facilities, and all means of construction, and any and all parts of the work whether the Contractor has been paid, partially paid, or not paid for such work, until the date the City issues its certificate of completion to Contractor. The City reserves the right, after the bids have been opened and before the contract has been awarded, to require of a bidder the following information: (a) The experience record of the bidder showing completed jobs of a similar nature to the one covered by the intended contract and all work in progress with bond amounts and percentage completed. (b) A sworn statement of the current financial condition of the bidder. (c) Equipment schedule. (d) A letter, on Contractor and Subcontractor insurer's letterheads, stating the Worker's Compensation Insurance Experience Rating for Contractor and Subcontractor. (e) If, after award of contract, the Contractor adds or substitutes subcontractors, then an insurer's letter stating the Worker's Compensation Insurance Rating shall be provided to the City for each added or substituted subcontractor. 20 TEXAS STATE SALES TAX 20.1 This contract is issued by an organization which qualifies for exemption provisions pursuant to provisions of Article 20.04 of the Texas Limited Sales, Excise and Use Tax Act. 19.2 The Contractor must obtain a limited sales, excise and use tax permit which shall enable him to buy the materials to be incorporated into the work without paying the tax at the time of purchase. 21 PROTECTION OF SUBSURFACE LINES AND STRUCTURES It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to prosecute the work contemplated by the contract documents in such a way as to exercise due care to locate and prevent damage to all underground pipelines, utility lines, conduits or other underground structures which might or could be damaged by Contractor during the construction of the project contemplated by these contract documents. The City of Lubbock agrees that it will furnish Contractor the location of all such underground lines and utilities of which it has knowledge. However, such fact shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities aforementioned. All such underground lines or structures cut or damaged by Contractor during the prosecution of the work contemplated by this contract shall be repaired immediately by Contractor to the satisfaction of the City of Lubbock, Texas, and the private utility owner, as _a applicable, at Contractor's expense. 22 BARRICADES AND SAFETY MEASURES The contractor shall, at his own expense, furnish and erect such barricades, fences, lights and danger signals, and -' shall take such other precautionary measures for the protection of persons, property and the work as may be necessary. The Contractor will be held responsible for all damage to the work due to failure of barricades, signs, and lights to protect it, and when damage is incurred, the damaged portion shall be immediately removed and replaced by Contractor at his own cost and expense. The Contractor's responsibility for maintenance of 5 barricades, signs, and lights shall not cease until the date of issuance to Contractor of City's certificate of acceptance of the project. 23 EXPLOSIVES 23.1 The use of explosives will not be permitted unless written permission to do so is obtained by the Contractor from the City. In all cases where written permission is obtained for the use of explosives, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for all damage, which may occur as a direct or indirect result of the blasting. In addition, in all cases where explosives are authorized to be used, the Contractor shall use utmost care so as not to endanger life or property and the Contractor shall further use only such methods as are currently utilized by persons, firms, or corporations engaged in similar type of construction activity. 23.2 Explosive materials shall not be stored or kept at the construction site by the Contractor. 23.3 In all cases where explosives are to be used during the construction of the project contemplated by this contract, it shall be the duty of the Contractor to notify each utility company having structures (above or below the ground) in proximity to the site of the work of Contractor's intention to use explosives, and such notice shall be given sufficiently in advance to enable the companies to take such steps as they may deem necessary to protect their property from injury. Such notice, however, shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for any damage resulting from his blasting operations. 24 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE The successful bidder shall be required to have a responsible local representative available at all times while the work is in progress under this contract. The successful bidder shall be required to furnish the name, address and telephone number where such local representative may be reached during the time that the work contemplated by this contract is in progress. 25 INSURANCE 25.1 The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all insurance as required in the General Conditions of the contract documents, from an underwriter authorized to do business in the State of Texas and satisfactory to the City. Proof of coverage shall be furnished to the City and written notice of cancellation or any material change will be provided thirty (30) days in advance of cancellation or change. All policies shall contain an agreement on the part of the insurer waiving the right to subrogation against the city. The Contractor shall procure and carry at his sole cost and expense, through the life of this contract, insurance protection as hereinafter specified. Coverage in excess of that specified herein also shall be acceptable. Such insurance shall be carried with an insurance company authorized to transact business in the State of Texas and shall cover all operations in connection with this contract, whether performed by the Contractor or a subcontractor, or separate policies shall be provided covering the operation of each subcontractor. A certificate of insurance specifying each and all coverages shall be submitted before contract execution. PROOF OF COVERAGE SHALL BE FURNISHED TO THE CITY OF LUBBOCK IN THE FORM OF A CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE. THE INSURANCE CERTIFICATES s FURNISHED SHALL NAME THE CITY OF LUBBOCK AS A PRIMARY ADDITIONAL INSURED AND PROVIDE A WAIVER OF SUBROGATION IN FAVOR OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK AS REQUIRED BELOW, OR IN THE ALTERNATIVE, SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED BY A STATEMENT FROM THE CONTRACTOR TO THE EFFECT THAT NO WORK ON THIS PARTICULAR PROJECT SHALL BE SUBCONTRACTED. IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE TO THE OWNER ALL PROOF OF COVERAGE INSURANCE DOCUMENTS INCLUDING WORKERS COMPENSATION COVERAGE FOR EACH SUBCONTRACTOR. 26 LABOR AND WORKING HOURS 26.1 Attention of each bidder is particularly called to the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages included in these contract documents. The wage rate that must be paid on this project shall not be less than specified in the schedule of general prevailing rates of per diem wages as above mentioned. The bidders' attention is further directed to the requirements of Article 5159a, Vernon's Annotated Civil Statutes providing for the payment of the wage schedules above mentioned and the bidder's obligations thereunder. The inclusion of the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages in these contract documents does not release the Contractor from compliance with any wage law that may be applicable. Construction work under this contract requiring an inspector will not be performed on weekends or holidays unless the following conditions exist: 26.1.1 The project being constructed is essential to the City of Lubbock's ability to provide the necessary service to its citizens. 26.1.2 Delays in construction are due to factors outside the control of the Contractor. The Contractor is approaching the penalty provisions of the contract and Contractor can show he has made a diligent effort to complete the contract within the allotted time. 26.2 Before construction work requiring an inspector is to be performed on weekends or holidays, the Contractor must notify the Owner's Representative not less than three full working days prior to the weekend or holiday he desires to do work and obtain written permission from the Owner's Representative to do such work. The final decision on whether to allow construction work requiring an inspector on weekends or holidays will be made by the Owner's Representative. 26.3 In any event, if a condition should occur or arise at the site of this project or from the work being done under this contract which is hazardous or dangerous to property or life, the Contractor shall immediately commence work, regardless of the day of the week or the time of day, to correct or alleviate such condition so that it is no longer dangerous to property or life. 27 PAYMENT OF EMPLOYEES AND FILING OF PAYROLLS The contractor and each of his subcontractors shall pay each of his employees engaged in work on the project under this contract in full (less mandatory legal deductions) in cash, or by check readily cashable without discount, not less often than once each week. The Contractor and each of his subcontractors engaged at the site of the work shall not later than the seventh day following the payment of wages, file with the Owner's Representative, or Engineer, a certified, sworn, legible copy of such payroll. This shall contain the name of each employee, his classification, the number of hours worked on each day, rate of pay, and net pay. The affidavit shall state that the copy is a true and correct copy of such payroll, that no rebates or deductions (except as shown) have been made, or will in the future be made from the wages paid as shown thereon. The Contractor must classify employees according to one of the classifications set forth in the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages, which schedule is included in the contract documents. The Contractor shall forfeit as a penalty to the City of Lubbock on whose behalf this contract is made, ten dollars for each laborer, workman, or mechanic employed for each calendar day, or portion thereof, such laborer, workman or mechanic is paid less than the wages assigned to his particular classification as set forth in the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages included in these contract documents. 28 PROVISIONS CONCERNING ESCALATION CLAUSES Bids submitted containing any conditions which provide for changes in the stated bid price due to increases or decreases in the cost of materials, labor or other items required for the project will be rejected and returned to the bidder without being considered. 29 PREPARATION FOR BID 29.1 The bidder shall submit his bid in duplicate on forms furnished by the City or electronically reproduced by the bidder. Forms electronically reproduced by the bidder must be identical in every respect to the forms furnished by the City. All blank spaces in the form shall be correctly filled in and the bidder shall state the price for which he intends to do the work contemplated or furnish the materials required. Such prices shall be written in ink, distinctly and legibly, or typewritten. In case of discrepancy between the price written in words and the price written in figures, the price written in words shall govern. Bidder's bid submittal must be in duplicate and must include the following: ■ Bid Submittal Form ■ List of Subcontractors ■ City of Lubbock Insurance Requirement Affidavit ■ Bid Bond ■ DBE Requirements (See Section 33 Below) 29.2 If the bid is submitted by an individual, his name must be signed by him or his duly authorized agent. If a bid is submitted by a firm, association, or partnership, the name and address of each member must be given and the bid signed by a member of the firm, association or partnership, or person duly authorized. If the bid is submitted by a company or corporation, the company or corporate name and business address must be given, and the bid signed by an official or duly authorized agent. Powers of attorney authorizing agents or others to sign bids must be properly certified and must be in writing and submitted with the bid. The bid shall be executed in ink. 29.3 Each bid shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope, addressed as specified in the Notice to Bidders, and endorsed on the outside of the envelope in the following manner (The City does not accept bids by fax. However, there are companies in Lubbock that will receive, seal, and deliver faxed bids. These companies are listed in the Yellow Pages under Mailing Services. Bids delivered using this service must be delivered on -time and addressed as specified in the Notice to Bidders and endorsed on the outside of the envelope in the following manner.): 28.3.1 Bidder's name 28.3.2 Bid for [title]. 29.4 Bid submittals may be withdrawn and resubmitted at any time before the time set for opening of the bids, but no bid may be withdrawn or altered thereafter. 29.5 Pursuant to Texas Local Government Code 252.043(a), a competitive sealed bid that has been opened may not be changed for the purpose of correcting an error in the bid price. THEREFORE, ANY CORRECTIONS TO THE BID PRICE MUST BE MADE ON THE BID SUBMITTAL FORM PRIOR TO BID OPENING. 30 BOUND COPY OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Bidder understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by bidder shall be bound and include the following: (a) Notice to Bidders (b) General Instructions to Bidders (c) Bid Submittal Form and "Exhibit A" 31 32 (d) Statutory Payment and Performance Bonds (e) Contract (f) General Conditions of the Agreement (g) Special Provisions (h) Technical Specifications (i) Insurance Certificates for Contractor and all Sub -Contractors 0) All other documents made available to bidder for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders If Plans and Specifications are too bulky or cumbersome to be physically bound, they are to be considered incorporated by reference into the aforementioned contract documents. QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS The bidder may be required before the award of any contract to show to the complete satisfaction of the City of Lubbock that it has the necessary facilities, ability, and financial resources to provide the service specified therein in a satisfactory manner. The bidder may also be required to give a past history and references in order to satisfy the City of Lubbock about the bidder's qualifications. The City of Lubbock may make reasonable investigations deemed necessary and proper to determine the ability of the bidder to perform the work, and the bidder shall furnish to the City of Lubbock all information for this purpose that may be requested. The bidder's bid may be deemed not to meet specifications or the bid may be rejected if the evidence submitted by, or investigation of, the bidder fails to satisfy the City of Lubbock that the bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the contract and to complete the work described therein. Evaluation of the bidder's qualifications shall include: (a) The ability, capacity, skill, and financial resources to perform the work or provide the service required. (b) The ability of the bidder to perform the work or provide the service promptly or within the time specified, without delay or interference. (c) The character, integrity, reputation, judgment, experience, and efficiency of the bidder. (d) The quality of performance of previous contracts or services. (e) Worker's Compensation Experience Rating. RM AWARD 32.1 The City of Lubbock reserves the right to reject any or all bids, reject any particular item on a bid, and to waive immaterial formalities and to accept the offer most advantageous to the City of Lubbock in its sole discretion. 32.2 The City reserves the right to accept the Total Base Bid and Alternate Bids in any order or combination that serves its best interests. The low bid shall be determined on the price combination of the Total Base Bid and any accepted Alternate Bids or Options. 32.3 All bids are evaluated for compliance with specifications before the bid price is considered. Response to specifications is primary in determining the best low bid. Failure to comply with the specifications may result in disqualification of the bid. 32.4 In case of tie bids, preference will be given to local bidders. Consistent and continued tie bidding may be cause for rejection of bids by the City of Lubbock and/or investigation by the Attorney General to determine possible Anti -Trust violations. 32.5 Before the City may award a bid to a nonresident bidder, the nonresident bidder's bid must be lower than lowest bid submitted by a responsible Texas bidder by the same margin or amount that a Texas bidder would be required to underbid the nonresident bidder in the nonresident bidders' home state. 32.6 Any contract made, or purchase order issued, as a result of this Invitation to Bid, shall be entered into the State of Texas and under the laws of the State of Texas. In connection with the performance of work, the Bidder agrees to comply with the Fair Labor Standard Act, Equal Opportunity Employment Act, and all r other applicable Federal, State, and Local laws, regulations, and executive orders to the extent that the same may be applicable. 32.7 NO INDIVIDUAL OF ANY USING DEPARTMENT HAS THE AUTHORITY TO LEGALLY AND/OR FINANCIALLY COMMIT THE CITY TO ANY CONTRACT, AGREEMENT OR PURCHASE ORDER FOR GOODS OR SERVICES, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY SANCTIONED BY THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS INVITATION TO BID. 32.8 The successful bidder must satisfy the City as to the bidder's ability to perform the work and meet all contractual obligations set forth in the contract to be executed. 33 DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (WE) REQUIREMENTS 33.1 The City of Lubbock hereby notifies all bidders that in regard to any contract entered into pursuant to this ITB, Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (DBE's) will be afforded equal opportunities to submit bids and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, sex, disability, or national origin in consideration of an award. 33.2 A DBE is defined as a small business concern which is at least 5 1 % owned and controlled by one or more socially and economically disadvantaged individuals, or in the case of any publicly owned business, at least 51% of the stock of which is owned by one ore more socially and economically disadvantaged individuals. Socially and economically disadvantaged include Women, Black Americans, Hispanic Americans, Native Americans, Asian -Pacific Americans, and Asian -Indian Americans. 33.3 Good Faith Efforts (Information to be submitted) City of Lubbock treats bidders' compliance with good faith efforts requirements as a matter of responsiveness. Each solicitation for which a contract goal has been established will require the bidders/offerors to submit the following information with its bid as a condition of responsiveness: 1. The names and addresses of DBE firms that will participate in the contract; 2. A description of the work that each DBE will perform; 3. The dollar amount of the participation of each DBE firm participation; 4. Written and signed documentation of commitment to use a DBE subcontractor whose participation it submits to meet a contract goal; 5. Written and signed confirmation from the DBE that it is participating in the contract as provided in the prime contractor's commitment; and 6. If the contract goal is not met, evidence of good faith efforts. 33.4 Demonstration of good faith efforts The obligation of the bidder is to make good faith efforts. The bidder can demonstrate that it has done so either by meeting the contract goal or documenting good faith efforts. Examples of good faith efforts are found in Attachment 7 of the Airport's DBE plan, http:!lpurchasing_ci.lubbock.tx.us.'vendor.htin . The following personnel are responsible for determining whether a bidder who has not met the contract goal has documented sufficient good faith efforts to be regarded as responsive: Persons assigned to evaluate bids or proposals as specified on the City's "Request to Solicit Competitive Bids or Proposals — Procurement Document Submittal Form." We will ensure that all information is complete and accurate and adequately documents and bidder's good faith efforts before we commit to the performance of the contract by the bidder. 10 33.5 Administrative reconsideration Within 10 days of being informed by City of Lubbock that it is not responsive because it has not documented sufficient good faith efforts, a bidder may request administrative reconsideration. Bidders should make this request in writing to the following reconsideration official: Victor Kilman, Purchasing & Contract Management Department, City of Lubbock, P.O. Box 2000, Lubbock, Texas 79457. The reconsideration official will not have played any role in the original determination that the bidder did not make/document sufficient good faith efforts. As part of this reconsideration, the bidder will have the opportunity to provide written documentation or argument concerning the issue of whether it met the goal or made adequate good faith efforts to do so. The bidder will have the opportunity to meet in person with our reconsideration official to discuss the issue of whether it met the goal or made adequate good faith efforts to do so. We will send the bidder a written decision on reconsideration, explaining the basis for finding that the bidder did or did not meet the goal or make adequate good faith efforts to do so. The result of the reconsideration process is not administratively appealable to the Department of Transportation. 33.6 Good Faith Efforts when a DBE is replaced on a contract City of Lubbock will require a contractor to make good faith efforts to replace a DBE that is terminated or has otherwise failed to complete its work on a contract with another certified DBE, to the extent needed to meet the contract goal. The City will require the prime contractor to notify the DBE Liaison Officer (DBELO) immediately of the DBE's inability or unwillingness to perform and provide reasonable documentation. In this situation, we will require the prime contractor to obtain our prior approval of the substitute DBE and to provide copies of new or amended subcontracts, or documentation of good faith efforts. If the contractor fails or refuses to comply in the time specified, our contracting office will issue an order stopping all or part of payment/work until satisfactory action has been taken. If the contractor still fails to comply, the contracting officer may issue a termination for default proceeding. 33.7 Counting DBE Participation The City will count DBE participation toward overall goals as provided in 49 CFR 26.55. 33.8 Certification The DBELO will use the certification standards of Subpart D of part 26 and the certification procedures of Subpart E of part 26 to determine the eligibility of firms to participate as DBEs in DOT -assisted contracts. In addition, the Department of Aviation has approval from Citibus, the City's transit authority and the Affirmative Action and Contract Compliance Division of the City of Houston, Texas to assist in applying certification standards. To be certified as a DBE, a firm must meet all certification eligibility standards. The City will make their certification decisions based on the facts as a whole. 33.9 Process The City's certification application form and documentation requirements are found in Attachment 5 of the Airport's DBE Plan. For information about the certification process or to apply for certification, firms should contact: Kelly Campbell, Deputy Director Finance and Administration, Lubbock International Airport, Rt. 3 Box 389, Lubbock, Texas 79403, 806/775-3126, kcanipbellCa-�:mail_ci.lubbock.tx.us. aIn the event the City proposes to remove a DBE's certification, the City will follow procedures consistent with 26.87. Attachment 6 to the Airport's DBE Plan sets forth these procedures in detail. To ensure separation of functions in a decertification, the City has determined that the Purchasing & Contract Manager will serve as the decision maker in decertification proceedings. The City has established an administrative "firewall" to ensure that the Purchasing & Contract Manager will not have participated in 11 any way in the decertification proceeding against the firm (including the decision to initiate such a proceeding). If the City denies a firm's application or decertifies it, the firm may not reapply until 12 months have passed from our action. 33.10 Certification Appeals Any firm or complainant may appeal the City's decision in a certification matter to DOT. Such appeals may be sent to: Department of Transportation Office of Civil Rights Certification Appeals Branch, 400 7 h St., SW, Room 2104, Washington, DC 20590. The City will promptly implement any DOT certification appeal decision affecting the eligibility of DBEs for all DOT -assisted contracting (e.g., certify a firm if DOT has determined that our denial of its application was erroneous). 33.11 "Recertification" The City will review the eligibility of DBEs that the City might have certified under former part 23, to make sure that they meet the standards of Subpart D of part 26. In order to comply with requirements of re -certification each currently certified DBE the airport works with as well as any new applicant for certification will be required to submit a Statement of Personal Net Worth as shown in Exhibit 9 of the Airport's DBE plan. For firms that the City has certified or reviewed and found eligible under part 26, the City will review their eligibility every five years following the date of their certification. These reviews will include the following components: 1. The City of Lubbock will require that the firm complete a new DBE Certification Form. 2. The City of Lubbock may use on -site visits where necessary to make proper determinations. 3. The City of Lubbock will use any discretion to certify a firm on reliance of the decision made by DOT or another recipient, to make an independent certification decision based on additional documentation provided by another recipient or to require the applicant to proceed through our application procedure without regard to the action of the other recipient 4. City of Lubbock reserves the right to determine recertification procedures on a case -by -case basis. 33.12 "No Change" Affidavits and Notices of Change The City will require all certified DBEs to inform the DBELO, in a written affidavit, of any change in its circumstances affecting its ability to meet size, disadvantaged status, ownership or control criteria of 49 CFR part 26 or of any material changes in the information provided with the DBE's application for certification. The City will also require all owners of all DBEs the City has certified to submit, on the anniversary date of their certification, a "no change" affidavit meeting the requirements of 26.830). The text of this affidavit is the following: I swear (or affirm) that there have been no changes in the circumstances of [name of DBE firm] affecting its ability to meet the size, disadvantaged status, ownership, or control requirements of 49 CFR part 26. There have been no material changes in the information provided with [name of DBE]'s application for certification, except for any changes about which you have provided written notice to the City of Lubbock under 26.83(I). [Name of firm] meets Small Business Administration (SBA) criteria for being a small business concern and its average annual gross receipts (as defined by SBA rules) over the firm's previous three fiscal years do not exceed $16.6 million. 12 The City will require DBEs to submit with this affidavit documentation of the firm's size and gross receipts. The City will notify all currently certified DBE firms of these obligations by newsletter or direct mail. This notification will inform DBEs that to submit the "no change" affidavit, their owners must swear or affirm that they meet all regulatory requirements of part 26, including personal net worth. Likewise, if a firm's owner knows or should know that he or she, or the firm, fails to meet a part 26 eligibility requirement, the obligation to submit a notice of change applies. 33.13 Bidders List The City of Lubbock will create a bidders list, consisting of information about all DBE and non -DBE firms that bid or quote on DOT -assisted contracts. The purpose of this requirement is to allow use of the bidders list approach to calculating overall goals. The bidders list will include the name, address, DBE/non-DBE status, age, and annual gross receipts of firms. The City will collect this information in the following ways: a notice in all solicitations and direct request to firms quoting on subcontracts to report information directly to the DBELO. The City of Lubbock will work closely with all prime bidders in order to collect necessary information of all firms who quote to them on contracts. - 33.14 Monitoring Payments to DBEs The City will require prime contractors to maintain records and documents of payments to DBEs for three years following the performance of the contract. These records will be made available for inspection - upon request by any authorized representative of the City of Lubbock or DOT. This reporting requirement also extends to any certified DBE subcontractor. The City will keep a running tally of actual payments to DBE firms for work committed to them at the time of contract award. The City will perform interim audits of contract payments to DBEs. The audit will review payments to DBE subcontractors to ensure that the actual amount paid to DBE subcontractors equals or exceeds the dollar amounts stated in the schedule of DBE participation. 33.15 Reporting to DOT - The City will report DBE participation to DOT annually on Form 4630, as modified for use by FAA recipients. 35 Veteran's Preference It shall include in all contracts for work on any project funded under the grant agreement which involve labor, such provisions as are necessary to insure that, in the employment of labor (except in executive, administrative, and supervisory positions), preference shall be given to Veterans of the Vietnam eraand disabled veterans as defined in Section 47112 of Title 49, United States Code. However, this preference shall apply only where the individuals are available and qualified to perform the work to which the employment relates. 36 Confidentiality The City will safeguard from disclosure to third parties information that may reasonably be regarded as confidential business information, consistent with Federal, state, and local law. The City of Lubbock will 3= maintain efforts to be consistent with the law as set forth in: the Freedom of Information Act under USC: Title 5. The relevant text is found in § 552(b)(2) and (4). The City of Lubbock will interpret these parts as policy to refuse the release of and access to, any information deemed to be related solely to the internal personnel rules and practices of an agency; or as trade secrets and commercial or financial information obtained from a person and -' privileged or confidential. Further, in compliance with USC: Title 18 § 1905 concerning the disclosure of confidential information: The City of Lubbock will not publish, divulge, disclose or make known in any manner or to any extent not authorized 13 _Y by law any information coming to us in the course of employment or official duties or by reason of any examination or investigation made by, or return, report or record made to or filed with the City of Lubbock, which information concerns or relates to the trade secrets, processes, operations, style of work, or apparatus, or to the identity, confidential statistical data, amount or source of any income, profits, losses, or expenditures of any person, firm, partnership, corporation, or association; or permits any income return or copy thereof or any book containing any abstract or particulars thereof to be seen or examined by any person except as provided by law. Notwithstanding any contrary provisions of state or local law, we will not release personal financial information submitted in response to the personal net worth requirement to a third party (other than DOT) without the written consent of the submier. 37 Non Discrimination Clause The contractor or subcontractor shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the performance of this contract. The contractor shall carry out applicable requirements of 49 CFR part 26 in the award and administration of DOT assisted contracts. Failure by the contractor to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this contract, which may result in the termination of this contract or such other remedy, as the recipient deems appropriate. 38 Prompt Payment The prime contractor agrees to pay each subcontractor under this prime contract for satisfactory performance of its contract no later than 30 days from the receipt of each payment the prime contractor receives from City of Lubbock. The prime contractor agrees further to return retainage payments to each subcontractor within 30 days after the subcontractor's work is satisfactorily completed. Any delay or postponement of payment from the above referenced time frame may occur only for good cause following written approval of the City of Lubbock. This clause applies to both DBE and non -DBE subcontractors. The City of Lubbock will require that all contractors comply with the Texas Government Code 2251.022. Chapter 2251 of the Texas Government Code generally defines past due dates and provides for payments for goods and services to vendors, general contractors, and subcontractors. Failure to comply with the provisions of Texas Government Code Chapter 2251 include the right to charge interest on overdue accounts and right to collect attorney's fees in the event of formal administrative or judicial action to collect an invoice payment or interest due. A copy of Texas Government Code 2251.022 is attached as Attachment 8 in the Airport's Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Plan. 39 Monitoring and Enforcement Mechanisms The City will bring to the attention of the Department of Transportation any false, fraudulent, or dishonest conduct in connection with the program, so that DOT can take the steps (e.g., referral to the Department of Justice for criminal prosecution, referral to the DOT Inspector General, action under suspension and debarment or Program Fraud and Civil Penalties rules) provided in 26.109. The City also will consider similar action under our own legal authorities, including responsibility determinations in future contracts. The City of Lubbock WILL REQUIRE CERTIFICATION that work contracted with a DBE is actually performed by the DBE. We may follow up this certification by conducting on -site evaluations to monitor the performance obligated in the contract. In the event of non-compliance with the DBE regulation by any participant in our procurement activities, the City of Lubbock shall be entitled to pursue any and all remedies allowed by the laws of the State of Texas and the Federal Government. Such remedies may include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following: a. Civil action, in a court appropriate jurisdiction, for breach of the contract. Such damages may be set forth in the contract as predetermined damages, consequential damages arising out of the breach and/or specific performance. b. Criminal prosecution may result from the commission of fraud or other criminal activity on the part of a party to the contract. In the event that a crime is perceived to have occurred, the city may refer the case to the appropriate law enforcement or prosecutorial authority for further action. In such 14 event the city anticipates cooperating with such agency in the investigation and prosecution of a criminal case. 15 1� : 1 DATE: August 17, 2005 �ga C,• is 11A•0 C PROJECT NUMBER: #05-088-BM - LUBBOCK PRESTON SMITH INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT SECURITY °v 1WROVEMENTS Bid of A-1 American Fence, Inc. (hereinafter called Bidder) To the Honorable Mayor and City Council City of Lubbock, Texas (hereinafter called Owner) Gentlemen: The Bidder, in compliance with your Invitation to Bid for the construction of a LUBBOCK PRESTON SMITH INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT SECURITY EM PROVEMENTS, having carefully examined the plans, specifications, instructions to bidders, notice to bidders and all other related contract documents and the site of the intended work, and being familiar with all of the conditions surrounding the construction of the intended project including the availability of materials and labor, hereby intends to furnish all labor, materials, and supplies; and to construct the project in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents, within the time set forth therein and at the price stated in Exhibit The bidder binds himself on acceptance of his bid to execute a contract and any required bonds, according to the accompanying forms, for performing and completing the said work within the time stated and for the prices stated in Exhibit "A" of this bid. Bidder hereby agrees to commence the work on the above project on or before a date to be specified in a written "Notice to Proceed' of the Owner and to substantially complete the project within 150 (ONE HUNDRED FIFTY) consecutive calendar days thereafter as stipulated in the specifications and other contract documents. Bidder hereby further agrees to pay to Owner as liquidated damages the sum of $500 (FIVE HUNDRED) for each consecutive calendar day in excess of the time set forth herein above for completion of this project, all as more fully set forth in the general _-' conditions of the contract documents. Bidder understands and agrees that this bid submittal shall be completed and submitted in accordance with instruction number 28 of the General Instructions to Bidders. Bidder understands that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any formality in the -� bidding. The Bidder agrees that this bid shall be good and may not be withdrawn for a period of forty-five (45) calendar days after the scheduled closing time for receiving bids. The undersigned Bidder hereby declares that he has visited the site of the work and has carefully examined the plans, specifications and contract documents pertaining to the work covered by this bid, and he further agrees to commence work on or before the date specified in the written notice to proceed, and to substantially complete the work on which he has bid; as provided in the contract documents. Bidders are required, whether or not a payment or performance bond is required, to submit a cashier's check or certified check issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Lubbock, or a bid bond from a reliable surety company, payable without recourse to the order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than five percent (5%) of the total amount of the bid submitted as a guarantee that bidder will enter into a contract, obtain all required insurance policies, and execute all necessary bonds (if required) within ten (10) business days after notice of award of contract to him. �.1 Enclosed with this bid is a Cashier's Check or Certified Check for- $0.00 Dollars (It 0.00 ) or a Bid Bond in the sum of'; �'-A -VVW 777a0MO S-rvrMfy rA*FDollars ( 01'] 3„ '), which it is agreed shall be collected and retained a W uwn asFYq/WMated damages in the event the bid is accepted by the Owner and the undersigned fails to execute the necessary contract documents, insurance certificates, and the required bond (if any) with the Owner within ten (10) business days after the date of receipt of written notification of acceptance of said bid; otherwise, said check or bond shall be returned to the undersigned upon demand. Bidder understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by Bidder shall be bound and include all contract _� documents made available to him for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders. Pursuant to Texas Local Government Code 252.043(a), a competitive sealed bid that has been opened may not be changed for the purpose of correcting an error in the bid price. THEREFORE, ANY CORRECTIONS TO THE BID PRICE MUST BE MADE ON THE BID SUBMITTAL FORM PRIOR TO BID OPENING. (Seal if Bidder is a Corporation) Mm Secretary Bidder acknowledges receipt of the following addenda: Addenda No. 1 Date July 28, 2005 .. Addenda No. Date Addenda No. Date w Addenda No. Date M/WBE Firm: ( A Woman ) - 1 Black Hispanic American I I Asian Date: August 18, 2005 Author' d Signature Angalian Hinds (Printed or Typed Name) A-1 American Fence, Inc. CoF81nyE. Lutcher Dr. Address Orange Orange Citvexas 77632 States Telephone: 409 _ Fax: 4 0 9 Zip Code 8 8 3- 8 9 8 6 - ITB #05-088-BM — LUBBOCK PRESTON SMITH INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT SECURITY IMPROVEMENTS 8 AH1: Item Approx. No. Quantity & Unit Description of Item Total Amount BASE BID 1. 1 LS Contractor mobilization: TOTAL BID � lw t rdnd Tm Dollars and ITEM #1 m/1 � $ -11 51 Q 00 /LS ( 31,510.00 ) m (unit Price Amounts shall be shown in both words and numerals. In case of discrepancy, the amount shown in words shall govern.) 2. 1 LS Gate 23 Improvements: Ftrty-Qne ahax3ard Paw Hxdred Sixty -Nine Dollars arr3 MATERIALS: 90/1 $ 41,469.90/t,S (41,469.90 ) Dal ty-amm 'Ilumrrl Six Hx dred Rx ty-Six Dollars and LABOR: 60/l $ 27, 646. 60 /LS (27, 646.60 ) TOTAL BID sixty -Nine lhax and (Ile ar fired Sixteal Dollars and ITEM #2 50/1 $ 69,116.50 /L,S (69,116.50 } (Unit Price Amounts shall be shown in both words and numerals. In case of discrepancy, the amount shown in words shall govern.) 3. 1 LS Gate 26/27 Improvements: I d 9 11 :4 • 7 ;i TOTAL BID Fi fLY-Nim d Eight F ked Nine-Y-Six Dollars ITEM #3 and 40/1 $ 59,896.40 /L,S (59,896.40 ) (Unit Price Amounts shall be shown in both words and numerals. In case of discrepancy, the amount shown in words shall govern) Bidder's Initials Item Approx. No. Quantity & Unit Description of Item Total Amount 4. 1 LS Gate 41 Improvements: TOTAL BID M)*-aie gnmd Six Bard Smn�Y Ih11 ITEM #4 m,11 $ 61,670.00 /LS L61,670.00 (Unit Price Amounts shall be shown in both words and numerals. In case of discrepancy, the amount shown in words shall govern.) 5. 4,485 LF Fiber optic cable in bore: MATERIALS: lharbM Dollars and 59/1 $ 13.59 /LF ( 604951.15 LABOR:eat ihllars • �d 58/1 $17.58 /LF( 781846.30. TOTAL BID pl'glyl #5 Zhirty-{2�e $ 31.17 /LF ( 139, 797.45 ) (Unit Price Amounts shall be shown in both words and numerals. In out of discrepancy, the amount shown in words shall govern.) 6. 14,065 Fiber optic cable in trench., LF MATERIALS: '11X-M LU1.3ars a d 40/1 $ 3.40 /LF ( 47, 821.00 ) LABOR: Four Dol lam and 21 /1 $ 4.21 /LF ( 59s 213. 65 TOTAL BID ITEM #6 Swm Dollms ac3n 61 /1 $ 7. 61 /LF( 107, 034. 65 (Unit Price Amounts shall be shown in both words and numerals. In case of discrepancy, the amount shown in words shall govern.) 7. 16 EA Fiber optic pull boxes: MATERIALS: ftee anked' Z"g9t UO= and 88/100******* $ 328.88 /EA( 5,262.08 } LABOR T o I eked Ninabeai D:)U ors ard 2511 219.25 BA(-;.,-W,ntl ) TOTAL BID ITEM #7 Me Rrzred FlttY�Mglt Dallars arr113/1 $ 548.13 /EA( 8,770.08 � (Unit Price Amounts shall be shown in both words and numerals. In can of discrepancy, the amount shown in words shall govern.) R- Bidder's Initials Item Approx. No. Quantity . & Unit Description of Item Total Amount 8. 1 LS Purchase one (1) Guard Shack for vehicle inspections: NO LABOR: Pt w Vamxd One Hrcked Tan D allars and no/100*********** $ 4,110 00 /LS ( 4,110 00 ) TOTAL BID namarld Itur f XdMd FXty Dalmm ald m/100*** 16,440.00 16 440. ITEM #$ 2S ) (Unit Price Amounts shall be shown in both words ead numerals. In case of discrepancy, the amount shown in words shall govem.) TOTAL BASE BID (Items 1— 8) $ 494,235.08 Breakdown of Materials and Labor incorporated into the project: Total Materials to be incorporated into the project $ 272,283-97 Total Labor, superintendence, equipment, supplies, etc., as necessary to construct the project. $ 221,951.11 TOTAL BASE BID $ .4%,235.08 5 Item Approx. No. Quantity & Unit Description of Item and Unit Price Total Amount Al 1 LS Gate 9 Improvements: Im 'Thirty -Eight. tars MATERIALS: %� r r� Eit $ 30,?38.00/LS (301738.00 ) Da ty naisad Fbur Htrrhrod Mrx ty--To DAI.-a^s LABOR: and m/100**kk***** $20,492.00 /LS (20,492.00 1 TOTAL ADDITIVE Fifty-Q-e lam-d Wo Hxdred girty OPTION Al Da lays and m/W** * $51,23o 00 /LS (51,2-m.to ) (Unit Price Amounts shall be shown in both words and numerals. In case of discrepancy, the amount shown in words shall govern.) TOTAL ADDITIVE OPTION A $ 51,230.00 (Item Al) Breakdown of Materials and Labor incorporated into Additive Option A: ■ Total Materials to be incorporated into Additive Option A ■ Total Labor, superintendence, equipment, supplies, etc., as necessary to construct Additive Option A. TOTAL ADDITIVE OPTION A (must agree with total shown above) $ 30,738.00 $ 20,492.00 $ 51,230.00 Bidder's Initials 6 TOTAL BASE BID (Items 1— 8) AND $ 545,465.08 TOTAL ADDITIVE OPTION A (Item Al) Breakdown of Materials and Labor incorporated into the project: ■ Total Materials to be incorporated into the project $M,,021-7 ■ Total Labor, superintendence, equipment, supplies, etc., as necessary to construct the project. $ ,443.11 TOTAL BASE BID AND TOTAL ADDITIVE OPTION A (Item Al) $ 545►405•OB (must agree with total shown above) 6 ((— Bidder's Initials 7 1. 71 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS A-1 Affierican Fence, Inc. will perform 100% of contract. Minority Owned Yes No 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 D 0 0 THIS FORM SHALL BE COMPLETED AND RETURNED ALONG WITH INSURANCE CERTIFICATES FOR EACH SUB -CONTRACTOR PURSUANT TO SECTION 28G OF THE GENERAL CONDITIONS. CITY OF LUBBOCK INSURANCE REQUIREMENT AFFIDAVIT To Be Completed by Bidder And Attached to Bid Submittal I, the undersigned Bidder, certify that the insurance requirements contained in this bid document have been reviewed by me with the below identified Insurance Agent/Broker. If I am awarded this contract by the City of Lubbock, I will be able to, within ten (10) business days after being notified of such award by the City of Lubbock, furnish a valid insurance certificate to the City meeting all of the requirements defined in this bid 0—f 0C--' `�— Richard Hinds Conn-fractor (Signature) Contractor (Print) CONTRACTOR'SFIRMNAME: A-1 American Fence, Inc. (Print or Type ) WORKER'S COMPENSATION EXPERIENCE RATING: .87 For states that do not participate in the National Council on Compensation Insurance Rating, attach a letter from your insurance company that verifies their worker's compensation rating is equivalent to the National Council on Compensation Insurance rating. -- £ CONTRACTOR'S FIRM ADDRESS: P.O. Box 2509 Orange, TX 77631-2509 Name of Agent/Broker. Arthur J Gallagher Risk Management Services, Inc. Address of Agent/Broker: 700 W . Prien Lake Rd. City/State/Zip: Lake Charles, LA 70601-8397 Agent/Broker Telephone Number: (3 3 7) 4 7 5- 7 4 5 6 Agent/Broker Email Address: louis todd@aj gm. com Date: 8/12/05 NOTE TO CONTRACTOR If the time requirement specified above is not met, the City has the right to reject this bid and award the contract to another contractor. If you have any questions concerning these requirements, please contact the Purchasing & Contract Manager for the City of Lubbock at (806) 775-2165. BID #05-088-BM - LUBBOCK PRESTON SMITH INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT SECURITY ¢- MPROVEMENTS 9 SAFETY RECORD QUESTIONNAIRE (Must Be Submitted With Bid Submittal) p The City of Lubbock City Council desires to avail itself of the benefits of Section 252.0435 of the Local Government Code, and consider the safety records of potential contractors prior to awarding bids on City contracts. Pursuant to Section 252.0435 of the Local Government Code, City of Lubbock has adopted the following written definition and criteria for accurately determining the safety record of a bidder prior to awarding bids on City contracts. The definition and criteria for determining the safety record of a bidder for this consideration shall be: The City of Lubbock shall consider the safety record of the bidders in determining the responsibility thereof. The City may consider any incidence involving worker safety or safety of the citizens of the City of Lubbock, be it related or caused by environmental, mechanical, operational, supervision or any other cause or factor. Specifically, the City may consider, among other things: a. Complaints to, or final orders entered by, the Occupational Safety and Health Review Commission (OSHRC), against the bidder for violations of OSHA regulations within the past three (3) years. b. Citations (as defined below) from an Environmental Protection Agency (as defined below) for violations within the past five (5) years. Environmental Protection Agencies include, but are not necessarily limited to, the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACOE), the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS), the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ), the Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission (TNRCC) (predecessor to the TCEQ), the Texas Department of State Health Services (DSHS), the Texas Parks and Wildlife Department (TPWD), the Structural Pest Control Board (SPCB), agencies of local governments responsible for enforcing environmental protection or worker safety related laws or regulations, and similar regulatory agencies of other states of the United States. Citations include notices of violation, notices of enforcement, suspension/revocations of state or federal licenses or registrations, fines assessed, pending criminal complaints, indictments, or convictions, administrative orders, draft orders, final orders, and judicial final judgments. C. Convictions of a criminal offense within the past ten (10) years, which resulted in bodily harm or death. d. Any other safety related matter deemed by the City Council to be material in determining the responsibility of the W bidder and his or her ability to perform the services or goods required by the bid documents in a safe environment, both for the workers and other employees of bidder and the citizens of the City of Lubbock. w. In order to obtain proper information from bidders so that City of Lubbock may consider the safety records of potential contractors prior to awarding bids on City contracts, City of Lubbock requires that bidders answer the following three (3) questions and submit them with their bids: QUESTION ONE Has the bidder, or the firm, corporation, partnership, or institution represented by the bidder, or anyone acting for such firm, corporation, partnership or institution, received citations for violations of OSHA within the past three (3) years? YES NO X If the bidder has indicated YES for question number one above, the bidder must provide to City of Lubbock, with its bid submission, the following information with respect to each such citation: Date of offense, location of establishment inspected, category of offense, final disposition of offense, if any, and penalty assessed. 10 - QUESTION TWO Has the bidder, or the firm, corporation, partnership, or institution represented by the bidder, or anyone acting for such firm, corporation, partnership or institution, received citations for violations of environmental protection laws or regulations, of any kind or type, within the past five years? Citations include notice of violation, notice of enforcement, suspension/revocations of state or federal licenses, or registrations, fines assessed, pending criminal complaints, indictments, or convictions, administrative orders, draft orders, final orders, and judicial final judgments. YES NO X If the bidder has indicated YES for question number two above, the bidder must provide to City of Lubbock, with its bid submission, the following information with respect to each such conviction: Date of offense or occurrence, location where offense occurred, type of offense, final disposition of offense, if any, and penalty assessed. QUESTION THREE Has the bidder, or the firm, corporation, partnership, or institution represented by bidder, or anyone acting for such firm, corporation, partnership, or institution, ever been convicted, within the past ten (10) years, of a criminal offense which resulted in serious bodily injury or death? YES NO X If the bidder has indicated YES for question number three above, the bidder must provide to City of Lubbock, with its bid submission, the following information with respect to each such conviction: Date of offense, location where offense occurred, type of offense, final disposition of offense, in any, and penalty assessed. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT THE STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF LUBBOCK I certify that I have made no willful misrepresentations in this Questionnaire nor have I withheld information in my statements and answers to questions. I am aware that the information given by me in this questionnaire will be investigated, with my full permission, and that any misrepresentations or omissions may cause my bid to be rejected. Signature •-a % 0.-f re- I zM Sri ` O' - I G Title 11 SUSPENSION AND DEBARMENT CERTIFICATION Federal Law (A-102 Common Rule and OMB Circular A-110) prohibits non -Federal entities from contracting with or making sub -awards under covered transactions to parties that are suspended or debarred or whose principals are suspended or debarred. Covered transactions include procurement contracts for goods or services equal to or in excess of $25,000 and all non -procurement transactions (e.g., sub -awards to sub -recipients). Contractors receiving individual awards of $25,000 or more and all sub -recipients must certify that their organization and its principals are not suspended or debarred by a Federal agency. Before an award of $25,000 or more can be made to your firm, you must certify that your organization and its principals are not suspended or debarred by a Federal agency. I, the undersigned agent for the firm named below, certify that neither this firm nor its principals are suspended or debarred by a Federal agency. COMPANY NAME: A-1 American Fence, Inc. - 1 Signature of Company Official: Date Signed: 8/ 1 7/ 2 0 0 5 Printed name of company official signing above: Richard Hinds THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS AIA Document A310 Bid Bond KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, THAT WE A-1 American Fence Inc. P O Box 2509, Orange, TX 77630 as Principal, hereinafter called the Principal, and Colonial American Casualty and Surety Company 650 Poydras, New Orleans, LA 70130 a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of MD as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto City of Lubbock, Purchasing & Contract Manager 1625 13th St., Rm. 204, Municipal Bldg., Lubbock, TX 79401 as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee, in the sum of Five Percent of Amount Bid Dollars ($ 5% ), for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the said Principal and the said Surety, bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a bid for Lubbock Preston Smith International Airport Security Improvements. Project No. 05-088-BM NOW, THEREFORE, if the Obligee shall accept the bid of the Principal and the Principal shall enter into a Contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of such bid, and give such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or Contract Documents with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of such Contract and for the prompt payment of labor and materials furnished in the prosecution thereof, or in the event of the failure of the Principal to enter such Contract and give such bond or bonds, if the Principal shall pay to the Obligee the difference not to exceed the penalty hereof between the amount specified in said bid and such larger amount for which the Obligee may in good faith contract with another party to perform the Work covered by said bid, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. Signed and sealed this 18th day of August , 2005 McElveen A-1 American Fence, Inc. Richard Hinds Vice President (ride) Colonial American Casualty and Surety Com las N. AIA DOCUMENT A310 • BID BOND • AIA • FEBRUARY 1970 ED. • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,1735 N.Y. AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 Power of Attorney FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, and the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, corporations of the S4aKPc aryland, by WILLIAM J. MILLS, Vice President, and ERIC D. BARNES, Assistant Secretary, in pursua c ,- nted by Article VI, Section 2, of the By -Laws of said Companies, which are set forth on thO N Esc �t�o an� reby certified to be in full force and effect on the date hereof, does hereby nomina e,-�t t�fpbd a po4n e¢ VEEN, JR., Ray A. TODD, JR., Binnie STEVISON and Douglas 1�� f of 1 e li�i���'b isiana, EACH its true and lawful a;ent and Attorney -in -Fact, to rt�aJ� �etcit� ,Lsa and v { ,jam' �l5 its behalfas surety, and as its act and deed: any and all bonds and under e i fLhtbo s or undertakings in pursuance of these presents, shall be as binding upon $ ;�, ,tn nidk as, my �i�i � intents and purposes, as if they had been duly executed and acknowledged by thk�arly,�e tr office t e Company at its oce in Baltimore, Md., in their own proper persons. This power of attorn- s �Ve_4on behalf of George A. MCELVEEN, JR., Ray A. TODD, JR., Binnie STEVISON, Douglak LVEEN, dated September 1, 2004. The said Assistant Secretary does hereby certify that the extract set forth on the reverse side hereof is a true copy of Article VI, -` Section 2, of the By -Laws of said Companies, and is now in force. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Vice -President and Assistant Secretary have hereunto subscribed their names and affixed the Corporate Seals of the said FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, and the COLONIAL - AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, this 16th day of May, A.D. 2005. ATTEST: FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY 'gyp t1EPps�, C N Oak 4h,ni� A1'N Eric D. Barnes Assistant Secretary State of Maryland I ss: City of Baltimore By: William J. Mills Vice President On this 16th day of May, A.D. 2005, before the subscriber, a Notary Public of the State of Maryland, duly commissioned and qualified, came WILLIAM J. MILLS, Vice President, and ERIC D. BARNES, Assistant Secretary of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, and the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, to me personally known to be the individuals and officers described in and who executed the preceding instrument, and they each acknowledged the execution of the same, and being by me duly sworn, severally and each for himself deposeth and saith, that they are the said officers of the Companies aforesaid, and that the seals affixed to the preceding instrument is the Corporate Seals of said Companies, and that the said Corporate Seals and their signatures as such officers were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority and direction of the said Corporations. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my Official Seal the day and year first above written. � 0eS-"S)-0 Dennis R. Hayden Notary Public My Commission Expires: February 1, 2009 POA-F 056-4449 ZURICH THIS IMPORTANT DISCLOSURE NOTICE IS PART OF YOUR �+D� Fidelity and Deposit Company ofMaryland, Colonial .American Casualty and Surety Company, Zurich American Insurance Company, and American Guarantee and Liability Insurance Company are making the following informational disclosures in compliance wish The Terrorism Risk h surance Act of 2002. No action is required on your part. Disclosure of Terrorism Pr The premium cbarge for risk of loss resulting from acts of terrorism (as defined in the Act) under this bond is waived . This amount is reflected in the total premium for this bond. D selosure 2fAx—a—Babflity of Coverage or Terrorism Lasses As required by the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of2002, we have made available to you coverage for losses resulting from acts of terrorism (as defined in the Act) with terms, amounts, and limitations that do not differ materially as those for losses arising from events other than acts of terrorism. Disclosure of Federal Share of Insurance Comnam's Terror3 m Losses The 'Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002 establishes a mechanism by which the United States government will share _' in insurance company losses resulting form acts ofterrorism (as defined in the Act) after a insurance company has paid losses in excess of an annual aggregate deductible. For .2002, the insurance company deductible is 1% of direct earned premium in the prior year; for 2003, 710 of direct earned premium in the prior year, for 2004, 10% of direct earned premium in the prior year; and for 2005,15% of direct earned premium in the prior year. The federal share ofan insurance company's losses above its deductible is 90%. In the event the United States government participates in losses, the United States government may direct insurance companies to collect a terrorism surcharge from policyholders. The Act does not currently provide fbr insurance industry or United States government participation in -terrorism losses that exceed $100 billion in any one calendar year. Definition ofAct of Terrorism The Terrorism Risk Insurance Act defines ".act of terrorism" as any act that is certified by the Secretary of the Treasury, in concurrence with the Secretary of State and the Attorney General of the United States: 1. to be an act of terrorism,- 2. to be a violent act or an act that is dangerous to Truman life, property or infrastructure; 3. to have resulted in damage within the United States, or outside of the United States .in the case of an air carrier (as defined in section 40102 of title 492 INted 17 States Code) or a United States flag vessel (or a vessel based principally in the United States, on which United States income tax is paid and whose insurance coverage is subject to regulation in the United States), or the premises of a United States mission; and 4. to have been committed by an individual or individuals acting on behalf of any foreign person or foreign interest as part of an effort to coerce the civilian population of the United States or to influence the policy or affect the conduct of the United States Government by coercion. But, no act shall be certified by the Secretary as an act of terrorism if the act is committed as part of the course of a wax declared by Congress (except for workers' compensation) or property and casualty insurance losses resulting from the act, in the aggregate, do not exceed $5,000,000. These disclosures are informational only and do not modify your frond or affect your rights under the bond. Copyright Zurich Ametiow iasumce Company 2003 Texas Department of Transportation -' DEWITT C. GREER STATE HIGHWAY BLDG. • 125 E. IITH STREET • AUSTIN, TEXAS 78701-24M • (512) 483-8585 August 11, 2005 Ms. Angelina Hinds, President A-1 American Fence, Inc. P. O. Box 2509 Orange, TIC 77630 Dear Ms. Hinds: This refers to the renewal application you submitted for this Department's Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) Program. Based on the information we received and in accordance with 49 CFR 26, your firm will continue to be certified as a DBE with the Texas Department of Transportation and with the Texas Unified Certification Program (TUCP) through August 2008. Your firm's Vendor Number (VN) is 15016. Your firm can now bid on federally assisted contracts statewide, as a DBE, in the following work function(s): Fencing [NAICS code 237310] - Your firm will be included in this Department's next DBE Directory. The directory is on the INTERNET and listed in the "e-Business" Section of the Department's web page at "www.dot.state.tx.us" and on the TUCP Directory. Changes in ownership, management control, or contact address or phone numbers must be submitted within 30 days of the change. Failure to notify this Department of significant changes can result in your firm being removed from the DBE Program. We will contact you annually for verification of no changes in your firm's status. If we can be of further assistance regarding the DBE program or TUCP, please feel free to contact Emmitt Wilborn at (512) 486-5533 and refer to VN 15016. Sincerely, UN TUCP cr Efrem Casarez, ro ram Manager Business Opportunity Programs Section Construction Division NOTE: The TUCP includes the City of Austin, Corpus Christi Regional Transportation Authority, City of Houston, -, North Central Texas Regional Certification Agency, and South Central Texas Regional Certification Agency. Phone: 409/883-8986 Fax:409/883-7832 Orange, TX. w, r.J t 701 East Lutcher Drive • P.O. Box 2509 Orange, Texas 77630 A-1 American Fence, Inc. is DBE certified and will perform 100% of work on contract. Please see the attached DBE Certification. Phone: 337/439-1590 Fax: 337/436-1438 Lake Charles, LA. "Ab K4 I L:Ll 'LL-] STATUTORY PAYMENT BOND PURSUANT TO SECTION 2253.021(a) OF THE TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE (CONTRACTS MORE THAN $25,000) KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, thatA-1 American Fence I nd<hereinafter called the Principal(s), as Principal(s), and Colonial American Casualty&_S ,� rPty Company (hereinafter called the Surety(s), as Surety(s), are held and frmly bound unto the City of Lubbock (hereinafter called the Obligee), in the amount of Dollars ($ 5 4 5 5 6 4.0 3 lawful money of the United States for the payment whereon the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WIMEAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee, dated the day of ,20 ,toCity- of Lubbock Piarrhacing f Contract AAamage 1625 13th St., Rm. 204, Municipal Bldg., Lubbock, TX 79401 Lubbock Preston Smith International Airport SPrurity Imnrnvpmpntc Project No. 05-088-BM Contract No. 6140 and said Principal under the law is required before commencing the work provided for in said contract to execute a bond in the amount of said contract which contact is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the. same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW, TF EREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the -said Principal shall pay all claimants supplying labor and material to him or a subcontractor in the prosecution of the work provided for in said contract, then, this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain. in full force and effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Section 2253.021(a) of the Texas Government Code, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Article to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal (s) and Surety (s) have signed and sealed this instrument.this day of 20 Colonial American Casualty 6 Surety Co. A-1 American Fenrp_ ln�. Surety (Company Name) *By; By: �i n t �1�� -�- S _ 0 uglas N. 4.c�,e.n Attorney -I n-Fact (SIFAture) Richard Hinds. Vice President (Title) The undersigned surety company represents that it is duly qualified to do business in Texas, and hereby designates **Howard Cowan an agent resident in Lubbock County to whom any requisite notices may be delivered and on whom service of process may be had in matters arising out of such suretyship. **Howard Cowan Bond Agency, Inc. P O Box 54020 Lubbock, TX 79543 Colonial. -American Casualty g Surety Co. Surety - * By� , -t(10,90 ° ouglas N. McElveen Approved as to form ttorney-1 n—Fact City bock By: i omey " Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company there must be on file a certified extract from the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If signed by an Attorney in Fact, we must have copy of power of attorney for our files. 0P Power of Attorney FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, and the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, corporations of the St ,11 tcif aryland, by WILLIAM J. MILLS, Vice President, and ERIC D. BARNES, Assistant Secretary, in pursuaretsf !i nted by Article Vl, Section 2, of the By -Laws of said Companies, which are set forth on the. t `of Ono reby certified to be in full force and effect on the date hereof, does hereby nomina e1 ff." tjt��i porn',.; VEEN, JR., Ray A. TODD, JR., Binnie STEVISON and Douglas N. e3 �C Of >geit•buisiana, EACH its true and lawful agent and Attorney -in -Fact, to " c` �a! v {' �O'ts its behalf as surety, and as its act and deed: any and all bonds and unde�ta I � exert f s or undertakings in pursuance of these presents, shall be as binding upon rr :� nibs`, as full ? �iii� intents and purposes, as if they had been duly executed and acknowledged by th ,rem arly�e z��i fwvr� �e Company at its office in Baltimore, Md., in their own proper persons. This power of attorn%� gj_ h Oissued on behalf of George A. MCELVEEN, JR., Ray A. TODD, JR., Binnie STEVISON, DouglasVEEN, dated September 1, 2004. The said Assistant Secretary does hereby certify that the extract set forth on the reverse side hereof is a true copy of Article VI, Section 2, of the By -Laws of said Companies, and is now in force. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Vice -President and Assistant Secretary have hereunto subscribed their names and affixed the Corporate Seals of the said FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, and the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, this 16th day of May, A.D. 2005. ATTEST: 'gyp DUOS/.. i SEAL P tsoe T � 7 ilk State of Maryland City of Baltimore ss: FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY Eric D. Barnes Assistant Secretar3a By: William- J. Mills Vice President On this l6th day of May, A.D. 2005, before the subscriber, a Notary Public of the State of Maryland, duly commissioned and qualified, came WILLIAM J. MILLS, Vice President, and ERIC D. BARNES, Assistant Secretary of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, and the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, to me personally known to be the individuals and officers described in and who executed the preceding instrument, and they each acknowledged the execution of the same, and being by me duly sworn, severally and each for himself deposeth and saith, that they are the said officers of the Companies aforesaid, and that the seals affixed to the preceding instrument is the Corporate Seals of said Companies, and that the said Corporate Seals and their signatures as such officers were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority and direction of the said Corporations. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my Official Seal the day and year first above written. \5 R• Nly��y ruio.rawr run wo Dennis R. Hayden A'otai3, Public My Commission Expires: February 1, 2009 POA-F 056-4449 EXTRACT FROM BY-LAWS OF FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND "Article VI, Section 2. The Chairman of the Board, or the President, or any Executive Vice -President, or any of the Senior Vice -Presidents or Vice -Presidents specially authorized so to do by the Board of Directors or by the Executive Committee, shall have power, by and with the concurrence of the Secretary or any one of the Assistant Secretaries, to appoint Resident Vice -Presidents, Assistant Vice -Presidents and Attorneys -in -Fact as the business of the Company may require, or to authorize any person or persons to execute on behalf of the Company any bonds, undertaking, recognizances, stipulations, policies, contracts, agreements, deeds, and releases and assignments of judgements, decrees, mortgages and instruments in the nature of mortgages,...and to affix the seal of the Company thereto." EXTRACT FROM BY-LAWS OF COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY "Article VI, Section 2. The Chairman of the Board, or the President, or any Executive Vice -President, or any of the Senior Vice -Presidents or Vice -Presidents specially authorized so to do by the Board of Directors or by the Executive Committee, shall have power, by and with the concurrence of the Secretary or any one of the Assistant Secretaries, to appoint Resident Vice -Presidents, Assistant Vice -Presidents and Attorneys -in -Fact as the business of the Company may require, or to authorize any person or persons to execute on behalf of the Company any bonds, undertaking, recognizances, stipulations, policies, contracts, agreements, deeds, and releases and assignments of judgements, decrees, mortgages and instruments in the nature of mortgages,...and to affix the seal of the Company thereto." CERTIFICATE I, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, and the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, do hereby certify that the foregoing Power of Attorney is still in full force and effect on the date of this certificate; and I do further certify that the Vice -President who executed the said Power of Attorney was one of the additional Vice -Presidents specially authorized by the Board of Directors to appoint any Attorney -in -Fact as provided in Article VI, Section 2, of the respective By -Laws of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, and the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY. This Power of Attorney and Certificate may be signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution of the Board of Directors of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND at a meeting duly called and held on the loth day of May, 1990 and of the Board of Directors of the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY at a meeting duly called and held on the 5th day of May, 1994. RESOLVED: "That the facsimile or mechanically reproduced seal of the company and facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any Vice -President, Secretary, or Assistant Secretary of the Company, whether made heretofore or hereafter, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company, shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed." IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the corporate seals of the said Companies, this day of Assistant Secrelaq ZURICH IMS MOR'TANT DYSCLOSURE NOTICE IS PART OF YOUR BOND Fidelity aad Deposit Company of Maryland, Colonial American Casualty and Surety Company, Zurich American Insurance Company, and American Guarantee and Liability Insurance Company arc malting the following informational disclosures in compliance wi$i The Terrorists Risk Insurance Act of 2002. No action is required on your part - Disclosure of Terrorists Premium The premium cbape for risk of loss resulting from acts of terrorism (as defined in the Act) wider this band is $ waived . This amount is reflected in the total premium for 'this bond DJsgWare of Availability of Coverage for Terrorism Losses As requrrod by the Tetrorism Risk insumnce Act of2002, we have made available to you coverage for losses resulting from acts of terrorism (as defined in the Act) with terms, amounts, and limitations that do not differ materially as those for losses arising from events other�ffian acts ofterrotinn. Disclosure of Federal Share of Insurance Comoary's Terrorism Losses The Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002 establishes a mecbanism by which the United States government will share in insurrance coWany tosses resulting from acts of terrorism (as defined in the Act) after a insurance company has paid losses im excess of an annual aggregate dedactible. For 2002, the iraarantce company deductible is 1% of direct earned premium in the prior year, for 2003, 7 % of direct earned premium in the prior year, for 2004,10% of direct earned premium in theprior year; and for 2005,15°la of dired earned premium in The prior yeas 'the federal. share of an fimrance company's losses above its deductible is 90%. In the event the United States government participates in losses, the United States govemmetit may direct insurance companies to collect a terrorism surcharge from policyholders. The Aot does not currently provide for insurance industry or United States government participation in terrorism losses that exceed M00 billion in any one caleudar year. Definition ofAct of Terrorism The Terrorism Risk lnsurazrce Act defines "act of terrorism" as any act that is certified by the Secretary of the Treasury, in concurrence with the Secretary of State and the Attorney General of the United States: 1. to be an act of terrorism; 2. to be a violent act or an act that is dangerous to Truman life, property or infrastruoture; 3. to have resulted in damage within the United States, or outside of the United States in fhs one of an air carrier (as defined in section 40102 of title 49, United V'States Code) or a United States flag vessel (or a vessel based principally in the United States, on which United States income tax is paid and whose insurance coverage is subject: to regulation in the United States), or the premises of a Wted States mission; and 4. to have been committed by an individual or individuals acting on behalf of any foreign person or foreign - interest as part of an effort to coerce the civilian population of the United States or to influence the policy or aflbct the conduct of the United States Government by coercion. But, no act shalt be certified by the Secretary as an act of terrorism if the act is committed as part of the course of a war declared by Congress (except for workers' mmpensation) or property and casualty insurance losses resulting from the act, in the aggregate, do not exceed $5,000,000. These disclosures are informational only and do not modify your bond or affect your rights under- the bond. Copyrigbt Zurich Aweri= lwu r nce Company 2003 . PERFORMANCE BOND STATUTORY PERFORMANCE BOND PURSUANT TO SECTION 2253.021(a) OF THE TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE (CONTRACTS MORE THAN $100,000) A-1 American Fence, Inc. KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that (hereinafter called the Principal(s), as Principal(s), and Colonial American Casualty and Surety Company 650 Poydras, Ste. 1201, New Orleans, LA 70130 (hereinafter call?&%• - S%-,tV(0- as Suretv(s), am held and firmly bound unto the City of Lubbock (hereinafter called the Obligee), in the amount of _ _ _ __�___, Dollars ($ 5 4 5 4 6 5 _ ti Ri lawful money of the United States for the payment whereo the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents - WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee, dated the _day of .200_5 to City of Lubbock,_Purchasing 8 Contract anagt-r 1625 13th St., Rm. 204 Municipal Bldg Lubbock TX 79401 Lubbock Preston Smtih International Airport Security Improvements.. Prot. No. 05-088-BM K Contract No. 6140 before commencing the work provided for in said contract to execute a bond in the and said principal under the law is required amount of said contract which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if'the said Principal shall faithfully perform the work in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Section 2253.021(a) of the Texas Government Code, and all liabilities on this bond shall. be determined in accordance with the provisions of said article to the same extent as'if it were copied at length herein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal (s) and Surety (s) have signed and sealed this instrument this _ day of 20 Colonial American Casualty S Surety Company A-1 American Fence, Inc. Surety (Company Name) By: L� B�: N Name (Ile o has N. McElveen ) Attorney -in -Fact l�t�) Richard Hinds, Vice Prc�ciclent , ��(Tide) The undersigned surety company represents that it is duly qualified to do business in Texas, and hereby designates Howard Cowan an agent resident in Lubbock Couniy to whom any requisite notices may be delivered and on whom service of process may be had in matters arising out of such suretyship. **Howard Cowan Bond Agency, Inc. Colonial American Casualty & Surety Co. P O Box 54020 * Surety. Lubbock, TX 79543 D -Uh la N . e ttorney-I n-Fact Approved as to Form City of I ock Ci ttorne Y * Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company, there must be on file a certified extract from the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If signed by an Attorney in Fact, we must have copy of power of attorney for our flies. f 2 Power of Attorney FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, and the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, corporations of the S�a f aryland, by WILLIAM J. MILLS, Vice President, and ERIC D. BARNES, Assistant Secretary, in pursua e t�d Qt ' Wed by Article Vl, Section 2, of the By -Laws of said Companies, which are set forth on the.44 v gsld 6 an�- reby certified to be in full force and effect on the date hereof, does hereby y nomina tf" t' t� �t o�,a 6 �VEEN, JR., Ray A. -��P�. Y TODD, JR., Binnie STEVISON and Douglas I�L. }1111 _ j �a of,e>i� auis�ana, EACH its true and lawful agent and Attorney -in -Fact, to rr1aJ 6ia cge,&a 4nd,d iv f,, l birsits behalf as surety, and as its act and deed: any and all bonds and und_er�t'e Zfcitbr undertakings in pursuance of these presents, shall be as binding upon $ C ��ni�4, as fulled a �afT intents and pm poses, as if they had been duly executed and acknowledged by thkY arly,,e �� i r4i�f e Company at its office in Baltimore, Md., in their own proper persons. This power of attorn r �ik' hkis'uued on behalf of George A. MCELVEEN, JR., Ray A. TODD, JR., Binnie STEVISON, Douglas EVEEN, dated September I, 2004. The said Assistant Secretary does hereby certify that the extract set forth on the reverse side hereof is a true copy of Article VI, Section 2, of the By -Laws of said Companies, and is now in force. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Vice -President and Assistant Secretary have hereunto subscribed their names and affixed the Corporate Seals of the said FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, and the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, this 16th day of May, A.D. 2005. ATTEST: *�0 DEPpsf WSWi� s19AL State of Maryland ss: City of Baltimore FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY Eric D. Barnes Assistant Secretary By: William J. Mills Vice President On this 16th day of May, A.D. 2005, before the subscriber, a Notary Public of the State of Maryland, duly commissioned and qualified, came WILLIAM J. MILLS, Vice President, and ERIC D. BARNES, Assistant Secretary of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, and the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, to me personally known to be the individuals and officers described in and who executed the preceding instrument, and they each acknowledged the execution of the same, and being by me duly sworn, severally and each for himself deposeth and saith, that they are the said officers of the Companies aforesaid, and that the seals affixed to the preceding instrument is the Corporate Seals of said Companies, and that the said Corporate Seals and their signatures as such officers were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority and direction of the said Corporations. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my Official Seal the day and year first above written. •.wonocMrt. comae Dennis R. Havden Notary Public My Commission Expires: February 1, 2009 POA-F 056-4449 EXTRACT FROM BY-LAWS OF FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND "Article VI, Section 2. The Chairman of the Board, or the President, or any Executive Vice -President, or any of the Senior Vice -Presidents or Vice -Presidents specially authorized so to do by the Board of Directors or by the Executive Committee, shall have power, by and with the concurrence of the Secretary or any one of the Assistant Secretaries, to appoint Resident Vice -Presidents, Assistant Vice -Presidents and Attorneys -in -Fact as the business of the Company may require, or to authorize any person or persons to execute on behalf of the Company any bonds, undertaking, recognizances, stipulations, policies, contracts, agreements, deeds, and releases and assignments of judgements, decrees, mortgages and instruments in the nature of mortgages,... and to affix the seal of the Company thereto." EXTRACT FROM BY-LAWS OF COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY "Article VI, Section 2. The Chairman of the Board, or the President, or any Executive Vice -President, or any of the Senior Vice -Presidents or Vice -Presidents specially authorized so to do by the Board of Directors or by the Executive Committee, shall have power, by and with the concurrence of the Secretary or any one of the Assistant Secretaries, to appoint Resident Vice -Presidents, Assistant Vice -Presidents and Attorneys -in -Fact as the business of the Company may require, or to authorize any person or persons to execute on behalf of the Company any bonds, undertaking, recognizances, stipulations, policies, contracts, agreements, deeds, and releases and assignments of judgements, decrees, mortgages and instruments in the nature of mortgages,... and to affix the seal of the Company thereto." CERTIFICATE I, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, and the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, do hereby certify that the foregoing Power of Attorney is still in full force and effect on the date of this certificate, and I do further certify that the Vice -President who executed the said Power of Attorney was one of the additional Vice -Presidents specially authorized by the Board of Directors to appoint any Attorney -in -Fact as provided in Article VI, Section 2, of the respective By -Laws of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, and the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY. This Power of Attorney and Certificate may be signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution of the Board of Directors of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND at a meeting duly called and held on the 10th day of May, 1990 and of the Board of Directors of the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY at a meeting duly called and held on the 5th day of May, 1994. RESOLVED: "That the facsimile or mechanically reproduced seal of the company and facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any Vice -President, Secretary, or Assistant Secretary of the Company, whether made heretofore or hereafter, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company, shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed." IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the corporate seals of the said Companies, this day of Assistant Secretary CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE From: Binnie Stevison At: Arthur J Gallagher FaxlD: Arthur J Gallagher R To: Bruce McNair Date: 10/282005 08:49 AM Page: 2 c CSR Sv DATE (MWDD/YYYY) ACORD CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE A1AML_2 10/28/05 PRODUCER THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION Arthur J. Gallagher ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE Risk Management Services, Inc. HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR 700 W. Prien Lake Rd. ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. mA Lake Charles LA 70601-8397 Phone:337-478-5485 Fax:337-474-4418 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIL# INSURED INSURER A: Peerless Insurance Company INSURER B: Peerless Insurance Company A-1 American Fence Inc INSURERC: Peerless Insurance Company P 0 BOX 2509 INSURERD: Orange TX 77631-2509 INSURER E: COVERAGES THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. LTR NS TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER FOLICYEFFFGIIVFx DATE (MM/DD/YY) DATE (MM/DD/YY) LIMITS GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1, 0 0 0, 0 0 0 PREMISES5EIq curence) $ 100 , 000 ]� X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CBP8030557 06/01/05 06/01/06 CLAIMS MADE E OCCUR MED EXP (Any one person) $ 5 , 000 PERSONAL &ADV INJURY $ 1, 000 , 000 X CONT' L LIABILITY ISO FORM CG0001 10 01 GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2 , 000 , 000 SLMKW Al ronx 1=0001 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG s2,000,000 POLICY X JET LOC C AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY ANY AUTO BAS030057 TEXAS 06/01/05 06/01/06 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT (Ea accident) $ 1 , 000 , 000 BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ ALL OWNED AUTOS SCHEDULED AUTOS BA8030757 LOUIS IX BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ HIRED AUTOS NON -OWNED AUTOS $500 PROPERTY DAMAGE (Per accident) $ coll ded $1000 GARAGE LIABILITY AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT $ OTHER THAN EA ACC AUTO ONLY: AGO $ ANY AUTO $ EXCESS/UMBRELLA LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ 2 , 000 , 000 B X I OCCUR EICLAIMS MADE CV8030e57 - FOLLOW a'oas, 06/01/05 06/01/06 AGGREGATE $ 2 , OOO , OOO $ HDEDUCTIBLE $ X RETENTION $ 10 , 000 WORKERS COMPENSATION AND Al X TORY LIMITS I ER A EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE WC9276703 06/01/05 06/01/06 E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ 1,000,000 E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $ 1 , 000 , 000 OFFICERIMEMBER EXCLUDED? If yes, describe under SPECIAL PROVISIONS below E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ 1 , 000 , 0 00 OTHER A Equipment Floater CBR8030557 06/01/05 06/01/06 Leased/ $25000 Rented $250 DED DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS I LOCATIONS I VEHICLES I EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT / SPECIAL PROVISIONS R$:Lubbock Freston Smith international Airport;J0b#05-088-BM;Liab,Auto & umb are endorsed for Waiver of Subrogation, Form CG2404(11/85) & Form CA0001(7/97),and Add Insured Forms 0179570 (01/01) & CA2001 (2/99).Waiver of Subrogation is provided on Work Comp. Builders Risk will be provided on award of contract. CERTIFICATE HOLDER City of Lubbock 1625 13th St, Room L-04 Lubbock TX 79401 W i LUBBOCI sHUULD ANY OF THE ABUVe Ue5GH16eU FULICIe5 ee CANGeLLEU BEFUHe THe "rIHA IIUP DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 10 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE INSURER, ITS AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES. No Text From: Binnie Stevison At: Arthur J Gallagher FaxlD: Arthur J Gallagher R To: Bruce McNair Date: 10/28/2005 08:49 AM Page: 3 c f' t IMPORTANT If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). DISCLAIMER The Certificate of Insurance on the reverse side of this form does not constitute a contract between the issuing insurer(s), authorized representative or producer, and the certificate holder, nor does it affirmatively or negatively amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed thereon. No Text COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM Various provisions in this policy restrict coverage. Read the entire policy carefully to determine rights, duties and what is and is not covered. Throughout this policy the words "you" and "your" refer to the Named Insured shown in the Declarations, and any other person or organization qualifying as a Named Insured under this policy. The words "we", "us" and "our" refer to the company providing this insurance. The word "insured" means any person or organization qualifying as such under WHO IS AN INSURED (SECTION II). Other words and phrases that appear in quotation marks have special meaning. Refer to DEFINITIONS (SEC- TION V). SECTION I —COVERAGES COVERAGE A. BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY 1. Insuring Agreement a. We will pay those sums that the insured becomes legally obligated to pay as damages because of "bodily injury" or "property damage" to which this insurance applies. We will have the right and duty to defend the insured against any "suit" seeking those damages. However, we will have no duty to defend the insured against any "suit" seeking damages for "bodily injury" or "property damage" to which this insurance does not apply. We may, at our discretion, investigate any "occurrence" and settle any claim or "suit" that may result. But: (1) The amount we will pay for damages is limited as described in LIMITS OF INSURANCE (SECTION III); and (2) Our right and duty to defend end when we have used up the applicable limit of insurance in the payment of judgments or settlements under Coverages A or B or medical expenses under Coverage C. No other obligation or liability to pay sums or perform acts or services is covered unless explicitly provided for under SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS — COVERAGES A AND B. b. This insurance applies to "bodily injury" and "property damage" only if: (1) The "bodily injury" or "property damage" is caused by an "occurrence" that takes place in the "coverage territory'; and (2) The "bodily injury" or "property damage" occurs during the policy period. c. Damages because of "bodily injury" include damages claimed by any person or organization for care, loss of services or death resulting at any time from the "bodily injury". 2. Exclusions This insurance does not apply to: a. Expected or Intended Injury "Bodily injury" or "property damage" expected or intended from the standpoint of the insured. This exclusion does not apply to "bodily injury" resulting from the use of reasonable force to protect persons or property. b. Contractual Liability "Bodily injury" or "property damage" for which the insured is obligated to pay damages by reason of the as- sumption of liability in a contract or agreement. This exclusion does not apply to liability for damages: (1) That the insured would have in the absence of the contract or agreement; or (2) Assumed in a contract or agreement that is an "insured contract", provided the "bodily injury" or "prop- erty damage" occurs subsequent to the execution of the contract or agreement. Solely for the purposes of liability assumed in an "insured contract", reasonable attorney fees and necessary litigation expenses incurred by or for a party other than an insured are deemed to be damages because of "bodily injury" or "property damage", provided: (a) Liability to such party for, or for the cost of, that party's defense has also been assumed in the same "insured contract"; and (b) Such attorney fees and litigation expenses are for defense of that party against a civil or alternative dispute resolution proceeding in which damages to which this insurance applies are alleged. Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc., 1994 CG 00 01 0196 Page 1 of 14 06/01/2005 8030557 NTCORAJK1406 AGENT COPYPGDMO60D J15733 ACAOPPN 00005134 Paqe 49 No Text t � 1 � t , c. Liquor Liability "Bodily injury" or "property damage" for which any insured may be held liable by reason of: (1) Causing or contributing to the intoxication of any person; (2) The furnishing of alcoholic beverages to a person under the legal drinking age or under the influence of alcohol; or (3) Any statute, ordinance or regulation relating to the sale, gift, distribution or use of alcoholic beverages. This exclusion applies only if you are in the business of manufacturing, distributing, selling, serving or fur- nishing alcoholic beverages. d. Workers Compensation and Similar Laws Any obligation of the insured under a workers compensation, disability benefits or unemployment compen- sation law or any similar law. e. Employer's Liability "Bodily injury" to: = (1) An "employee" of the insured arising out of and in the course of: (a) Employment by the insured; or (b) Performing duties related to the conduct of the insured's business; or (2) The spouse, child, parent, brother or sister of that "employee" as a consequence of paragraph (1) above. This exclusion applies: (1) Whether the insured may be liable as an employer or in any other capacity; and (2) To any obligation to share damages with or repay someone else who must pay damages because of the injury. This exclusion does not apply to liability assumed by the insured under an "insured contract". f. Pollution (1) "Bodily injury" or "property damage" arising out of the actual, alleged or threatened discharge, dispersal, seepage, migration, release or escape of pollutants: (a) At or from any premises, site or location which is or was at any time owned or occupied by, or rented or loaned to, any insured; (b) At or from any premises, site or location which is or was at any time used by or for any insured or others for the handling, storage, disposal, processing or treatment of waste; (c) Which are or were at any time transported, handled, stored, treated, disposed of, or processed as waste by or for any insured or any person or organization for whom you may be legally responsible; or (d) At or from any premises, site or location on which any insured or any contractors or subcontractors working directly or indirectly on any insured's behalf are performing operations: (i) If the pollutants are brought on or to the premises, site or location in connection with such opera- tions by such insured, contractor or subcontractor; or (ii) If the operations are to test for, monitor, clean up, remove, contain, treat, detoxify or neutralize, or in any way respond to, or assess the effects of pollutants. Subparagraph (d)(i) does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" arising out of the escape of fuels, lubricants or other operating fluids which are needed to perform the normal electrical, hy- draulic or mechanical functions necessary for the operation of "mobile equipment" or its parts, if such fuels, lubricants or other operating fluids escape from a vehicle part designed to hold, store or re- ceive them. This exception does not apply if the fuels, lubricants or other operating fluids are inten- tionally discharged, dispersed or released, or if such fuels, lubricants or other operating fluids are brought on or to the premises, site or location with the intent to be discharged, dispersed or released as part of the operations being performed by such insured, contractor or subcontractor. Subparagraphs (a) and (d)(i) do not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" arising out of heat, smoke or fumes from a hostile fire. Page 2 of 14 Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc., 1994 CG 00 01 0196 AGENT COPY ....e.• w......� a avnn w n w �nnu nnnne� oc Dann cn c, r { i 4 As used in this exclusion, a hostile fire means one which becomes uncontrollable or breaks out from where it was intended to be. (2) Any loss, cost or expense arising out of any: (a) Request, demand or order that any insured or others test for, monitor, clean up, remove, contain, treat, detoxify or neutralize, or in any way respond to, or assess the effects of pollutants; or (b) Claim or suit by or on behalf of a governmental authority for damages because of testing for, moni- toring, cleaning up, removing, containing, treating, detoxifying or neutralizing, or in any way re- sponding to, or assessing the effects of pollutants. Pollutants means any solid, liquid, gaseous or thermal irritant or contaminant, including smoke, vapor, soot, fumes, acids, alkalis, chemicals and waste. Waste includes materials to be recycled, reconditioned or re- claimed. g. Aircraft, Auto or Watercraft "Bodily injury" or "property damage" arising out of the ownership, maintenance, use or entrustment to others of any aircraft, "auto" or watercraft owned or operated by or rented or loaned to any insured. Use includes operation and 'loading or unloading". This exclusion does not apply to: (1) A watercraft while ashore on premises you own or rent; (2) A watercraft you do not own that is: (a) Less than 26 feet long; and (b) Not being used to carry persons or property for a charge; M' (3) Parking an "auto" on, or on the ways next to, premises you own or rent, provided the "auto" is not owned by or rented or loaned to you or the insured; (4) Liability assumed under any "insured contract" for the ownership, maintenance or use of aircraft or wa- tercraft; or (5) 'Bodily injury" or "property damage" arising out of the operation of any of the equipment listed in para- graph f.(2) or f.(3) of the definition of "mobile equipment'. h. Mobile Equipment "Bodily injury" or "property damage" arising out of: (1) The transportation of "mobile equipment' by an "auto" owned or operated by or rented or loaned to any insured; or (2) The use of "mobile equipment' in, or while in practice for, or while being prepared for, any prearranged racing, speed, demolition, or stunting activity. L War "Bodily injury" or "property damage" due to war, whether or not declared, or any act or condition incident to war. War includes civil war, insurrection, rebellion or revolution. This exclusion applies only to liability as- sumed under a contract or agreement. j. Damage to Property "Property damage" to: (1) Property you own, rent, or occupy; (2) Premises you sell, give away or abandon, if the "property damage" arises out of any part of those premises; (3) Property loaned to you; (4) Personal property in the care, custody or control of the insured; (5) That particular part of real property on which you or any contractors or subcontractors working directly or indirectly on your behalf are performing operations, if the "property damage" arises out of those op- erations; or (6) That particular part of any property that must be restored, repaired or replaced because "your work" was incorrectly performed on it. Paragraph (2) of this exclusion does not apply if the premises are "your work" and were never occupied, rented or held for rental by you. Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc., 1994 CG 00 01 01 96 Page 3 of 14 AaIM111nnc ananSs7 NTrnan_11c1ena AGENT COPY ol_nllenAnn ier,7'1'2 ArArltoo,,l nnM=4,ZA pang R, Paragraphs (3), (4), (5) and (6) of this exclusion do not apply to liability assumed under a sidetrack agree- ment. Paragraph (6) of this exclusion does not apply to "property damage" included in the "products -completed operations hazard". k. Damage to Your Product "Property damage" to "your product" arising out of it or any part of it. I. Damage to Your Work "Property damage" to "your work" arising out of it or any part of it and included in the "products -completed operations hazard". This exclusion does not apply if the damaged work or the work out of which the damage arises was per- formed on your behalf by a subcontractor. m. Damage to Impaired Property or Property Not Physically Injured "Property damage" to "impaired property" or property that has not been physically injured, arising out of: (1) A defect, deficiency, inadequacy or dangerous condition in "your product" or "your work"; or (2) A delay or failure by you or anyone acting on your behalf to perform a contract or agreement in accor- dance with its terms. This exclusion does not apply to the loss of use of other property arising out of sudden and accidental physical injury to "your product" or "your work" after it has been put to its intended use. n. Recall of Products, Work or Impaired Property Damages claimed for any loss, cost or expense incurred by you or others for the loss of use, withdrawal, recall, inspection, repair, replacement, adjustment, removal or disposal of: (1) "Your product"; (2) "Your work"; or (3) "Impaired property"; if such product, work, or property is withdrawn or recalled from the market or from use by any person or or- ganization because of a known or suspected defect, deficiency, inadequacy or dangerous condition in it. Exclusions c. through n. do not apply to damage by fire to premises while rented to you or temporarily occu- pied by you with permission of the owner. A separate limit of insurance applies to this coverage as described in LIMITS OF INSURANCE (Section 111). COVERAGE B. PERSONAL AND ADVERTISING INJURY LIABILITY 1. Insuring Agreement a. We will pay those sums that the insured becomes legally obligated to pay as damages because of "per- sonal injury" or "advertising injury" to which this insurance applies. We will have the right and duty to defend the insured against any "suit" seeking those damages. However, we will have no duty to defend the insured against any "suit" seeking damages for "personal injury" or "advertising injury" to which this insurance does not apply. We may, at our discretion, investigate any "occurrence" or offense and settle any claim or "suit" that may result. But: (1) The amount we will pay for damages is limited as described in LIMITS OF INSURANCE (SECTION 111); and (2) Our right and duty to defend end when we have used up the applicable limit of insurance in the payment of judgments or settlements under Coverages A or B or medical expenses under Coverage C. No other obligation or liability to pay sums or perform acts or services is covered unless explicitly provided for under SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS — COVERAGES A AND B. b. This insurance applies to: (1) "Personal injury" caused by an offense arising out of your business, excluding advertising, publishing, broadcasting or telecasting done by or for you; E x (2) "Advertising injury" caused by an offense committed in the course of advertising your goods, products or services; but only if the offense was committed in the "coverage territory" during the policy period. r X Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc., 1994 Page 4 of 14 CG 00 01 0196 ---_____ _ ........... AGENT COPY --- ---- ---- - --- ----- ----- -- t S 4 2. Exclusions This insurance does not apply to: a. "Personal injury" or "advertising injury": (1) Arising out of oral or written publication of material, if done by or at the direction of the insured with knowledge of its falsity; (2) Arising out of oral or written publication of. material whose first publication took place before the begin- ning of the policy period; (3) Arising out of the willful violation of a penal statute or ordinance committed by or with the consent of the insured; (4) For which the insured has assumed liability in a contract or agreement. This exclusion does not apply to liability for damages that the insured would have in the absence of the contract or agreement; or (5) Arising out of the actual, alleged or threatened discharge, dispersal, seepage, migration, release or escape of pollutants at any time. b. "Advertising injury" arising out of: (1) Breach of contract, other than misappropriation of advertising ideas under an implied contract; (2) The failure of goods, products or services to conform with advertised quality or performance; (3) The wrong description of the price of goods, products or services; or (4) An offense committed by an insured whose business is advertising, broadcasting, publishing or tele- casting. c. Any loss, cost or expense arising out of any: (1) Request, demand or order that any insured or others test for, monitor, clean up, remove, contain, treat, detoxify or neutralize, or in any way respond to, or assess the effects of pollutants; or (2) Claim or suit by or on behalf of a governmental authority for damages because of testing for, monitoring, cleaning up, removing, containing, treating, detoxifying or neutralizing, or in any way responding to, or assessing the effects of pollutants. Pollutants means any solid, liquid, gaseous or thermal irritant or contaminant, including smoke, vapor, soot, fumes, acids, alkalis, chemicals and waste. Waste includes materials to be recycled, reconditioned or re- claimed. COVERAGE C. MEDICAL PAYMENTS 1. Insuring Agreement a. We will pay medical expenses as described below for "bodily injury" caused by an accident: -- (1) On premises you own or rent; (2) On ways next to premises you own or rent; or (3) Because of your operations; provided that: (1) The accident takes place in the "coverage territory" and during the policy period; (2) The expenses are incurred and reported to us within one year of the date of the accident; and (3) The injured person submits to examination, at our expense, by physicians of our choice as often as we reasonably require. b. We will make these payments regardless of fault. These payments will not exceed the applicable limit of insurance. We will pay reasonable expenses for: (1) First aid administered at the time of an accident; (2) Necessary medical, surgical, x-ray and dental services, including prosthetic devices; and (3) Necessary ambulance, hospital, professional nursing and funeral services. 2. Exclusions We will not pay expenses for "bodily injury": a. To any insured. b. To a person hired to do work for or on behalf of any insured or a tenant of any insured. Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc., 1994 CG 00 01 01 96 Page 5 of 14 AGENT COPY nRminnna 8030557 NTCORAJK1406 Pr.nhArimn .11{S7�t artar-mmi nnnnF1ZR Pane SR No Text 1 ti c. To a person injured on that part of premises you own or rent that the person normally occupies. d. To a person, whether or not an "employee" of any insured, if benefits for the "bodily injury" are payable or -= must be provided under a workers compensation or disability benefits law or a similar law. e. To a person injured while taking part in athletics. f. Included within the "products -completed operations hazard". A g. Excluded under Coverage A. h. Due to war, whether or not declared, or any act or condition incident to war. War includes civil war, insur- rection, rebellion or revolution. SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS — COVERAGES A AND B We will pay, with respect to any claim we investigate or settle, or any "suit" against an insured we defend: 1. All expenses we incur. 2. Up to $250 for cost of bail bonds required because of accidents or traffic law violations arising out of the use of any vehicle to which the Bodily Injury Liability Coverage applies. We do not have to furnish these bonds. 3. The cost of bonds to release attachments, but only for bond amounts within the applicable limit of insurance. We do not have to furnish these bonds. 4. All reasonable expenses incurred by the insured at our request to assist us in the investigation or defense of the claim or "suit", including actual loss of earnings up to $250 a day because of time off from work. 5. All costs taxed against the insured in the "suit". 6. Prejudgment interest awarded against the insured on that part of the judgment we pay. If we make an offer to pay the applicable limit of insurance, we will not pay any prejudgment interest based on that period of time after the offer. 7. All interest on the full amount of any judgment that accrues after entry of the judgment and before we have paid, offered to pay, or deposited in court the part of the judgment that is within the applicable limit of insur- ance. These payments will not reduce the limits of insurance. If we defend an insured against a "suit" and an indemnitee of the insured is also named as a party to the "suit", we will defend that indemnitee if all of the following conditions are met: a. The "suit" against the indemnitee seeks damages for which the insured has assumed the liability of the indem- nitee in a contract or agreement that is an "insured contract'; b. This insurance applies to such liability assumed by the insured; c. The obligation to defend, or the cost of the defense of, that indemnitee, has also been assumed by the insured in the same "insured contract"; d. The allegations in the "suit" and the information we know about the "occurrence" are such that no conflict ap- pears to exist between the interests of the insured and the interests of the indemnitee; e. The indemnitee and the insured ask us to conduct and control the defense of that indemnitee against such "suit" and agree that we can assign the same counsel to defend the insured and the indemnitee; and f. The indemnitee: (1) Agrees in writing to: (a) Cooperate with us in the investigation, settlement or defense of the "suit'; (b) Immediately send us copies of any demands, notices, summonses or legal papers received in connec- tion with the "suit"; (c) Notify any other insurer whose coverage is available to the indemnitee; and (d) Cooperate with us with respect to coordinating other applicable insurance available to the indemnitee; and (2) Provides us with written authorization to: (a) Obtain records and other information related to the "suit'; and (b) Conduct and control the defense of the indemnitee in such "suit". Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc., 1994 k Page 6 of 14 CG 00 01 0196 ------- ---- -- AGENT COPY - -- - So long as the above conditions are met, attorneys fees incurred by us in the defense of that indemnitee, neces- sary litigation expenses incurred by us and necessary litigation expenses incurred by the indemnitee at our re- quest will be paid as Supplementary Payments. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 2.b.(2) of COVER- AGE A — BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY (Section 1 — Coverages), such payments will not be deemed to be damages for "bodily injury" and "property damage" and will not reduce the limits of insurance. Our obligation to defend an insured's indemnitee and to pay for attorneys fees and necessary litigation expenses as Supplementary Payments ends when: a. We have used up the applicable limit of insurance in the payment of judgments or settlements; or b. The conditions set forth above, or the terms of the agreement described in paragraph If. above, are no longer met. SECTION II — WHO IS AN INSURED 1. If you are designated in the Declarations as: a. An individual, you and your spouse are insureds, but only with respect to the conduct of a business of which you are the sole owner. b. A partnership or joint venture, you are an insured. Your members, your partners, and their spouses are also insureds, but only with respect to the conduct of your business. c. A limited liability company, you are an insured. Your members are also insureds, but only with respect to the conduct of your business. Your managers are insureds, but only with respect to their duties as your managers. d. An organization other than a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company, you are an insured. Your _e "executive officers" and directors are insureds, but only with respect to their duties as your officers or di- rectors. Your stockholders are also insureds, but only with respect to their liability as stockholders. 2. Each of the following is also an insured: a. Your "employees", other than either your "executive officers" (if you are an organization other than a part- nership, joint venture or limited liability company) or your managers (if you are a limited liability company), but only for acts within the scope of their employment by you or while performing duties related to the con- duct of your business. However, none of these "employees" is an insured for: (1) "Bodily injury" or "personal injury": (a) To you, to your partners or members (if you are a partnership or joint venture), to your members (if you are a limited liability company), or to a co -"employee" while that co -"employee" is either in the course of his or her employment or performing duties related to the conduct of your business; (b) To the spouse, child, parent, brother or sister of that co -"employee" as a consequence of paragraph (1)(a) above; (c) For which there is any obligation to share damages with or repay someone else who must pay dam- ages because of the injury described in paragraphs (1)(a) or (b) above; or (d) Arising out of his or her providing or failing to provide professional health care services. (2) "Property damage" to property: (a) Owned, occupied or used by, -- (b) Rented to, in the care, custody or control of, or over which physical control is being exercised for any purpose by you, any of your "employees", any partner or member (if you are a partnership or joint venture), or any member (if you are a limited liability company). b. Any person (other than your "employee"), or any organization while acting as your real estate manager. c. Any person or organization having proper temporary custody of your property if you die, but only: (1) With respect to liability arising out of the maintenance or use of that property; and (2) Until your legal representative has been appointed. d. Your legal representative if you die, but only with respect to duties as such. That representative will have all your rights and duties under this Coverage Part. Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc., 1994 CG 00 01 01 96 AITl MA 11/4 An AGENT COPY Page 7 of 14 A n A ^nnk1 nnnneA AR Donn ee 3. With respect to "mobile equipment" registered in your name under any motor vehicle registration law, any per- son is an insured while driving such equipment along a public highway with your permission. Any other person or organization responsible for the conduct of such person is also an insured, but only with respect to liability arising out of the operation of the equipment, and only if no other insurance of any kind is available to that per- son or organization for this liability. However, no person or organization is an insured with respect to: a. "Bodily injury" to a co -"employee" of the person driving the equipment; or b. "Property damage" to property owned by, rented to, in the charge of or occupied by you or the employer of any person who is an insured under this provision. 4. Any organization you newly acquire or form, other than a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company, and over which you maintain ownership or majority interest, will qualify as a Named Insured if there is no other similar insurance available to that organization. However: a. Coverage under this provision is afforded only until the 90th day after you acquire or form the organization or the end of the policy period, whichever is earlier; b. Coverage A does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" that occurred before you acquired or formed the organization; and c. Coverage B does not apply to "personal injury" or "advertising injury" arising out of an offense committed before you acquired or formed the organization. No person or organization is an insured with respect to the conduct of any current or past partnership, joint venture or limited liability company that is not shown as a Named Insured in the Declarations. SECTION III — LIMITS OF INSURANCE 1. The Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations and the rules below fix the most we will pay regardless of the number of: a. Insureds; b. Claims made or "suits" brought; or c. Persons or organizations making claims or bringing "suits". 2. The General Aggregate Limit is the most we will pay for the sum of: a. Medical expenses under Coverage C; b. Damages under Coverage A, except damages because of "bodily injury" or "property damage" included in the "products -completed operations hazard"; and c. Damages under Coverage B. 3. The Products -Completed Operations Aggregate Limit is the most we will pay under Coverage A for damages because of "bodily injury" and "property damage" included in the "products -completed operations hazard". 4. Subject to 2. above, the Personal and Advertising Injury Limit is the most we will pay under Coverage B for the sum of all damages because of all "personal injury" and all "advertising injury" sustained by any one person or organization. 5. Subject to 2. or 3. above, whichever applies, the Each Occurrence Limit is the most we will pay for the sum of: a. Damages under Coverage A; and b. Medical expenses under Coverage C because of all "bodily injury" and "property damage" arising out of any one "occurrence". 6. Subject to 5. above, the Fire Damage Limit is the most we will pay under Coverage A for damages because of "property damage" to premises, while rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner, arising out of any one fire. 7. Subject to 5. above, the Medical Expense Limit is the most we will pay under Coverage C for all medical ex- penses because of "bodily injury" sustained by any one person. The Limits of Insurance of this Coverage Part apply separately to each consecutive annual period and to any remaining period of less than 12 months, starting with the beginning of the policy period shown in the Declarations, unless the policy period is extended after issuance for an additional period of less than 12 months. In that case, the additional period will be deemed part of the last preceding period for purposes of determining the Limits of Insurance. Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc., 1994 Page 8 of 14 AGENT COPY CG 00 01 0196 SECTION IV —COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS 1. Bankruptcy Bankruptcy or insolvency of the insured or of the insured's estate will not relieve us of our obligations under this Coverage Part. 2. Duties In The Event Of Occurrence, Offense, Claim Or Suit a. You must see to it that we are notified as soon as practicable of an "occurrence" or an offense which may result in a claim. To the extent possible, notice should include: ,(1) How, when and where the "occurrence" or offense took place; (2) The names and addresses of any injured persons and witnesses; and (3) The nature and location of any injury or damage arising out of the "occurrence" or offense. b. If a claim is made or "suit" is brought against any insured, you must: (1) Immediately record the specifics of the claim or "suit" and the date received; and (2) Notify us as soon as practicable. You must see to it that we receive written notice of the claim or "suit" as soon as practicable. c. You and any other involved insured must: (1) Immediately send us copies of any demands, notices, summonses or legal papers received in connec- tion with the claim or "suit"; (2) Authorize us to obtain records and other information; (3) Cooperate with us in the investigation or settlement of the claim or defense against the "suit'; and (4) Assist us, upon our request, in the enforcement of any right against any person or organization which may be liable to the insured because of injury or damage to which this insurance may also apply. d. No insured will, except at that insured's own cost, voluntarily make a payment, assume any obligation, or incur any expense, other than for first aid, without our consent. 3. Legal Action Against Us No person or organization has a right under this Coverage Part: a. To join us as a party or otherwise bring us into a "suit" asking for damages from an insured; or b. To sue us on this Coverage Part unless all of its terms have been fully complied with. A person or organization may sue us to recover on an agreed settlement or on a final judgment against an in- sured obtained after an actual trial; but we will not be liable for damages that are not payable under the terms of this Coverage Part or that are in excess of the applicable limit of insurance. An agreed settlement means a settlement and release of liability signed by us, the insured and the claimant or the claimant's legal representa- tive. 4. Other Insurance If other valid and collectible insurance is available to the insured for a loss we cover under Coverages A or B of this Coverage Part, our obligations are limited as follows: a. Primary Insurance This insurance is primary except when b. below applies. If this insurance is primary, our obligations are not affected unless any of the other insurance is also primary. Then, we will share with all that other insurance by the method described in c. below. b. Excess Insurance This insurance is excess over any of the other insurance, whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis: (1) That is Fire, Extended Coverage, Builder's Risk, Installation Risk or similar coverage for "your work"; (2) That is Fire insurance for premises rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner; or (3) If the loss arises out of the maintenance or use of aircraft, "autos" or watercraft to the extent not subject to Exclusion g. of Coverage A (Section 1). Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc., 1994 CIS 00 01 0196 Page 9 of 14 RnAnrr,7 WrrPr%DA IIMAnA AGENT COPY f...fV.G. A^ When this insurance is excess, we will have no duty under Coverages A or B to defend the insured against any "suit" if any other insurer has a duty to defend the insured against that "suit". If no other insurer defends, we will undertake to do so, but we will be entitled to the insured's rights against all those other insurers. When this insurance is excess over other insurance, we will pay only our share of the amount of the loss, if any, that exceeds the sum of: (1) The total amount that all such other insurance would pay for the loss in the absence of this insurance; and (2) The total of all deductible and self -insured amounts under all that other insurance. We will share the remaining loss, if any, with any other insurance that is not described in this Excess Insur- ance provision and was not bought specifically to apply in excess of the Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations of this Coverage Part. c. Method of Sharing If all of the other insurance permits contribution by equal shares, we will follow this method also. Under this approach each insurer contributes equal amounts until it has paid its applicable limit of insurance or none of the loss remains, whichever comes first. If any of the other insurance does not permit contribution by equal shares, we will contribute by limits. Un- der this method, each insurer's share is based on the ratio of its applicable limit of insurance to the total ap- plicable limits of insurance of all insurers. 5. Premium Audit a. We will compute all premiums for this Coverage Part in accordance with our rules and rates. b. Premium shown in this Coverage Part as advance premium is a deposit premium only. At the close of each audit period we will compute the earned premium for that period. Audit premiums are due and payable on notice to the first Named Insured. If the sum of the advance and audit premiums paid for the policy period is greater than the earned premium, we will return the excess to the first Named Insured. c. The first Named Insured must keep records of the information we need for premium computation, and send us copies at such times as we may request. 6. Representations By accepting this policy, you agree: a. The statements in the Declarations are accurate and complete; b. Those statements are based upon representations you made to us; and c. We have issued this policy in reliance upon your representations. 7. Separation Of Insureds Except with respect to the Limits of Insurance, and any rights or duties specifically assigned in this Coverage Part to the first Named Insured, this insurance applies: a. As if each Named Insured were the only Named Insured; and b. Separately to each insured against whom claim is made or "suit" is brought. 8. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us If the insured has rights to recover all or part of any payment we have made under this Coverage Part, those rights are transferred to us. The insured must do nothing after loss to impair them. At our request, the insured will bring "suit" or transfer those rights to us and help us enforce them. 9. When We Do Not Renew If we decide not to renew this Coverage Part, we will mail or deliver to the first Named Insured shown in the Declarations written notice of the nonrenewal not less than 30 days before the expiration date. If notice is mailed, proof of mailing will be sufficient proof of notice. SECTION V — DEFINITIONS 1. "Advertising injury" means injury arising out of one or more of the following offenses: a. Oral or written publication of material that slanders or libels a person or organization or disparages a per- son's or organization's goods, products or services; b. Oral or written publication of material that violates a person's right of privacy; Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc., 1994 Page 10 of 14 AGENT COPY CG 00 01 0196 (b) Giving directions or instructions, or failing to give them, if that is the primary cause of the injury or damage; or (3) Under which the insured, if an architect, engineer or surveyor, assumes liability for an injury or damage arising out of the insured's rendering or failure to render professional services, including those listed in (2) above and supervisory, inspection, architectural or engineering activities. 9. "Leased worker" means a person leased to you by a labor leasing firm under an agreement between you and the labor leasing firm, to perform duties related to the conduct of your business. "Leased worker" does not in- clude a "temporary worker". 10."Loading or unloading" means the handling of property: a. After it is moved from the place where it is accepted for movement into or onto an aircraft, watercraft or "auto'; b. While it is in or on an aircraft, watercraft or "auto"; or c. While it is being moved from an aircraft, watercraft or "auto" to the place where it is finally delivered; but "loading or unloading" does not include the movement of property by means of a mechanical device, other than a hand truck, that is not attached to the aircraft, watercraft or "auto". 11."Mobile equipment" means any of the following types of land vehicles, including any attached machinery or equipment: a. Bulldozers, farm machinery, forklifts and other vehicles designed for use principally off public roads; b. Vehicles maintained for use solely on or next to premises you own or rent; c. Vehicles that travel on crawler treads; d. Vehicles, whether self-propelled or not, maintained primarily to provide mobility to permanently mounted: (1) Power cranes, shovels, loaders, diggers or drills; or (2) Road construction or resurfacing equipment such as graders, scrapers or rollers; e. Vehicles not described in a., b., c. or d. above that are not self-propelled and are maintained primarily to provide mobility to permanently attached equipment of the following types: (1) Air compressors, pumps and generators, including spraying, welding, building cleaning, geophysical exploration, lighting and well servicing equipment; or (2) Cherry pickers and similar devices used to raise or lower workers; f. Vehicles not described in a., b., c. or d. above maintained primarily for purposes other than the transporta- tion of persons or cargo. However, self-propelled vehicles with the following types of permanently attached equipment are not "mo- bile equipment" but will be considered "autos": (1) Equipment designed primarily for: (a) Snow removal; (b) Road maintenance, but not construction or resurfacing; or (c) Street cleaning; (2) Cherry pickers and similar devices mounted on automobile or truck chassis and used to raise or lower workers; and (3) Air compressors, pumps and generators, including spraying, welding, building cleaning, geophysical exploration, lighting and well servicing equipment. 12."Occurrence" means an accident, including continuous or repeated exposure to substantially the same general harmful conditions. 13."Personal injury" means injury, other than "bodily injury", arising out of one or more of the following offenses: a. False arrest, detention or imprisonment; b. Malicious prosecution; c. The wrongful eviction from, wrongful entry into, or invasion of the right of private occupancy of a room, dwelling or premises that a person occupies by or on behalf of its owner, landlord or lessor; Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc., 1994 Page 12 of 14 CG 00 01 0196 AGENT COPY No Text d. Oral or written publication of material that slanders or libels a person or organization or disparages a per- son's or organization's goods, products or services; or e. Oral or written publication of material that violates a person's right of privacy. 14."Products-completed operations hazard": a. Includes all "bodily injury" and "property damage" occurring away from premises you own or rent and aris- ing out of "your product" or "your work" except: (1) Products that are still in your physical possession; or (2) Work that has not yet been completed or abandoned. However, "your work" will be deemed completed at the earliest of the following times: (a) When all of the work called for in your contract has been completed. (b) When all of the work to be done at the job site has been completed if your contract calls for work at more than one job site. (c) When that part of the work done at a job site has been put to its intended use by any person or or- ganization other than another contractor or subcontractor working on the same project. Work that may need service, maintenance, correction, repair or replacement, but which is otherwise complete, will be treated as completed. b. Does not include "bodily injury" or "property damage" arising out of: (1) The transportation of property, unless the injury or damage arises out of a condition in or on a vehicle not owned or operated by you, and that condition was created by the "loading or unloading" of that vehi- cle by any insured; (2) The existence of tools, uninstalled equipment or abandoned or unused materials; or (3) Products or operations for which the classification, listed in the Declarations or in a policy schedule, states that products -completed operations are subject to the General Aggregate Limit. 15."Property damage" means: a. Physical injury to tangible property, including all resulting loss of use of that property. All such loss of use shall be deemed to occur at the time of the physical injury that caused it; or b. Loss of use of tangible property that is not physically injured. All such loss of use shall be deemed to occur at the time of the "occurrence" that caused it. 16."Suit" means a civil proceeding in which damages because of "bodily injury", "property damage", "personal injury" or "advertising injury" to which this insurance applies are alleged. "Suit" includes: a. An arbitration proceeding in which such damages are claimed and to which the insured must submit or does submit with our consent; or b. Any other alternative dispute resolution proceeding in which such damages are claimed and to which the insured submits with our consent. 17."Temporary worker" means a person who is furnished to you to substitute for a permanent "employee" on leave or to meet seasonal or short-term workload conditions. 18."Your product" means: a. Any goods or products, other than real property, manufactured, sold, handled, distributed or disposed of by: (1) You; (2) Others trading under your name; or (3) A person or organization whose business or assets you have acquired; and b. Containers (other than vehicles), materials, parts or equipment furnished in connection with such goods or products. "Your product" includes: a. Warranties or representations made at any time with respect to the fitness, quality, durability, performance or use of "your product"; and b. The providing of or failure to provide warnings or instructions. "Your product" does not include vending machines or other property rented to or located for the use of others s but not sold. Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc., 1994 CG 00 01 0196 Page 13 of 14 AGENT COPY .,,.�... ,. .,,.,.�.,., .,.......,, 71 19."Your work" means: a. Work or operations performed by you or on your behalf; and b. Materials, parts or equipment furnished in connection with such work or operations. "Your work" includes: a. Warranties or representations made at any time with respect to the fitness, quality, durability, performance or use of "your work'; and b. The providing of or failure to provide warnings or instructions. Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc., 1994 Page 14 of 14 AGENT COPY CG 00 01 0196 When this insurance is excess, we will have no duty under Coverages A or B to defend the insured against any "suit" if any other insurer has a duty to defend the insured against that "suit". If no other insurer defends, we will undertake to do so, but we will be entitled to the insured's rights against all those other insurers. When this insurance is excess over other insurance, we will pay only our share of the amount of the loss, if any, that exceeds the sum of: (1) The total amount that all such other insurance would pay for the loss in the absence of this insurance; and (2) The total of all deductible and self -insured amounts under all that other insurance. We will share the remaining loss, if any, with any other insurance that is not described in this Excess Insur- ance provision and was not bought specifically to apply in excess of the Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations of this Coverage Part. c. Method of Sharing If all of the other insurance permits contribution by equal shares, we will follow this method also. Under this approach each insurer contributes equal amounts until it has paid its applicable limit of insurance or none of the loss remains, whichever comes first. If any of the other insurance does not permit contribution by equal shares, we will contribute by limits. Un- der this method, each insurer's share is based on the ratio of its applicable limit of insurance to the total ap- plicable limits of insurance of all insurers. 5. Premium Audit a. We will compute all premiums for this Coverage Part in accordance with our rules and rates. b. Premium shown in this Coverage Part as advance premium is a deposit premium only. At the close of each audit period we will compute the earned premium for that period. Audit premiums are due and payable on notice to the first Named Insured. If the sum of the advance and audit premiums paid for the policy period is greater than the earned premium, we will return the excess to the first Named Insured. c. The first Named Insured must keep records of the information we need for premium computation, and send us copies at such times as we may request. 6. Representations By accepting this policy, you agree: a. The statements in the Declarations are accurate and complete; b. Those statements are based upon representations you made to us; and c. We have issued this policy in reliance upon your representations. 7. Separation Of Insureds Except with respect to the Limits of Insurance, and any rights or duties specifically assigned in this Coverage Part to the first Named Insured, this insurance applies: a. As if each Named Insured were the only Named Insured; and b. Separately to each insured against whom claim is made or "suit" is brought. 8. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us If the insured has rights to recover all or part of any payment we have made under this Coverage Part, those rights are transferred to us. The insured must do nothing after loss to impair them. At our request, the insured will bring "suit" or transfer those rights to us and help us enforce them. 9. When We Do Not Renew If we decide not to renew this Coverage Part, we will mail or deliver to the first Named Insured shown in the Declarations written notice of the nonrenewal not less than 30 days before the expiration date. If notice is mailed, proof of mailing will be sufficient proof of notice. SECTION V — DEFINITIONS 1. "Advertising injury" means injury arising out of one or more of the following offenses: a. Oral or written publication of material that slanders or libels a person or organization or disparages a per- son's or organization's goods, products or services; b. Oral or written publication of material that violates a person's right of privacy; Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc., 1994 Page 10 of 14 CG 00 01 01 96 AGENT COPY c. Misappropriation of advertising ideas or style of doing business; or d. Infringement of copyright, title or slogan. 2. "Auto" means a land motor vehicle, trailer or semitrailer designed for travel on public roads, including any at- tached machinery or equipment. But "auto" does not include "mobile equipment". 3. "Bodily injury" means bodily injury, sickness or disease sustained by a person, including death resulting from any of these at any time. 4. "Coverage territory" means: a. The United States of America (including its territories and possessions), Puerto Rico and Canada; b. International waters or airspace, provided the injury or damage does not occur in the course of travel or transportation to or from any place not included in a. above; or c. All parts of the world if: (1) The injury or damage arises out of: (a) Goods or products made or sold by you in the territory described in a. above; or (b) The activities of a person whose home is in the territory described in a. above, but is away for a short time on your business; and (2) The insured's responsibility to pay damages is determined in a "suit" on the merits, in the territory de- scribed in a. above or in a settlement we agree to. 5. "Employee" includes a "leased worker". "Employee" does not include a "temporary worker". 6. "Executive officer" means a person holding any of the officer positions created by your charter, constitution, by- laws or any other similar governing document. 7. "Impaired property" means tangible property, other than "your product" or "your work", that cannot be used or is less useful because: a. It incorporates "your product" or "your work" that is known or thought to be defective, deficient, inadequate or dangerous; or b. You have failed to fulfill the terms of a contract or agreement; if such property can be restored to use by: a. The repair, replacement, adjustment or removal of "your product" or "your work"; or b. Your fulfilling the terms of the contract or agreement. 8. "Insured contract" means: a. A contract for a lease of premises. However, that portion of the contract for a lease of premises that indem- nifies any person or organization for damage by fire to premises while rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner is not an "insured contract'; b. A sidetrack agreement; c. Any easement or license agreement, except in connection with construction or demolition operations on or within 50 feet of a railroad; d. An obligation, as required by ordinance, to indemnify a municipality, except in connection with work for a municipality; e. An elevator maintenance agreement; f. That part of any other contract or agreement pertaining to your business (including an indemnification of a municipality in connection with work performed for a municipality) under which you assume the tort liability of another party to pay for "bodily injury" or "property damage" to a third person or organization. Tort liability means a liability that would be imposed by law in the absence of any contract or agreement. Paragraph f. does not include that part of any contract or agreement: (1) That indemnifies a railroad for "bodily injury" or "property damage" arising out of_construction or demoli- tion operations, within 50 feet of any railroad property and affecting any railroad bridge or trestle, tracks, road -beds, tunnel, underpass or crossing; (2) That indemnifies an architect, engineer or surveyor for injury or damage arising out of: (a) Preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or approve, maps, shop drawings, opinions, reports, sur- veys, field orders, change orders or drawings and specifications; or Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc., 1994 CG 00 01 01 96 Page 11 of 14 ,.. ,... � ­Ct IJTr-^t2 A W4 AnM AGENT COPY .,,,�..,.,,.,.. fVH1 4 A A D.— COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM Various provisions in this policy restrict coverage. Read the entire policy carefully to determine rights, duties and what is and is not covered. Throughout this policy the words "you" and "your" refer to the Named Insured shown in the Declarations, and any other person or organization qualifying as a Named Insured under this policy. The words "we", "us" and "our" refer to the company providing this insurance. The word "insured" means any person or organization qualifying as such under Section it — Who Is An Insured. Other words and phrases that appear in quotation marks have special meaning. Refer to Section V —Definitions. SECTION I —COVERAGES COVERAGE A BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY 1. Insuring Agreement a. We will pay those sums that the insured becomes legally obligated to pay as damages because of "bodily injury" or "property damage" to which this insurance applies. We will have the right and duty to defend the insured against any "suit" seeking those damages. However, we will have no duty to defend the insured against any "suit" seeking damages for "bodily injury" or "property damage" to which this insurance does not apply. We may, at our discretion, investigate any "occurrence" and settle any claim or "suit" that may result. But: (1) The amount we will pay for damages is limited as described in Section III — Limits Of Insurance; and (2) Our right and duty to defend ends when we have used up the applicable limit of insurance in the pay- ment of judgments or settlements under Coverages A or B or medical expenses under Coverage C. No other obligation or liability to pay sums or perform acts or services is covered unless explicitly provided for under Supplementary Payments — Coverages A and B. b. This insurance applies to "bodily injury" and "property damage" only if: (1) The "bodily injury" or "property damage" is caused by an "occurrence" that takes place in the "coverage territory' (2) The "bodily injury" or "property damage" occurs during the policy period; and (3) Prior to the policy period, no insured listed under Paragraph 1. of Section II — Who Is An Insured and no "employee" authorized by you to give or receive notice of an "occurrence" or claim, knew that the "bodily injury" or "property damage" had occurred, in whole or in part. If such a listed insured or authorized "employee" knew, prior to the policy period, that the "bodily injury" or "property damage" occurred, then any continuation, change or resumption of such "bodily injury" or "property damage" during or after the policy period will be deemed to have been known prior to the policy period. c. "Bodily injury" or "property damage" which occurs during the policy period and was not, prior to the policy period, known to have occurred by any insured listed under Paragraph 1. of Section II — Who Is An Insured or any "employee" authorized by you to give or receive notice of an "occurrence" or claim, includes any continuation, change or resumption of that "bodily injury" or "property damage" after the end of the policy period. d. "Bodily injury" or "property damage" will be deemed to have been known to have occurred at the earliest time when any insured listed under Paragraph 1. of Section 11 — Who Is An Insured or any "employee" authorized by you to give or receive notice of an "occurrence" or claim: 1 Reports all, or any y part, of the "bodily injury" or "property damage" to us or any other insurer; (2) Receives a written or verbal demand or claim for damages because of the "bodily injury" or "property damage"; or (3) Becomes aware by any other means that "bodily injury" or "property damage" has occurred or has be- gun to occur. © ISO Properties, Inc., 2000 CG 00 01 10 01 Page 1 of 17 -- - ----------- .,T,.,,^. ,,,..,. AGENT COPY --- ---_ ---- - --- ----- - ^--- e. Damages because of "bodily injury" include damages claimed by any person or organization for care, loss of services or death resulting at any time from the "bodily injury". 2. Exclusions This insurance does not apply to: a. Expected Or Intended Injury "Bodily injury" or "property damage" expected or intended from the standpoint of the insured. This exclusion does not apply to "bodily injury" resulting from the use of reasonable force to protect persons or property. b. Contractual Liability "Bodily injury" or "property damage" for which the insured is obligated to pay damages by reason of the as- sumption of liability in a contract or agreement. This exclusion does not apply to liability for damages: (1) That the insured would have in the absence of the contract or agreement; or (2) Assumed in a contract or agreement that is an "insured contract", provided the "bodily injury" or "prop- erty damage" occurs subsequent to the execution of the contract or agreement. Solely for the purposes of liability assumed in an "insured contract", reasonable attorney fees and necessary litigation expenses incurred by or for a party other than an insured are deemed to be damages because of "bodily injury" or "property damage", provided: (a) Liability to such party for, or for the cost of, that party's defense has also been assumed in the same "insured contract"; and (b) Such attorney fees and litigation expenses are for defense of that party against a civil or alternative dispute resolution proceeding in which damages to which this insurance applies are alleged. c. Liquor Liability "Bodily injury" or "property damage" for which any insured may be held liable by reason of: (1) Causing or contributing to the intoxication of any person; (2) The furnishing of alcoholic beverages to a person under the legal drinking age or under the influence of alcohol; or (3) Any statute, ordinance or regulation relating to the sale, gift, distribution or use of alcoholic beverages. This exclusion applies only if you are in the business of manufacturing, distributing, selling, serving or fur- nishing alcoholic beverages. d. Workers' Compensation And Similar Laws Any obligation of the insured under a workers' compensation, disability benefits or unemployment compen- sation law or any similar law. e. Employer's Liability "Bodily injury" to: (1) An "employee" of the insured arising out of and in the course of: (a) Employment by the insured; or (b) Performing duties related to the conduct of the insured's business; or (2) The spouse, child, parent, brother or sister of that "employee" as a consequence of Paragraph (1) above. This exclusion applies: (1) Whether the insured may be liable as an employer or in any other capacity; and (2) To any obligation to share damages with or repay someone else who must pay damages because of the injury. This exclusion does not apply to liability assumed by the insured under an "insured contract". © ISO Properties, Inc., 2000 _a Page 2of17 CG00011001 AC,FNT COPY f. Pollution (1) "Bodily injury" or "property damage" arising out of the actual, alleged or threatened discharge, dispersal, seepage, migration, release or escape of "pollutants": (a) At or from any premises, site or location which is or was at any time owned or occupied by, or rented or loaned to, any insured. However, this subparagraph does not apply to: (i) "Bodily injury" if sustained within a building and caused by smoke, fumes, vapor or soot from equipment used to heat that building; (ii) "Bodily injury" or "property damage" for which you may be held liable, if you are a contractor and the owner or lessee of such premises, site or location has been added to your policy as an addi- tional insured with respect to your ongoing operations performed for that additional insured at that premises, site or location and such premises, site or location is not and never was owned or oc- cupied by, or rented or loaned to, any insured, other than that additional insured; or (iii) "Bodily injury" or "property damage" arising out of heat, smoke or fumes from a "hostile fire'; (b) At or from any premises, site or location which is or was at any time used by or for any insured or others for the handling, storage, disposal, processing or treatment of waste; (c) Which are or were at any time transported, handled, stored, treated, disposed of, or processed as waste by or for: (i) Any insured; or (ii) Any person or organization for whom you may be legally responsible; or (d) At or from any premises, site or location on which any insured or any contractors or subcontractors working directly or indirectly on any insured's behalf are performing operations if the "pollutants" are brought on or to the premises, site or location in connection with such operations by such insured, contractor or subcontractor. However, this subparagraph does not apply to: (i) "Bodily injury" or "property damage" arising out of the escape of fuels, lubricants or other operat- ing fluids which are needed to perform the normal electrical, hydraulic or mechanical functions necessary for the operation of "mobile equipment" or its parts, if such fuels, lubricants or other operating fluids escape from a vehicle part designed to hold, store or receive them. This excep- tion does not apply if the "bodily injury" or "property damage" arises out of the intentional dis- charge, dispersal or release of the fuels, lubricants or other operating fluids, or if such fuels, lubri- cants or other operating fluids are brought on or to the premises, site or location with the intent that they be discharged, dispersed or released as part of the operations being performed by such insured, contractor or subcontractor; (ii) "Bodily injury" or "property damage" sustained within a building and caused by the release of gases, fumes or vapors from materials brought into that building in connection with operations being performed by you or on your behalf by a contractor or subcontractor; or (iii) "Bodily injury" or "property damage" arising out of heat, smoke or fumes from a "hostile fire". (e) At or from any premises, site or location on which any insured or any contractors or subcontractors working directly or indirectly on any insured's behalf are performing operations if the operations are to test for, monitor, clean up, remove, contain, treat, detoxify or neutralize, or in any way respond to, or assess the effects of, "pollutants". r (2) Any loss, cost or expense arising out of any: (a) Request, demand, order or statutory or regulatory requirement that any insured or others test for, monitor, clean up, remove, contain, treat, detoxify or neutralize, or in any way respond to, or assess the effects of, "pollutants'; or --= (b) Claim or "suit" by or on behalf of a governmental authority for damages because of testing for, monitoring, cleaning up, removing, containing, treating, detoxifying or neutralizing, or in any way re- sponding to, or assessing the effects.of, "pollutants". © ISO Properties, Inc., 2000 CG 00 01 10 01 Page 3 of 17 AGENT COPY No Text However, this paragraph does not apply to liability for damages because of "property damage" that the insured would have in the absence of such request, demand, order or statutory or regulatory require- ment, or such claim or "suit' by or on behalf of a governmental authority. g. Aircraft, Auto Or Watercraft "Bodily injury" or "property damage" arising out of the ownership, maintenance, use or entrustment to others of any aircraft, "auto" or watercraft owned or operated by or rented or loaned to any insured. Use includes operation and "loading or unloading". This exclusion applies even if the claims against any insured allege negligence or other wrongdoing in the supervision, hiring, employment, training or monitoring of others by that insured, if the "occurrence" which caused the "bodily injury" or "property damage" involved the ownership, maintenance, use or entrustment to others of any aircraft, "auto" or watercraft that is owned or operated by or rented or loaned to any insured. This exclusion does not apply to: (1) A watercraft while ashore on premises you own or rent; (2) A watercraft you do not own that is: (a) Less than 26 feet long; and (b) Not being used to carry persons or property for a charge; (3) Parking an "auto" on, or on the ways next to, premises you own or rent, provided the "auto" is not owned by or rented or loaned to you or the insured; (4) Liability assumed under any "insured contract" for the ownership, maintenance or use of aircraft or wa- tercraft; or (5) "Bodily injury" or "property damage" arising out of the operation of any of the equipment listed in Para- graph f.(2) or f.(3) of the definition of "mobile equipment". h. Mobile Equipment "Bodily injury" or "property damage" arising out of: (1) The transportation of "mobile equipment" by an "auto" owned or operated by or rented or loaned to any insured; or (2) The use of "mobile equipment" in, or while in practice for, or while being prepared for, any prearranged racing, speed, demolition, or stunting activity. i. War "Bodily injury" or "property damage" due to war, whether or not declared, or any act or condition incident to war. War includes civil war, insurrection, rebellion or revolution. This exclusion applies only to liability as- sumed under a contract or agreement. j. Damage To Property "Property damage" to: (1) Property you own, rent, or occupy, including any costs or expenses incurred by you, or any other per- son, organization or entity, for repair, replacement, enhancement, restoration or maintenance of such property for any reason, including prevention of injury to a person or damage to another's property; (2) Premises you sell, give away or abandon, if the "property damage" arises out of any part of those premises; (3) Property loaned to you; (4) Personal property in the care, custody or control of the insured; (5) That particular part of real property on which you or any contractors or subcontractors working directly or indirectly on your behalf are performing operations, if the "property damage" arises out of those op- erations; or (6) That particular part of any property that must be restored, repaired or replaced because "your work" was incorrectly performed on it. © ISO Properties, Inc., 2000 Page 4 of 17 CG 00 01 10 01 nr.FNT f _r)PV No Text Paragraphs (1), (3) and (4) of this exclusion do not apply to "property damage" (other than damage by fire) to premises, including the contents of such premises, rented to you for a period of 7 or fewer consecutive days. A separate limit of insurance applies to Damage To Premises Rented To You as described in Section III — Limits Of Insurance. Paragraph (2) of this exclusion does not apply if the premises are "your work" and were never occupied, _ rented or held for rental by you. Paragraphs (3), (4), (5) and (6) of this exclusion do not apply to liability assumed under a sidetrack agree- ment. Paragraph (6) of this exclusion does not apply to "property damage" included in the "products -completed operations hazard". k. Damage To Your Product "Property damage" to "your product' arising out of it or any part of it. I. Damage To Your Work "Property damage" to "your work" arising out of it or any part of it and included in the "products -completed operations hazard". This exclusion does not apply if the damaged work or the work out of which the damage arises was per- formed on your behalf by a subcontractor. m. Damage To Impaired Property Or Property Not Physically Injured "Property damage" to "impaired property" or property that has not been physically injured, arising out of: (1) A defect, deficiency, inadequacy or dangerous condition in "your product' or "your work'; or (2) A delay or failure by you or anyone acting on your behalf to perform a contract or agreement in accor- dance with its terms. This exclusion does not apply to the loss of use of other property arising out of sudden and accidental physical injury to "your product' or "your work" after it has been put to its intended use. n. Recall Of Products, Work Or Impaired Property Damages claimed for any loss, cost or expense incurred by you or others for the loss of use, withdrawal, recall, inspection, repair, replacement, adjustment, removal or disposal of: (1) "Your product'; (2) "Your work'; or (3) 'Impaired property"; if such product, work, or property is withdrawn or recalled from the market or from use by any person or or- ganization because of a known or suspected defect, deficiency, inadequacy or dangerous condition in it. o. Personal And Advertising Injury "Bodily injury" arising out of "personal and advertising injury". Exclusions c. through n. do not apply to damage by fire to premises while rented to you or temporarily occu- pied by you with permission of the owner. A separate limit of insurance applies to this coverage as described in Section III — Limits Of Insurance. COVERAGE B PERSONAL AND ADVERTISING INJURY LIABILITY 1. Insuring Agreement a. We will pay those sums that the insured becomes legally obligated to pay as damages because of "per- sonal and advertising injury" to which this insurance applies. We will have the right and duty to defend the insured against any "suit' seeking those damages. However, we will have no duty to defend the insured against any "suit' seeking damages for "personal and advertising injury" to which this insurance does not apply. We may, at our discretion, investigate any offense and settle any claim or "suit' that may result. But: (1) The amount we will pay for damages is limited as described in Section III — Limits Of Insurance ; and © ISO Properties, Inc., 2000 CIS 00 01 10 01 Page 5 of 17 ----- ----- AGENT COPY No Text (2) Our right and duty to defend end when we have used up the applicable limit of insurance in the paymelit of judgments or settlements under Coverages A or B or medical expenses under Coverage C. No other obligation or liability to pay sums or perform acts or services is covered unless explicitly provided for under Supplementary Payments — Coverages A and B. b. This insurance applies to "personal and advertising injury" caused by an offense arising out of your busi- ness but only if the offense was committed in the "coverage territory" during the policy period. 2. Exclusions This insurance does not apply to: a. Knowing Violation Of Rights Of Another "Personal and advertising injury" caused by or at the direction of the insured with the knowledge that the act would violate the rights of another and would inflict "personal and advertising injury". b. Material Published With Knowledge Of Falsity "Personal and advertising injury" arising out of oral or written publication of material, if done by or at the di- rection of the insured with knowledge of its falsity. c. Material Published Prior To Policy Period "Personal and advertising injury" arising out of oral or written publication of material whose first publication took place before the beginning of the policy period. d. Criminal Acts "Personal and advertising injury" arising out of a criminal act committed by or at the direction of the insured. e. Contractual Liability "Personal and advertising injury" for which the insured has assumed liability in a contract or agreement. This exclusion does not apply to liability for damages that the insured would have in the absence of the contract or agreement. f. Breach Of Contract "Personal and advertising injury" arising out of a breach of contract, except an implied contract to use an - others advertising idea in your "advertisement". g. Quality Or Performance Of Goods — Failure To Conform To Statements "Personal and advertising injury" arising out of the failure of goods, products or services to conform with any statement of quality or performance made in your "advertisement". h. Wrong Description Of Prices "Personal and advertising injury" arising out of the wrong description of the price of goods, products or services stated in your "advertisement". I. Infringement Of Copyright, Patent, Trademark Or Trade Secret "Personal and advertising injury" arising out of the infringement of copyright, patent, trademark, trade secret or other intellectual property rights. However, this exclusion does not apply to infringement, in your "advertisement", of copyright, trade dress or slogan. j. Insureds In Media And Internet Type Businesses "Personal and advertising injury" committed by an insured whose business is: (1) Advertising, broadcasting, publishing or telecasting; (2) Designing or determining content of web -sites for others; or (3) An Internet search, access, content or service provider. However, this exclusion does not apply to Paragraphs 14.a., b. and c. of "personal and advertising injury" under the Definitions Section. © ISO Properties, Inc., 2000 Page 6 of 17 CG 00 01 10 01 AGENT COPY For the purposes of this exclusion, the placing of frames, borders or links, or advertising, for you or others anywhere on the Internet, is not by itself, considered the business of advertising, broadcasting, publishing or telecasting. k. Electronic Chatrooms Or Bulletin Boards "Personal and advertising injury" arising out of an electronic chatroom or bulletin board the insured hosts, owns, or over which the insured exercises control. 1. Unauthorized Use Of Another's Name Or Product "Personal and advertising injury" arising out of the unauthorized use of another's name or product in your e- mail address, domain name or metatag, or any other similar tactics to mislead another's potential custom- ers. m. Pollution "Personal and advertising injury" arising out of the actual, alleged or threatened discharge, dispersal, seep- age, migration, release or escape of "pollutants" at any time. ' n. Pollution -Related Any loss, cost or expense arising out of any: (1) Request, demand or order that any insured or others test for, monitor, clean up, remove, contain, treat, detoxify or neutralize, or in any way respond to, or assess the effects of, "pollutants"; or (2) Claim or suit by or on behalf of a governmental authority for damages because of testing for, monitoring, cleaning up, removing, containing, treating, detoxifying or neutralizing, or in any way responding to, or assessing the effects of, "pollutants". COVERAGE C MEDICAL PAYMENTS 1. Insuring Agreement a. We will pay medical expenses as described below for "bodily injury" caused by an accident: (1) On premises you own or rent; (2) On ways next to premises you own or rent; or (3) Because of your operations; provided that: (1) The accident takes place in the "coverage territory" and during the policy period; (2) The expenses are incurred and reported to us within one year of the date of the accident; and (3) The injured person submits to examination, at our expense, by physicians of our choice as often as we reasonably require. b. We will make these payments regardless of fault. These payments will not exceed the applicable limit of insurance. We will pay reasonable expenses for: (1) First aid administered at the time of an accident; (2) Necessary medical, surgical, x-ray and dental services, including prosthetic devices; and (3) Necessary ambulance, hospital, professional nursing and funeral services. 2. Exclusions We will not pay expenses for "bodily injury": a. Any Insured To any insured, except "volunteer workers". b. Hired Person To a person hired to do work for or on behalf of any insured or a tenant of any insured. c. Injury On Normally Occupied Premises To a person injured on that part of premises you own or rent that the person normally occupies. © ISO Properties, Inc., 2000 CG00011001 Page 7of17 AGENT COPY --.�..�--� nnnnCC`f �ITn/lnR III wM_ .-.........��.... ..��w� a � �e.-.• nnnne.+/. 0..�� n-s No Text d. Workers Compensation And Similar Laws To a person, whether or not an "employee" of any insured, if benefits for the "bodily injury" are payable or must be provided under a workers' compensation or disability benefits law or a similar law. e. Athletics Activities To a person injured while taking part in athletics. f. Products -Completed Operations Hazard Included within the "products -completed operations hazard". g. Coverage A Exclusions Excluded under Coverage A. h. War Due to war, whether or not declared, or any act or condition incident to war. War includes civil war, insur- rection, rebellion or revolution. SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS — COVERAGES A AND B 1. We will pay, with respect to any claim we investigate or settle, or any "suit" against an insured we defend: a. All expenses we incur. b. Up to $250 for cost of bail bonds required because of accidents or traffic law violations arising out of the use of any vehicle to which the Bodily Injury Liability Coverage applies. We do not have to furnish these bonds. c. The cost of bonds to release attachments, but only for bond amounts within the applicable limit of insur- ance. We do not have to furnish these bonds. d. All reasonable expenses incurred by the insured at our request to assist us in the investigation or defense of the claim or "suit", including actual loss of earnings up to $250 a day because of time off from work. e. All costs taxed against the insured in the "suit". f. Prejudgment interest awarded against the insured on that part of the judgment we pay. If we make an offer to pay the applicable limit of insurance, we will not pay any prejudgment interest based on that period of time after the offer. g. All interest on the full amount of any judgment that accrues after entry of the judgment and before we have paid, offered to pay, or deposited in court the part of the judgment that is within the applicable limit of insur- ance. These payments will not reduce the limits of insurance. 2. If we defend an insured against a "suit" and an indemnitee of the insured is also named as a party to the "suit", we will defend that indemnitee if all of the following conditions are met: a. The "suit" against the indemnitee seeks damages for which the insured has assumed the liability of the indemnitee in a contract or agreement that is an "insured contract'; b. This insurance applies to such liability assumed by the insured; c. The obligation to defend, or the cost of the defense of, that indemnitee, has also been assumed by the insured in the same "insured contract"; d. The allegations in the "suit" and the information we know about the "occurrence" are such that no conflict appears to exist between the interests of the insured and the interests of the indemnitee; e. The indemnitee and the insured ask us to conduct and control the defense of that indemnitee against such "suit" and agree that we can assign the same counsel to defend the insured and the indemnitee; and f. The indemnitee: (1) Agrees in writing to: (a) Cooperate with us in the investigation, settlement or defense of the "suit' © ISO Properties, Inc., 2000 z Page 8 of 17 CG 00 01 10 01 AGFNT r )PY No Text (b) Immediately send us copies of any demands, notices, summonses or legal papers received in con- nection with the "suit'; (c) Notify any other insurer whose coverage is available to the indemnitee; and (d) Cooperate with us with respect to coordinating other applicable insurance available to the indemni- tee; and (2) Provides us with written authorization to: (a) Obtain records and other information related to the "suit"; and (b) Conduct and control the defense of the indemnitee in such "suit". So long as the above conditions are met, attorneys' fees incurred by us in the defense of that indemnitee, nec- essary litigation expenses incurred by us and necessary litigation expenses incurred by the indemnitee at our request will be paid as Supplementary Payments. Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph 2.b.(2) of Sec- tion I — Coverage A — Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability, such payments will not be deemed to be damages for "bodily injury" and "property damage" and will not reduce the limits of insurance. Our obligation to defend an insured's indemnitee and to pay for attorneys' fees and necessary litigation ex- penses as Supplementary Payments ends when: a. We have used up the applicable limit of insurance in the payment of judgments or settlements; or b. The conditions set forth above, or the terms of the agreement described in Paragraph f. above, are no longer met. SECTION II — WHO IS AN INSURED 1. If you are designated in the Declarations as: a. An individual, you and your spouse are insureds, but only with respect to the conduct of a business of which you are the sole owner. b. A partnership or joint venture, you are an insured. Your members, your partners, and their spouses are also insureds, but only with respect to the conduct of your business. c. A limited liability company, you are an insured. Your members are also insureds, but only with respect to the conduct of your business. Your managers are insureds, but only with respect to their duties as your _. managers. d. An organization other than a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company, you are an insured. Your "executive officers" and directors are insureds, but only with respect to their duties as your officers or di- rectors. Your stockholders are also insureds, but only with respect to their liability as stockholders. e. A trust, you are an insured. Your trustees are also insureds, but only with respect to their duties as trustees. 2. Each of the following is also an insured: a. Your "volunteer workers" only while performing duties related to the conduct of your business, or your "em- ployees", other than _ either your "executive officers" (if you are an organization other than a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company) or your managers (if you are a limited liability company), but only for acts within the scope of their employment by you or while performing duties related to the conduct of your business. However, none of these "employees" or "volunteer workers" are insureds for: (1) "Bodily injury" or "personal and advertising injury": (a) To you, to your partners or members (if you are a partnership or joint venture), to your members (if you are a limited liability company), to a co -"employee" while in the course of his or her employment or performing duties related to the conduct of your business, or to your other "volunteer workers" while performing duties related to the conduct of your business; (b) To the spouse, child, parent, brother or sister of that co -"employee" or "volunteer worker" as a con- sequence of Paragraph (1)(a) above; (c) For which there is any obligation to share damages with or repay someone else who must pay dam- ages because of the injury described in Paragraphs (1)(a) or (b) above; or (d) Arising out of his or her providing or failing to provide professional health care services. © ISO Properties, Inc., 2000 CG 00 01 10 01 Page 9 of 17 AGENT COPY ......... .......... -- n- � f F j2j !. �. i l �_ i. 4_. (2) "Property damage" to property: (a) Owned, occupied or used by, (b) Rented to, in the care, custody or control of, or over which physical control is being exercised for any purpose by you, any of your "employees", "volunteer workers", any partner or member (if you are a partnership or joint venture), or any member (if you are a limited liability company). b. Any person (other than your "employee" or "volunteer worker"), or any organization while acting as your real estate manager. c. Any person or organization having proper temporary custody of your property if you die, but only: (1) With respect to liability arising out of the maintenance or use of that property; and (2) Until your legal representative has been appointed. d. Your legal representative if you die, but only with respect to duties as such. That representative will have all your rights and duties under this Coverage Part. 3. With respect to "mobile equipment" registered in your name under any motor vehicle registration law, any per- son is an insured while driving such equipment along a public highway with your permission. Any other person or organization responsible for the conduct of such person is also an insured, but only with respect to liability arising out of the operation of the equipment, and only if no other insurance of any kind is available to that per- son or organization for this liability. However, no person or organization is an insured with respect to: a. 'Bodily injury" to a co -"employee" of the person driving the equipment; or b. "Property damage" to property owned by, rented to, in the charge of or occupied by you or the employer of any person who is an insured under this provision. 4. Any organization you newly acquire or form, other than a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company, and over which you maintain ownership or majority interest, will qualify as a Named Insured if there is no other similar insurance available to that organization. However: a. Coverage under this provision is afforded only until the 90th day after you acquire or form the organization or the end of the policy period, whichever is earlier; - b. Coverage A does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" that occurred before you acquired or formed the organization; and c. Coverage B does not apply to "personal and advertising injury" arising out of an offense committed before you acquired or formed the organization. No person or organization is an insured with respect to the conduct of any current or past partnership, joint venture or limited liability company that is not shown as a Named Insured in the Declarations. SECTION III — LIMITS OF INSURANCE 1. The Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations and the rules below fix the most we will pay regardless of the number of: a. Insureds; b. Claims made or "suits" brought; or c. Persons or organizations making claims or bringing "suits". 2. The General Aggregate Limit is the most we will pay for the sum of: a. Medical expenses under Coverage C; b. Damages under Coverage A, except damages because of "bodily injury" or "property damage" included in the "products -completed operations hazard'; and c. Damages under Coverage B. 3. The Products -Completed Operations Aggregate Limit is the most we will pay under Coverage A for damages because of "bodily injury" and 'property damage" included in the "products -completed operations hazard". 0 ISO Properties, Inc., 2000 Page 10 of 17 CG 00 01 10 01 AGENT COPY i i i f f h 4. Subject to 2. above, the Personal and Advertising Injury Limit is the most we will pay under Coverage B for the sum of all damages because of all "personal and advertising injury" sustained by any one person or organiza- tion. 5. Subject to 2. or 3. above, whichever applies, the Each Occurrence Limit is the most we will pay for the sum of: a. Damages under Coverage A; and b. Medical expenses under Coverage C because of all "bodily injury" and "property damage" arising out of any one "occurrence". 6. Subject to 5. above, the Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit is the most we will pay under Coverage A for damages because of "property damage" to any one premises, while rented to you, or in the case of damage by fire, while rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner. 7. Subject to 5. above, the Medical Expense Limit is the most we will pay under Coverage C for all medical ex- penses because of "bodily injury" sustained by any one person. The Limits of Insurance of this Coverage Part apply separately to each consecutive annual period and to any remaining period of less than 12 months, starting with the beginning of the policy period shown in the Declarations, unless the policy period is extended after issuance for an additional period of less than 12 months. In that case, the additional period will be deemed part of the last preceding period for purposes of determining the Limits of Insurance. SECTION IV — COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS 1. Bankruptcy Bankruptcy or insolvency of the insured or of the insured's estate will not relieve us of our obligations under this Coverage Part. 2. Duties In The Event Of Occurrence, Offense, Claim Or Suit a. You must see to it that we are notified as soon as practicable of an "occurrence" or an offense which may result in a claim. To the extent possible, notice should include: (1) How, when and where the "occurrence" or offense took place; (2) The names and addresses of any injured persons and witnesses; and (3) The nature and location of any injury or damage arising out of the "occurrence" or offense. b. If a claim is made or "suit" is brought against any insured, you must: (1) Immediately record the specifics of the claim or "suit" and the date received; and (2) Notify us as soon as practicable. You must see to it that we receive written notice of the claim or "suit" as soon as practicable. c. You and any other involved insured must: (1) Immediately send us copies of any demands, notices, summonses or legal papers received in connec- tion with the claim or "suit"; (2) Authorize us to obtain records and other information; (3) Cooperate with us in the investigation or settlement of the claim or defense against the "suit'; and (4) Assist us, upon our request, in the enforcement of any right against any person or organization which may be liable to the insured because of injury or damage to which this insurance may also apply. d. No insured will, except at that insured's own cost, voluntarily make a payment, assume any obligation, or incur any expense, other than for first aid, without our consent. 3. Legal Action Against Us No person or organization has a right under this Coverage Part: a. To join us as a party or otherwise bring us into a "suit" asking for damages from an insured; or b. To sue us on this Coverage Part unless all of its terms have been fully complied with. © ISO Properties, Inc., 2000 CG 00 01 10 01 Page 11 of 17 ' MInA lnnne ananca7 AIT(InDA IIl4Ana AGENT COPY n�nAAnn_nr. uc��� °^ ^| '~L A person or organization may sue us to recover on an agreed settlement or on a final judgment against an in- sured; but we will not be liable for damages that are not payable under the terms of this Coverage Part or that are in excess of the applicable limit of insurance. An agreed settlement means a settlement and release of li- ability signed by us, the insured and the claimant or the claimant's legal representative. 4. Other Insurance If other valid and collectible insurance is available to the insured for a loss we cover under Coverages A or B of this Coverage Part, our obligations are limited as follows: a. Primary Insurance This insurance is primary except when b. below applies. If this insurance is primary, our obligations are not affected unless any of the other insurance is also primary. Then, we will share with all that other insurance by the method described in c. below. b. Excess Insurance This insurance is excess over: (1) Any of the other insurance, whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis: (a) That is Fire, Extended Coverage, Builder's Risk, Installation Risk or similar coverage for "your work"; (b) That is Fire insurance for premises rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner; (c) That is insurance purchased by you to cover your liability as a tenant for "property damage" to premises rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner; or (d) If the loss arises out of the maintenance or use of aircraft, "autos" or watercraft to the extent not subject to Exclusion g. of Section I — Coverage A — Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability. (2) Any other primary insurance available to you covering liability for damages arising out of the premises or operations for which you have been added as an additional insured by attachment of an endorsement. When this insurance is excess, we will have no duty under Coverages A or B to defend the insured against any "suit" if any other insurer has a duty to defend the insured against that "suit". If no other insurer de- fends, we will undertake to do so, but we will be entitled to the insured's rights against all those other insur- ers. When this insurance is excess over other insurance, we will pay only our share of the amount of the loss, if any, that exceeds the sum of: (1) The total amount that all such other insurance would pay for the loss in the absence of this insurance; and (2) The total of all deductible and self -insured amounts under all that other insurance. We will share the remaining loss, if any, with any other insurance that is not described in this Excess Insur- ance provision and was not bought specifically to apply in excess of the Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations of this Coverage Part. c. Method Of Sharing If all of the other insurance permits contribution by equal shares, we will follow this method also. Under this approach each insurer contributes equal amounts until it has paid its applicable limit of insurance or none of the loss remains, whichever comes first. If any of the other insurance does not permit contribution by equal shares, we will contribute by limits. Un- der this method, each insurer's share is based on the ratio of its applicable limit of insurance to the total ap- plicable limits of insurance of all insurers. 5. Premium Audit a. We will compute all premiums for this Coverage Part in accordance with our rules and rates. © ISO Properties, Inc., 2000 -- Page 12 of 17 CG 00 01 10 01 AGENT COPY _ a s b. Premium shown in this Coverage Part as advance premium is a deposit premium only. At the close of each audit period we will compute the earned premium for that period and send notice to the first Named Insured. The due date for audit and retrospective premiums is the date shown as the due date on the bill. If the sum of the advance and audit premiums paid for the policy period is greater than the earned premium, we will return the excess to the first Named Insured. __. c. The first Named Insured must keep records of the information we need for premium computation, and send a� us copies at such times as we may request. 6. Representations By accepting this policy, you agree: a. The statements in the Declarations are accurate and complete; b. Those statements are based upon representations you made to us; and c. We have issued this policy in reliance upon your representations. 7. Separation Of Insureds Except with respect to the Limits of Insurance, and any rights or duties specifically assigned in this Coverage Part to the first Named Insured, this insurance applies: a. As if each Named Insured were the only Named Insured; and b. Separately to each insured against whom claim is made or "suit" is brought. 8. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us If the insured has rights to recover all or part of any payment we have made under this Coverage Part, those rights are transferred to us. The insured must do nothing after loss to impair them. At our request, the insured will bring "suit" or transfer those rights to us and help us enforce them. 9. When We Do Not Renew If we decide not to renew this Coverage Part, we will mail or deliver to the first Named Insured shown in the Declarations written notice of the nonrenewal not less than 30 days before the expiration date. If notice is mailed, proof of mailing will be sufficient proof of notice. SECTION V — DEFINITIONS 1. "Advertisement' means a notice that is broadcast or published to the general public or specific market seg- ments about your goods, products or services for the purpose of attracting customers or supporters. For the purposes of this definition: a. Notices that are published include material placed on the Internet or on similar electronic means of commu- nication; and b. Regarding web -sites, only that part of a web -site that is about your goods, products or services for the purposes of attracting customers or supporters is considered an advertisement. 2. "Auto" means a land motor vehicle, trailer or semitrailer designed for travel on public roads, including any at- tached machinery or equipment. But "auto" does not include "mobile equipment'. 3. 'Bodily injury" means bodily injury, sickness or disease sustained by a person, including death resulting from any of these at any time. 4. "Coverage territory" means: a. The United States of America (including its territories and possessions), Puerto Rico and Canada; b. International waters or airspace, but only if the injury or damage occurs in the course of travel or transpor- tation between any places included in a. above; or c. All other parts of the world if the injury or damage arises out of: (1) Goods or products made or sold by you in the territory described in a. above; (2) The activities of a person whose home is in the territory described in a. above, but is away for a short - time on your business; or © ISO Properties, Inc., 2000 CG 00 01 10 01 Page 13 of 17 KMfl 1CA IW.enc AGENT COPY No Text { (3) "Personal and advertising injury" offenses that take place through the Internet or similar electronic means of communication provided the insured's responsibility to pay damages is determined in a "suit" on the merits, in the territory de- scribed in a. above or in a settlement we agree to. 5. "Employee" includes a "leased worker". "Employee" does not include a "temporary worker". 6. "Executive officer" means a person holding any of the officer positions created by your charter, constitution, by- laws or any other similar governing document. 7. "Hostile fire" means one which becomes uncontrollable or breaks out from where it was intended to be. 8. "Impaired property" means tangible property, other than "your product" or "your work", that cannot be used or is less useful because: a. It incorporates "your product" or "your work" that is known or thought to be defective, deficient, inadequate or dangerous; or b. You have failed to fulfill the terms of a contract or agreement; if such property can be restored to use by: a. The repair, replacement, adjustment or removal of "your product" or "your work'; or b. Your fulfilling the terms of the contract or agreement. 9. "Insured contract" means: a. A contract for a lease of premises. However, that portion of the contract for a lease of premises that indem- nifies any person or organization for damage by fire to premises while rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner is not an "insured contract'; b. A sidetrack agreement; c. Any easement or license agreement, except in connection with construction or demolition operations on or within 50 feet of a railroad; d. An obligation, as required by ordinance, to indemnify a municipality, except in connection with work for a municipality; e. An elevator maintenance agreement; f. That part of any other contract or agreement pertaining to your business (including an indemnification of a municipality in connection with work performed for a municipality) under which you assume the tort liability of another party to pay for "bodily injury" or "property damage" to a third person or organization. Tort liability means a liability that would be imposed by law in the absence of any contract or agreement. Paragraph f. does not include that part of any contract or agreement: (1) That indemnifies a railroad for "bodily injury" or "property damage" arising out of construction or demoli- tion operations, within 50 feet of any railroad property and affecting any railroad bridge or trestle, tracks, road -beds, tunnel, underpass or crossing; (2) That indemnifies an architect, engineer or surveyor for injury or damage arising out of: (a) Preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or approve, maps, shop drawings, opinions, reports, sur- veys, field orders, change orders or drawings and specifications; or (b) Giving directions or instructions, or failing to give them, if that is the primary cause of the injury or damage; or (3) Under which the insured, if an architect, engineer or surveyor, assumes liability for an injury or damage arising out of the insured's rendering or failure to render professional services, including those listed in (2) above and supervisory, inspection, architectural or engineering activities. 10."Leased worker" means a person leased to you by a labor leasing firm under an agreement between you and the labor leasing firm, to perform duties related to the conduct of your business. "Leased worker" does not in- clude a "temporary worker". © ISO Properties, Inc., 2000 Page 14 of 17 CG 00 01 10 01 AGENT COPY No Text 11."Loading or unloading" means the handling of property: a. After it is moved from the place where it is accepted for movement into or onto an aircraft, watercraft or 11auto'; b. While it is in or on an aircraft, watercraft or "auto"; or c. While it is being moved from an aircraft, watercraft or "auto" to the place where it is finally delivered; but "loading or unloading" does not include the movement of property by means of a mechanical device, other than a hand truck, that is not attached to the aircraft, watercraft or "auto". 12."Mobile equipment1l means any of the following types of land vehicles, including any attached machinery or equipment: a. - Bulldozers, farm machinery, forklifts and other vehicles designed for use principally off public roads; b. Vehicles maintained for use solely on or next to premises you own or rent; c. Vehicles that travel on crawler treads; d. Vehicles, whether self-propelled or not, maintained primarily to provide mobility to permanently mounted: (1) Power cranes, shovels, loaders, diggers or drills; or (2) Road construction or resurfacing equipment such as graders, scrapers or rollers; e. Vehicles not described in a., b., c. or d. above that are not self-propelled and are maintained primarily to provide mobility to permanently attached equipment of the following types: (1) Air compressors, pumps and generators, including spraying, welding, building cleaning, geophysical exploration, lighting and well servicing equipment; or (2) Cherry pickers and similar devices used to raise or lower workers; f. Vehicles not described in a., b., c. or d. above maintained primarily for purposes other than the transporta- tion of persons or cargo. However, self-propelled vehicles with the following types of permanently attached equipment are not "mo- bile equipment' but will be considered "autos": (1) Equipment designed primarily for: (a) Snow removal; (b) Road maintenance, but not construction or resurfacing; or (c) Street cleaning; (2) Cherry pickers and similar devices mounted on automobile or truck chassis and used to raise or lower workers; and (3) Air compressors, pumps and generators, including spraying, welding, building cleaning, geophysical exploration, lighting and well servicing equipment. 13."Occurrence" means an accident, including continuous or repeated exposure to substantially the same general u harmful conditions. U."Personal and advertising injury" means injury, including consequential "bodily injury", arising out of one or more of the following offenses: a. False arrest, detention or imprisonment; b. Malicious prosecution; c. The wrongful eviction from, wrongful entry into, or invasion of the right of private occupancy of a room, dwelling or premises that a person occupies, committed by or on behalf of its owner, landlord or lessor; d. Oral or written publication, in any manner, of material that slanders or libels a person or organization or disparages a person's or organization's goods, products or services; e. Oral or written publication, in any manner, of material that violates a person's right of privacy; f. The use of another's advertising idea in your "advertisement'; or © ISO Properties, Inc., 2000 CG 00 01 10 01 Page 15 of 17 ��,11*1r%rU__ anzrxa7 MWI.nRA KeiAnR AGENT COPY of1r,AA�11nr% 14C7 A^Al Mf kl _C49^ D.— .� No Text g. Infringing upon another's copyright, trade dress or slogan in your "advertisement". 15."Pollutants" mean any solid, liquid, gaseous or thermal irritant or contaminant, including smoke, vapor, soot, fumes, acids, alkalis, chemicals and waste. Waste includes materials to be recycled, reconditioned or re- claimed. 16. "Prod ucts-completed operations hazard": a. Includes all "bodily injury" and "property damage" occurring away from premises you own or rent and aris- ing out of "your product" or "your work" except: (1) Products that are still in your physical possession; or (2) Work that has not yet been completed or abandoned. However, "your work" will be deemed completed at the earliest of the following times: (a) When all of the work called for in your contract has been completed. (b) When all of the work to be done at the job site has been completed if your contract calls for work at more than one job site. (c) When that part of the work done at a job site has been put to its intended use by any person or or- ganization other than another contractor or subcontractor working on the same project. Work that may need service, maintenance, correction, repair or replacement, but which is otherwise complete, will be treated as completed. b. Does not include "bodily injury" or "property damage" arising out of: (1) The transportation of property, unless the injury or damage arises out of a condition in or on a vehicle not owned or operated by you, and that condition was created by the "loading or unloading" of that vehi- cle by any insured; (2) The existence of tools, uninstalled equipment or abandoned or unused materials; or (3) Products or operations for which the classification, listed in the Declarations or in a policy schedule, -. states that products -completed operations are subject to the General Aggregate Limit. 17. "Property damage" means: a. Physical injury to tangible property, including all resulting loss of use of that property. All such loss of use shall be deemed to occur at the time of the physical injury that caused it; or b. Loss of use of tangible property that is not physically injured. All such loss of use shall be deemed to occur at the time of the "occurrence" that caused it. For the purposes of this insurance, electronic data is not tangible property. As used in this definition, electronic data means information, facts or programs stored as or on, created or used on, or transmitted to or from computer software, including systems and applications software, hard or floppy disks, CD-ROMS, tapes, drives, cells, data processing devices or any other media which are used with elec- tronically controlled equipment. 18."Suit" means a civil proceeding in which damages because of "bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" to which this insurance applies are alleged. "Suit" includes: a. An arbitration proceeding in which such damages are claimed and to which the insured must submit or does submit with our consent; or b. Any other alternative dispute resolution proceeding in which such damages are claimed and to which the insured submits with our consent. 19."Temporary worker" means a person who is furnished to you to substitute for a permanent "employee" on leave or to meet seasonal or short-term workload conditions. 20."Volunteer worker" means a person who is not your "employee", and who donates his or her work and acts at the direction of and within the scope of duties determined by you, and is not paid a fee, salary or other com- pensation by you or anyone else for their work performed for you. 21."Your product": © ISO Properties, Inc., 2000 Page 16of17 CG00011001 AGENT COPY No Text a. Means: (1) Any goods or products, other than real property, manufactured, sold, handled, distributed or disposed of by: (a) You; (b) Others trading under your name; or (c) A person or organization whose business or assets you have acquired; and (2) Containers (other than vehicles), materials, parts or equipment furnished in connection with such goods or products. b. Includes (1) Warranties or representations made at any time with respect to the fitness, quality, durability, perform- ance or use of "your product"; and (2) The providing of or failure to provide warnings or instructions. c. Does not include vending machines or other property rented to or located for the use of others but not sold. 22. "Your work": a. Means: (1) Work or operations performed by you or on your behalf; and (2) Materials, parts or equipment furnished in connection with such work or operations. b. Includes (1) Warranties or representations made at any time with respect to the fitness, quality, durability, perform- ance or use of "your work", and (2) The providing of or failure to provide warnings or instructions. © ISO Properties, Inc., 2000 CG 00 01 10 01 Page 17 of 17 AGENT COPY _ No Text From: Becky At: Arthur J Gallagher of LA Inc FaxID: Arthur J Gallagher R To: Lisa Hutchison Sage Document: 03-06 Edition Date: 10/28/2005 10:32 AM Page: Page 1 of 2 Home I Table of Contents I Options I Help My Subscription > ISO & Related > Property and Liability Bureaus > ISO -Forms > Commercial Auto Forms > Category 20- Special Types Endorsements > CA 20 01-Lessor-Additional Insured & Loss Payee Printer Friendly PDF Version Previous I Next Document editions: 03/01/06 1 10/01 /01 1 02/01 /99 1 97/01/97 1 12/01 /93 1 12/01 /90 1 01 /01 /87 ISO ( Commercial Auto Forms 1 03/01/06 POLICY NUMBER: COMMERCIAL AUTO CA 20 01 03 06 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. LESSOR -ADDITIONAL INSURED AND LOSS PAYEE This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM BUSINESS AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE FORM GARAGE COVERAGE FORM MOTOR CARRIER COVERAGE FORM TRUCKERS COVERAGE FORM With respect to coverage provided by this endorsement, the provisions of the Coverage Form apply unless modified by the endorsement. This endorsement changes the policy effective on the inception date of the policy unless another date is indicated below. Vamed Insured: °ndorsement Effective Date: Countersignature Of Authorized Representative Vame: fitie: signature: Sate: Insurance Company: Policy Number: Effective Date: Expiration Date: Named Insured: Address: Additional Insured (Lessor): Address: Designation Or Description Of "Leased Autos": Coverages Limit Of Insurance Liability $ Each "Accident" Actual Cash Value Or Cost Of Repair Whichever is Less, Minus Comprehensive $ Deductible For Each Covered "Leased Auto" Actual Cash Value Or Cost Of Repair Whichever Is Less, Minus Collision $ Deductible For Each Covered "Leased Auto" Specified Actual Cash Value Or Cost Of Repair Whichever Is Less, Minus "Leased Causes Of Loss $ Deductible For Each Covered Auto" Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations. https:,%�v�z�z .silverplume.cons/sponline./`SPSage.asp?chid=doc&id=551722&rd=60918&ls... 10/28/"2005 From: Becky At: Arthur J Gallagher of LA Inc FaxID: Arthur J Gallagher R To: Lisa Hutchison Sage Document: 03-06 Edition Date:1D282005 10:32AM Page:: Page 2 of 2 A. Coverage 1. Any "leased auto" designated or described in the Schedule will be considered a covered "auto" you own and not a covered "auto" you hire or borrow. 2. For a 'leased auto" designated or described in the Schedule, Who Is An Insured is changed to include as an 'insured" the lessor named in the Schedule. However, the lessor is an "insured" only for "bodily injury" or "property damage" resulting from the acts or omissions by: a. You; b. Any of your "employees" or agents; or c. Any person, except the lessor or any "employee" or agent of the lessor, operating a "leased auto" with the permission of any of the above. 3. The coverages provided under this endorsement apply to any "leased auto" described in the Schedule until the expiration date shown in the Schedule, or when the lessor or his or her agent takes possession of the "leased auto", whichever occurs first. B. Loss Payable Clause 1. We will pay, as interest may appear, you and the lessor named in this endorsement for "loss" to a 'leased auto". 2. The insurance covers the interest of the lessor unless the "loss" results from fraudulent acts or omissions on your part. 3. if we make any payment to the lessor, we will obtain his or her rights against any other party. C. Cancellation 1. If we cancel the policy, we will mail notice to the lessor in accordance with the Cancellation Common Policy Condition. 2. If you cancel the policy, we will mail notice to the lessor. 3. Cancellation ends this agreement. D. The lessor is not liable for payment of your premiums. E. Additional Definition As used in this endorsement: "Leased auto" means an "auto" leased or rented to you, including any substitute, replacement or extra "auto" needed to meet seasonal or other needs, under a leasing or rental agreement that requires you to provide direct primary insurance for the lessor. © ISO Properties, Inc. <•ISO Properties, Inc. Printer Friendly PDF Version Previous I Next •v'2005 SilverPlume Reference Systems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. I SilverPlume Home I Feedback I Log Out 400.1. +; `SlfMu•e This page was created: 10/28/2005 10:30:37 AM Central Time (processed 0.391 seconds) Host:SPL-WEI33, Ip:10.0.3.61, sid:47889372, SPWeb v3.7.24, SPLIb v4.3.0.13, IIb:17C75743, sub:6439, user:becky_cariberg@?aJg.com https:f''f'v'W'�r.silNierpluliie.convsponline. SPSage.asp?cmd=doc&id=551722&rd=60918&ls... 10/28/2005 From: Becky At: Arthur J Gallagher of LA Inc FaxID: Arthur J Gallagher R To: Lisa Hutchison Date: 10282005 10:32 AM Page:, Sage Document: Chapter Vl: Insurance I Construction Defects CoNlerage I Additional Insu... Page 1 of 2 Home I Table of Contents I Options I Help 194My Subscription > IRMI > IRMI-Construction Risk Management > Chapter VI: Insurance > Construction Defects Coverage — > Additional Insured Issues Printer Friendly Previous I Next IRMI I Construction Risk Management 1 08/01/05 Chapter VI: Insurance Construction Defects Coverage Additional Insured Issues Additional Insured Issues Construction contracts frequently require contractors to add other parties (i.e., the owner or other contractors) as additional insureds on their liability policies. Additional insured status is typically viewed as a second layer of protection for the named insured's contractual agreement to indemnify the party seeking additional insured status for any losses they incur as a result of the named insured contractor's work. (The first layer of protection is in the policy's contractual liability coverage.) As an "additional insured" owners and general contractors can file claims directly under the contractor's or subcontractor's policy. Perhaps the key advantage of filing a claim as an additional insured, as opposed to as an indemnitee, is the insurer's duty to defend claims against insureds, at their own expense. Until 1993, the standard additional insured endorsements used in conjunction with construction operations (primarily CG 20 10) extended coverage to additional insureds for both ongoing and completed operations. The post-1993 editions of this endorsement narrow the scope of an additional insured's coverage by limiting its application to liability arising out of the insured contractor's "ongoing operations," the inference of which is that additional insureds are not covered with respect to liability in connection with completed projects. In 2001, ISO further clarified this intent in a new edition of CG 20 10 that explicitly excludes coverage for completed operations. During the soft market of the 1990s, insurers would routinely attach the older versions of the additional insured endorsements on contractors' policies in recognition of the fact that contractors needed this coverage to comply with their contractual requirements. As construction defect litigation snowballed, and the insurance market in general began to harden, more and more insurers stopped this practice. Although the 1985 editions of the endorsements are still available on a limited basis (certain classes of contractors and geographic regions), many insurers now offer only the newer versions of the endorsement. Contractors' options for dealing with this gap between what their contracts require and what the insurance markets will provide are limited. One option is to attempt to have the requirement of completed operations coverage for additional insureds deleted from the construction contract. An argument can be made that such coverage is unnecessary, as property owners still have recourse against their contractors for liability arising out of the contractor's negligence, either through the indemnity agreement (to which the contractor's contractual liability coverage would respond) or simply in tort. Many insurers have drafted their own additional insured endorsements that not only limit or remove completed operations coverage for additional insureds, but also narrow the scope of coverage for ongoing operations claims. Specifically, these endorsements eliminate any coverage the additional insured might otherwise have for liability attributable to their own negligence. In 2004, ISO modified its standard additional insured —owners lessees or contractors endorsement (CG 20 10) to remove coverage for the additional insured's own negligence by changing the requirement that the liability "arising out of the named insured contractor's operations to one requiring that the injury or damage was "caused, in whole or in part, by (the named insured's) acts or omissions or the acts or omissions of those acting on (the named insureds) behalf." The effect of the term "caused in whole or in part by" is the exclusion of coverage for claims arising out of the sole negligence of the additional insured. This development is a direct response to the broad interpretation of standard additional insured endorsements that allow coverage for the additional insured's sole negligence. As construction defect claims get shoved down the construction chain —from general contractor to subcontractors, to sub -subcontractors, and so on — subcontractors (actually, their insurers) often find themselves spending huge amounts to defend additional ' https:i,'xvNz�v.silverplume.convsponliiier'SPSage.asp?cnid=doc&id=IRM18753&rd=41041... 10.28/2005 From: Becky At: Arthur J Gallagher of LA Inc FaxID: Arthur J Gallagher R To: Lisa Hutchison Date: I 28/2005 10:32 AM Page: Sage Document: Chapter VI: Insurance I Construction Defects Coverage I additional Insu... Page 2 of 2 insureds (not to mention paying damages to claimants) when the subcontractor's actual responsibility for the loss was minimal, if any. (In eliminating coverage for damages arising out of the additional insured's own negligence, the obligation to defend the additional insured is also avoided.) Some additional insured endorsements, including the ISO CG 20 10 endorsement, eliminate coverage only with respect to the additional insured's sole negligence, while others eliminate all coverage with respect to the additional insured's own negligence. See Exhibit VI.E.16 for an illustration of the former type of language. Contractors will still have coverage for their contractual indemnification obligations under the policy's contractual liability coverage. Absent an endorsement to the contrary, the contractual liability coverage does not exclude coverage for the indemnitee's sole negligence if that liability has been assumed in a legally enforceable hold harmless provision. (For a summary of states' position on allowable risk transfers, see "Status of Anti -Indemnity Statutes" in section X.E of this reference.) However, in an effort to bring the contractual liability coverage in line with the coverage available to additional insureds, ISO also introduced its amendment of insured contract definition endorsement (CG 24 26) that effectively eliminates coverage for the insured's assumption of liability arising out of the other party's sole negligence. EXHIBIT VI.E.16 NO COVERAGE FOR ADDITIONAL INSURED'S SOLE NEGLIGENCE The insurance provided to the additional insured is limited as follows: That person or organization is an additional insured solely for liability due to your negligence specifically resulting from "your work" for the additional insured which is the subject of the written contract or written agreement. No coverage applies to liability resulting from the sole negligence of the additional insured. Source: "Contractor's Scheduled And Blanket Additional Insured Endorsement With Limited Products -Completed Operations Coverage", CNA Insurance Company, Form #G-17957-E. IRMI publication date for this page: August 2004 • •International Risk Management Institute Inc Printer Friendly Previous I Next � 2005 SilverPlume Reference Systems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. I SilverPlume Home I Feedback I Log Out This page was created: 10/28/2005 10:30:10 AM Central Time (processed 0.641 seconds) Host:SPL-WEB3, ip:10.0.3.61, sid:47889372, SPWeb v3.7.24, SPLIb v4.3.0.13, IIb:17C75743, sub:6439, user:becky_carlberg(galg.com https:,'{WNzzz silverplunie.coni%sponline,SPSage.asp?cmd=doc&id=IRM18753&rd=41041... 10,'28i2005 From: Bella At: Arthur J Gallaaher of LA Inc FaxID: Arthur J Gallaaher R To: Lisa Hutchison Date: 10/28/2005 10:32 AM Paae: ' Arthur J. Gallagher Risk Management Services, Inc. 700 W. Prien Lake Road Lake Charles, LA 70601 (337) 478-5485 Fax: (337) 474-4418 j From: Becky To: Lisa Hutchison Pages: 5 Date: 10/28/200510:32:12 AM Subject: A-1 Fence/ City of Lubbock Message: Lisa, Per your request attached are forms G17957 CA2001. Please let me know if you need anything else. Thanks, Becky Carlberg _1 i AG-0_13Q. CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE A1ACSR ME- 2 08 1205 °ATEIMMIDD/AME05 PRODUCER THIS CERTOIICATE IS f3SUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION Arthur J. Gallagher ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE Risk Management Services, Inc. HOLDER. THIS cERTIRICATB DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR 700 W. Prien Lake Rd. ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. Lake Charles LA 70601-8397 Phone: 337-478-5485 Fax 1337-474-4416 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC aX IN&URw INSURER A: Peerless Insurance ComparW INSURER8: Peerless Insurance Company A-1 Aoet C�an Fence Ino INSURER0'. Peerless Insurance Company P 0 Box j09 INSURER0: Orange T 77631-2509 INSURER E: COVERAGES THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWRHSTANOING ANY REOUIREMENT. TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE T61116I8. EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE 926N REDUCED BY PAID CLAM. LFNT*'R"PSRN TYPE OP INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER DATE MMIOD DATE (MWDDIM LIMITS GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 PREMI ES EN0wjw=) $100,000 A X. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIAMurY CBFIB030557 06/01/05 06/01/06 MED EXP IMY one Person) S 5 000 CLAMS MADE fX I OCCUR PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 1 000 000 X CONTIL LIABILITY ISO FORM C00001 10/ 1 GENEMLAGGREGATE $ 2 000 000 EiJ, UT Aj Mm 1017057 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: PRODUCTS - COMPIOP AGO $ 2 00O 000 POLICY X STIFF LOC C AUTOMOBILE LU%EIUTY X ANY AUTO BAS030057 TEXAS 06/01/05 06/01/06 COMBINpD SINGLE LIMIT IF. s 7-014) $ 1 , 000 , 000 BODILY INJURY (Parpofm) f ALL OWNEOAUTOS SCNEDVLEDAUTOS MA8030757 LOUISIANA BODILY INJURY (per &moerlq S X HIRED AUTOS NON.OVMO AUTOS PROPERTY DAMAGE (P""cider") X co 7Rp dad $500 _ MX X ooll ded 1000 GARAOC LIABILITY AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT S OTHER THAN EA ACC AUTO ONLY. AGO S ANYAUTO E EXCESSIUMBREIULIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE 1;21000,000 AGGREGATE s2,000,000 B X OCCUR CLANSMAOE coso9oss7 - r*Lww mm 06/01/05 06/01/06 S S DEDUCTIBLE S X RETENTION 310 000 WORKERS COMPENSATION AND X T R LIMITS R E.L.EACHACCIOENT $1 000,000 A EYIPLOYERSLIABILITY ANY PR0PRI9TORnARTNER/EXECVTIVE OFPICENMEMBER EXCLUDf07 WC9276703 06/01/05 06/01/06 E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYE S 1 , 000 000 MVyq A'L ibEunAer SPH�V1l PROVISIONS below ' E.L.OISEASE- POLICY LIMIT 81,000,000 OTHER A Equipment Floater CaFeO30557 06/01/05 06/01/06 Leased/ $25000 Rented 250 DED D CRI TION OF OPERA 01 LOCATIONS I VE LES I EXCLU BY EN I SPECIAL PROVISIONS INSTALLATION OF PERIMETER FENCING AT HAMi`ND MUNICIPAL AIRPOAT.GENERAL LIABILITY AND AUTO LIABILITY ARE ENDORSED FOR BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED (G179576) AND BLANKET WAIVER OF SUBROGATION (CO2404 11/85)AS REQUIRED BY WRITTEN CONTRACT. WORKERS COMPENSATION IS ENDORSED FOR BLM=T WAIVER OF SUBROGATION (WC420304A) WHEN REQUIRED BY WRITTEN CONTRACT CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION City of Lubbock Purchasing 6 Contract Manager Municipal Building 1626 13th Street, Room 204 Lubbock TX 79401 CITYLUB inW�Y nn�vr lllY Vc�. ..,uw•v"v.�rr�...rr�����. -- ..._..._ DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO NAIL 10 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT. BUT FAILURE TO 00 30 SHALT IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KINO UPON THE INSURER, ITS AGENTS OR CONTRACTOR CHECKLIST A CONTRACTOR SHALL: (1) provide coverage for its employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filling of any coverage agreements; (2) provide a certificate of coverage showing workers' compensation coverage to the governmental entity prior to beginning work on the project; (3) provide the governmental entity, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (4) obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity: (A) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and (B) no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (5) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (6) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within ten (10) days after the contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; (7) post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide coverage. This notice does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by the Act or other commission rules. This notice must be printed in at least 19-point normal type, and shall be in both English and Spanish and any other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices shall be the following text provided by the commission on the sample notice, without any additional words or changes: No Text REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE "The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must (see reverse) be covered by workers' compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment and materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity of their employer or status as an employee." "Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at (512)440- 3789 to receive information on the legal requirement for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage." and (8) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to: (A) provide coverage based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (B) provide a certificate of coverage to the contractor prior to that person beginning work on the project; (C) include in all contracts to provide services on the project the language in subsection (e) (3) of this rule; (D) provide the contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (E) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the contractor: (i) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (ii) prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (F) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (G) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within (ten) 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and (H) contractually require each other person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (A) - (H), with the certificate of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services.' ..�. .._.� �......W...; r,,.n...�,,�, ..,� --m� .....�, ,�._...._, F-4 CONTRACT NO.6140 STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF LUBBOCK THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this 9th day of September, 2005 by and between the City of Lubbock, County of Lubbock, State of Texas, acting by and through the Mayor, City of Lubbock, thereunto authorized to do so, hereinafter referred to as OWNER, and A-1 American Fence Inc. of the City of Orange, County of Orange and the State of Texas hereinafter termed CONTRACTOR. WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned, to be made and performed by the OWNER and under the conditions expressed in the bond bearing even date herewith (if any) the CONTRACTOR hereby agrees with OWNER to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows: BID #05-088-BM - LUBBOCK PRESTON SMITH INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT SECURITY IMPROVEMENTS - $545,465.08 and all extra work in connection therewith, under the terms as stated in the contract documents and at his (or their) own proper cost and expense to furnish all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, insurance and other accessories and services necessary to complete the said construction in accordance with the contract documents as defined in the General Conditions of the Agreement. A-1 American Fence, Inc.'s bid August 17'' 2005 is incorporated into and made a part of this agreement. The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to commence work within five (5) days after the date written notice to do so shall have been given to him and to substantially complete same within the time specified in the contract documents. The OWNER agrees to pay the CONTRACTOR in current funds for the performance of the contract in accordance with the bid submitted therefore, subject to additions and deductions, as provided in the contract documents and to make payment on account thereof as provided therein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to these presents have executed this agreement in Lubbock, Lubbock County, Texas in the year and day first above written. 0, CITY OF L By: /UAYOR ATTEST• City Secreta Director (OWNER): APPROVED AS T O � A I fJ I /I \C:> ity Attorney COMPLETE ADDRESS: A-1 American Fence, Inc. 701 E. Lutcher Dr. Orange, Texas 77632 ATTEST: Corporate Secretary GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT L-- GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT OWNER Whenever the word Owner, or First Party, are used in this contract, it shall be understood as referring to the City of Lubbock, Texas. 2. CONTRACTOR Whenever the word Contractor, or Second Party, is used, it shall be understood to mean the person, persons, co- partnership or corporation, to wit A-1 AMERICAN FENCE INC. who has agreed to perform the work embraced in this contract, or their legal representative. 3. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE Whenever the word Owner's Representative or representative is used in this contract, it shall be understood as referring to, City of Lubbock, or its representative, STEVE NICHOLSON, DEPUTY DIRECTOR - OPERATIONS & SAFETY, so designated who will inspect constructions; or to such other representatives, supervisors, architects, engineers, or inspectors as may be authorized by said Owner to act in any particular under this agreement. Engineers, supervisors or inspectors will act for the Owner under the direction of Owner's Representative, but shall not directly supervise the Contractor or persons acting on behalf of the Contractor. 4. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The contract's documents shall consist of the Notice to Bidders, General Instructions to Bidders, Bid Submittal Form including "Exhibit A", Signed Contract, Statutory Bonds, General Conditions of the Agreement, Special Provisions, Technical Specifications, Plans, Insurance Certificates, and all other documents made available to Bidder for inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders. The above described materials are sometimes referred to herein as the "contract" or "contract documents". INTERPRETATION OF PHRASES Whenever the words "Directed," "Permitted," "Designated," "Required," "Considered Necessary," "Prescribed," or words of like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement, permission, order, designation or prescription of the Owner's Representative is intended; and similarly, the words "Approved," "Acceptable," "Satisfactory," or words of like import shall mean approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to the Owner's Representative. 6. SUBCONTRACTOR The term Subcontractor, as employed herein, includes only those having a direct contract with the Contractor for performance of work on the project contemplated by these contract documents. Owner shall have no responsibility to any Subcontractor employed by Contractor for performance of work on the project contemplated by these contract documents, but said Subcontractors will look exclusively to Contractor for any payments due Subcontractor. 7. WRITTEN NOTICE Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent certified mail to the last business address known to the parry who gives the notice. 8. CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES Unless otherwise stipulated, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, insurance, and all water, light, power, fuel, transportation and all other facilities necessary for the execution and completion of the work covered by the contract documents. Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be new and both workmanship and materials shall be of a good quality and free from material defects. The Contractor shall, if required, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials. Materials or work described in words which so applied have well known, technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer such recognized standards. All work shall be done and all materials furnished in strict conformity with the contract documents. 9. SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETED The term "Substantially Completed" is meant that the structure or project contemplated by the contract documents has been made suitable for use or occupancy or the facility is in a condition to serve its intended purpose, but still may require minor miscellaneous work and adjustment. 10. LAYOUT Except as specifically provided herein, the Contractor shall be responsible for laying out all work and shall accomplish this work in a manner acceptable to the Owner's Representative. The Owner's Representative will check the Contractor's layout of all major structures and any other layout work done by the Contractor at Contractor's request, but this check does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of correctly locating all work in accordance with the Plans and Specifications. 11. KEEPING OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ACCESSIBLE The Contractor shall be furnished ten (10) copies of all Plans and Specifications without expense to Contractor and Contractor shall keep one copy of same consistently accessible on the job site. 12. RIGHT OF ENTRY The Owner's Representative may make periodic visits to the site to observe the progress or quality of the executed work and to determine, in general, if the work is proceeding in accordance with the contract documents. Owner's Representative will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous onsite inspections to check the quality or quantity of the work, nor will Owner's Representative be responsible for the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or the safety precautions incident thereto. Notwithstanding the Owner's Representative's rights of entry hereunder, the Owner's Representative will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 13. LINES AND GRADES All lines and grades shall be furnished by the Contractor whenever Owner's Representative deems said lines and grades are necessary for the commencement of the work contemplated by these contract documents or the completion of the work contemplated by these contract documents. Whenever necessary, Contractor shall suspend its work in order to permit Contractor to comply with this requirement, but such suspension will be as brief as practical and Contractor shall be allowed no extra compensation therefore. The Contractor shall give the Owner's Representative ample notice of the time and place where lines and grades will be needed. All stakes, marks, etc., shall be carefully preserved by the Contractor, and in case of careless destruction or removal by Contractor, its Subcontractors, or its employees, such stakes, marks, etc., shall be replaced by the Contractor at Contractor's expense. 14. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE'S AUTHORITY AND DUTY Unless otherwise specified, it is mutually agreed between the parties to this Agreement that the Owner's Representative has the authority to review all work included herein. The Owner's Representative has the authority to stop the work whenever such stoppage may be necessary to ensure the proper execution of the contract. The Owner's Representative shall, in all cases, determine the amounts and quantities of the several kinds of work which are to be paid for under the contract documents, and shall determine all questions in relation to said work and the construction thereof, and shall, in all cases, decide every question which may arise relative to the execution of this contract on the part of said Contractor. The decision of the Owner's Representative shall be conclusive in the absence of written objection to same delivered to Owner's Representative within fifteen (15) calendar days of any decision or direction by Owner's Representative. In the absence of timely written objection by Contractor, as provided herein, any and all objection or objections shall be deemed waived. 15. SUPERINTENDENCE AND INSPECTION It is agreed by the Contractor that the Owner's Representative shall be and is hereby authorized to appoint from time to time such subordinate engineers, supervisors, or inspectors as the said Owner's Representative may deem proper to inspect the materials furnished and the work done under this Agreement, and to see that said material is furnished and said work is done in accordance with the specifications therefore. The Contractor shall furnish all reasonable aid and assistance required by the subordinate engineers, supervisors or inspectors for the proper inspection and examination of the work. The Contractor shall regard and obey the directions and instructions of any subordinate engineers, supervisors or inspectors so appointed, when such directions and instructions are consistent with the obligations of this Agreement and accompanying plans and specifications provided, however, should the Contractor object to any orders by any subordinate engineer, supervisor or inspector, the Contractor may within fifteen (15) calendar days make written appeal to the Owner's Representative for its decision. In the absence of timely written objection by Contractor, as provided herein, any and all objection or objections shall be deemed waived. 16. CONTRACTOR'S DUTY AND SUPERINTENDENCE The Contractor shall give personal attention to the faithful prosecution and completion of this contract and shall keep on the work, during its progress, a competent superintendent and any necessary assistants, all satisfactory to Owner's Representative. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor in its absence and all directions given to superintendent shall be binding as if given to the Contractor. It is expressly agreed that adequate supervision by competent and reasonable representatives of the Contractor is essential to the proper performance of the work and lack of such supervision shall be grounds for suspending operations of the Contractor. The work, from its commencement to completion, shall be under the exclusive charge and control of the Contractor and all risk in connection therewith shall be borne by the Contractor. The Owner or Owner's Representatives shall not be responsible for the acts or omissions of the Contractor, or any subcontractors, or any of Contractor's agents or employees, or any other persons performing any of the work. 17. CONTRACTOR'S UNDERSTANDING It is understood and agreed that the Contractor has, by careful examination, satisfied itself as to the nature and location of the work, the confirmation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of materials to be encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work, and the general and local conditions, and all other matters which in any way affect the work under the contract documents. No oral agreement or conversation with any officer, agent, or employee of the Owner, or Owner's Representative either before or after the execution of this contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. Subject to the rights of Owner as set forth in Paragraph 23 hereof, all modifications and/or amendments to the contract documents, shall be in writing, and executed by Owner's Representative and Contractor. Unless otherwise specified herein, all loss, expense or damage to Contractor arising out of the nature of the work to be done, or from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen circumstance and the prosecution of the work, shall be sustained and bome by the Contractor at its own cost and expense. 18. CHARACTER OF WORKERS The Contractor agrees to employ only orderly and competent workers, skillful in the performance in the type of work required under this contract, to do the work; and agrees that whenever the Owner's Representative shall inform Contractor in writing that any man or men on the work, are, in Owner's Representative's sole opinion, incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, or otherwise unacceptable to Owner or Owner's Representative, such man or men shall be discharged from the work and shall not again be employed on the work without the Owner's Representative's written consent. 19. CONSTRUCTION PLANT The Contractor shall provide all labor, tools, equipment, machinery and materials necessary in the prosecution and completion of this contract where it is not otherwise specifically provided that Owner shall furnish same, and it is also understood that Owner shall not be held responsible for the care, preservation, conservation, or protection of any materials, tools, equipment or machinery or any part of the work until it is finally completed and accepted. The building of structures for the housing of men or equipment will be permitted only at such places as the Owner's Representative shall consent or direct, and the sanitary conditions of the grounds in or about such structure shall at all times be maintained in a manner satisfactory to the Owner's Representative. 20. SANITATION Necessary sanitary conveniences for the use of laborers on the work site, properly secluded from public observation, shall be constructed and maintained by the Contractor in such manner and at such points as shall be approved by the Owner's Representative and their use shall be strictly enforced. 21. OBSERVATION AND TESTING The Owner or Owner's Representative shall have the right at all times to observe and test the work. Contractor shall make necessary arrangements and provide proper facilities and access for such observation and testing at any location wherever such work is in preparation or progress. Contractor shall ascertain the scope of any observation that may be contemplated by Owner or Owner's Representative and shall give ample notice as to the time each part of the work will be ready for such observation. Owner or Owner's Representative may reject any such work found to be defective or not in accordance with the contract documents, regardless of the stage of its completion or the time or place of discovery of such errors and regardless of whether Owner's Representative has previously accepted the work through oversight or otherwise. If any such work should be covered without approval or consent of the Owner, it must, if requested by Owner or Owner's Representative, be uncovered for examination at Contractor's expense. In the event that any part of the work is being fabricated or manufactured at a location 4 where it is not convenient for Owner or Owner's Representative to make observations of such work or require testing of said work, then in such event Owner or Owner's Representative may require Contractor to furnish Owner or Owner's Representative certificates of inspection, testing or approval made by persons competent to perform such tasks at the location where that part of the work is being manufactured or fabricated. All such tests will be in accordance with the methods prescribed by the American Society for Testing and Materials or such other applicable organization as may be required by law or the contract documents. If any such work which is required to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered up without written approval or consent of the Owner or Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by the Owner or Owner's Representative, be uncovered for observation and testing at the Contractor's expense. The cost of all such inspections, tests and approvals shall be bome by the Contractor unless otherwise provided herein. Any work which fails to meet the requirements of any such tests, inspections or approvals, and any work which meets the requirements of any such tests or approvals but does not meet the requirements of the contract documents shall be considered defective, and shall be corrected at the Contractor's expense. Neither observations by the Owner or Owner's Representative, nor inspections, tests, or approvals made by Owner, Owner's Representative, or other persons authorized under the contract documents to make such inspections, tests, or approvals shall relieve the Contractor from its obligation to perform the work in accordance with the requirements of the contract documents. It is expressly agreed that if the work or any part thereof, or any material brought on the site of the work for use in the work or selected for the same, shall be deemed by the Owner or Owner's Representative as unsuitable or not in conformity with plans, specifications and/or contract documents, the Contractor shall, after receipt of written notice thereof from the Owner's Representative, forthwith remove such material and rebuild or otherwise remedy such work so that it shall be in full accordance with the contract documents. It is further agreed that any remedial action contemplated as hereinabove set forth shall be at Contractor's expense. 23. CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS The Contractor further agrees that the Owner may make such changes and alterations as the Owner may see fit, in the line, grade, form dimensions, plans or materials for the work herein contemplated, or any part thereof, either before or after the beginning of the construction, without affecting the validity of this contract and the accompanying bond. If such changes or alterations diminish the quantity of the work to be done, they shall not constitute the basis for a claim for damages, or anticipated profits on the work that may be dispensed with. If they increase the amount of work, and the increased work can fairly be classified under the specifications, such increase shall be paid -' according to the quantity actually done and at the unit price established for such work under this contract; otherwise such additional work shall be paid for as provided under Extra Work. In case the Owner shall make such changes or alterations as shall make useless any work already done or material already furnished or used in said work, then the Owner shall recompense the Contractor for any material or labor so used, and for actual expenses incurred in preparation for the work as originally planned. 24. EXTRA WORK The term "extra work" as used in this contract shall be understood to mean and include all work that may be required by the Owner or Owner's Representative to be done by the Contractor to accomplish any change, alteration or addition to the work as shown on the plans and specifications or contract documents and not covered by Contractor's bid, except as provided under Changes and Alterations herein. It is agreed that the Contractor shall perform all extra work under the direction of the Owner's Representative when presented with a written work order signed by the Owner's Representative; subject, however, to the right of the Contractor to require written confirmation of such extra work order by the Owner. It is also agreed that the compensation to be paid to the Contractor for performing said extra work shall be determined by the following methods: Method (A) - By agreed unit prices; or Method (B) - By agreed lump sum; or Method (C) - If neither Method (A) or Method (B) be agreed upon before the extra work is commenced, then the Contractor shall be paid the lesser of the following: (1) actual field cost of the extra work, plus fifteen (15%) percent; or (2) the amount that would have been charged by a reasonable and prudent Contractor as a reasonable and necessary cost for performance of the extra work. In the event said extra work be performed and paid for under Method (C)(1), then the provisions of this paragraph shall apply and the "actual field cost" is hereby defined to include the cost of all workmen, such as foremen, timekeepers, mechanics and laborers, materials, supplies, teams, trucks, rentals on machinery and equipment, for the time actually employed or used on such extra work, plus actual transportation charges necessarily incurred, together with all expenses incurred directly on account of such extra work, including Social Security, Old Age Benefits, Maintenance Bonds, Public Liability and Property Damage and Workers' Compensation and all other insurances as may be required by law or ordinances or directed by the Owner or Owner's Representative, or by them agreed to. Owner's Representative may direct the form in which accounts of the actual field cost shall be kept and records of these accounts shall be made available to the Owner's Representative. The Owner's Representative may also specify in writing, before the work commences, the method of doing the work and the type and kind of machinery and equipment to be used; otherwise, these matters shall be determined by the Contractor. Unless otherwise agreed upon, the prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be determined by using 100%, unless otherwise specified, of the latest Schedule of Equipment and Ownership Expenses adopted by the Associated General Contractors of America. Where practical, the terms and prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be incorporated in the written extra work order. The fifteen percent (15%) of the actual field cost to be paid to Contractor shall cover and compensate Contractor for its profit, overhead, general superintendence and field office expense, and all other elements of cost and expense not embraced within the actual field cost as herein defined, save that where the Contractor's Camp or Field Office must be maintained primarily on account of such Extra Work, then the cost to maintain and operate the same shall be included in the "actual field cost." No claim for extra work of any kind will be allowed unless ordered in writing by Owner's Representative. In case any orders or instructions appear to the Contractor to involve extra work for which Contractor should receive compensation or an adjustment in the construction time, Contractor shall prior to commencement of such extra work, make written request to the Owner's Representative for a written order authorizing such extra work. Should a difference of opinion arise as to what does or does not constitute extra work or as to the payment therefore, and the Owner's Representative insists upon its performance, the Contractor shall proceed with the work after making written request for written order and shall keep adequate and accurate account of the actual field cost thereof, as provided under Method (C)(1). If Contractor does not notify Owner's Representative before the commencement of any extra work, any claim for payment due to alleged extra work shall be deemed waived. 25. DISCREPANCIES AND OMISSIONS It is further agreed that it is the intent of the contract documents that all work described in the bid, the specifications, plans and other contract documents, is to be done for the prices quoted by the Contractor and that such price shall include all appurtenances necessary to complete the work in accordance with the intent of these contract documents as interpreted by Owner's Representative. Notices of any discrepancies or omissions in these plans, specifications, or contract documents, shall be given to the Owner's Representative and a 6 clarification obtained before the bids are received, and if no such notice is received by the Owner's Representative prior to the opening of bids, then it shall be deemed that the Contractor fully understands the work to be included and has provided sufficient sums in its bid to complete the work in accordance with these plans and specifications. If Contractor does not notify Owner's Representative before bidding of any discrepancies or omissions, then it shall be deemed for all purposes that the plans and specifications are sufficient and adequate for completion of the project. It is further agreed that any request for clarification must be submitted no later than ten (10) calendar days prior to the opening of bids. 26. RIGHT OF OWNER TO MODIFY METHODS AND EQUIPMENT If at any time the methods or equipment used by the Contractor are found to be inadequate to secure the quality of work with the rate of progress required under this contract, the Owner or Owner's Representative may order the Contractor in writing to increase their safety or improve their character and efficiency and the Contractor shall comply with such order. If, at any time, the working force of the Contractor is inadequate for securing the progress herein specified, the Contractor shall, if so ordered in writing, increase its force or equipment, or both, to such an extent as to give reasonable assurance of compliance with the schedule of progress. 27. PROTECTION AGAINST ACCIDENT TO EMPLOYEES AND THE PUBLIC AND GENERAL INDEMNITY The Contractor shall take out and procure a policy or policies of Workers' Compensation Insurance with an insurance company licensed to transact business in the State of Texas, which policy shall comply with the Workers' Compensation laws of the State of Texas. The Contractor shall at all times exercise reasonable precaution for the safety of employees and others on or near the work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of federal, state and municipal laws and building and construction codes. All machinery and equipment and other physical hazards shall be guarded in accordance with the "Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction" of Associated General Contractors of America, except where incompatible with federal, state or municipal laws or regulations. The Contractor, its sureties and insurance carriers shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and all of its officers, agents and employees against any all losses, costs, damages, expenses, liabilities, claims and/or causes of action, whether known or unknown, fixed, actual, accrued or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, including, but not limited to, attorneys' fees and expenses, in connection with, incident to, related to, or arising out of, the Contractor's or any subcontractor's, agent's or employee's, in any manner whatsoever, omission, execution and/or supervision of this contract, and the project which is the subject matter of this contract. The safety precautions taken shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor, in its sole discretion as an Independent Contractor; inclusion of this paragraph in the Agreement, as well as any notice which may be given by the Owners or the Owner's Representative concerning omissions under this paragraph as the work progresses, are intended as reminders to the Contractor of its duty and shall not be construed as any assumption of duty to supervise safety precautions by either the Contractor or any of its subcontractors. 28. CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all insurance as required in the y General Conditions of the contract documents, from an underwriter authorized to do business in the State of Texas and satisfactory to the City. Proof of coverage shall be furnished to the City and written notice of cancellation or any material change will be provided thirty (30) calendar days in advance of cancellation or tchange. All policies of insurance, required herein, including policies of insurance required to be provided by Contractor and its subcontractors, shall contain a waiver of any and all of the insurer's or payor's, in the event of self-insurance, rights to subrogation that any such insurer or payor, in the event of self-insurance, may acquire by virtue of payment of any loss under such insurance or self-insurance. All certificates of insurance submitted to J the City in conformity with the provisions hereof shall establish such waiver.. The Contractor shall procure and carry at its sole cost and expense through the life of this contract, insurance protection as hereinafter specified. Coverage in excess of that specified herein also shall be acceptable. Such insurance shall be carried with an insurance company authorized to transact business in the State of Texas and shall cover all operations in connection with this contract, whether performed by the Contractor or a subcontractor, or separate policies shall be provided covering the operation of each subcontractor. A certificate of insurance specifying each and all coverages shall be submitted prior to contract execution. PROOF OF COVERAGE SHALL BE FURNISHED TO THE CITY OF LUBBOCK IN THE FORM OF A CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE ALONG WITH A COPY OF THE ADDITIONAL INSURED ENDORSEMENT. THE INSURANCE CERTIFICATES FURNISHED SHALL NAME THE CITY OF LUBBOCK AS A PRIMARY ADDITIONAL INSURED AND PROVIDE A WAIVER OF SUBROGATION IN FAVOR OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK AS REQUIRED BELOW, OR IN THE ALTERNATIVE, SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED BY A STATEMENT FROM THE CONTRACTOR TO THE EFFECT THAT NO WORK ON THIS PARTICULAR PROJECT SHALL BE SUBCONTRACTED. IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE TO THE OWNER ALL PROOF OF COVERAGE INSURANCE DOCUMENTS INCLUDING WORKERS COMPENSATION COVERAGE FOR EACH SUBCONTRACTOR. A. General Liability Insurance (Primary Additional Insured and Waiver of Subrogation required) The contractor shall have Comprehensive General Liability Insurance with limits of $1,000,000 Combined Single Limit in the aggregate and $1,000,000 per occurrence to include: Products & Completed Operations Hazard AGG Contractual Liability Personal Injury Advertising Injury Fire Damage (Any one Fire) B. Owner's and Contractor's Protective Liability Insurance. For bodily injuries, including accidental death and or property damage, $0 Combined Single Limit in the aggregate and $0 per occurrence. This policy shall be submitted prior to contract execution. C. Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance (Primary Additional Insured and Waiver of Subrogation Required) The Contractor shall have Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance with limits of not less than; Bodily Injury/Property Damage, $1,000,000 Combined Single Limit, to include all owned and non -owned cars including: Employers Non -ownership Liability Hired and Non -owned Vehicles. The City of Lubbock is to be named as primary additional insured on this policy for this specific job and copy of the endorsement doing so is to be attached to the Certificate of Insurance. E. Builder's Risk Insurance/Installation Floater Insurance. The Contractor shall obtain a Builder's Risk policy in the amount of 100% of the total material costs (100% of potential loss) naming the City of Lubbock as insured. E. Umbrella Liability Insurance (Primary Additional Insured and Waiver of Subrogation required) The Contractor shall have Umbrella Liability Insurance in the amount of $4,000,000 on all contracts with coverage to correspond with Comprehensive General Liability and Comprehensive Automobile Liability coverages. F. Worker's Compensation and Employers Liability Insurance (Waiver of Subrogation required) Worker's Compensation Insurance covering all employees whether employed by the Contractor or any Subcontractor on the job with Employers Liability of at least statutory/$500,000. Definitions: Certificate of coverage ("certificate") - A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self -insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC-81, TWCC- 82, TWCC-83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project. Duration of the project - includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the Contractor's/person's work on the project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity. Persons providing services on the project ("subcontractor" in Section 406.096, Texas Labor Code) - includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the Contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the Contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner - operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. 2. The Contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all employees of the contractor providing services on the project, for the duration of the project. 3. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being awarded the contract. 4. If the coverage period shown on the Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, the Contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended. 5. The Contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on the project, and provide to the governmental entity: (a) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and (b) no later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project. The Contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter. The Contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the Contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project. The Contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. 9. The Contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on the project, to: (a) provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (b) provide to the Contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (c) provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (d) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the Contractor: (1) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (2) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (e) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (f) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and (g) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to perform as required by paragraphs (a) - (g), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. 10. By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the Contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the Contractor who will provide services on the project will be covered by worker's compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance 10 G. carrier or, in the case of a self -insured, with the commission's Division of Self -Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the Contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. 11. The Contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the Contractor which entitles the governmental entity to declare the contract void if the Contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the governmental entity. Proof of Coverage Before work on this contract is commenced, each Contractor and subcontractor shall submit to the Owner for approval five Certificates of Insurance covering each insurance policy carried and offered as evidence of compliance with the above insurance requirements, signed by an authorized representative of the insurance company setting forth: (1) The name and address of the insured. (2) The location of the operations to which the insurance applies. (3) The name of the policy and type or types of insurance in force thereunder on the date borne by such certificate. (4) The expiration date of the policy and the limit or limits of liability thereunder on the date borne by such certificate. (5) A provision that the policy may be canceled only by mailing written notice to the named insured at the address shown in the bid specifications. (6) A provision that written notice shall be given to the City ten days prior to any change in or cancellation of the policies shown on the certificate. (7) The certificate or certificates shall be on the form (or identical copies thereof) contained in the job specifications. No substitute of nor amendment thereto will be acceptable. (8) If policy limits are paid, new policy must be secured for new coverage to complete project. (9) A Contractor shall: (a) provide coverage for its employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filling of any coverage agreements; (b) provide a certificate of coverage showing workers' compensation coverage to the governmental entity prior to beginning work on the project; (c) provide the governmental entity, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (d) obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity: (i) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and (ii) no later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (e) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (f) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the Contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; (g) post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide coverage. This notice does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by the Texas Worker's Compensation Act or other commission rules. This notice must be printed with a title in at least 30 point bold type and text in at least 19 point normal type, and shall be in both English and Spanish and any other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices shall be the following text provided by the commission on the sample notice, without any additional words or changes: REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE "The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must be covered by workers' compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity of their employer or status as an employee. " "Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at 8001372-7713 or 5121804-4000 (I7ttp:1/www. nvcc.state. tx. tis/twcccontacts. htnzl) to receive information of the legal requirements for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage; " and (h) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to: (i) provide coverage based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (ii) provide a certificate of coverage to the Contractor prior to that person beginning work on the project; (iii) include in all contracts to provide services on the project the following language: "By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the person signing this contract is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the person signing this contract who will provide services on the project will be covered by workers' compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reprinting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self -insured, with the commission's Division of Self -Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the 12 Contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions."; (iv) provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (v) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the Contractor: (1) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (2) prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (vi) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (vii) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and (viii) contractually require each other person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (i)-(viii), with the certificate of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. Contractors having more than fifteen (15) employees agree to comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, and agree not to discriminate against a qualified individual with a disability because of the disability of such individual in regard to job application procedures, the hiring, advancement, or discharge of employees, employee compensation, job training, and other terms, conditions, and privileges of employment. 30. PROTECTION AGAINST CLAIMS OF SUBCONTRACTORS LABORERS MATERIALMEN AND FURNISHERS OF MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES Without limiting, in any way, manner or form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, the Contractor agrees that it will indemnify and save the Owner and all of its officers, agents and employees, harmless against any and all claims, liabilities, losses, damages, expenses and causes of action arising out of, in any way, manner or form, the demands of subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, materialmen and furnishers of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power tools, and supplies, incurred in the performance of this contract and the project which is the subject matter of this contract. When Owner so desires, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged or waived. 31. PROTECTION AGAINST ROYALTIES OR PATENT INVENTION The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees, and shall provide for the use of any design, device, material or process covered by letters patent or copyright by suitable legal agreement with the Patentee or owner thereof. Without limiting, in any way, manner or form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, the Contractor shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent or copyrights and shall indemnify and save the Owner, and all of its officers, agents and employees harmless from any loss on account 13 thereof, except that Owner shall defend all such suits and claims and shall be responsible for all such loss when a particular design, device, material or process or the product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is specified or required in these contract documents by Owner; provided, however, if choice of alternate design, device, material or process is allowed to the Contractor, then Contractor shall indemnify and save Owner, and all of its officers, agents and employees harmless from any loss on account thereof. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the material or process specified or required by Owner and/or this contract is an infringement, the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless it gives written notice of such infringement to the Owner's Representative prior to bidding. 32. LAWS AND ORDINANCES The Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances and regulations, which in any manner affect the contract or the work, and without limiting, in any way, manner or form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner, and all of its officers, agents, and employees against any claims arising from the violation of any such laws, ordinances, and regulations, whether by the Contractor, its employees, or subcontractors. If the Contractor observes that the plans and specifications are at variance therewith, he shall notify the Owner's Representative in writing prior to bidding and any necessary changes shall be adjusted as provided in the contract for changes in the work. In the absence of timely written notification to Owner's Representative of such variance or variances within said time, any objection and/or assertion that the plans and specifications are at variance with any federal, state or local laws, ordinances or regulations shall be deemed waived. If the Contractor, its employees or subcontractors perform any work contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, and without such notice to the Owner's Representative, Contractor shall bear all costs arising therefrom. The Owner is a municipal corporation of the State of Texas and the law from which it derives its powers, insofar as the same regulates the objects for which, or the manner in which, or the conditions under which the Owner may enter into contracts, shall be controlling, and shall be considered as part of this contract to the same effect as though embodied herein. 33. SUBCONTRACTING The Contractor agrees that it will retain personal control and will give its personal attention to the fulfillment of this contract. The Contractor further agrees that subletting of any portion or feature of the work, or materials required in the performance of this contract, shall not relieve the Contractor from its full obligations to the Owner, as provided by the contract documents. 34. TIME FOR SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES It is hereby understood and mutually agreed by and between the Contractor and the Owner, that the date of beginning and time for completion as specified in the contract documents, of work to be done hereunder are essential conditions of this contract; and it is further mutually understood and agreed that the work embraced in this contract shall be commenced as provided in the contract documents. If the Contractor should neglect, fail, or refuse to substantially complete the work within the time herein specified, then the Contractor does hereby agree as part of the consideration for the awarding of this contract, the Owner may withhold permanently from Contractor's total compensation, the sum of $500 (FIVE HUNDRED) PER DAY, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages for the breach of the contract as herein set forth for each and every working day that the Contractor shall be in default after the time stipulated for substantially completing the work. It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between Contractor and the Owner, that the time for the substantial completion of the work described herein is reasonable time for the completion of the same, taking into consideration the average climatic range and conditions and usual industrial conditions prevailing in this locality. 14 The amount is fixed and agreed upon by and between the Contractor and the Owner because the actual damages the Owner would sustain in such event would be difficult and/or impossible to estimate, however, the amount agreed upon herein is a reasonable forecast of the amount necessary to render just compensation to Owner, and is expressly agreed to be not disproportionate to actual damages as measured at time of breach. IT IS FURTHER AGREED AND UNDERSTOOD BETWEEN THE CONTRACTOR AND OWNER THAT TIME IS OF THE ESSENCE OF THIS CONTRACT. 35. TIME AND ORDER OF COMPLETION It is the meaning and intent of this contract, unless otherwise herein specifically provided, that the Contractor shall be allowed to prosecute its work at such time and sessions, in such order of precedence, and in such manner as shall be most conductive to economy of construction; provided, however, that the order and time of prosecution shall be such that the work shall be substantially completed as a whole and in part, in accordance with this contract, the plans and specifications, and within the time of completion designated in the bid; provided, also, that when the Owner is having other work done, either by contract or by its own force, the Owner's Representative may direct the time and manner of constructing work done under this contract so that conflicts will be avoided and the construction of the various works being done for the Owner shall be harmonized. The Contractor shall submit, at such times as may reasonably be requested by the Owner's Representative, schedules which shall show the order in which the Contractor intends to carry on the work, with dates at which the Contractor will start the several parts of the work and estimated dates of completion of the several parts. The Contractor agrees that it has submitted its bid in full recognition of the time required for the completion of this project, taking into consideration the average climatic range and industrial conditions prevailing in this locality, and has considered the liquidated damage provisions of paragraph 34 hereinabove set forth and expressly agrees that it shall not be entitled to, nor will it request, an extension of time on this contract, except when its work has been delayed by an act or neglect of the Owner, Owner's Representative, employees of the Owner or other contractors employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the work, or by strike, walkouts, acts of God or the public enemy, fire or flood. Any request for extension shall be in writing with the written request for same setting forth all justifications, in detail, for the request, and submitted to Owner's Representative within twenty (20) calendar days of the occurrence of the event causing said delay. A failure by Owner's Representative to affirmatively grant the extension no later than twenty (20) calendar days of written submission by Contractor shall be deemed a denial, and final. Further, in the absence of timely written notification of such delay and request for extension, as provided herein, any request for extension by Contractor shall be deemed waived. In executing the contract, the Contractor agrees that in undertaking to complete the work within the time herein fixed, Contractor has taken into consideration and made allowances for all hindrances and delays incident to such work, whether growing out of delays due to unusual and unanticipated circumstances, difficulties or delays in securing material or workmen, or any other cause or occurrence. No charge shall be made by the Contractor for hindrance or delays from any cause during the progress of any part of the work embraced in this contract except where the work is stopped by order of the g Owner or Owner's Representative for the Owner's convenience, in which event, such expense as in the sole judgment of the L Owner's Representative that is caused by such stoppage shall be paid by Owner to Contractor. 38. QUANTITIES AND MEASUREMENTS No extra or customary measurements of any kind will be allowed, but the actual measured or computed length, area, solid contents, number and weight only shall be considered, unless otherwise specifically provided. In the event this contract is let on a unit price basis, then Owner and Contractor agree that this contract, including the specifications, plans and other contract documents are intended to show clearly all work to be done and material to be furnished hereunder. Where the estimated quantities are shown, and only when same are expressly stated to be estimates, for the various classes of work to be done and material to be furnished under this contract, they are approximate and are to be used only as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the work and for comparing their bids offered for the work. In the event the amount of work to be done 15 and materials to be furnished are expressly stated to be estimated, and only when same are expressly stated to be estimated, it is understood and agreed that the actual amount of work to be done and the materials to be furnished under this contract may differ somewhat from these estimates, and that where the basis for payment under this contract is the unit price method, payment shall be for the actual amount of work done and materials furnished on the project. 39. PROTECTION OF ADJOINING PROPERTY The Contractor shall take proper means to protect the adjacent or adjoining property or properties in any way encountered, which may be injured or seriously affected by any process of construction to be undertaken under this agreement, from any damage or injury by reason of said process of construction; and Contractor shall be liable for any and all claims for such damage on account of his failure to fully protect all adjacent property. Without limiting, in any way, manner and form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, the Contractor agrees to indemnify, save and hold harmless the Owner and any of its officers, agents and employees, against any and all claims or damages due to any injury to any adjacent or adjoining property, related to, arising from or growing out of the performance of this contract. 40. PRICE FOR WORK In consideration of the furnishing of all necessary labor, equipment and material and the completion of all work by the Contractor, and on the delivery of all materials embraced in this contract in full conformity with the specifications and stipulations herein contained, the Owner agrees to pay the Contractor the price set forth in the bid proposal attached hereto, which has been made a part of this contract, and the Contractor hereby agrees to receive such price in full for furnishing all materials and all labor required for the aforesaid work, also, for all expenses incurred by Contractor and for well and truly performing the same and the whole thereof in the manner and according to this agreement, the attached specifications, plans, r' contract documents and requirements of Owner's Representative. 41. PAYMENTS No payments made or certificates given shall be considered as conclusive evidence of the performance of the contract, either wholly or in part, nor shall any certificate or payment be considered as acceptance of defective work. Contractor shall at any time requested during the progress of the work furnish the Owner or Owner's Representative with a verifying certificate showing the Contractor's total outstanding indebtedness in connection with the work. Before final payment is made, Contractor shall satisfy Owner, by affidavit or otherwise, that there are no outstanding liens against Owner's premises by reason of any work under the contract. Acceptance by Contractor of final payment of the contract price shall constitute a waiver of all claims against Owner, Owner's agents and employees, which have not theretofore been timely filed as provided in this contract. 42. PARTIAL PAYMENTS On or before the tenth day of each month, the Contractor shall submit to Owner's Representative an application for partial payment or, if the Contractor does not submit such application, the Owner's Representative shall determine the amount to be partially paid. Owner's Representative shall review said application for partial payment if submitted, and the progress of the work made by the Contractor and if found to be in order, shall prepare a certificate for partial payment showing as completely as practical the total value of the work done by the Contractor up to and including the last day of the preceding month. The determination of the partial payment by the Owner's Representative shall be in accordance with Paragraph 14 hereof. The Owner shall then pay the Contractor on or before the fifteenth day of the current month the total amount of the Owner's Representative's Certificate of Partial Payment, less 5% of the amount thereof, which 5% shall be retained until final payment, and further, less all previous payments and all further sums that may be retained by Owner under the terms of the contract documents. Any partial payment made hereunder shall not constitute a waiver by the Owner of any and all other rights to enforce the express terms of the contract documents, and all remedies provided therein, as to any and all work performed, to be performed and/or materials delivered hereunder, including, but limited to, work to which said partial payment is attributable. 43. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 16 Contractor shall give Owner's Representative written notice of substantial completion. Within thirty-one (31) working days after the Contractor has given the Owner's Representative written notice that the work has been substantially completed, the Owner's Representative and/or the Owner shall inspect the work and within said time, if the work be found to be substantially completed in accordance with the contract documents, the Owner's Representative shall issue to the Owner and Contractor a certificate of substantial completion. Notwithstanding the issuance of a certificate of substantial completion, Contractor shall proceed with diligence to finally complete the work within the time provided in this contract. 44. FINAL COMPLETION AND PAYMENT The Contractor shall give written notice to Owner's Representative of final completion. Upon written notice of final completion, the Owner's Representative shall proceed to make final measurement to determine whether final completion has occurred. If the Owner's Representative determines final completion has occurred, Owner's Representative shall so certify to the Owner. Upon certification by Owner's Representative of final completion, Owner shall pay to the Contractor on or before the 31st working day after the date of certification of final completion, the balance due Contractor under the terms of this agreement. Neither the certification of final completion nor the final payment, nor any provisions in the contract documents shall relieve the Contractor of the obligation for fulfillment of any warranty which may be required in the contract documents and/or any warranty or warranties implied by law or otherwise. 45. CORRECTION OF WORK Contractor shall promptly remove from Owner's premises all materials condemned by the Owner's Representative on account of failure to conform to the contract documents, whether actually incorporated in the work or not, and Contractor shall at its own expense promptly replace such condemned materials with other materials conforming to the requirements of the contract documents. Contractor shall also bear the expense of restoring all work of other contractors damaged by any such removal or replacement. If Contractor does not remove and replace any such condemned work within a reasonable time after a written notice by the Owner or the Owner's Representative, Owner may remove and replace it at Contractor's expense. Neither the final payment, nor certification of final completion or substantial completion, nor any provision in the contract documents shall relieve the Contractor of responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship, and Contractor shall remedy any defects due thereto and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom, which shall appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of certification of final completion by Owner's Representative. 46. PAYMENT WITHHELD The Owner or Owner's Representative may, on account of subsequently discovered evidence, withhold or nullify the whole or part of any certification to such extent as may be necessary to protect itself from loss on account of: (a) Defective work not remedied and/or work not performed. (b) Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating possible filing of claims. (c) Damage to another contractor. When the above grounds are removed, or the Contractor provides a surety bond satisfactory to the Owner, in the amount withheld, payment shall be made for amounts withheld because of them. 47. CLAIM OR DISPUTE It is further agreed by both parties hereto that all questions of dispute or adjustment presented by the Contractor shall be in writing and filed with the Owner's Representative within fifteen (15) calendar days after the Owner's Representative has given any direction, order or instruction to which the Contractor desires to take exception. Timely written notice of dispute as provided in this contract of any decision by Owner's Representative or Owner shall be a condition precedent to the bringing and/or assertion of any action or claim by Contractor of any right under this Contract. If the matters set forth in the notice of dispute are not granted or otherwise responded to by Owner's Representative within fifteen (15) calendar days of receipt of notice of dispute by Owner's Representative, said objections shall be deemed denied. Any decision by the Owner's Representative, or deemed denial by the Owner's Representative, shall be final and conclusive in the absence of fraud. It is further agreed that the acceptance by the Contractor of the final payment shall be a bar to any and all claims of the Contractor, and constitute a waiver of the right to assert any claim against Owner, Owner's agents and employees and Owner's Representative, by Contractor. 17 48. NON-COMPLIANCE AND/OR ABANDONMENT BY CONTRACTOR In case the Contractor should (1) abandon and fail or refuse to resume work within fifteen (15) calendar days after written notification from the Owner or the Owner's Representative, or (2) if the Contractor fails to comply with the written orders of the Owner's Representative, when such orders are consistent with this contract, then the Surety on the bond shall be notified in writing and directed to complete the work and a copy of said notice shall be delivered to the Contractor. In the event a bond is not required by law, or otherwise obtained by the Contractor, no further notice of such non-compliance to Contractor shall be required. After receiving said notice of abandonment or non-compliance , the Contractor shall not remove from the work any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies then on the job, but the same, together with any materials and equipment under the contract for work, may be held for use on the work by the Owner or the Surety of the Contractor, or another contractor, in completion of the work; and the Contractor shall not receive any rental or credit therefore (except when used in connection with Extra Work, where credit shall be allowed as provided for under paragraph 24 of this contract); it being understood that the use of such equipment and materials will ultimately reduce the cost to complete the work and be reflected in the final settlement. In the event the Contractor, or Surety, whichever is applicable, should fail to commence compliance with the notice hereinbefore provided within ten (10) calendar days after service of such notice, and/or shall fail to proceed with diligence to complete the project as contemplated and in compliance with all terms and provisions of the contract documents, then the Owner may exercise any and all remedies available to it pursuant to law, contract, equity or otherwise, including, but not limited to, providing for completion of the work in either of the following elective manners: (a) The Owner may employ such force of men and use of machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies as said Owner may deem necessary to complete the work and charge the expense of such labor, machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies to said Contractor, and the expense so charged shall be deducted and paid by the Owner out of such moneys as may be due, or that may thereafter at any time become due to the Contractor under and by virtue of this Agreement. In case such expense is less than the sum which would have been payable under this contract, if the same had been completed by the Contractor, then said Contractor shall receive the difference. In case such expense is greater than the sum which would have been payable under this contract, if the same had been completed by said Contractor, then the Contractor and/or its Surety shall pay the amount of such excess to the Owner; or (b) The Owner, under sealed bids, after notice published as required by law, at least twice in a newspaper having a general circulation in the County of location of the work, may let the contract for the completion of the work under substantially the same terms and conditions which are provided in this contract. In case of any increase in cost to the Owner under the new contract as compared to what would have been the cost under this contract, such increase shall be charged to the Contractor and the Surety shall be and remain bound therefore. Should the cost to complete any such new contract prove to be less than that which would have been the cost to complete the work under this contract, the Contractor or his Surety shall be credited therewith. In the event the Owner's Representative elects to complete the work, as described above, when the work shall have been finally completed, the Contractor and his Surety shall be so notified and certification of completion as provided in paragraph 44 hereinabove set forth, shall be issued. A complete itemized statement of the contract accounts, certified to by Owner's Representative as being correct shall then be prepared and delivered to Contractor and his Surety, if applicable, whereon the Contractor or his Surety, or the Owner as the case may be, shall pay the balance due as reflected by said statement within 30 days after the date of certification of completion. In the event the statement of accounts shows that the cost to complete the work is less than that which would have been the cost to the Owner had the work been completed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract, or when the Contractor and/or his Surety, if applicable, shall pay the balance shown to be due by them to the Owner, then all machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies left on the site of the work shall be turned over to the Contractor and/or his Surety, if applicable. Should the cost to complete the work exceed the contract price, and the Contractor and/or his Surety, if applicable, fail to pay the amount due the Owner within the time designated hereinabove, and there remains any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies on the site of the work, notice thereof, together with an itemized list of such equipment and materials shall be mailed to the Contractor and his Surety, if applicable, at the respective addresses designated in this contract; provided, however, that actual written notice given in any manner will satisfy this condition. After mailing, or other giving 18 of such notice, such property shall be held at the risk of the Contractor and his Surety, if applicable, subject only to the duty of the Owner to exercise ordinary care to protect such property. After fifteen (15) calendar days from the date of said notice the Owner may sell such machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies and apply the net sum derived from such sale to the credit of the Contractor and his Surety, if applicable. Such sale may be made at either public or private sale, with or without notice, as the Owner may elect. The Owner shall release any machinery, equipment, tools, materials, or supplies that remain on the jobsite and belong to persons other than the Contractor or his Surety, if applicable, to their proper owners. The remedies provided to Owner by law, equity, contract, or otherwise, shall be cumulative, to the extent permitted by law. It is expressly agreed and understood that the exercise by Owner of the remedies provided in this paragraph shall not constitute an election of remedies on the part of Owner, and Owner, irrespective of its exercise of remedies hereunder, shall be entitled to exercise concurrently or otherwise, any and all other remedies available to it, by law, equity, contract or otherwise, including but not limited to, liquidated damages, as provided in paragraph 34, hereinabove set forth. 49. LIMITATION ON CONTRACTOR'S REMEDY The remedies of Contractor hereunder shall be limited to, and Owner shall be liable only for, work actually performed by Contractor and/or its subcontractors as set forth in the contract documents, and Owner shall not be liable for any consequential, punitive or indirect loss or damage that Contractor may suffer in connection with the project which is the subject matter of this contract. 50. BONDS The Contractor is required to furnish a performance bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $100,000 and the Contractor is required to furnish a payment bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $25,000. All bonds shall be submitted on forms acceptable to the Owner, and executed by an approved Surety Company authorized to do business in the State of Texas. It is further agreed w> that this contract shall not be in effect until such bonds are so furnished. 51. SPECIAL PROVISIONS In the event special provisions are contained herein as part of the contract documents and said special provisions conflict with any of the general conditions contained in this contract, then in such event the special provisions shall control. In the event there is a discrepancy between the specifications and the general conditions, the specifications shall control. 52. LOSS OR EXPENSE DUE TO UNUSUAL OR UNANTICIPATED CIRCUMSTANCES Unless otherwise specified herein, all loss, expense or damage to the Contractor arising out of the nature of the work to be done, or from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen circumstance or from unusual obstructions or difficulties, naturally occurring, man made or otherwise, which may be encountered in the prosecution of the work, shall be sustained and bome by the Contractor at his own cost and expense. 53. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR Contractor is, and shall remain, an independent contractor with full, complete and exclusive power and authority to direct, supervise, and control its own employees and to determine the method of the performance of the work covered hereby. The fact that the Owner or Owner's Representative shall have the right to observe Contractor's work during Contractor's performance and to carry out the other prerogatives which are expressly reserved to and vested in the Owner or Owner's Representative hereunder, is not intended to and shall not at any time change or effect the status of the Contractor as an independent contractor with respect to either the Owner or Owner's Representative or to the Contractor's own employees or to any other person, firm, or corporation. 54. CLEANING UP The Contractor shall at all times keep the premises free from accumulation of debris caused by the work, and at the completion of the work Contractor shall remove all such debris and also its tools, scaffolding, and surplus materials and shall 19 leave the work room clean or its equivalent. The work shall be left in good order and condition. In case of dispute Owner may remove the debris and charge the cost to the Contractor. 55. HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES AND ASBESTOS Hazardous Substances (herein so called), as defined in the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (42 U.S.C.S. §9601(14)) and the regulations promulgated thereunder, as same may be amended from time to time, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or asbestos, in any form, shall not (i) be utilized, in any way, manner or form, in the construction of, or incorporation into, the Project; or (ii) be brought upon, placed, or located, by any party, on the Project site, or any other property of the City, without the written consent of the Owner's Representative. If Contractor believes that the utilization of a Hazardous Substance, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or asbestos is necessary in the construction of the Project, or that it is necessary to place and/or otherwise locate upon the site of the Project or other property of the City, a Hazardous Substance, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or asbestos, Contractor shall notify the Owner's Representative, and request consent therefrom, at least twenty (20) days prior to such action. Owner's Representative may grant or deny the request of Contractor and provide whatever requirements such consent, if granted, is conditioned upon, in its sole and absolute discretion. If the request of Contractor is not granted, or otherwise not responded to, by Owner's Representative within five (5) days of the receipt of said request, said request shall be deemed to be denied. In the event Owner's Representative shall consent to the request of Contractor, Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that all personnel involved in the Project are (i) trained for the level of expertise required for proper performance of the actions contemplated by this Contract and, in particular, in all aspects of handling, storage, disposal and exposure of Hazardous Substances, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or asbestos; and (ii) are provided and utilize all protective equipment, including without limitation, personal protective gear, necessary to provide protection from exposure to Hazardous Substances, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or asbestos. 20 CURRENT WAGE DETERMINATIONS RE: RESOLUTION NO.2002-R0483, NOVEMBER 14, 2002 EX "IT A City of Lubbock Building Construction Trades Prevailing Rates Craft Hourly Rate Acoustical Ceiling Installer 11.50 Air Conditioner Installer 12.00 Air Conditioner Installer -Helper 7.50 Asbestos Worker 9.00 Asbestos Supervisor 12.50 Bricklayer 12.50 Bricklayer -Helper 7.00 Carpenter 11.00 Carpenter -Helper 7.00 Cement Finisher 9.00 Drywall Hanger 11.00 Electrician 15.00 Electrician -Helper 8.00 Equipment Operator -Heavy 10.00 Equipment Operator -Light 9.00 Fire Sprinkler Fitter -Journey 18.00 Fire Sprinkler Fitter -Apprentice 10.00 Floor Installer 9.50 Glazier 10.50 Insulator-Piping/Boiler 10.50 Insulator -Helper 7.00 Iron Worker 11.00 Laborer -General 6.00 Mortar Mixer 6.00 Painter 9.50 Plumber 12.50 Plumber -Helper 7.00 Roofer 9.00 Roofer -Helper 7.00 Sheet Metal Worker 10.00 Sheet Metal Worker -Helper 7.00 Welder -Certified 11.00 EDIT B Paving and Highway Construction Prevailing Wage Rates Craft Hourly Rate Asphalt Heaterman 9.00 Asphalt Shoveler 7.50 Concrete Finisher 9.00 Concrete Finisher -Helper 7.50 Electrical Repairer -Equipment 12.50 Flagger 6.50 Form Setter 8.00 Form Setter -Helper 6.50 Laborer -General 6.00 Laborer -Utility 6.75 Mechanic 9.00 Mechanic -Helper 7.00 Power Equipment Operators Asphalt Paving Machine 9.00 Bulldozer 9.00 Concrete Paving Machine 9.00 Front End Loader 9.00 Heavy Equipment Operator 9.00 Light Equipment Operator 8.00 Motor Grader Operator 10.25 Roller 7.00 Scraper 7.50 Tractor -Trailer 8.50 Truck Driver -Heavy 8.00 Truck Driver -Light 7.00 EDIT C Prevailing Wage Rates Overtime Rate The rate for overtime (in excess of forty hours per week) shall be as required by the Fair Labor Standards Act. EXIMIT D Prevailing Wage Rates Legal Holiday Rate The rate for legal holidays shall be as required by the Fair Labor Standards Act. SPECIAL PROVISIONS SPECIFICATIONS No Text Project Manual City of Lubbock LIA SECURITY EWPROVEMENTS Lubbock Preston Smith International Airport May 2005 PSC Project #: 01272804 EE ���tt� .: M �Iptw '"n `Parkhill, Smith & Cooper, Inc. Engineers E Architects it Planners. I FAA MANDATORY CONURACT PROVISIONS MANDATORYINSTRUCITONS TO ENGINEERS „ The attached material is furnished to provide guidance with regard to provisions required in construction contracts under the Airport Improvement Program (AIP). These provisions, with some exceptions, are not required in procurement contracts (such as for ARI F equipment). Minimum wage rates and labor standards may apply to owner -removal contracts between the Sponsor and Utility Company for installation, removal or modification of facilities owned by the Utility Company. If the installation, removal or modification is mandated by the grant funded project, and exceeds $2,006, the installation, removal or modification is subject to the minimum wage provisions, whether the work is accomplished by employees of the Utility Company or by a contractor hired by the Utility Company. If there is any question as to applicability, please contact the appropriate FAA Airports Office or project Manager. The following general instructions apply to the attached material: 1• Required Laurnam in published Advertisement for Bids for AIP Contracts x This lists the language that must be included in the published advertisement for bids (and also in the advertisement for bids bound in the specifications). The required language varies depending on the size of the contract Except for the DEE policy statement and the Buy American provision, none of this material is required If the contract Is certain to be less than $10,000 and the Sponsor has no DEE program in effect. 2. Required LAp na= in Provosals for AIP Contract= The required language shown must be included in the proposal for any construction contract ------which-may-excmd-SI--0,000,1 'he -certification regarding debarment, suspension and ineligibility may be omitted if the contract is sure to be less than $25,000. The certification regarding foreign trade and Buy American must be included in all proposals without regard to dollar amount. It is suggested that this information be placed just ahead of the signature pages is the Proposal. L ' 3. Certification of Bidder &zarding EQual F.oscvlovment €3nyo This certification must be included in the construction contract documents for all construction contracts which may exceed $10,000. It is recommended that it be incorporated as part of the proposal package or, if not, be placed immediately following the proposal. In either case, however, it is suggested that it be ivquired to be sieumitte i wifn tiic proposal. .5 4. blase. Labor. EECT. Safety and General Reonire®ent= This materiat consists of Sections A. through I and includes material required by various statutes and regulations, including the Davis -Bacon Act, EEC Executive Orders, etc. The entire Sections A through I must be included in all contracts which may exceed $10,000. For contracts less than $10,000, Sections I.? and F may be omitted. For contracts less than $2,000, some portions of Section R may be omitted. Tice appropriate FAA. Airports Oflice or Project .s Manager should be consulted for guidance regarding contracts less than $10,000. This material is prepared in such a way that it may be used as an original in the preparation of specifications. It is strongly recommended that the Sponsor's name and Project Number be typed into the appropriate- blanks and the material reproduced for insertion into the contract specifications. retyping of the material is discouraged due to the possibility of typographical errom and additional review time require& p i � fQ®ri r (2zj92) M 51 EM g. Part A of this section must be included in all AM contracts. En addition, Part B or this section must be included in all contracts where the Sponsor has a DBE Program In ,affect or Is required by 49 CFR Part26 to have an approved DBE program. The sponsors DBE goal, as stated in the approved DBE Plan, should be inserted in the space provides A minimum wage rate decision for this project may or may not be included with this pacl:ag- A Department of Labor wage rate determination is required to be included In all contracts over $2,000. 71e wage rate decision will normally be furnished after the initial review of the plans and specifications. A space following these other sections should be reserved for the wage rate determination. The wage rate decision should be copied, not retyped, for insertion in the Specifications. SVeCW tnstroction to Bidders Rg2M g EI~i€ . - Paragraph 2. of this document contains a space for the Engineer to insert the goal for minorityparticipation in each trade. Paragraph 41. contains a space for the Engineer to insert the description of the 'covered area. The goal for minority participation in each trade and the description of the 'covered area' may be found on the section of the Federal Register included in this package. The 'covered area' for the goals for female participation in each trade is 'nationwide'. The section of the Federal Register should not be included In the Specifications. Required Uoatract Provision Begarditig BvM AmxTicm- This provision must be included in all contracts unless an exemption has been granted in accordance with the provisions of Section 9129 of the Aviation Safety and Capacity Erpansion Act of 1990. Attached to these Instructions is a list of supplies/materials that the U.S. Government has determined are not produced in the United States in sufficient and reasonably available quantities and of sufficient quality. This listing is for the information of the Sponsor and the Engineer. It is not intended that this fist be included in the SpEEMOtiouL 77,e Buy American requirement is applicable oniy go those Itenais iai the prop6sed-contract for which Federal funds will be expended. Items for which Federal funds will not be erpende€I are not subject to this provision. i List of Supplies/Materials that the U.S. Government Has, Determined Are Not Produced In the United States In Sufficient and Reasonably Available Quantities And of Suf-ficient Quality (Jan 1991) Acetylene, black. Diamonds, industrial, stones Agar, bulk. and abrasives. Anise. Emetine, bulk. Antimony, as metal or oxide. Ergot, crude. Asbestos, amosite, chrys- Erthrityl tetranitrate. olite, and crocidolite. Fair linen, altar. .,z Bananas. Fibers of the following Bauxite. types: abaca, abace, agave,. Beef,,corned, canned. Beef extract. coir; flax, jute, jute burlaps, palmyra ang. sisal. Bephenium Hydroxynapthoate. Cc_* and kidskins. Bismuth. Graphite, natural, 'crystal - Books, trade, text, line, crucible grade. technical, or scientific, ( Handsewing needles. newspapers; pamphlets, Hemp yarn. magazines: periodicals; Hog bristles for brushes. } printed briefs and films; Hyoscine, bulk. not printed in the United Ipecac, root. States and for which domestics editions are not Iodine, crude. Kaurigum. available. Lac., Brazil nuts', unroasted. Leather, sheepskin, hair Cadmium, ores and flue dust. type. ._ Calcium cyanamide. Lavender oil. Capers. Mangganese. Cashew nuts. Menthol, natural bulk. Castor beans and castor oil. Mica. Chalk, English. g Micro rocesso-r chips (brought Chestnuts_. onto a construction site as Chicle. separate units for incor- -, Chrome ore or chromite. poration into building Cinchona bark. systems during construction (` Cobalt, in cathodes, or repair and alteration of rondelles, or other primary real property.) ore'and metal forms. Bickel, primary, in ingots, Cocoa beans. pigs, shots, cathodes, or �a Coconut and coconut meat, similar forms; nickel oxide unsweetened, in, shredded, and nickel salts. desiccated or similarly Kitroguanidine (also known as prepared form. gicrite). Coffee, raw or green bean. Nux vomica, crude. Colchicine alkaloid, raw. Oiticica oile �? copra. Clive oil. Cork, wood or bark and waste. Cover glass, microscope shoe. _t . C�i.ar,y}o�l ite, natural. L�mA6 E gum. K PP€ND<X 0 List of Supplies/Materials that the U.S. Government Has Determined Are Not Produced In the United States In Sufficient and Reasonably Available Quantities :And of Sufficient Quality (Jan 1951) (CONTINUED) Olives (green), pitted or unpitted, or stuffed, in bulk. Opium, crude. Oranges, mandarin, canned. Petroleum, crude oil, un® finished oils,, and finished products (see definitions below) Pine needle oil. Platinum and related group metals, refined, as sponge, powder, ingots, or cast bars. Pyrethrum flowers. Quartz crystals. Quebracho. Quinidine. Quinine. Rabbit fur felt., Radium salts, source and special nuclear materials. Rosettes. Rubber, crude and latex. Rutile. Santonin, crude. Secretin. Shellac. - Silk, raw and unmanufactured. Spare and replacement parts for equipment of foreign manufacture, and for which domestic parts are not available. Spices and herbs, in bulk. Sugars, raw, Swords and scabbards. Talc, block, steatite. Tantalum.. Tapioca .flour and cassava. Tartar, crude; tartaric' acid and cream of tartar 5n bulk. Tea in bulk. Thread, metallic (gold). Thyme oil. Tin in bars: blocks, and. gigs. Trb.prol�d�r�e hG�drochloride.. Tunasten Vanilla beans. Venoms, cobra. Wax, canauba. Woods; logs, veneer, and lumber of the following species: Alaskan yellow cedar, angelique, balsa, ekki, greenhart, lignum vitae, mahogany, and teak. Yarn, 50 Denier rayon. APPENDIX D List of Supplies/Materials that the U.S. Government Has Determined Are Not Produced In the United.States In Sufficient and Reasonably Available Quantities And of Sufficient Quality ., (jan 1991) (CONTINUED) Petroleum terms are used as follows: "Crude oil" means crude petroleum, as it is produced at the wellhead, and liquids (under atmospheric conditions) that have been recovered from mixtures of hydrocarbons that existed in a vaporous phase in a reservoir and that are not natural gas products. "Finished products" means any one or more of the following petroleum oils, or a mixture or combination of these oils, to be used--withou* further processing except blending by mechanical means: . (A) "Asphalt" - a solid or semi -solid cementitious material that (1) gradually liquefies when heated, (2) has bitumins as its predominating constituents, and (3) is obtained in refining crude oil. (S) "Fuel oil" - a liquid or liquefiable petroleum product burned fdr ig ing z��fbr—thy g�n�ration—nf heat or power and derived directly`or indirectly from crude oil; such as kerosene, range oil, distillate fuel oils,'gas oil, diesel fuel, topped crude oil, or residues. (C) "Gasoline" - a refined'petroleum distillate that, by its consumption, is suitable for use as a carburant in internal combustion.engines. (D) "Jet fuel" - a refined petroleum distillate used to fuel jet propulsion engines:. (E) "Liquefied gases" - hydrocarbon gases recovered from natural gas or produced from'petroleum refining and kept under pressure to maintain a liquid state at ambient temperatures. F "Lubricating oil" - a refined petroleum distillate ( ) g or specially treated petroleum residue used to lessen friction between surfaces. (G) "Naphtha" - a refined petroleum distillate falling within a distillation range overlapping the higher �e gasoline &nd the lower kerosenes. List of Supplies/Materials that the U<SE Government Has Determined Are Not produced. In the United Mates In -Sufficient and Reasonably Available Quantities And. of Sufficient Quality (.Tan 1991) (CONTINUED) (H) "Natural gas products" m liquids (under atmospheric conditions) including natural gasoline, that (l) are recovered by a process of absorption adsorption, compression, refrigeration, cycling, or a combination of these' processes, from mixtures of hydrocarbons that existed in a vaporous phase in a reservoir, and (2) when recovered and without processing in a refinery, definitions of products contained in subdivision (5), (C), and (G) above. - (I) "Residual fuel oil" I a topped crude oil or viscous residuum that, as obtained in refining or after blending with other fuel oil, meets or is the ecuivalent of MILS FEC Mil-F-859 for Navy Special Fuel Oil and any more viscous fuel oil, such as No. 5 or "Unfinished oils" means one or more of. the petroleum oils listed under "Finished products" above, or a mixture or combination of these oils, that are to be further processed other than by blending by mechanical means. REQUIRED LkNGUAGE IN PUBLISHED ADVER77SEWNT FOR RIBS FOR AIP CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT a. Liumusee In NWsbed Advertisements For Bids For All AM CAMftVCW (1) Poiicy It is the policy of the Department of Transportation (AOT� that disadvantaged business enterprises as defined in 49 CFR Part 26 shall have the maximum opportunity to participate in the performance of contracts financed in whole or in part with Federal funds. (2) Buv American Provision. The proposed contract Is subject to the Buy American provision under Section 9129 of the kviation, Safety and Capacity Expansion Act of I990. Details of such requirement are contained in the Specifications. h. Additional tan•Lme Required In Published Adverfimsomt For Bids for AIF Contracts Where The Sponsor Has A DBE Proeram In Effect Or Is Required By 49 CFR Part 2 6 To Have U Approved 1p All bidders and proposers shall make good faith efforts, as defined in Appendix A of 49 CFR Part26, Regulations of the Office of the Secretary of Transportation, to subcontract 13.71 percent of the dollar value of the prime contract to small business concerns owned and controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals (DBE). In the event that the bidder for this solicitation qualifies as a DBE, the contract goal shall be deemed to have been met. Individuals who are mbuttably presumed to be socially and economically disadvantaged Include women, Blacks, Hispanics, Native Americans, Asian -Pacific Americans and Asian -Indian Americans. The apparent successful bidder (proposer) will —be -required to -submit Information concerning the--DBE's that will participate in this contract The information will Include the name and address for each DBE, a description of the work to be performed by each named firm, and the dollar value of the contract (subcontract). If the bidder falls to achieve the contract goat as stated herein, it will be required to provide documentation demonstrating that It made good faith efforts in attempting to do so. A bid that fails to meet these requirements will be considered nonresponsive. C. Required Notiioes For Contacts Over $10AM The regulations and orders of the Secretary of Labor, OFCCP and FAR 1$2.61 require that the sponsor or his contractor(s) include, in invitations for bids or negotiations for contracts over $10,000, the ioiiowing notices: (1) The proposed contract is under and subject to Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 196S, and to the Equal Opportunity Clause. The Bidder's (Proposees) attention is called to the "Equal Opportunity Clause" and the "Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications' set forth is the Specification. (2) The Bidder (Proposer) must supply all the Information required by the bid or proposal form. (3) The successful bidder will be required to submit a Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities prior to award of the contract, and to notify prospective subcontractors of the requirement for such a Certification where the amount of the subcontract exceeds $10,000. Samples of the Certification and Notice to Subcontractors appear in the Specifications. (4) Women will be afforded equal opportunity in all areas ofempicymeriL However, the employment of women small not diminish the standards or requirements for the employment of minorities. ' (2192) 0 dL Contracts In Exems Of $50 In the invitation for bids relating to contracts of $50,006 or more, the sponsor shall include the following notice For contracts of $50,000 or more, a contractor having So or more employees, and his subcontractors having 50 or more employees and who may be awarded a subcontract of $50,000 or more., will be required to maintain an affirmative action program within 120, days of the commencement of the contract. For each contract which ®ay result in a bid of $1 million or more, the invitation for bids shall also include the following notices: (1) Preaward Euual Opportunity Compliance Reviews Where the bid of the apparent low responsible bidder is in the amount of $1 million or more, the bidder and his known all -tier subcontractors which will be awarded subcontracts of $1 million or more will be subject tc full on -site, preaward equal opportunity compliance reviews before the award of the contract for the purpose of determining whether the bidder and his subcontractors are able to comply with the provisions of the equal opportunity clause. (2) Compliance Reports. Within 30 days after award of this contract , the contractor shalt file a —__ ----compliance report (Standard Form 100) if i t (a) The contractor has not submitted a complete compliance report within 12 months preceding'the date of award; and (b) The contractor is within the definition of 'employer' in Paragraphs 2e(3) of the instructions included in Standard Form 100. (3) The contractor shall require the subcontractor on all -tier subcontracts, irrespective of dollar amount, to file Standard Form 100 within 30 days after award of the subcontract if the the above two conditions apply. Standard Form 100 will be furnished upon request. It is not necessary for the sponsor to physically include the equal opportunity clauses in the published advertisement for bids. It is sufficient if the advertisement states that the proposed contract is subject to the equal opportunity clause contained in the specifications wbich will be furnished prospective bidders or w€lE be available for examination at the office indicated in the advertisement (2,1T2) The following contract provision shall be included in aR construction contracts, unless as exception, as provided in the Act, has been granted: BUY AMERICAN . STEEL AND MANUFACTURED PRODUCTS FOR CONSTRUCTION C€ NTRA (a) The Contractor agrees that only domestic steel and manufactured products will be used by the Contractor, subcontractors, materialmen, and suppliers in the performance of this contrac4 as defined in (b) below. (b) The following terms apply to this clause: 1. Steel and manufactured products. As used in this clause, steel and manufactured products include (I) those produced.in the United States or (2) a manufactured product produced in the United States, If the cost of its components mined, produced or manufactured in the Ua ec; tbtes eXceeds 60 percent r of the cost of all its components and final assembly has taken place In the United States. 1 2. Components. As used in this clause, components means those articles, materials, and supplies incorporated directly into steel and manufactured products. 3. Cost of Components. This means the cost for production of the components, exclusive of final assembly labor costs. (2192), r__r I< The Offerors or Bidder's attention is called to the "Equal Opportunity Clause' and the Ttandard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications' set forth herein, 2. The goals and timetables for minority and female participation, expressed in percentage terms for the contractor's aggregate work force in each trade on all construction work in the covered area€ follows: Goals for minority Goals for female participation in participations in each trade each trade (insert percentage from 6. attached listing for location) i These goals are applicable to all the contractor's construction work (whether or not It is Federal or federally assisted) performed in the covered area. If the contractor performs construction work in a geographical area located outside of the covered area, it shall apply the goals established for such geographical area where the work is actually performed. With regard to this second area, the contractor also is subject to the goals for both its federally involved and nonfederally involved construction. 'The contractor's compliance with the executive order and the regulations in 41` CFR Part 60-4 shall be based on its implementation of the Equal Opportunity Clause, specific affirmative action obligations required by the specifications set forth in 41 CFR Part 6043(a), and its efforts to meet the goals established for the geographical area where the ,contract resulting from this solicitation is to be performed. 7-be hours of minority and female employment and training must be substantially uniform throughout the length of the contract, and in each trade, and the contractor shall make a good faith effort to employ minorities and women evenly on each of its projects. The transfer of minority or female employees or trainees from contractor to contractor or from project to project, for the sole purpose of meeting the contractor's goals, shall be a violation of the contract, the executive order, and the regulations in 41 CFR Part 60-4. Compliance with the goals will be measured against the total work hours performed. 3. Tile contractor shall provide written notification to the Director, OFCCP, within 10 working drys of award or any construction subcontract in excess of $10,000 at any tier for construction work under the contract resulting from this solicitation. 71he notification shall list the name, address, and telephone number of the subcontractor, employee identification number, estimated dollar amount of the subcontract; estimated starting and completion dates of the subcontract; and the geographical a rea in which the contract is to be performed. 4. As used in this notice and in the contract resulting from this solicitation, the rcevered area is ( inselft description of the geographical areas where the contract is to be performed giving the state, county, and city, if any). t%192 11 u d. J E I c c 7TI _1% E ml 9 fix Neil IF 4 1ell 11flitl igs IF-11111 I'll IgAlpflUxil 14919 SHIM I dr, 13114;S :Ile all e Ile rA! e6 le d 353 ple e 'elle ce ill fit lls I141fil s 'L W 3 as I SAM931 S�g 3. 31 SS J�%, Ilium 111165111 1 A pils I I p M". ml M.- ml j m ow wo on am so 121 a ills x lax j a 11,21j;j1 2 11 Nis P d s xt ISO*' JP V.6 - 1,11 fill IT11811111flis PIMP bt all i Zo -'t 43 Alt tt I Coll 0 hf M11 0 it! 9 p- I lug Off! w� 2g fl a jaga HJI�Ait 1psg limit! it 0 a loll!hod 34 �, jd. r rjr fro fir.r., gig. 9 'fill I fig. I Rol A t t! A 01 It-, g r- 111HPI AS 1150 5. - I III , g 5p �au tL Rif a gill fit W f 22ills I 9p a 11 SARI 13124 R45 :S wp 1 :3,4 AS . AJ NOTE REG-ARDLNG ECONOMIC AJZEAS There are several areas in the attached listing that are not listed in the State in which a particular city Is located. The following Economic was should be checked for locations in States other than the State in which the c4 is located - Memphis, TN Crittenden Co., -kR (Wi!st Memphis) Lubbock, TX Lea Co., NM Amarillo, TX Curry Co., NM Harding Co, NM Quay Co., NM Union Co., NM 13mver Co, OK Cimarron Co., OK Texas Co., OK i Yt In ell x7� F, aQ:°C � 19 m Mn �N�wbi a�iM� ��'2j[N O fF,FiZ�lE,p Of*1 '{pJs'1iE p p �� z w MM �P Te p � it�R Rp g �'? ,j•�q�{�j• al AGA ' }t� ��� Mj4 Am M a�4 p !1 f 14 "Woo j p O af�t� jyQ R i �� A M:i .�aq r -t7���$ •i �iaO'g0 .z� (s�� rr O � � t • Q M • qTp f b b am t F jjt a F w t�ii 11. AAA e rt=i ?fi i�i ??ff "XI F V ks w g C 5 88 p • $881 jfmi$p $$$Ul& $ $ . z $ R z 581118 38 818 J I 81 666p si8f$ $ 8;8? 8 131 VA 5t, yy[ *yazly• l" • -e m Im I r ty Ad The 1.:1. 7 and Y,Capacity .' Y !' t tt 1990 ,'. provides that y --,, . --- a ♦" :t-` given: 1steel and +. manufactured products produced t theUnitedStates whenfundsii J'. de pursuant :.i . grant _:J_dj undertheAir-portImprovement The following 1. Steel and manufactured mroducts.. As used in this clausef stems and manahwhwed products include (1) steel produced in the United States or (2) a maunbctwed product produced in the united States, if the cost of its components mined, produced or manufactured In the United States exceeds 60 percent of the,eost of an its components and final assembly has tatsen place in the United States. Components of foreign origin of the same class or hind as the products referred to in subparagraphs (b) (1) or (2) shall be treated as domestic. F 2. Components. As used in this clause, components mean those articles, materials, and supplim incorporated directly into steel and manufactured roducts. 3. Cost of Components. is means the cost for production of the components, exclusive of final assembly labor costs. (b) The successful bidder will be required to assure that only domestic steel and manufactured products will be used by the Contractor, subcontractors materialmen, and suppliers in the performance of this contract, except -those-, (1) that the U.S. Department of Transportation has determined, under the Aviation Safety and Capacity Expansion Act of 1990, are not produced in the United States in sufficient and reasonably available quantities and of a satisfactory quality, (2) that the US. Department of Transportation has determined, under the Aviation Safety and Capacity Expansion Act of IM, that domestic preference Mould be inconsistent with the public interest; or (3) that inclusion of domestic material will increase the cost of the overall project contract by more (2 72) The following provision or a similar provision shall be included in the Special Provisboas and is the Instructions to Bidders for all proposed A.IP project bidding document Contractor's I.Iabiiity Insurance Requirements. The bidder shall provide wide the Proposal a listing of both automobile and personal liability insurance coverage currently in force, along with a copy of it Certificate of Insurance as verification of that coverage. In addition, the bidder shall provide € statement of premium cost Issued by the agent or insurance carder for that coverage. In the event the Owner determines that the low bidder's coverage in force is inadequate, the Owner may require the low bidder to procure additional coverage in amounts specified by the € wner. The cost of premiums for such additional coverage shall be pald by the fawner in the forni of a reiniburwment under the contract. In the event the- low bidder Is unable, after diligent effort, to procire such addition: eaR, u dV as :nay be required by the Owner, the Owner shall provide such additional coverage, naming the contractor as insured or, at the option of the Owner, reduce the amount of additional coverage required or waive any requirement for additional coverage. I Third Party Coverage. In the event the bidding documents require the contractor to name the consultant and/or the Owner as additional insured, the bidder shall show the premium cost for the additional insured in the Proposal in the item for additional coverage. The amount shown In the bid Item for additional premium cost shall be that amount of additional premium above the premium for the coverage shown in the Certificate lnsurance.submitted_with the_ bid._In..the_eyent-additional coverage. is_requimd-by-the_Owner, the additional premium cost for third party coverage above the amounts shown in the Certificate of Insurance shall be paid by the Owner in the form of a reimbursement under the contract. ' [ z (2192) REOUTRED LANGUAGE N PROPOSALS FOR ATF CONTRAM f Section 60.1.7(b) of the Regulations of the Secretary of Labor requires each bidder or prospective prime contractor and proposed subcontractor, where appropriate, to state in the bid or at the outset of negotiations for the contract whether it has participated in any previous, contract or subcontract subject to the. equal opportunity clause; and if so, whether it has filed with the Joint Reporting Committee, the Director, an agency, or the former President's Committee on Equal Emplofyment Opportunity all reports clue under the applicable filing requirements. In any case in which a bidder or prospective prime contractor or proposed subcontractor which which participated in a previous contract subject to Executive Order 10925,11114. or 11246 has not flied a report due under the applicable filing documents, no contract or subcontract shall be awarded unless such contractor submits a report covering the delinquent period or such other period specified by the FA& or the Director, O> CEP. Bid or Protsosal Form. To effectuate theToregoing requirements, the sponsor is required to Include in the bid or proposal forni a statement substantially as follows: ibe bidder (proposer) shall complete the following statement by checking the appropriate spasm iiie bidder (proposer) has _ has not _ participated in a previous contract subject to the equal opportunity clause prescribed by Executive Order 10925, or Executive Order 11114. or Executive Order 11246. The bidder (proposer) has _ has not _ submitted all compliance reports in connection with any such contract due under the applicable riling requirements; and that representations Indicating submission of required compliance reports signed by proposed subcontractors will be obtained prior to award of subcontracts. t if the bidder (proposer) has participated in a previous contract subject to the equal opportunity clause and has not submitted compliance reports due under applicble filing requirements; the Bidder (Proposer) shall submit a compliance report on Standard Form-100, Employee Information Report EEO.V prior to the award of contract. Standard Form 100 is normally furnished contractors annually, based on a mailing list currently maintained by the Joint Reporting Committee. In the event a contractor has not received the form, he may obtain it by writing to the following address: Joint Reporting Committee - - - - - ISM G Street Washington, DC 20506 r� L_J I F 7 { L1 (2 jg21 a �3. �:: a i a ° .ram•.: 1 � f y ,r1 �. i. , ,, t �c : ate, r , The bidder (offeror) certifies, by submission of this proposal or acceptance of this contract, that neither it nor its principals is presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared, ineligible, or voluntary excluded from participation in this transaction by any Federal department or agency. It further agrees that by submitting this proposal that it Null include this clause without modification in all lower tier transactions, solicitations, proposals, contracts, and subcontracts. Where the bidder/offeror/contractor or any loner tier participant is unable to certify to this statement, it shall attach an explanation to this solicitation/proposal. The contractor or subcontractor, by submission of an offer anti/or execution of a contract, certifies (that it: , I a. is not owned or controlled by one or more citizens or nationals of a foreign country Included in the list of countries that discriminate against U.S. firms published by the Office of the United States Trade representative (USTR); b. has not knowingly entered into any,contract or subcontract for this project with a -- MRtractor_tbat_is.&citizea w national f g toneignxouu+_ ry-myaid-list,-m4s-owned or controlled directly or indirectly by one or more citizens or nationals of a foreign country on said lisle C. has not procured any product nor subcontracted for the supply or any product for - use on the project that is produced in a foreign country on said fist. Unless the restrictions of this clause are waived by the Secretary of Transportation in accordance with 44 CFR 30.17, no contract shall be awarded to a contractor or subcontractor who is unable to certify to the above, if the contractor knowingly procures or subcontracts for the supply of any product or service of a foreign country on said list for use on the project, the Federal Aviation Administration may direct, through the spe!tssor, cee^el'ap"' �f `.�.�=.{inc6�:.. c at ne cost ie the Government. Further, the contractor agrees that, if awarded a contract resulting from this solicitation, it will incorporate this provision for certification without modification in each contract and in all lower tier subcontracts. The contractor may rely upon the certification of prospective subcontractor unless it has knowledge that the certification is erroneous. The contractor shall provide immediate written notice to the sponsor if the contractor learns that its certification or that of a subcontractor was erroneous when submitted or has become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances. The subcontractor agrees to provide immediate written notice to the contractor, if at any time it learns that Its certification was erroneous by reason of changed circumstance. This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed wben making the award. if it is later determined that the contractor or subcontractor knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, the Federal Aviation Administration may direct, through the sponsor, cancellation of the contract or subcontract for default at no cost to the Government. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require establishment of a system or records in order to render, in good faith, the certification required by this provision. The knowledge and 3 information of a contractor is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary coarse of business dealings. This certification concerns a matter within the jurisdiction of an agency of the United ,Mates of America and the snaking of a false, fictitious, or fraudulent certification may render the maker subject to prosecution under Title 18, United Mates Code, Section 1001. Buy American Certffication (Aviation Safety .and Capacity Expamion A& of ) By submitting a bid/proposal under this solicitation, except for those items listed by the offeror below or on a separate and clearly identified attachment to this bid/proposal, the offeror certifies that steel and each manufactured product, is produced in the United States (as defined in the clause Buy American a Steel and Manufactured Products for t;oastruc&on_t;ontrmarts) and that components of unknown origin are considered to have been produced or mans factured outside the United States. Offerors may obtain from (insert sponsor representative', lists of articles, materials, and supplies excepted from this provision. BIDDER'S ADDRESS INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NCI. NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE FEDERALLY ASSISTED CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTORS (41. CFR 60-1.9) (1) A Certification orNonsegregated Facilities must be submitted prior to the award of a federally assisted construction contract exceeding $10,000 which is not exempt from the provisions of the equal opportunity clause. (2) Contractors receivingfederally assisted construction contra g Y contract wards exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt from the provisions of -the equal opportunity clause wilt be required to provide for the forwarding of the following notice to prospective subcontractors for supplies and construction contracts where the subcontracts exceed $10,000 and are not exempt from the provisions of the equal opportunity clause. NOTE: Tice penalty for making false statements in offers is prescribed in 18'U.S.C. 1001. NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE SUBCONTRACTORS OF REQUIREMENTS FOR. CERTIFICATION OF NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES (1) A Certirication of Nonsegregated Facilities must be submitted prior to the a%-ard of a subcontract e4 exceeding $10,000 which is not exempt from the provisions of the equal opportunity clause. (2) Contractors receiving subcontract awards exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt from the provisions of the equal opportunity clause will be required to provide for the forwarding of this notice to prospective suoatracto�s for supplies and construction contracts where the subcontracts exceed $10,000 and are not exempt from the provisions of the equal opportunity clause. .m NOTE: The penalty for making faise statements in offers is prescribed in 18 U.S.C. 1001. 0192) FE 2_ CERTWICATION OF NoxsF. G > FAcnnms The federally assisted construction contractor certifies that he does not maintain or provide for his employees , any segregated facilities at any of his establishments, and that be does not permit his employ to perform their services at any location, under his contro€, where segregated facilities are maintaine& The federally assisted construction further certifies that he will not maintain or provide for ki€ employees any segregated facilities at any of his establishments, and that he will not permit his employees to perform their services at any location, under his control, where segregated facilities are maintained. The federally assisted construction contractor agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the equal opportunity clause is this contract, As used in this certification, the term segregated facilities" means any waiting rooms, work atoms, restrooms and washrooms, restaurants and other eating areas, timeclocks, locker rooms and other stonW or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and housing facilities provided for employees which are segregated by directive explicit or are in fact segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin, because of habit, local custom, or any other reason. The ` federally assisted construction agrees that (except where he has obtained identical certifications from proposed subcontractors for specific time periods)-hc *4-'t identical certifications from proposell subcontractors prior to the award of subcontracts exceding $i0AO which are not exempt from the provisions of the equal � opportunity clause, and that he will retain such certifications in his Him' - NOTICE TO PROSPEC'TnT CON- RAC'TORS OF REQUIREMENT FOR CERTIFICATION OF NONSEGREGATED Pli FACILITIES A Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities must be submitted prior to the award of a contract or subcontract exceeding $10,000 which is not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity rla€i se. �. Certification - The information above is true and complete to the best of my knowiedge and belief. Name and Title of Signer (Please T}g►e) NOTE: The penalty for maidng false statements in offers is prescribed in It U.S.C;. I001. t n MAIi►: s �• sue' ■ate ea " �` a sir a.�si� s�i.ialni=3a: 'tine worm in this contract. Is included in Airport improvement Project No, 3-48-0138-026-2003 which is being undertaken and accomplished by the Citv of . lbbo k: Texas (Sponsor) In accordance with the terms and conditions or a grant agreement between the Sponsor and the United States, under the Airport and Airway Improvement Act of 1992 (P-E.. 97-249) as amended by the Airport and Airway Safety and Capacity Expansion Act of 1987 (P.L. Itlf}-223) and Part IS2 -of the Federal Aviation Regulations (14 CFI€ Part 152), pursuant to which the United States has agreed to pay a certain percentage of the costs under those Acts. The United States is not a party to this contract and no reference in this eontrad to the FAA oi� any representative thereof, or the United States, by the contract, makes the United States a party to tbJz contract. I , The contractor shall obtain the prior written consent of the Sponsor to any proposed assignment of any interest In or part of this contract. A 3 Convict EAbor. � No convict labor may be employed under this contract, } A-4 Veterans Preteretice. In the employment of labor (except in executive, administrative, and supervisory positions), preference shall be given to veterans of the Vietnam era and disabled veterans as defined in Section 515(c)(1) and (2) of the Act- However, This preference shall apply only where the individuals am available and qualified to perform the work to which the employment relates. A-5 Withholding: Sponsor hvm Con Whether or not payments or advances to the (Sponsor) are withheld or suspended by the FAA, the Sponsor may withhold or cause to be withheld from the contractor so much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics employed by the contractor or any subcontractor on the work, the full amount of wages required by this contract. If the contractor or subcontractor falls to pay any taborer or mechanic employed or working on the site of the wort: any of the wages required by this contract, the (Sponsor) may, after written notice to the contractor, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment or advance of funds until the violations cease. #L i'he contractor shalt allow any authorized representative of the FAA, to Inspect and review any work or materials used in the p`rformance of this contract 77he contractor shalt insert in each of his subcontracts the provisions contained in paragraphs A -I, A-3, A- 4, A-5, A-6, and A-7 requiring the subcontractors to include these provisions in toy lower tier subcontracts which they may enter into, together witk a clause requiring this insertion in any further subcontracts that may in turn be Evade. �_, Any violation or br�ch-;�,h '%e perms of this contract on the part of the contractor or subcontractor may result _ in the suspension or termination of this contractor such other action which may be necessary to enforce the rights of the parties of this agreement. (49 CFR part 19). A-10 Inspection of RacordL The contractor shall maintain an acceptable cost accounting system,. The Sponsor, the FAQ,, and the Comptroller General of the United States shall have access to any books, documents, paper, and records of the contractor which are directly pertinent to the specific contract for the purposes of making an audit, examination, excerTas,-and transcriptions. T-'he-contractor- shall maintain -all required records for three years after the Sponsor makes final payment and all other pending matters are closed. (49 CFR Part 18). A-11 Rights to lDventioew, All rights to inventions and materials generated under this contract are subject to regulations issued by the FAA and the Sponsor of the Federal grant under which this contract is executed. Information regarding these rights is available from the FAA and the Sponsor. (49 CFR Part 19). asbc,shaZ It will comply with prrtiEeeat statutes, Executive orders and s::::: a,; �s as promulgated to assure that ao person shall, on the grounds of race, creed, color, national origin, sex, age, or handicap be excluded from participating in any activity conducted with or benefiting from Federal assistance. This provision binds the contractor from the bid solicitation period through the completion of the contract, (Section S26, Airport and Airway Improvement Act of 190). / 192; R- (a) All laborers and mechanics employed or working. upon the site of the work will be paid unconditionally and not less often than once a week, and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account (except such payroll deductions as are permitted by the Secretary of Labor under time Copeland Act (29 CFR Pact 3)), the full amount of wages and bona fide fringe benefits (or cash equivalent thereof) due at time of payment computed at rates not less than those contained in the wage determination of •the Secrietary of Labor which is attached hereto and made a part hereof, regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the contractor and such laborers and mechanics. Contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits under section 1(b)(2) of the Davis -Bacon Act on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to laborers or mechanics, subjed i6 time provisions or paragraph (B-1)(d) of this section; also, regular contributions made or costs inured for more than a weekli period (but not less often than quarterly) under plans, funds, or programs which cover the particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly period. Such laborers and mechanics shall be paid the appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed, without regard to skill, except as provided in 29 CFR Part S3(a)(4). Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than one classification may be compensated at the rate specified for each classification for the time actually worked therein: Provided, What the employer's payroll records accurately set forth the time spent in each classification in which work is performed. The wage determination .(Including any additional classification and wage rates conformed under (B-1)(b) of this section) and the Davis -Bacon poster (Wirt-1321) shall be posted at all times by the contractor and its subcontractors at the site of the work in a prominent and accessible place where it can easily be seen by'the workers. (b) (1) The contracting officer shall require that any class or laborers or mechanics which is not listed in the wage determination and which is to be employed under the contract shall be classified in conformance with the wage determination. The contracting officer shall approve an additional classification and wage rate and fringe benefits therefore only when the following criteria have been met- (1) The work to be performed by the classification requested is not performed by a classification lz IL-- wage determ:na iansi an,; -- (11) The classification is utilized in the area by the construction industry; and (ill) 71e proposed wage rate, including any bona fide mage benefits, bears a reasonable relationship to the wage rates contained in the wage determination. (2) if the contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be employed in the classification (if known), or their representatives, and the contracting officer agree on the classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for binge benefits appropriate), a rem of the action taken shall be sent by the contracting officer to the Administrator of the W age and Hour Division, Employment .Standards Administration, US. Liepartrnent of F . - Washington, D.C. 20210. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, wilt approve, modify, or disapprove every additional classification action within 30 day€ of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the y pbri od (2f 92), that additional time is necessary (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under GMB Control Number 121S.0140). (3) In the event the contractor, the laborers or mechanics to be employed in the clissification or their representatives and the contracting officer do not age on the proposed classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), the contracting officer shall refer the questions, including the views of all interests parties and the recommendation of the contracting officer, to the Adminisirstor for determination. I'm Administrator, or an authorized representative, will issue a determination within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the y period that additional time is necessary. (Approved by the CHIke of Management and Budget under OMB Control Number 12IS-0140). (4) The wage rate (including fringe benefits where appropriate) determined pursuant to subparagraphs (B-1)(b)(2) or (3) of this paragraph, shall be paid to all worker performing work in the classification under this contract from the first day on which wwk,-:- in the classification. (c) Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed its the contract for a class of laborers or' mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an houriy rate, the contractor shall either pay the benefit as stated in the wage determination or shall pay another bona tide fringe benefit or an hourly cash equivalent thereof (d) if the contractor does'not make payments to a trustee or -other third person, the contractor may consider -as -part of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing bona fide fringe benefits under a plan or program, Provided, mat the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the contractor, that the applicable standards of the Davis -Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary of Labor may require the contractor to set aside in a separate account assets for the meeting of obligations under the plan or program. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB Control Number I2iS-0140). B-2 W The Federal Aviation Administration or the Sponsor shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor withhold or cause to be withheld from the contractor awee this contract or any other Federal contract with- -the ==e -pr - `o:,,_,—_z _ _ Federally -assisted contract subject to David -Bacon prevailing wage requirements, which is held by the same prime contractor, so much or the accrued payments or advances as may be considered -necessary to pay laborers and mechanics, including apprentices, trainees, and helpers, employed by the contractor or any subcontractor the full amount of wages required by the contract. In the event of faild a to pay any laborer or mechanic, including any apprentice, tralnee, or helper, employed or working on the site of work, all or part of the wages required by the contract, the Federal Aviation Administration may, after written notice to the contractor, sponsor, applicant, or owner, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds until such violations have cmsed a () Payrolls and basic rceords relating thereto shall be maintained by the contractor dururg the course of the work and preserved for a period or three years thereafter for all laborers and mechanics working at the site of the work. Such records shall contain the name, address, and social security number of each such worker, his or her correct classification, hourly rates of wages paid (including rates of contributions or costs anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or cash equivalents thereof of the types described in I (b)(2)(B) of the Davis -Bacon Act), daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made and actual wages paid. whenever the Secretary of Labor has found under 29 CFR 5.5(s)(l)(iv) that the wages of any laborer or __ 3 mechanic Include the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in; providing benefits under a plan or program described in section 1(b) (2) (B) of the Davis -Bacon. Act, the contractor shall maintain records which show that the commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable., that the plan or program is financially responsible, and that the plan or program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics affected, and records which show the costs anticipated or the actual costs incurred In providing s6& benefits. Contractors employing apprentices or trainees under approved prograns shall maintain written cvitieaoc of the registration of apprenticeship programs and certification of trainee prololuns, the registration of the apprentices and trainees, and the ratios and wage rates prescribed In the applicable progrzm& (29 CFR SS(a)(3)(1) (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB Control Numb=12LS-014Q and 12I5-0017). (b) (1) Tine contractor shall submit weekly, for each week in which any contract work is performed., a copy of all payrolls to the applicant, sponsor, or owner, as the case may be, for transmission to the Federal Aviation Administration. The payrolls submitted shall set out accurately and completely all of the information required to be maintained under paragraph SS(a)(3)(1) above. TI& Information may be submitted In any form desired: Optional Form Fell-347 is available for this purpose and may be purchased from the Superintendent of Documents (Federal Stock Number 029-€ 05—M!t.;), U.S. Government, Printing E?MM Washington, D.C24402. The prime contractor Is responsible for the submission of copies of payrolls by all subcontractors. (Approved by the Office of Management an Budget under OMB Con" Dumber• 121S-0149). (2) Each payroll submitted shall be accompanied) by a 'Statement of CompuaDee,e signed by the contractor or subcontractor or his or her agent who pays or supervises the payment of the persons employed under the contract and shall certify the following: (I) heat the payroll for the payroll period contains the, Information required to be maintained under paragraph S 3 (a) above and that such information Is correct and complete; (11) That each laborer and mechanic (including each helper, apprentice and trainee) employed on the contract during the payroll period has been paid the full weekly wages earned, without rebate, either directly or indirectly, and that no deductions have been made either directly or indirectly from the full wages earned, other than permissible deductions as set forth in Regulations 29 CFR Part 3; (ii1) That each laborer or mechanic has been paid not -leis-'thax the applicable -wage rates mud eT ca-sh equivalents for the classification of work performed, as specified In the applicable wage determination incorporated Into the conbsct. (3) Tice weekly submission of a properiy executed certiflocation set forth on the reverse side of Optional Force WH-347 shall satisfy the requirement for submission of the "Statement of Comp required by paragraph B-3 (b) (2) of this section. (4) Tile falsification of any of the above certifications may subject the contractor or subcontractor to civil or criminal prosecution under Section 1001 of Title it and Section 231 of Title 31 of the [United States Code. (c) TBe contractor or subcontractor shall make the records required under paragraph &3 (r) of this �r section available for Inspection, copying or transcription by authorized representatives of the Sponsor, the Federal Aviation Administration or the Department of Labor, and shall permit such representatives to interview employees during working hours on the job. If the contractor or subcontractor falls to submit the required records or to mare them available, the Federal agency may, after written notice to the contractor, sponsor, applicant or owner, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further (2f 92J n payment, advance, or guarantee of funds. Furthermore, failure to submit the required records upon. request or to make such records available may be grounds for debarment action pursuant to 29 CFR 5.12. i;X7-71-771V.7371 (a) Apprentices. Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the preddermined rate for tl work they performed when they are employed pursuant to and individually roistered in a bona Bde apprenticeship program registered with the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or with a State Apprenticeship Agency recognIzed by the Bureau, or if a person is employed in his or her first 90 days of probationm, employment as an apprentice In such an apprenticeship program, who is not individually registered in the prograin, but who has been certified by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and 'raining or a State Apprenticeship Agency (where appropriate) to be eligible for probationary employment as an apprentice. The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeymen on the job site in any craft classification shall not be greater than the ratio permitted to the contractor at to the entire work force under the registered program. Any worker listed on -; an ep prentice wage rate, who is not registered or otherwise employed as stated above, shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actuak pe�rforme& In addition, any apprentice performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. Where a contractor is performing construction on a project in a locality other than that in which its program is registered, the ratios and wage rates (expressed in percentages of the journeyman's hourly rate) specified in the contractor's or subcontractor's registered program shall be observed. Every apprentice must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the registered program for the apprentice's level of progress, expressed as ---a-pe4wntage-oMe journeymen-hne.�te determination. Apilmntic6s siren be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the apprenticeship,program. If the apprenticeship program does not specify fringe benefits, apprentices must be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination for the applicable classification. If the Administrator determines that a different practice prevails for the applicable apprentice classification, fringes shall be paid in accordance with that determination. In the event the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Bureau, withdraws approval of an apprenticeship program, the contractor will 'no longer be permitted to utilize apprentices at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. (b) Trainees. Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.16, trainees will not be permitted to work at less than -the. predetermined rate for the work performed }jJ-.2s J; �- .emrRvx _put_e.„ant to and individually reg steredAn:_a,program which has received prior -approval, evidenced by formal certification by the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Twining Administration. The ratio of `Wjourneymeo on tie Job site shall not be greater than permitted under the plan approved by the Employment and Twining Administration. Every trainee must be paid at not Bess than the rate specified in the approved program for the trainee's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeyman hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Trainees shall be paid fringe benefits In accordance with the provisions of The trainee program. If the trainee program does not mention 'benefits, truinees shall be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination unless the Administrator of the Wage and dour Divtaloa determines that there is an apprenticeship program associated with the correspondingjourneyman wage rate on the wap determination which provides for less than full fringe benefits for Apprentices. Any employ fisted on the payroll at a trainee rate who is not registered and participating in a training plan approved by tk Employment and Twining Administration shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any ee performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered prograin shall be paid not less than tlae applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. In the event the Employment and Twining Administration withdraws approval of a training program,the contractor will na longer l permitted to utilize trainees at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work- performed until ez acceptable program is approved. (2192) Q (c) Equal Employment Opportunity. The utilization of apprentices, trainees and journeymen under this part shall be in conformity with the equal employment opportunity requirements of Executive Order 11246, as amended, and 29 CFR part 34. i d Act rue contractor shall comply with the requirements of 29 CFR Part 3, Which are `incorporated by reference in this conalKL Ile contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts, the clauses contained in 29 CFR Part 55(a)(1) through (10) and such other clauses as the Federal Aviation Administration may by appropriate instructions require, and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. 'doe prime contractor shall be responsible for the compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with all the contract clauses in 29 CFR Fart S.S. , l-i Compfimoce Wltb Davis-Racmand Reim Ad R"Wh!"Mmiz mf All rulings and interpretations of the Davis -Bacon and ReiatLd Acts contained in 29 CFR Darts 1, 3, and Sam -_3 herein incorporated by reference in this contract. " Dispatm trammrnisg Disputes arising out of the labor standards provisions of this contract shall not be subject to the general _disputes siause_of-ehis contract»___Sveh _dispu _shall_ be._t�esolved_in_ ac cordanee with the procedures of else Department of Labor set forth in 24 CFR Parts 5, 6 and 7. Disputes within the meaning of this clause include disputes between the contractor (or any of its subcontractors) and the contracting agency, the U.S. Department of Labor, or the employees or their representatives. 114 Cardficatim of EllrWk. (a) By entering into this contract, the contractor certifies that neither It (nor he or she) nor any person or firm wbo has an interest in the contractor's firm is a person or firm Ineligible to be awarded { Government contracts by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis -Bacon Act or 24 CFR 5.13(a)(1). (!►) No *cart of taE= contractshall be subcontracted to any person or firm ieel€g€ble for-aw-ard �Government contract by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis -Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5..I2(a)(1). 3 (c) Tle penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the US. Criminal Code, Ig U S.C.1001. B-18 4 A breach of the contract clauses in paragraph B-f through B-9 of this section and paragraphs C -1 throes C - 5 of Section Cr may be grounds for termination of the contract, and for the debarment as a contractor and a subcontractor as provided In 29 C'FR. 5.12. CONTRACT WORiiHOUR9 AND SAFErY STANDARDS ACr RFkKmmmmM (29 CFR PAIrr S) C-1 Overthat No contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract word which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics shall require or permit any such laborer or mechanic, including watchmen and guards, In any workweek in which he or she is employed on soch work to work in excess of forty hours In such wori<w--k unsa less such laborer or mechanic receives compendon at a rate not less than one and one-half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked In excess of forty hours to such workweeL C 2 - fog Uapaid_1&ag=.JAaakWa In the event of any violation of the clause set forth In paragraph C-1 above, the contractor or any subcontractor responsible therefor shall be liable for the unpaid wages. In addition, such contractor and subcontractor shall be liable to the united States (in the case of work done under contract for the District of Columbia or a F territory, to such District or to such territory), for liquidated damages., Such liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each individual laborer or mechanic, including watchmen and guards, employed in violation of the clause set forth in paragraph C-1 above, in the sum of $10 for each calendar day on which such individual was required or permitted to work in excess of the standard workweek of forty hours without ___f payment of the overtime wages required by the clause set forth In paragraph C-1 above. C 3 VMIdwidift for Unpaid Wages and l 3quidaied ilamam The Federal Aviation Administration or the Sponsor shall upon Its own action or upon written request of an 9 authorized representative of the Department of Labor withbold or cause to be withheld, from any monks payable on account of work performed by the contractor or subcontractor under any such contract or any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other, Federally -assisted contract subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, which Is held by the same prime contractor, such sums as may be determined to be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such contractor or subcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated damages as provided to the clause set forth in paragraph C 2 above. C-4 Subcostractorr- The contractor or subcontractor shall Insert In any subcontracts the clauses set forth to hs C-1 t?a�! through C-4 and also a clause requiring the subcontractor to include' these clauses in any lower tkr subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with the clauses set fords in paragraphs C-1 through C-4. 56�1 =1 i _ No contractor or subcontractor may require any laborer or mechanic employed in the performance of any contract to work in surroundings or under working conditions that are unsanitary, hazardous or dangerous to his health or safety as determines) under construcdon safety and health stern (29 CFR Fart 1926) issued by the Department of Labor. EQUAL F14YWYhflW OPP€I (41 C.'FR P )) . During the performance of this contract, the contractor agrees as follows: D-1 The contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. The contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, color, religion, sea, or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to the following: Employment, upgrading, demotion,ortransfer,recnitment orrecruitment advertising layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, Including appmuticeship. The contractor agrees to post In conspicuous - places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be providai setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. D-2 The contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the contractor, state that all qualified applicants will hXXIve considerations for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex, or national drigin. D-3 The contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice, to be provided __----___--_-_----- advising-the-said-labor—union-or—workers'--mpresentadves-of the -contractor's --commitments under this section, and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. D-4 The contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive' Carder IVA6 of September 24,1965, as amended, and of the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor. D-5 The contractor will furnish all information and reports requlmd by Executive Carder 11246 of September 24, 1965, and by rules, regulations, and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to his books, records, and accounts by the administering agency and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations, and orders. -- - - In the event of the contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of this contract or with any of the said rules, regulations, or orders, this contract may be canceled, terminated or suspended in whole or In part and the contractor may be ded6red ineligible for further Government contracts or federally assisted construction contracts in accordance with procedum authorized In Executive Carder 11246 of September 24, 1965, and such other sanctions may be imposed and remedies Invoked as provided in Executive Orden 1 of September 24,1965, or by rule, regulation, or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as othervise provided by law. 12192) t D-7 TT&e contractor will include the portion of the sentence immediately preceding paragraph D- I and the provisions of paragraphs D-F through D-7 In every subcontract or purchaft order t-p unless exempted by rules, regulations, or orders of the Secretary of Labor Issued pursuant to section 204 of Executive girder 11246 of September 24, $96S, so that such provisions will he - binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. T'he contractor will take such ad#am with rapes ; to any subcontract or purchase order as the admin stering agency "y direct as 8 means of enforcing such provision, including sanctions for noncompliance: Provided, hover, that in the event a contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, . litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the adminls agency the s contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the Interests of the United States. � -— a i LJ . r= �i a E-1 Any other provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the contactor in carr.Ang out work under this contract, shall at all times comply with all applicable state and federal air and water quality standards; with all pollution control lays; and with such rules,-reguladons, and directives as may be lawfully issued by a local, state, or federal agency having within Its jurisdiction the protection of the environment in the area surrounding where work under this contrat wili be perform. In addition, the contractor shall comply with directives given by the Project Engineer in implementation of the Letter and intent of FAA Advisory Circular 150/5370-10, Item P-I.SC Temporary Air and Water Podiretion, Solt Erosion and Siltation Control. Copies of this Advisory Circular can be obtained from Department of Transportation, Distribution Unit, TAlk4843, Washington, D.C. 20590. E-2 Contractors and subcontractors agree; a. That "y facility to be used In the performance of the contract -ow- 'fit or to lit from the contract is not listed on the Environmental Protection Ages (EPA) Ust of Violating r Facilities; r b. To comply with all the requirements of Section 114 of the Clean Air Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C.1857 et seq. and Section 308 of the Federal Water Pollution Control -Act, as amended, 33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq. relating to inspection, monitoring, entry, reports, and information, as well as all other requirements specified in Section 114 and Section 308 of the Acts ,respectively, ., and all other regulations and guidelines issued thereunder; C. That, as $condition for the award of this contract, the contractor or subcontractor will notify the awarding official of the receipt of any communication from the EPA indicating that a facility to be used for the performance of or benefit -from the contract Is under consideration to be listed on the EPA List of Violating Facilities; d. To Include or cause to be included in any construction contract or subcontract which exceeds $100,000 the aforementioned criteria and requirements. (2192) _v S ''. ON F STAND FF- AE Emrwymwr oPrornmrry commucrioN CO Cr SPECIFIC&TIONS (4f CYR 6043) ' 1. As used in these specifications: a. ®Covered aria" means the geographical am described ih tk solicitation: from which this contract resulted; 3 h. 'Director means Director, Office of Federal Contract Complies Programs (OFCCP), - US. Department of Labor, or any person to whom the - delegates authority; c. 'Employer identification number* means ea s the Federal social security number used on the Employer's Quarterly Federal Tax Return, US. T)reasury Department Form 942; d. 'Minority' includes: (I) Black (all) persons having origins in any of the Ruck African racial groups not of Hispanic origin); (2) Hispanic (all persons of McAcan, Puerto Rican, Cuban, Central or South American, or other Spanish culture or origin regardless of race); (3) Asian and Pacific Islander (all rs©es havi pe ng --origins in any of the original peoples of the Far East, Southeast Asia, the Indian Subcontinent, or the Pacific Islands); and (4) American Indian or Alaskan native (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of North America and maintaining identifiable tribal affiliations through membership and participation or community identification). 2. Whenever the contractor, or any subcontractor at any tier, subcontracts a portion of the work involvingan construction trade, it shall physically Include In each subcontract in excess of $10,000 the provisions of ese specifications and the Notice which contains the applicable goals for minority and female participation and which is set forth in the solicitations from which this contract resni@t_, 3. If the contractor is participating (pursuant to 41 CFR 60-43) in a Hometown Plan: approved by the U.S. Department of Labor in the covered area either individually or through an association, its affirmative action obligations on all work in the Plan area (including goals and timetables) shall be in accordance with that Plan for those trades which have unions participating In the Plan. Contractors shall be able to demonstrate their participation in and compliance with the provisions of any such Hometown Plan. Each contractor or subcontractor participating in an approved plan is individually required to comply with its obligations under y the EEO clause and to make a good faith effort to achieve each goal under the Plan in each trade in which it has employees. The overall good faith performance by other contracim or subcontractors toward a goal in an approved Plan does not excuse any covered contractors€ or subcontractoes failure to tame good faith efforts to achieve the flan goals and timetables.. 4. The contractor shall implement the specific affirmative action standards provided in paragraphs 7a through 7p of these specifications. Tie goals set forth in the solicitation from which this contract resulted are expressed as percentages of the total hours of employment and training of minority and female utilization the contractor should reasonably be able to achieve In each construction trade in which it has employees in the covered area. Covered construction contractors performing construction work in a geographical area where . they do not have a Federal or federally assisted construction contract shall apply the minority and female goals (11 2) ra F] established for the geographical area where the work is being performed. Goals are published periodically in the Federal Register in notice form, and such notices may be obtained from any Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs office or from Federal procurement contracting officers. The contractor is expected to make substantially unif€rrm progress in meeting its goals In each craft during the period specified.. 5. Neither the provisions or any collective bargaining agreement nor the failure by a union with whom the contractor has a collective bargaining agreement to refer either minorities or women shall excuse the contractor's obligations under these specifications, Erecutive Order 11W or the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. 6. In order for the nonworking training hours of apprentices and to be emoted in meeting the goals, such apprentices and trainees shall be employed by the contractor during the training period and the contractor shall have made a commitment to employ the apprentices and trainees at the completion of their training, subject to the availability of employment opportunities. Trainees shalt be trained pursuant to training programs approved by the US. Department of Labor. 7. The contractor shall take specific affirmative actiun"o,:stc®`- equal employment opportunity. The evaluation of the contractor's compliance with these specifications shall be based upon its effort to achieve maximum results from Its actions. The contractor shall document these efforts fully and shall impiement affirmative action steps at least ds extensive as the following a. Ensure and maintain a working environment free of harassment, intimidation, and coercion at all sites, and In all facilities at which the contractor's employees are assigned to work. The contractor, where possible, will assign two or more women to each construction project. the contractor shall specifically ensure that all foremen, superintendents, and other onsite supervisory personnel are aware of and carry out the contractor's obligation to maintain such° a working environment, with specific attention to minority or female individuals working of such sites or in such facilities. b. Establish and maintain a current list of minority and female recruitment sources, provide written notification to minority and female recruitment sources and to community organizations when the contractor or its unions have employment opportunities available, and maintain a record of the organizations' responses. c. Maintain a current fie of the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of each minority and female off -the -street applicant and minority or female referral from a union, a recruitment source; or community- organization and of what action - ,was taken with respect to each such individual. If such individual was sent to the union hiring hall for *referral and was not referred back to the contractor by the union or, if referred, not employed by the contractor, this shall be documented In the file with the reason therefore along with wiiatever additional actions the contractor may have takaL d. provide immediate written notification to the Director when the union or unions with Whicl, the contractor has a collective bargaining agreement has not referred to the contractor a minority person or female sent by the contractor, or when the contractor has other Information that the union referral process hm impeded the contractor'€ efforts to mwt Its obligati e. Develop on-the-job training opportunities and/or participate in training programs for the area which expressly include minorities and women, including upgrading programs a®d apprenticeship and trainee programs relevant to the contractor's employment needs, especially those programs funded or approved by the Department of Labor. The contractor shall provide notice of these programs to the sours-s compiled under 76 abov& (1/92) t3 3 f. Disseminate the contractor's EEG policy by providing notice of the policy to unions and training programs and requesting their cooperation in assisting the contractor in meeting Its EEO obligations; by including it in any policy manual and collective bargaining agreement; by publicizing it in the company newspaper, annual report, etc.; .by specific review of the policy with all management personnel and with all minority and female employees at least once a year; and by posting the company EEO policy on bulletin boards accessible to all employees J at each location where construction work is performed. g. Review, at least annually, the company's EEO policy and affirmative action obligations under these specifications with all employees having any responsibility for hiring, ass en ignm 4 layoff, termination, or other employment decisions including specific review of these items with onsite supervisory personnel such a superintendents, general foremen, etc., prior to the initiation of construction work at any job site. A written record shall be made and maintained identifying the time and place of these meetings, persons attending, subject matter discussed, and disposition of the subject matter. F': f It. Disseminate the contractor's EEG policy externally by including It in any advertising in 'the news media, specifically including minority and remale news media, and providing written 'to notification and discussing the contractor's FEO policy with other contractors and subcontractors with whom the contractor does or anticipates doing business. `' i. Direct its recruitment efforts,both oral and written, to minority, female, and community organizations, to schools with minority and female students; and to minority and female recruitment and training organizations serving the contractor's recruitment area and employment needs. Not later than one mouth pwor to the date for the acceptance of applications for apprenticeship or other training by any recruitment source, the contractor shall send written notification to organizations, such as the above, describing the openings, screening procedures, and tests to be in used the selection process. ,. Encourage present minority and female employees to recruit other minority persons and women and, where reasonable provide after school, summer, and vacation employment to minority and female youth both on the site and in other areas of a contractor's workforce. k. Validate all tests and other selection requirements where there is an obligation to do so under 41 CFR Part 64-3. _. Conduct, at least annually, an inventory and evaluation at least of all minority and female personnel, for promotional opportunities and encourage these employees to seek or to prepare for, through appropriate training, etc., such opportunities. in. Ensure that seniority practices, job classifications, work assignments, and other personnel practices do not have a discriminatory effect by continually monitoring all personnel and employment related activities to ensure that the EEO policy and the contractor's obligations under these specifications are being carried out. n. Ensure that all facilities and company activities are; nonsegregated except that separate or toliet single user and necessary changing facilities shall be provided to assure privacy between the sexes. 3 a. Document and maintain a record of all solicitations of offers for subcontracts from minority female and construction contractors and suppliers, including circulation of solicitations to minority and female contractor associations and other business associations. (lf42) p. Conduct a review, at least amnuaiiy, of all super-viser's adherence to sad p--rformance under the contractor's EEG policies and affirmative action obligations. 8. Contractors are encouraged to participate in voluntary associations which assist in fulfilling one or more of their affirmative action obligations (7a through p). The efforts at a contractor association, Joint. contractor union, contractor° community, or other slinilar groups of which the coub1cior is t moiler and par€Sc€pant, may be asserted as fulfilling any one or more of its obligations under 7a through p of these specifications provided that the contractor actively participates in the group, makes every effort to assure that the group has a positive impact on the employment of minorities and women in the industry, ensures that the concrete benefits of the program are reflected In the contractor's minority and female workforec participation, makes a good faith effort to meet its individual goals and timetables, and can provide access to documentation which demonstrates the effectiveness of actions taken on behalf of the contactor. The obligation tc comply, however, is the contractor's and failure of such a group to fuWE an obligation shall not be a defense for the contractor's noncompliance. 9. A single goal for minorities and a separate single goal for women have been established. 77ie contractor, however, is required to provide equ: erpEovment opportunity and to take affirmative action for all minority groups, both male and female, and all women, both minority and nonminority. Consequently, if the particular group is employed In a substantially disparate manner (for example, even though the contractor has achieved its goals for women generally,) the contractor may be in violation of the Executive Order If a specific minority group of women is underutilized. ' IQ. The contractor shall not use the goals and timetables or affirmative action standards to discriminate against any person because or race, color, religion, sex, or national origin,. I1. " The contractor shall not enter into any subcontract with any on or firm debarred from Government contracts pursuant to--Execuiive Order 1 .� _ I2. The contractor shall carry out such sanctions and penalties for violation of these specifications and of the Equal Opportunity Clause, including suspension, termination, and cancellation of existing subcontracts as may be imposed or ordered pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended, and Its Implementing regulations, by the Office or Federal Contract Compliance Programs. Any contractor who falls to carry out such sanctions and penalties shall be in violation of these specifications and Executive Order 11246, as amended. 13. The contractor, in fulfilling its obligations under these specifications, shall Implement specific affirmative action steps, at least as extensive as those standards prescribed in paragraph 7 of these specifications, so as to achieve ma)imum results from Its efforts to ensure equal employment opportunity. if the contractor falls to comply with the requirements of the Executive Order, the implementing regulations, or these specifications, the Director shall proceed in accordance with 41 CFR 60 4.L SIB. The contractor shall designate a responsible official to monitor ail employment related activity to ensure that the company EEO policy Is being carried out, to submit reports relating to the provisions hereof as may be required by the Government, and to keep records. fords shall at least include for each employee, the name, address, telephone number, construction trade, union affiliation If any, employee identification number when assigned, social security number, race, sex, status (eg., mechanic, apprentice, trainee, helper, or laborer), dates or changes In status, hours worked per week in the indicated trade, rate of pay, and locations at which the work was performed. Records shall be maintained In an easily understandable and retrievable form however, to the degree that existing records satisfy this requirement, contractors shall not be required to maintain separate records. Noticing herein provided shall be construed as a limitation upon the application of other laws which establish different standards of compliance or upon the application of requirements for the hiring of local or Aber area residents (e.g, those under the Public Works Employment Ad of I477 and the Community )evelop€rient dock Grant Program). 12) S ON COAL iRT (49 CFR PART 21) Duringthe ormaace of this contra cl, the contractor, for itself its assignees and successors in Interest (hereinafter referred to as the `contractor") agrees as follows: f, Compliance with p regulations. The contractor shall comply with the Regulations relative to nondiscrimination In federally assisted programs of the Department of Transportation (hereinafter, `DOr) Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 21, as they may be amended from time to time (hereinafter referred to as the Regulations), which are herein incorporated _ by reference and made a part of this contract. 2. NODdisc mi ration. The contractor, watt* regard to the work performed by it during the Contract, shall not discriminate on the grounds of race, color, or national origin in the selection and retention of subcontractors, Including procurements Vials and leases of equipment. The contractor shall not participate either directly or indirectly In the discrimination prohibited by section 21.S of the Regulations, including employment practices when the contract covers a program set forth in Appendix B of the Regulations. 3. Solicitations for Subcontracts, Including Procurements of Materials and Equipment. In all solicitations either by competitive bidding or negotiation made by the contractor for work to be performed under a subeontraef, including procurements of materials or leases of equipment, each potential subcontractor or supplier shag be notif ed by the contractor of the contractor's obligations under this contract and the Regulations .relative to nondiscrimination on the grounds of race, color, or national origin. s 4. Information and Reports. The contractor shall provide all information and reports required by the Regulations or directives issued pursuant thereto and shall permit access to its books, records, accounts, other sources of information, and its facilities as may be determined by the Sponsor or the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) to be pertinent to ascertain compliance with such Regulations, orders, and instructions. Where any information required of a contractor is in the exclusive possession of another who falls or refuses to .furnish this Information, the contractor shall so certify to the sponsor or the FAA, as appropriate, and shall set forth what efforts it has made to obtain the information. ` S. Sanctions for Noncompliance. In the event of the contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination provisions of this contract, the sponsor shall impose such contract sanctions as It or the FAA may determine to be appropriate, including, but not liarlted to: a. Withholding of payments to the con tractor under the contract until the contractor complies, and/or h. CaDeellation, termination, or suspension of the contract, in whole or in pares Incorporation of Provisions. The contractor shall include the provisions of paragraphs i x through s in every subcontract, Including procurements of materials and leases of equipment, unless exempt by the Regulations or directives issued pursuant thereto. The contractor shaall' take such action with respect to any subcontract or procurement as the sponsor or the FAk may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions Including sanctions for -noncompliance Provided, however, that in the event a contractor becomes Involved in, or is threatened with, (2192) am K litigation with a sukontractor or supplier as a result of such direction, the contractor may request the Sponsor to enter into such litigation to protect the Interests of the sponsor and, In addition, the contractor may west the Unked States to enter into such litiption to protect the interests of the United States (219zj --- I. Me Sponsor may, by written notice, terminate this contract in whole or in pact at any timi. either for the Sponsor -Is convenience or because of failure to fulfill the contract obligations. Upon receipt of s notice services shall be immediately discontinued (unless the notice directs otherwise) and all materials as may have been accumulated In performing this contract, whether completed or in' progress, delivered to the Sponsor 2. If the termination is for the convenience of the Sponsor, an equitable adjustment in the coatr F-, price shall be made, but no amount shall be allowed for anticipated profit on unperformed services. 3. If the termination is due to failure to fulfill the contractor's ob ' tlons the Sponsor may take over the work and prosecute the same to completion by contract or otherwise. in such case, the contractors thall be liable`ta tine sponsor for any_addidonal cost occasioned to the Sponsor thereby. a: d. If, after notice of terminatio n for taflure to fulfill contract obligations, it is determined that the contractor bad not so !failed, the termination shall be deemed to have been effected for the convenience of the Sponsor. In such event, adjustment In the contract price shall be made as provided In paragraph 2 of this clause. S. The rights and remedies of the sponsor provided in Ibis clause are In addition to any other rights and remedies provided by law or under this contract, R (2,1g2) z__ w KN ESTEEL . .,, _,_i (a) The Contractor agrees that only domestic steel and manufactured products will be used by the Contractor, subcontractors, materialmen, and suppliers in the performance of this contract, as defined in (b) bellow. (b) The following terms apply to this clause: 1. Steel and manufactured products. As used in this clause, steel and manufactured products include (1) those produced in the United States or (2) a manufactured product produced in the United Statue, if the cost of its components mined, produced or manufactured in the United States exceeds 60 percent of the cost of all its components and final assembly has taken place in the United States. 2. Components. As used in this clause, components means those..ieles,. _ppaterials, and supplies incorporated directly into steel and manufactured products. 3. Cost of Components This means the cost for production of the components, exclusive of final assembly labor costs. IA: s as A a no poiia. It is the policy of the Department of Transportation (DOT) that diasdvantaged bus ess'enterpri ses as defined in 49 CFE Part 26 shall have the ma3dmum opportunity to participate in the performance of contracts financed in whole or in part with Federal funds under this agreemenL Consequently, the DEE requirements of 49 CFR Fart 6 apply to this agreimenL DEE Obtigation. 'be contractor agrees to ensure that disadvantaged business enterprises as defined is 49 CYR Part 26 have the maximum opportunity to participate; in the performance of contracts and subcontracts financed in whole or in part with Federal funds provided under this agreemenL Ia the all con�acto shall take all necessary and reasonable steps in accordance with dSe t'FR part 2b to ensure that disadvantaged business eeaterprises have the maximum opportunity to compete for and perform contracts. contractors shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin or sex in the award and performance of DOT - assisted contracts. ComMance. All bidders, potential contractors or subcontractors for .this i3OT-assisted contract are hereby notified that failure to carry out the DOT policy and the DEE obligation, as set forth above:, shall constitute a breach of contract which may result in termination aI the con appropriate by the owner. tract' ar such other remedy as deemed Subcontract Clauses. All bidders and potential contractors hereby assure that they will include the alcove clauses in all subcontracts which offers further subcontracting opportunities. It is further understood and aacreed• Rbe sward procedure for this solicitation will include the selection criteria of 4$ Cf'R part 2.6 .(l) to ensure that prime contracts art awarded to competitors that meet Disadvantaged Business Entrprise (BEE) goals. Notification hereby ,^eve-n-that DEE g?..c Wtablished for this prime contract. The goal for --A mss-mined and controlled- by -socially.and economically disavantaged Individuals is 13.71 yernent of the dollar value of this con After opening bids, the apparent successful bidder will be required to submit the names and addresses of the DBE firms that wltl participate in the contract along with a description of the work to be, performed by each named firm and the dollar value for each contract (subcontract). If the responses do not clearly show DEE participation will meet the goals above, the apparent successful bidder most must provide documentation clearly demonstrating, to the satisfaction of the airport sponsor, that it made good faith efforts in attempting to do so and that meeting said goals is not reaso bly p sibl. bid that fails to meet these requirements will be considered nonresponsive, Agreements between bidder/proposer and a DEE in which the DEE promises not to provide sub-con€ra ' quotations to other bidders/proposers arm prohibited. All bidders and proposer€ Shall ma a goad faith ng effort to replace a DEE subcontractor that is unable to perform s sfully with another DEE subcontractor, e bidder shall establish and maintain records and submit regular re ports, as and assess p s in achieving DEE subcontract goals and other DEE affirmative uaction efforts.ired', whick will identify ( IP2) it GENT, RAL PROVISIONS I ! •! �i i PROVISIONSGENERAL Section 10 Definition of Terms Section 20 Proposal Requirements and Conditions Section 30 Award and Execution of Contract Section 40 Scope of Work Section 50 Control of Work Section 60 Control of Materials Section 70 Legal Relations and Responsibility to Public Section 80 Prosecution and Progress Section 90 Measurement and Payment Section 100 Contractor Quality Control Program Section 110 Method of Estimating Percentage of Material within Specification Limits (PWL) GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION 10 DEFINITION OF TERMS Whenever the following terms are used in these specifications, in the contract, in any documents or other instruments pertaining to construction where these specifications govern, the intent and meaning shall be interpreted as follows: 10-01 AAShTO. The American Association of State highway and Transportation Officials, the successor association to AASHO. 10-02 ACCESS ROAD. The right-of-way, the roadway and all improvements constructed thereon connecting the airport to a public highway. 10-03 ADVERTISEMENT. A public announcement, as required by local law, inviting bids for work to be performed and materials to be furnished. 10-04 AIP. The Airport Improvement Program, a grant-in-aid program, administered by the Federal Aviation Administration. 10-05 AIR OPERATIONS AREA. For the purpose of these specifications, the term air operations area shall mean any area of the airport used or intended to be used for the landing, takeoff, or surface maneuvering of aircraft. An air operation area shall include such paved or unpaved areas that are used or intended to be used for the unobstructed movement of aircraft in addition to its associated runway, taxiway, or apron. 10-06 AIRPORT. Airport means an area of land or water which is used or intended to be used for the landing and takeoff of aircraft, and includes its buildings and facilities, if any. 10-07 ASTI\C The American Society for Testing and Materials. 10-08 AWARD. The acceptance, by the owner, of the successful bidder's proposal. 10-09 BIDDER Any individual, partnership, firm, or corporation, acting directly or through a duly authorized representative, who submits a proposal for the work contemplated. 10-10 BUILDING AREA. An area on the airport to be used, considered, or intended to be used for airport buildings or other airport facilities or rights -of -way together with all airport buildings and facilities located thereon. 10-11 CALENDAR DAY. Every day shown on the calendar. L 10-12 CHANGE ORDER. A written order to the Contractor covering changes in the plans, specifications, or proposal quantities and establishing the basis of payment and contract time adjustment, if any, for the work affected by such changes. The work, covered by a change order, shall be within the scope of the contract. 10-13 CONTRACT. The written agreement covering the work to be performed. The awarded contract shall include, but is not limited to: The Advertisement; The Contract Form; The Proposal; The Performance Bond; The Payment Bond; any required insurance certificates; The Specifications; The Plans, and any addenda issued to bidders. 10-14 CONTRACT ITEM (PAY ITEM). A specific unit of work for which a price is provided in the contract. 10-15 CONTRACT TIME. The number of calendar days or working days, stated in the proposal, allowed for completion of the contract, including authorized time extensions. If a calendar date of completion is stated in the proposal, in lieu of a number of calendar or working days, the contract shall be completed by that date. 10-16 CONTRACTOR The individual, partnership, firm, or corporation primarily liable for the acceptable performance of the work contracted and for the payment of all legal debts pertaining to the work who acts directly or through lawful agents or employees to complete the contract work. 10-17 DRAINAGE SYSTEM. The system of pipes, ditches, and structures by which surface or subsurface waters are collected and conducted from the airport area. r-J, 10-18 ENGINEER The individual, partnership, firm, or corporation duly authorized by the owner (sponsor) to be responsible for engineering supervision of the contract work and acting directly or through an authorized representative. t- 10-19 EQUIP1vIENT. All machinery, together with the necessary supplies for upkeep and maintenance, and also all tools and apparatus necessary for the proper construction and acceptable completion of the work. 10-20 EXTRA WORK. An item of work not provided for in the awarded contract as previously modified by change order or supplemental agreement, but which is found by the Engineer to be necessary to complete the work within the intended scope of the contract as previously modified. 10-21 FAA. The Federal Aviation Administration of the U.S. Department of Transportation. When used to designate a person, FAA shall mean the Administrator or his/her duly authorized representative. 10-22 FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS. The Federal Specifications and Standards, and supplements, amendments, and indices thereto are prepared and issued by the General Services Administration of the Federal Government. 10-23 INSPECTOR. An authorized representative of the Engineer assigned to make all necessary inspections and/or tests of the work performed or being performed, or of the materials furnished or being furnished by the Contractor. 10-24 INTENTION OF TERMS. Whenever, in these specifications or on the plans, the words "directed," "required," "permitted," "ordered," "designated," "prescribed," or words of the like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement, permission, order, designation, or prescription of the Engineer is intended; and similarly, the words "approved," "acceptable," "satisfactory," or words of like import, shall mean approved by, or acceptable to, or satisfactory to the Engineer, subject in each case to the final determination of the owner. Any reference to a specific requirement of a numbered paragraph of the contract specifications or a cited standard shall be interpreted to include all general requirements of the entire section, specification item, or cited standard that may be pertinent to such specific reference. 10-25 LABORATORY. The official testing laboratories of the owner or such other laboratories as may be designated by the Engineer. 10-26 LIGHTING. A system of fixtures providing or controlling the light sources used on or near the airport or within the airport buildings. The field lighting includes all luminous signals, markers, floodlights, and illuminating devices used on or near the airport or to aid in the operation of aircraft landing at, taking off from, or taxiing on the airport surface. 10-27 MAJOR AND MINOR CONTRACT ITEMS. A major contract item shall be any item that is listed in the proposal, the total cost of which is equal to or greater than 20 percent of the total amount of the award contract. All other items shall be considered minor contract items. 10-28 MATERIALS. Any substance specified for use in the construction of the contract work. 10-29 NOTICE TO PROCEED. A written notice to the Contractor to begin the actual contract work on a previously agreed to date. If applicable, the Notice to Proceed shall state the date on which the contract time begins. 10-30 OWNER (SPONSOR). The term owner shall mean the party of the first part or the contracting agency signatory to the contract. For AIP contracts, the term sponsor shall have the same meaning as the term owner. 10-31 PAVEMENT. The combined surface course, base course, and subbase course, if any, considered as a single unit. 10-32 PAYMENT BOND. The approved form of security furnished by the Contractor and his/her surety as a guaranty that he will pay in full all bills and accounts for materials and labor used in the construction of the work. 10-33 PERFORMANCE BOND. The approved form of security furnished by the Contractor and his/her surety as a guaranty that the Contractor will complete the work in accordance with the terms of the contract. 10-34 PLANS. The official drawings or exact reproductions which show the location, character, dimensions and details of the airport and the work to be done and which are to be considered as a part of the contract, supplementary to the specifications. 10-35 PROJECT. The agreed scope of work for accomplishing specific airport development with respect to a particular airport. 10-36 PROPOSAL. The written offer of the bidder (when submitted on the approved proposal form) to perform the contemplated work and furnish the necessary materials in accordance with the provisions of the plans and specifications. 10-37 PROPOSAL GUARANTY. The security furnished with a proposal to guarantee 1_ that the bidder will enter into a contract if his/her proposal is accepted by the owner. 10-38 RUNWAY. The area on the airport prepared for the landing and takeoff of aircraft. 10-39 SPECIFICATIONS. A part of the contract containing the written directions and requirements for completing the contract work. Standards for specifying materials or testingwhich are cited in the contract specifications by reference shall have the same force and effect as if included in the contract physically. 10-40 STRUCTURES. Airport facilities such as bridges; culverts; catch basins, inlets, retaining walls, cribbing; storm and sanitary sewer lines; water lines; underdrains; electrical ducts, manholes, hndholes, lighting fixtures and bases; transformers; flexible and rigid pavements; navigational aids; buildings; vaults; and, other manmade features of the airport that may be encountered in the work and not otherwise classified herein. 10-41 SUBGRADE. The soil which forms the pavement foundation. 10-42 SUPERINTENDENT. The Contractor's executive representative who is present on the work during progress, authorized to receive and fulfill instructions from the Engineer, and who shall supervise and direct the construction. 10-43 SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT. A written agreement between the Contractor and the owner covering: (1) work that would increase or decrease the total amount of the awarded contract, or any major contract item, by more than 25 percent, such increased or decreased work being within the scope of the originally awarded contract; or (2) work that is not within the scope of the originally awarded contract. 10-44 SURETY. The corporation, partnership, or individual, other than the Contractor, executing payment or performance bonds which are furnished to the owner by the Contractor. 10-45 TRAY. For the purpose of this document, the term taxiway means the portion of the air operations area of an airport that has been designated by competent airport authority for movement of aircraft to and from the airport`s runways or aircraft parking areas. 10-46 WORK. The furnishing of all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary or convenient to the Contractor's performance of all duties and obligations imposed by the contract, plans, and specifications. 10-47 WORKING DAY. A working day shall be any day other than a legal holiday, Saturday, or Sunday on which the normal working forces of the Contractor may proceed with regular work for at least 6 hours toward completion of the contract. Unless work is suspended for causes beyond the Contractor's control, Saturdays, Sundays and holidays on which the Contractor's forces engage in regular work, requiring the presence of an inspector, will be considered as working days. END OF SECTION 10 No Text SECTION 20 .. •1 11611�• t r • 20-01 ADVERTISEMENT (Notice to Bidders). A copy of the advertisement is included elsewhere in this bid package. 20-02 PREQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS. Each bidder shall furnish the owner satisfactory evidence of his/her competency to perform the proposed work. Such evidence of competency, unless otherwise specified, shall consist of statements covering the bidder's past experience on similar work, a list of equipment that would be available for the work, and a list of key personnel that would be available. In addition, each bidder shall furnish the owner satisfactory evidence of his/her financial responsibility. Such evidence of financial responsibility, unless otherwise specified, shall consist of a confidential statement or report of the bidder's financial resources and liabilities as of the last calendar year or the Contractor's last fiscal year. Such statements or reports shall be certified by a public accountant. At the time of submitting such financial statements or reports, the bidder shall further certify whether his/her financial responsibility is approximately the same as stated or reported by the public accountant. If the bidder's financial responsibility has changed, the bidder shall qualify the public accountant`s statement or report to reflect his/her (bidder's) true financial condition at the time such qualified statement or report is submitted to the owner. Unless otherwise specified, a bidder may submit evidence that he is prequalified with the State Highway Division and is on the current "bidder's list" of the state in which the proposed work is located. Such evidence of State Highway Division prequalification may be submitted as evidence of financial responsibility in lieu of the certified statements or reports hereinbefore specified. Each bidder shall submit "evidence of competency" and "evidence of financial 3 responsibility" to the owner no later than 10 days prior to the specified date for opening bids. 20-03 CONTENTS OF PROPOSAL FORMS. The owner shall furnish bidders with proposal forms. All papers bound with or attached to the proposal forms are necessary parts and must not be detached. The plans specifications, and other documents designated in the proposal form shall be considered a part of the proposal whether attached or not. 20-04 ISSUANCE OF PROPOSAI. FORMS. The owner reserves the right to refuse to issue a proposal form to a prospective bidder should such bidder be in default for any of the following reasons: a. Failure to comply with any prequalification regulations of the owner, if such regulations are cited, or otherwise included, in the proposal as a requirement for bidding. b. Failure to pay, or satisfactorily settle, all bills due for labor and materials on former contracts in force (with the owner) at the time the owner issues the proposal to a prospective bidder. c. Contractor default under previous contracts with the owner. d. Unsatisfactory work on previous contracts with the owner. 20-05 INTERPRETATION OF ESTEAATED PROPOSAL QUANTITIES. An estimate of quantities of work to be done and materials to be furnished under these specifications is given in the proposal. It is the result of careful calculations and is believed to be correct. It is given only as a basis for comparison of proposals and the award of the contract. The owner does not expressly or by implication agree that the actual quantities involved will correspond exactly therewith; nor shall the bidder plead misunderstanding or deception because of such estimates of quantities, or of the character, location, or other conditions pertaining to the work. Payment to the Contractor will be made only for the actual quantities of work performed or materials f nmiished in accordance with the plans and specifications. It is understood that the quantities may be increased or decreased as hereinafter provided in the subsection titled ALTERATION OF WORK AND rl QUANTITIES of Section 40 without in any way invalidating the unit bid prices. 20-06 EXAMINATION. OF PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND SITE. The bidder is expected to carefully examine the site of the proposed work, the proposal, plans specifications, and contract forms. He shall satisfy himself as to the character, quality, and quantities of work to be performed, materials to be furnished, and as to the requirements of the proposed contract. The submission of a proposal shall be prima facie evidence that the bidder has made such examination and is satisfied as to the conditions to be encountered in performing the work and as to the requirements of the proposed - contract, plans, and specifications. Boring logs and other records of subsurface investigations and tests are available for Li inspection of bidders. It is understood and agreed that such subsurface information, whether included in the plans, specifications, or otherwise made available to the bidder, was obtained and is intended for the owner's design and estimating purposes only. Such - information has been made available for the convenience of all bidders. It is further understood and agreed that each bidder is solely responsible for all assumptions, deductions, or conclusions which he may make or obtain from his/her examination of the boring logs and other records of subsurface investigations and tests that are furnished by the owner. 20-07 PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL. The bidder shall submit his/her proposal on the forms furnished by the owner. All blank spaces in the proposal forms must be correctly filled in where indicated for each and every item for which a quantity is given. The bidder shall state the price (written in ink or typed) both in words and numerals for which he proposes to do each pay item furnished in the proposal. In case of conflict between words and numerals, the words, unless obviously incorrect, shall govern. The bidder shall sign his/her proposal correctly and in ink. If the proposal is made by an individual, his/her name and post office address must be shown. If made by a partnership, the name and post office address of each member of the partnership must be shown. If made by a corporation, the person signing the proposal shall give the name of the state under the laws of which the corporation was chartered and the name, titles, and business address of the president, secretary, and the treasurer. Anyone signing a proposal as an agent shall file evidence of his/her authority to do so and that the signature is binding upon the firm or corporation. 20-08 IRREGULAR PROPOSALS. Proposals shall be considered irregular for the following reasons: a. If the proposal is on a form other than that furnished by the owner, or if the owner's form is altered, or if any part of the proposal form is detached. b. If there are unauthorized additions, conditional or alternate pay items, or irregularities of any kind which make the proposal incomplete, indefinite, or otherwise ambiguous. c. If the proposal does not contain a unit price for each pay item listed in the proposal, except in the case of authorized alternate pay items, for which the bidder is not required to furnish a unit price. d. If the proposal contains unit prices that are obviously unbalanced. e. If the proposal is not accompanied by the proposal guaranty specified by the owner. The owner reserves the right to reject any irregular proposal and the right to waive technicalities if such waiver is in the best interest of the owner and conforms to local laws and ordinances pertaining to the letting of construction contracts. 20-09 BID GUARANTEE. Each separate proposal shall be accompanied by a certified check, or other specified acceptable collateral, in the amount specified in the proposal form. Such check, or collateral, shall be made payable to the owner. 20-10 DELIVERY OF PROPOSAL. Each proposal submitted shall be placed in a sealed envelope plainly marked with the project number, location of airport, and name and business address of the bidder on the outside. When sent by mail, preferably registered, the sealed proposal, marked as indicated above, should be enclosed in an additional envelope. No proposal will be considered unless received at the place specified in the advertisement before the time specified for opening all bids. Proposals received after the bid opening time shall be returned to the bidder unopened. 20-11 WITHDRAWAL OR REVISION OF PROPOSALS. A bidder may withdraw or revise (by withdrawal of one proposal and submission of another) a proposal provided that the bidder's request for withdrawal is received by the owner in writing or by telegram before the time specified for opening bids. Revised proposals must be received at the place specified in the advertisement before the time specified for opening all bids. 20-12 PUBLIC OPENING OF PROPOSALS. Proposals shall be opened, and read, publicly at the time and place specified in the advertisement. Bidders, their authorized agents, and other interested persons are invited to attend. Proposals that have been withdrawn (by written or telegraphic request) or received after the time specified for opening bids shall be returned to the bidder unopened. 20-13 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS. A bidder shall be considered disqualified , for any of the following reasons: a. Submitting more than one proposal from the same partnership, firm, or corporation under the same or different name. b. Evidence of collusion among bidders. Bidders participating in such collusion shall be disqualified as bidders for any future work of the owner until any such participating bidder has been reinstated by the owner as a qualified bidder. c. If the bidder is considered to be in "default" for any reason specified in the subsection titled ISSUANCE OF PROPOSAL FORMS of this section. END OF SECTION 20 1 n 30-01 CONSIDERATION OF PROPOSALS. After the proposals are publicly opened and read, they will be compared on the basis of the summation of the products obtained by multiplying the estimated quantities shown in the proposal by the unit bid prices. If a bidder's proposal contains a discrepancy between unit bid prices written in words and unit bid prices written in numbers, the unit price written in words shall govern. Until the award of a contract is made, the owner reserves the right to reject a bidder's proposal for any of the following reasons: a. If the proposal is -irregular as specified in the subsection titled IRREGULAR PROPOSALS of Section 20. b. If the bidder is disqualified for any of the reasons specified in the subsection titled DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS of Section 20. In addition, until the award of a contract is made, the owner reserves the right to reject any or all proposals, waive technicalities, if such waiver is in the best interest of the owner and is in conformance with applicable state and local laws or regulations pertaining to the letting of construction contracts; advertise for new proposals; or proceed with the work otherwise. All such actions shall promote the owner's best interests. 30-02 AWARD OF CONTRACT. The award of a contract, if it is to be awarded, shall be made within 80 calendar days of the date specified for publicly opening proposals, unless otherwise specified herein. Award of the contract shall be made by the owner to the lowest, qualified bidder whose proposal conforms to the cited requirements of the owner. 30-03 CANCELLATION OF AWARD. The owner reserves the right to cancel the award without liability to the bidder, except return of proposal guaranty, at any time before a contract has been fully executed by all parties and is approved by the owner in accordance with the subsection titled APPROVAL OF CONTRACT of this section. 30-04 RETURN OF PROPOSAL GUARANTY. All proposal guaranties, except those of the two lowest bidders, will be returned immediately after the owner has made a comparison of bids as hereinbefore specified in the subsection titled CONSIDERATION OF PROPOSALS of this section. Proposal guaranties of the two lowest bidders will be retained by the owner until such time as an award is made, at which time, the unsuccessful bidder's proposal guaranty will be returned. The successful bidder's proposal guaranty will be returned as soon as the owner receives the contracts bonds as specified _. in the subsection titled REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT BONDS of this section. 30-05 REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT BONDS. At the time of the execution of the contract, the successful bidder shall furnish the owner a surety bond or bonds which have been fully executed by the bidder and the surety guaranteeing the performance of the work and the payment of all legal debts that may be incurred by reason of the Contractor's performance of the work. The surety and the form of the bond or bonds shall be acceptable to the owner. Unless otherwise specified in this subsection, the surety bond or bonds shall be in a sum equal to the full amount of the contract. 30-06 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT. The successful bidder shall sign (execute) the necessary agreements for entering into the contract and return such signed contract to the owner, along with the fully executed surety bond or bonds specified in the subsection titled REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT BONDS of this section, within 15 calendar days from the date mailed or otherwise delivered to the successful bidder. If the contract is mailed, special handling is recommended. 30-07 APPROVAL OF CONTRACT. Upon receipt of the contract and contract bond or bonds that have been executed by the successful bidder, the owner shall complete the execution of the contract in accordance with local laws or ordinances, and return the fully , executed contract to the Contractor. Delivery of the fully executed contract to the Contractor shall constitute the owner's approval to be bound by the successful bidder's proposal and the terms of the contract. 30-08 FAILURE TO EXECUTE CONTRACT. Failure of the successful bidder to execute the contract and furnish an acceptable surety bond or bonds within the 15 calendar day period specified in the subsection titled REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT BONDS of this section shall be just cause for cancellation of the award and forfeiture of the proposal guaranty, not as a penalty, but as liquidation of damages to the owner. END OF SECTION 30 40-01. INTENT OF CONTRACT. The intent of the contract is to provide for construction and completion, in every detail, of the work described. It is further intended that the Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, tools, transportation, and supplies required to complete the work in accordance with the plans, specifications, and terms of the contract. 40-02 ALTERATION OF WORK AND QUANTITIES. The owner reserves and shall have the right to make such alterations in the work as may be necessary or desirable to complete the work originally intended in an acceptable manner. Unless otherwise specified herein, the Engineer shall be and is hereby authorized to make such alterations in the work as may increase or decrease the originally awarded contract quantities, provided that the aggregate of such alterations does not change the total contract cost or the total cost of any major contract item by more than 25 percent (total cost being based on the unit prices and estimated quantities in the awarded contract). Alterations which do not exceed the 25 percent limitation shall not invalidate the contract nor release the surety, and the Contractor agrees to accept payment for such alterations as if the altered work had been a part of the original contract. These alterations which are for work within the general scope of the contract shall be covered by "Change Orders" issued by the Engineer. Change orders for altered work shall include extensions of contract time where, in the Engineer's opinion, such extensions are commensurate with the amount and difficulty of added work. Should the aggregate amount of altered work exceed the 25 percent limitation hereinbefore specified, such excess altered work shall be covered by supplemental agreement. If the owner and the Contractor are unable to agree on a unit adjustment for any contract item that requires a supplemental agreement, the owner reserves the right to terminate the contract with respect to the item and make other arrangements for its completion. 40-03 OMITTED ITEMS. The Engineer may, in the owner's best interest, omit from the work any contract item, except major contract items. Major contract items may be omitted by a supplemental agreement. Such omission of contract items shall not invalidate any other contract provision or requirement. Should a contract item be omitted or otherwise ordered to be nonperformed, the Contractor shall be paid for all work performed toward completion of such item prior to the date of the order to omit such item. Payment for work performed shall be in accordance with the subsection titled PAYMENT FOR OMITTED ITEMS of Section 90. 40-04 EXTRA WORK. Should acceptable completion of the contract require the Contractor to perform an item of work for which no basis of payment has been provided in the original contract or previously issued change orders or supplemental agreements, the same shall be called Extra Work. Extra work that is within the general scope of the contract shall be covered by written change order. Change orders for such extra work shall contain agreed unit prices for performing the change order work in accordance with the requirements specified in the order, and shall contain any adjustment to the contract time that, in the Engineer's opinion, is necessary for completion of such extra work. When determined by the Engineer to be in the owner's best interest, he may order the Contractor to proceed with extra work by force account as provided in the subsection titled PAYMENT FOR EXTRA AND FORCE ACCOUNT WORK of Section 90. Extra work that is necessary for acceptable completion of the project, but is not within the general scope of the work covered by the original contract shall be covered by a Supplemental Agreement as hereinbefore defined in the subsection titled SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT of Section 10. Any claim for payment of extra work that is not covered by written agreement (change order or supplemental agreement) shall be rejected by the owner. 40-05 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC. It is the explicit intention of the contract that the safety of aircraft, as well as the Contractor's equipment and personnel, is the most i important consideration. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall provide for the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft in the air operations areas of the airport with respect to his/her own operations and the operations of all his/her subcontractors as specified in the subsection titled LIMITATION OF OPERATIONS of Section 80. It is further understood and agreed that the Contractor shall provide for the uninterrupted operation of visual and electronic signals (including power supplies thereto) used in the guidance of aircraft while operating to, from, and upon the airport as specified in the , subsection titled CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR UTILITY SERVICE AND FACILITIES OF OTHERS in Section 70. With respect to his/her own operations and the operations of all his/her subcontractors, the Contractor shall provide marking, lighting, and other acceptable means of identifying: personnel; equipment; vehicles; storage areas; and any work area or condition that may be hazardous to the operation of aircraft, fire -rescue equipment, or maintenance vehicles at the airport. When the contract requires the maintenance of vehicular traffic on an existing road, street, or highway during the Contractor's performance of work that is otherwise provided. for in the contract, plans, and specifications, the Contractor shall keep such road, street, or highway open to all traffic and shall provide such maintenance as may be required to accommodate traffic. The Contractor shall furnish erect, and maintain barricades, warning signs, flagmen, and other traffic control devices in reasonable conformity with the manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways (published by the United States Government Printing Office), unless otherwise specified herein. The Contractor shall also construct and maintain in a safe condition any temporary connections necessary for ingress to and egress from abutting property or intersecting t roads, streets or highways. Unless otherwise specified herein, the Contractor will not be i - required to furnish snow removal for such existing road, street, or highway. The Contractor shall make his/her own estimate of all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary for providing the maintenance of aircraft and vehicular traffic as specified in this subsection. The cost of maintaining the aircraft and vehicular traffic specified in this subsection shall not be measured or paid for directly, but shall be included in the various contract items. 40-06 REMOVAL OF EXISTING STRUCTURES. All existing structures encountered within the established lines, grades, or grading sections shall be removed by the Contractor, unless such existing structures are otherwise specified to be relocated, adjusted up or down, salvaged, abandoned in place, reused in the work or to remain in place. The cost of removing such existing structures shall not be measured or paid for directly, but shall be included in the various contract items. Should the Contractor encounter an existing structure (above or below ground) in the work for which the disposition is not indicated on the plans, the Engineer shall be notified prior to disturbing such structure. The disposition of existing structures so encountered shall be immediately determined by the Engineer in accordance with the provisions of the contract. r- Except as provided in the subsection titled RIGHTS IN AND USE OF MATERIALS } FOUND IN THE WORK of this section, it is intended that all existing materials or structures that may be encountered (within the lines, grades, or grading sections established for completion of the work) shall be utilized in the work as otherwise provided for in the contract and shall remain the property of the owner when so utilized in the work. 40-07 RIGHTS IN AND USE OF MATERIALS FOUNT? IN THE WORK. Should the Contractor encounter any material such as (but not restricted to) sand, stone, gravel, slag, or concrete slabs within the established lines, grades, or grading sections, the use of which is intended by the terms of the contract to be either embankment or waste, he may at his/her option either: a. Use such material in another contract item, providing such use is approved by the Engineer and is in conformance with the contract specifications applicable to such use; or, b. Remove such material from the site, upon written approval of the Engineer; or c. Use such material for his/her own temporary construction on site; or, d. Use such material as intended by the terms of the contract. Should the Contractor wish to exercise option a., b., or c., he shall request the Engineer's approval in advance of such use. Should the Engineer approve the Contractor's request to exercise option a., b., or c., the Contractor shall be paid for the excavation or removal of such material at the applicable contract price. The Contractor shall replace, at his/her own expense, such removed or excavated material with an agreed equal volume of material that is acceptable for use in constructing embankment, back -fills, or otherwise to the extent that such replacement material is needed to complete the contract work. The Contractor shall not be charged for his/her use of such material so used in the work or removed from the site. Should the Engineer approve the Contractor's exercise of option a., the Contractor shall be paid, at the applicable contract price, for furnishing and installing such material in accordance with requirements of the contract item in which the material is used. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall make no claim for delays by reason of his/her exercise of option a., b., or c. The Contractor shall not excavate, remove, or otherwise disturb any material, structure, or part of a structure which is located outside the lines, grades, or grading sections } established for the work, except where such excavation or removal is provided for in the contract, plans, or specifications. - 40-09 FINAL CLEANING UP. Upon completion of the work and before acceptance and final payment will be made, the Contractor shall remove from the site all machinery, ri equipment, surplus and discarded materials, rubbish, temporary structures, and stumps or portions of trees. He shall cut all brush and woods within the limits indicated and shall leave the site in a neat and presentable condition. Material cleared from the site and deposited on adjacent property will not be considered as having been disposed of satisfactorily, unless the Contractor has obtained the written permission of such property owner. i� END OF SECTICNT 40 SECTION 50 CONTROL OF WORK 50-01 AUTHORITY OF THE ENGINEER. The Engineer shall decide any and all questions which may arise as to the quality and acceptability of materials furnished, work performed, and as to the manner of performance and rate of progress of the work. He shall decide all questions which may arise as to the interpretation of the specifications or plans relating to the work, the fulfillment of the contract on the part of the Contractor, and the rights of different Contractors on the project. The Engineer shall determine the amount and quality of the several kinds of work performed and materials furnished which are to be paid for the under contract. 50-02 CONFORMITY WITH FLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. All work and all materials furnished shall be in reasonably close conformity with the lines, grades, grading sections, cross sections, dimensions, material requirements, and testing requirements that are specified (including specified tolerances) in the contract, plans or specifications. If the Engineer finds the materials furnished, work performed, or the finished product not within reasonably close conformity with the plans and specifications but that the portion of the work affected will, in his/her opinion, result in a finished product having a level of safety, economy, durability, and workmanship acceptable to the owner, he will advise the owner of his/her determination that the affected work be accepted and remain in place. In this event, the Engineer will document his/her determination and recommend to the owner a basis of acceptance which will provide for an adjustment in the contract price for the affected portion of the work. The Engineer's determination and recommended contract price adjustments will be based on good engineering judgment and such tests or retests of the affected work as are, in his/her opinion, needed. Changes in the contract price shall be covered by contract modifications (change order or supplemental agreement) as applicable. If the Engineer finds the materials furnished, work performed, or the finished product are not in reasonably close conformity with the plans and specifications and have resulted in an unacceptable finished product, the affected work or materials shall be removed and replaced or otherwise corrected by and at the expense of the Contractor in accordance with the Engineer's written orders. For the purpose of this subsection, the term "reasonably close conformity" shall not be construed as waiving the Contractor's responsibility to complete the work in accordance with the contract, plans, and specifications. The term shall not be construed as waiving the Engineer's right to insist on strict compliance with the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications during the Contractor's prosecution of the work, when, in the Engineer's opinion, such compliance is essential to provide an acceptable finished portion of the work. For the purpose of this subsection, the term "reasonably close conformity" is also intended to provide the Engineer with the authority to use good engineering judgment in his/her determinations as to acceptance of work that is not in strict conformity but will provide a finished product equal to or better than that intended by the requirements of the contract, plans and specifications. 50-03 COORDINATION OF CONTRACT, PLANS, AND SPECIFICATIONS. The contract, plans, specifications, and all referenced standards cited are essential parts of the contract requirements. A requirement occurring in one is as binding as though occurring in all. They are intended to be complementary and to describe and provide for a complete work. In case of discrepancy, calculated dimensions will govern over scaled dimensions; contract technical specifications shall govern over contract general provisions, plans, cited standards for materials or testing, and cited FAA advisory circulars; contract general provisions shall govern over plans, cited standards for materials or testing, and cited FAA advisory circulars; plans shall govern over cited standards for materials or testing and cited FAA advisory circulars. The Contractor shall not take advantage of any apparent error or omission on the plans or specifications. In the event the Contractor discovers any apparent error or discrepancy, he shall immediately call upon the Engineer for his/her interpretation and decision, and such decision shall be final. 50-04 COOPERATION OF CONTRACTOR. The Contractor will be supplied with two t_} copies each of the plans and specifications. He shall have available on the work at all times one copy each of the plans and specifications. Additional copies of plans and 1 specifications may be obtained by the Contractor for the cost of reproduction. i The Contractor shall give constant attention to the work to facilitate the progress thereof, and he shall cooperate with the Engineer and his/her inspectors and with other contractors i in every way possible. The Engineer shall allocate he work and designate the sequence of construction in case of controversy between contractors. The Contractor shall have a competent superintendent on the work at all times who is fully authorized as his/her agent on the work. The superintendent shall be capable of reading and thoroughly understanding the plans and specifications and shall receive and fulfill instructions from the Engineer or his/her authorized representative. 50-05 COOPERATION BET VVEEN CONTRACTORS. The owner reserves the right to contract for and perform other or additional work on or near the work covered by this contract. When separate contracts are let within the limits of any one project, each Contractor shall conduct his/her work so as not to interfere with or hinder the progress of completion of the work being performed by other Contractors. Contractors working on the same project shall cooperate with each other as directed. L_ Each Contractor involved shall assume all liability, financial or otherwise, in connection with his/her contract and shall protect and save harmless the owner from any and all damages or claims that may arise because of inconvenience, delays, or loss experienced by him because of the presence and operations of other Contractors working within the limits of the same project. The Contractor shall arrange his/her work and shall place and dispose of the materials being used so as not to interfere with the operations of the other Contractors within the limits of the same project. He shall join his/her work with that of the others in an acceptable manner and shall perform it in proper sequence to that of the others. 50-06 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT AND STAKES. The Engineer shall establish horizontal and vertical control only. The Contractor must establish all layout required for the construction of the work. Such stakes and markings as the Engineer may set for either his/her own or the Contractor's guidance shall be preserved by the Contractor. In case of negligence on the part of the Contractor, or his/her employees, resulting in the destruction of such stakes or markings, an amount equal to the cost of replacing the same may be deducted from subsequent estimates due the Contractor at the discretion of the Engineer. 50-07 AUTOMATICALLY CONTROLLED EQUIPMENT. Whenever batching or mixing plant equipment is required to be operated automatically under the contract and a breakdown or malfunction of the automatic controls occurs, the equipment may be operated manually or by other methods for a period 48 hours following the breakdown or malfunction, provided this method of operations will product results which conform to all other requirements of the contract. 50-08 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF INSPECTORS. Inspectors employed by the owner shall be authorized to inspect all work done and all material furnished. Such inspection may extend to all or any part of the work and to the preparation, fabrication, or manufacture of the materials to be used. Inspectors are not authorized to revoke, alter, or waive any provision of the contract. Inspectors are not authorized to issue instructions contrary to the plans and specifications or to act as foreman for the Contractor. Inspectors employed by the owner are authorized to notify the Contractor or his/her representatives of any failure of the work or materials to conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, or specifications and to reject such nonconforming materials in question until such issues can be referred to the Engineer for his/her decision. 50-09 INSPECTION OF THE WORK. All materials and each part or detail of the work shall be subject to inspection by the Engineer. The Engineer shall be allowed access to all parts of the work and shall be furnished with such information and assistance by the Contractor as is required to make a complete and detailed inspection. If the Engineer requests it, the Contractor, at any time before acceptance of the work; shall remove or uncover such portions of the finished work as may be directed. After Li examination, the Contractor shall restore said potions of the wort- to the standard (i required by the specifications. Should the work thus exposed or examined prove acceptable, the uncovering, or removing, and the replacing of the covering or making good of the parts removed will be paid for as extra work; but should the work so exposed or examined prove unacceptable, the uncovering, or removing, and the replacing of the covering or making good of the parts removed will be at the Contractor's expense. Any work done or materials used without supervision or inspection by an authorized representative of the o A ner may be ordered removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense unless the owner's representative failed to inspect after having been given reasonable notice in writing that the work was to be performed. Should the contract work include relocation, adjustment, or any other modification to existing facilities, not the property of the (contract) owner, authorized representatives of the owners of such facilities shall have the right to inspect such work. Such inspection shall in no sense make any facility owner a party to the contract, and shall in no way interfere with the rights of the parties to this contract. 50-10 REMOVAL OF UNACCEPTABLE AND UNAUTHORIZED WORK. All work which does not form to the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications will be considered unacceptable, unless otherwise determined acceptable by the Engineer as provided in the subsection titled CONFORMITY WITH PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS of this section. Unacceptable work, whether the result of poor workmanship, use of defective materials, damage through carelessness, or any other cause found to exist prior to the final acceptance of the work, shall be removed immediately and replaced in an acceptable manner in accordance with the provisions of the subsection titled CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR WORK of Section 70. Work done contrary to the instructions of the Engineer, work done beyond the lines shown on the plans or as given, except as herein specified, or any extra work done without authority, will be considered as unauthorized and will not be paid for under the provisions of the contract. Work so done may be ordered removed or replaced at the Contractor's expense. Upon failure on the part of the Contractor to comply forthwith with any order of the Engineer made under the provisions of this subsection, the Engineer will have authority to cause unacceptable work to be remedied or removed and replaced and unauthorized work to be removed and to deduct the costs (incurred by the owner) from any monies due or to become due the Contractor. 50-11 LOAD RESTRICTIONS. The Contractor shall comply with all legal load restrictions in the hauling of materials on public roads beyond the limits of the work. A special permit will not relieve the Contractor of liability for damage which may result from the moving of material or equipment. The operation of equipment of such weight or so loaded as to cause damage to structures or to any other type of construction will not be permitted. Hauling of materials over the base course or surface course under construction shall be limited as directed. No loads will be permitted on a concrete pavement, base, or structure before the expiration of the curing period. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage done by his/her hauling equipment and shall correct such damage at his/her own expense. 50-12 MAINTENANCE DURING CONSTRUCTION. The Contractor shall maintain the work during construction and until the work is accepted. This maintenance shall constitute continuous and effective work prosecuted day by day, with adequate equipment and forces so that the work is maintained in satisfactory condition at all times. In the case of a contract for the placing of a course upon a course or subgrade previously constructed, the Contractor shall maintain the previous course or subgrade during all construction operations. All costs of maintenance work during construction and before the project is accepted shall be included in the unit prices bid on the various contract items, and the Contractor will not be paid an additional amount for such work. 50-13 FAILURE TO MAINTAIN THE WORK. Should the Contractor at any time fail to maintain the work as provided in the subsection titled MAINTENANCE DURING CONSTRUCTION of this section, the Engineer shall immediately notify the Contractor of such noncompliance. Such notification shall specify a reasonable time within which the Contractor shall be required to remedy such unsatisfactory maintenance condition. L The time specified will give due consideration to the exigency that exists. Should the Contractor fail to respond to the Engineer's notification, the Engineer may suspend any work necessary for the owner to correct such unsatisfactory maintenance condition, depending on the exigency that exists. Any maintenance cost incurred by the owner, shall be deducted from monies due or to become due the Contractor. 50-14 PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE. If at any time during the prosecution of the project the Contractor substantially completes a usable unit or portion of the work, the occupancy of which will benefit the owner, he may request the Engineer to make final inspection of that unit. If the Engineer finds upon inspection that the unit has been satisfactorily completed in compliance with the contract, he may accept it as being completed, and the Contractor may be relieved of further responsibility for that unit. Such partial acceptance and beneficial occupancy by the owner shall not void or alter any provision of the contract. 50-15 FINAL ACCEPTANCE. Upon due notice from the Contractor of presumptive completion of the entire project, the Engineer and owner will make an inspection. If all construction provided for and contemplated by the contract is found to be completed in accordance with the contract, plans, and specifications, such inspection shall constitute the final inspection. The Engineer shall notify the Contractor in writing of final acceptance as of the date of the final inspection. If, however,, the inspection discloses any work, in whole or in part, as being unsatisfactory, the Engineer will give the Contractor the necessary instructions for correction of same and the Contractor shall immediately comply with and execute such instructions. Upon correction of the work, another inspection will be made which shall constitute the final inspection, provided the work has been satisfactorily completed. In such event, the Engineer will make the final acceptance and notify the Contractor in writing of this acceptance as of the date of final inspection. 50-16 CLAIMS FOR ADJUSTMENT AND DISPUTES. If for any reason the Contractor deems that additional compensation is due him for work or materials not clearly provided for in the contract, plans, or specifications or previously authorized as extra work, he shall notify the Engineer in writing of his/her intention to claim such additional compensation before he begins the work on which he bases the claim. If such notification is not given or the Engineer is not afforded proper opportunity by the Contractor for keeping strict account of actual cost as required, then the Contractor hereby agrees to waive any claim for such additional compensation. Such notice by the Contractor and the fact that the Engineer has kept account of the cost of the work shall not in any way be construed as proving or substantiating the validity of the claim. When the work on which the claim for additional compensation is based has been completed, the Contractor shall, within 10 calendar days, submit his/her written claim to the Engineer who will present it to the owner for consideration in accordance with local laws or ordinances. Nothing in this subsection shall be construed as a waiver of the Contractor's right to dispute final payment based on differences in measurements or computations. 50-17 COST REDUCTION INCENTIVE. The provisions of this subsection will apply only to contracts awarded to the lowest bidder pursuant to competitive bidding. On projects with original contract amounts in excess of $100,000, the Contractor may submit to the Engineer, in writing, proposals for modifying the plans, specifications or other requirements of the contract for the sole purpose of reducing the cost of construction. The cost reduction proposal shall not impair, in any manner, the essential functions or characteristics of the project, including but not limited to service life, economy of operation, ease of maintenance, desired appearance, design and safety standards. This provision shall not apply unless the proposal submitted is specifically identified by the Contractor as being presented for consideration as a value engineering proposal. Not eligible for cost reduction proposals are changes in the basic design of a pavement type, runway and taxiway lighting, visual aids, hydraulic capacity of drainage facilities, or changes in grade or alignment that reduce the geometric standards of the project. As a minimum, the following informationn shall be submitted by the Contractor with each proposal: a. A description of both existing contract requirements for performing the work and the proposed changes, with a discussion of the comparative advantages and disadvantages of each; b. An itemization of the contract requirements that must be changed if the proposal is adopted; c. A detailed estimate of the cost of performing the work under the existing contract and under the proposed changes; d. A statement of the time by which a change order adopting the proposal must be issued; e. A statement of the effect adoption of the proposal will have on the time for completion of the contract; and f. The contract items of work affected by the proposed changes, including any quantity variation attributable to them. The Contractor may withdraw, in whole or in part, any cost reduction proposal not accepted by the Engineer, within the period specified in the proposal. The provisions of this subsection shall not be construed to require the Engineer to consider any cost reduction proposal which may be submitted. The Contractor shall continue to perform the work in accordance with the requirements of the contract until a change order incorporating the cost reduction proposal has been issued. If a change order has not been issued by the date upon which the Contractor's cost reduction proposal specifies that a decision should be made, or such other date as the Contractor may subsequently have requested in writing, such cost reduction proposal shall be deemed rejected. The Engineer shall be the sole judge of the acceptability of a cost reduction proposal and of the estimated net savings from the adoption of all or any part of such proposal. In determining the estimated net savings, the Engineer may disregard the contract bid prices if, in the Engineer's judgement such prices do not represent a fair measure of the value of the work to be performed or deleted. The owner may require the Contractor to share in the owner's costs of investigating a cost l reduction proposal submitted by the Contractor as a condition of considering such _ proposal. Where such a condition is imposed, the Contractor shall acknowledge acceptance of it in writing. Such acceptance shall constitute full authority for the owner to deduct the cost of investigating a cost reduction proposal from amounts payable to the Contractor under the cont-, act. If the Contractor's cost reduction proposal is accepted in whole or in part, such acceptance will be by a contract change order which shall specifically state that it is executed pursuant to this subsection. Such change order shall incorporate the changes in the plans and specifications which are necessary to permit the cost reduction proposal or such part of it as has been accepted and shall include any conditions upon which the Engineer's approval is based. The change order shall also set forth the estimated net savings attributable to the cost reduction proposal. The net savings shall be determined as the difference in costs between the original contract costs for the involved work items and the costs occurring as a result of the proposed change. The change order shall also establish the net savings agreed upon and shall provide for adjustment in the contract price that will divide the net savings equally between the Contractor and the Owner. The Contractor's 50 percent share of the net savings shall constitute full compensation to the Contractor for the cost reduction proposal and the performance of the work. Acceptance of the cost -reduction proposal and performance of the cost -reduction work shall not extend the time of completion of the contract unless specifically provided for in the contract change order. ri END OF SECTION 50 H Lill SECTION 60 60-01 SOURCE OF SUPPLY AND QUALITY REQUIREMENTS. The materials used on the work shall conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications. Unless otherwise specified, such materials that are manufactured or processed shall be new (as compared to used or reprocessed). In order to expedite the inspection and testing of materials, the Contractor shall Punish complete statements to the Engineer as to the origin, composition, and manufacture of all materials to be used in the work. Such statements shall be furnished promptly after execution of the contract but, in all cases, prior to delivery of such materials. At the Engineer's option, materials may be approved at the source of supply before delivery is stated. If it is found after trial that sources of supply for previously approved materials do not produce specified products, the Contractor shall furnish materials from other sources. The Contractor shall furnish airport lighting equipment that conforms to the requirements of cited materials specifications. In addition, where an FAA specification for airport lighting equipment is cited in the plans or specifications, the Contractor shall furnish such equipment that is: a. Listed in FAA Advisory Circular (AC) 150/5345-1, Approved Airport Equipment, that is in effect on the date of advertisement; and, b. Produced by the manufacturer qualified (by FAA) to produce such specified and listed equipment. The following airport lighting equipment is required for this contract and is to be furnished by the Contractor in accordance with the requirements of this subsection: 60-02 SAMPLES, TESTS, AND CITED SPECIFICATIONS. All materials used in the work shall be inspected, tested, and approved by the Engineer before incorporation in the work. Any work in which untested materials are used without approval or written permission of the Engineer shall be performed at the Contractor's risk. Materials found to be unacceptable and unauthorized will not be paid for and, if directed by the Engineer, shall be removed at the Contractor's expense. Unless otherwise designated, tests in accordance with the cited standard methods of AASHTO or ASTM which are current on the date of advertisement for bids will be made by and at the expense of the owner. Samples w i.il be taken by a qualified representative ofthe owner. All materials being used are subject to inspection, test, or rejection at any time prior to or during incorporation into the work. Copies of all tests will be f unished to the Contractor`s representative at his/her request. 60-03 CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE. The Engineer may permit the use, prior to sampling and testing, of certain materials or assemblies when accompanied by manufacturer's certificates of compliance stating that such materials or assemblies fully comply with the requirements of the contract. The certificate shall be signed by the manufacturer. Each lot of such materials or assemblies delivered to the work must be accompanied by a certificate of compliance in which the lot is clearly identified. Materials or assemblies used on the basis of certificates of compliance may be sampled and tested at any time and if found not to be in conformity with contract requirements will be subject to rejection whether in place or not. The form and distribution of certificates of compliance shall be as approved by the Engineer. When a material or assembly is specified by "brand name or equal" and the Contractor elects to furnish the specified "brand name," the Contractor shallbe required to furnish the manufacturer's certificate of compliance for each lot of such material or assembly delivered to the work. Such certificate of compliance shall clearly identify each lot delivered and shall certify as to: a. Conformance to the specified performance, testing, quality or dimensional requirements; and, b. Suitability of the material or assembly for the use intended in the contract work. Should the Contractor propose to furnish an "or equal' material or assembly, he shall furnish the manufacturer's certificates of compliance as hereinbefore described for the specified brand name material or assembly. However, the Engineer shall be the sole judge as to whether the proposed "or equal" is suitable for use in the work. The Engineer reserves the right to refuse permission for use of materials or assemblies on the basis of certificates of compliance. 60-04 PLANT INSPECTION. The Engineer or his/her authorized representative may inspect, at its source, any specified material or assembly to be used in the work. Manufacturing plants may be inspected from time to time for the purpose of determining compliance with specified manufacturing methods or materials to be used in the work and to obtain samples required for his/her acceptance of the material or assembly. Should the Engineer conduct plant inspections, the following conditions shall exist: a. The Engineer shall have the cooperation and assistance of the Contractor and the producer with whom he has contracted for materials. b. The Engineer shall have full entry at all reasonable times to such parts of the plant that concern the manufacture or production of the materials being furnished. c. If required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall arrange for adequate office or working space that may be reasonably needed for conducting plant inspections. Office or working space should be conveniently located with respect to the plant. l;: it It is understood and agreed that the owner shall have the right to retest any material which has been tested and approved at the source of supply after it has been delivered to the site. The Engineer shall have the right to reject only material which, when retested, does not meet the requirements of the contract, plans, or specifications, 60-05 ENGINEER'S FIELD OFFICE AND LABORATORY. When specified and provided for as a contract item, the Contractor shall furnish a building for the exclusive use of the Engineer as a field office and field testing laboratory. The building shall be furnished and maintained by the Contractor as specified herein and shall become property of the Contractor when the contract work is completed. 60-06 STORGE OF MATERIALS. Materials shall be so stored as to assure the preservation of their quality and fitness for the work. Stored materials, even though approved before storage, may again be inspected prior to their use in the work. Stored materials shall be located so as to facilitate their prompt inspection. The Contractor shall coordinate the storage of all materials with the Engineer. Materials to be stored on airport a' g property shall not create an obstruction to air navigation nor shall they interfere with the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, the storage of materials and the location of the Contractor's plant and parked equipment or vehicles shall be as directed by the Engineer. Private property shall not be used for storage purposes without written permission of the owner or lessee of such property. The Contractor shall make all arrangements and bear all expenses for the storage of materials on private property. Upon request, the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer a copy of the property owner's permission. All storage sites on private or airport property shall be restored to their original condition by the Contractor at his/her entire expense, except as otherwise agreed to (in writing) by the owner or lessee of the property. 60-07 UNACCEPTABLE MATERIALS. Any material or assembly that does not conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, or specifications shall be considered unacceptable and shall be rejected. The Contractor shall remove any rejected material or assembly from the site of the work, unless otherwise instructed by the Engineer. i No rejected material or assembly, the defects of which have been corrected by the Contractor, shall not be returned to the site of the work until such time as the Engineer has approved its used in the work. 60-08 OWNER FURNISBEED MATERIALS. The Contractor shall furnish all materials required to complete the work, except those specked herein (if any) to be furnished by the owner. Owner -furnished materials shall be made available to the Contractor at the location specified herein. All costs of handling, transportation from the specified location to the site of work, storage, and installing owner -furnished materials shall be included in the unit price bid for the contract item in which such owner-fuunished material is used. After any o A er-furnished material has been delivered to the location specified, the Contractor shall be responsible for any demurrage, damage, loss, or other deficiencies which may occur during the Contractor's handling, storage, or use of such owner- f n-nished material. The owner will deduct from any monies due or to become due the Contractor any cost incurred by the owner in making good such loss due to the Contractor's handling, storage, or use of owner -furnished materials. END OF SECTION 60 _I L1 V SECTION 70 LEGAL REGULATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC 70--1 LAWS TO BE OBSERVED. The Contractor shall keep fully informed of all Federal and state laws, all local laws, ordinances, and regulations and all orders and decrees of bodies or tribunals having any jurisdiction or authority, which in any manner affect those engaged or employed on the work, or which in any way affect the conduct of the work. He shall at all times observe and comply with all such laws, ordinances, regulations, orders, and decrees; and shall protect and indemnify the owner and all his/her officers, agents, or servants against any claim or liability arising from or based on the violation of any such law, ordinance, regulation, order, or decree, whether by himself or his/her employees. 70-02 PERMITS, LICENSES, AND TAXES. The Contractor shall procure all permits and licenses, pay all charges, fees, and taxes, and give all notices necessary and incidental to the due and lawful prosecution of the work. 70-03 PATENTED DEVICES, MATERIALS, AND PROCESSES. If the Contractor is required or desires to use any design, device, material, or process covered by letters of patent or copyright, he shall provide for such use by suitable legal agreement with the patentee or owner. The Contractor and the surety shall indemnify and save harmless the owner, any third party, or political subdivision from any and all claims for infringement by reason of the use of any such patented design, device, material or process, or any trademark or copyright, and shall indemnify the owner for any costs, expenses, and damages which it may be obliged to pay by reason of an infringement, at any time during the prosecution or after the completion of the work. 70-04 RESTORATION OF SURFACES DISTURBED BY OTHERS. The owner reserves the right to authorize the construction, reconstruction, or maintenance of any public or private utility service, FAA or National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) facility, or a utility service of another government agency at any time during the progress of the work. To the extent that such construction, reconstruction, or maintenance has been coordinated with the owner, such authorized work (by others) is indicated as follows: NONE Except as listed above, the Contractor shall not permit any individual, firm, or L corporation to excavate or otherwise disturb such utility services or facilities located within the limits of the work without the written permission of the Engineer. Should the owner of public or private utility service, FAA, or NOAA facility, or a utility service of another government agency be authorized to construct, reconstruct, or maintain such utility service or facility during the progress of the work, the Contractor shall cooperate with such owners by arranging and performing the work in this contract so as to facilitate such construction, reconstruction or maintenance by others whether or not such work by others is listed above. When ordered as extra work by the Engineer, the Contractor shall make all necessary repairs to the work which are due to such authorized work by others, unless otherwise provided for in the contract, plans, or specifications. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall not be entitled to make any claim for damages due to such authorized work by others or for any delay to the work resulting from such authorized work. 70-05 FEDERAL AID PARTICIPATION. For AIP contracts, the United States Government has agreed to reimburse the owner for some portion of the contract costs. Such reimbursement is made from time to time upon the owner's (sponsor's) request to the FAA. In consideration of the United Sates Government's (FAA's) agreement with the owner, the owner has included provisions in this contract pursuant to the requirements of the Airport Improvement Act of 1982, as amended by the Airport and Airway Safety and Capacity Expansion Act of 1987, and the Rules and Regulations of the FAA that pertain to the work. As required by the Act, the contract work is subject to the inspection and approval of duly authorized representatives of the Administrator, FAA, and is further subject to those provisions of the rules and regulations that are citedin the contract, plans, or specifications. No requirement of the Act, the rules and regulations implementing the Act, or this L contract shall be construed as making the Federal Government a party to the contract nor will any such requirement interfere, in any way, with the rights of either party to the contract. 70-06 SANITARY, HEALTH, AND SAFETY PROVISIONS. The Contractor shall provide and maintain in a neat, sanitary condition such accommodations for the use of his/her employees as may be necessary to comply with the requirements of the state and local Board of Health, or of other bodies or tribunals having jurisdiction. Attention is directed to Federal, state, and local laws, rules and regulations concerning construction safety and health standards. The Contractor shall not require any worker to work in surroundings or under conditions are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to his/her health or safety. 70-07 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY. The Contractor shall control his/her operations and those of his/her subcontractors and all suppliers, to assure the least inconvenience to the traveling public. Under all circumstances, safety shall be the most important consideration. The Contractor shall maintain the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft and vehicular traffic with respect to his/her own operations and those of his/her subcontractors and all suppliers in accordance with the subsection titled IVTTENANCE OF TRAFFIC of Section 40 hereinbefore specified and shall limit such operations for the convenience and safety of the traveling public as specified in the subsection titled LIIMTFATION OF OPERATIONS of Section 80 hereinafter. 70-08 BARRICADES, WARNING SIGNS, AND HAZARD MARKINGS. The Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain all barricades, warning signs, and markings for hazards necessary to protect the public and the work. When used during periods of darkness, such barricades, warning signs, and hazard markings shall be suitably illuminated. a For vehicular and pedestrian traffic, the Contractor shall famish, erect, and maintain. barricades, warning signs, lights and other traffic control devices in reasonable conformity with the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways (published by the United States Government Printing Office). When the work requires closing an air operations area of the airport or portion of such area, the Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain temporary markings and associated lighting conforming to the requirements of AC 150/5340-1, Marking of Paved Areas on Airports. The Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain markings and associated lighting of open trenches, excavations, temporary stock piles, and his/her parked construction equipment that may be hazardous to the operation of emergency fire -rescue or maintenance vehicles on the airport in reasonable conformance to AC 150/5370-2, Operational Safety on Airports During Construction Activity. The Contractor shall identify each motorized vehicle or piece of construction equipment in reasonable conformance to AC 150/5370-2. The Contractor shall f u-nish and erect all barricades, warning signs, and markings for hazards prior to commencing work which requires such erection and shall maintain the barricades, warning signs, and markings for hazards until their dismantling is directed by the Engineer. Open -flame type lights shall not be permitted within the air operations areas of the airport. 70-09 USE OF EXPLOSIVES. When the use of explosives is necessary for the prosecution of the work, the Contractor shall exercise the utmost care not to endanger life or property, including new work. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage resulting from the use of explosives. All explosives shall be stored in a secure manner in compliance with all laws and _ ordinances, and all such storage places shall be clearly marked. Where no local laws or ordinances apply, storage shall be provided satisfactory to the Engineer and, in general, not closer than 1,000 feet (300 m) from the work or from any building, road, or other place of human occupancy. The Contractor shall notify each property owner and public utility company having structures or facilities in proximity to the site of the work of his/her intention to use explosives. Such notice shall be given sufficiently in advance to enable them to take such steps as they may deem necessary to protect their property from injury. The use of electrical blasting caps shall not be permitted on or within 1,000 feet 000 m) of the airport property. 70-10 PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF PROPERTY AND LANDSCAPE. The Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of all public and private property, and shall protect carefully from disturbance or damage all land monuments and property markers until the Engineer has witnessed or otherwise referenced their location and shall not move them until directed. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage or injury to property of any character, during the prosecution of the work, resulting from any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in his/her manner or method of executing the work, or at any time due to defective work or materials, and said responsibility will not be released until the project shall have been completed and accepted. When or where any direct or indirect damage or injury is done to public or private property by or on account of any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the execution of the work, or in consequence of the nonexecution thereof by the Contractor, he shall restore, at his/her own expense, such property to a condition similar or equal to that existing before such damage or injury was done, by repairing, or otherwise restoring as may be directed, or he shall make good such damage or injury in an acceptable manner. 70-11 RESPONSIBILITY FOR DAMAGE CLAIMS. The Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the Engineer and the owner and their officers, and employees from all suits actions, or claims of any character brought because of any injuries or damage received or sustained by any person, persons, or property on account of the operations of the Contractor; or on account of or in consequence of any neglect in safeguarding the work; or through use of unacceptable materials in constructing the work; or because of any act or omission, neglect, or misconduct of said Contractor; or because of any claims or amounts recovered from any infringements of patent, trademark, or copyright; or from any claims or amounts arising or recovered under the ' `Work-men's Compensation Act," or any other law, ordinance, order, or decree. Money due the Contractor under and by virtue of his/her contract as may be considered necessary by the owner for such purpose may be retained for the use of the owner or, in case no money is due, his/her surety may be held until such suit or suits, action or actions, claim or claims for injuries or damages as aforesaid shall have been settled and suitable evidence to that effect furnished to the owner, except that money due the Contractor will not be withheld when the Contractor produces satisfactory evidence that he is adequately protected by public liability and property damage insurance. 70-12 TFIIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY CLAUSE. It is specifically agreed between the parties executing the contract that it is not intended by any of the provisions of any part of the contract to create the public or any member thereof a third party beneficiary or to authorize anyone not a party to the contract to maintain a suit for personal injuries or property damage pursuant to the terms or provisions of the contract. 70-13 OPENING SECTIONS OF THE WORK TO TRAFFIC. Should it be necessary for the Contractor to complete portions of the contract work for the beneficial occupancy of the owner prior to completion of the entire contract, such "phasing" of the work shall be specified herein and indicated on the plans. When so specified, the Contractor shall complete such portions of the work on or before the date specified or as otherwise specified. The Contractor shall make his/her own estimate of the difficulties involved in arranging his/her work to permit such beneficial occupancy by the owner as described below: 014 Upon completion of any portion of the work listed above, such portion shall be accepted by the owner in accordance with the subsection titled PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE of Section 50. No portion of the work may be opened by the Contractor for public use until ordered by the Engineer in writing. Should it become necessary to open a portion of the work to public traffic on a temporary or intermittent basis, such openings shall be made when, in the opinion of the Engineer, such portion of the work is in an acceptable condition to support the intended traffic. Temporary or intermittent openings are considered to be inherent in the work and shall not constitute either acceptance of the portion of the work so opened or a waiver of any provision of the contract. Any damage to the portion of the work so opened that is not attributable to traffic which is permitted by the owner shall be repaired by the Contractor at his/her expense. The Contractor shall make his/her own estimate of the inherent difficulties involved in completing the work under the conditions herein described and shall not claim any added compensation by reason of delay or increased cost due to opening a portion of the contract work. 70-14 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR WORK. Until the Engineer's final written acceptance of the entire completed work, excepting only those portions of the work accepted in accordance with the subsection titled PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE of Section 50, the Contractor shall have the charge and care thereof and shall take every precaution against injury or damage to any part due to the action of the elements or from any other cause, whether arising from the execution or from the nonexecution of the work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore, and make good all injuries or damages to any portion of the work occasioned by any of the above causes before final acceptance and shall bear the expense thereof except damage to the work due to unforeseeable causes beyond the control of and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, including but not restricted to acts of God such as earthquake, tidal wave, tornado, hurricane or other cataclysmic phenomenon of nature, or acts of the public enemy or of government authorities. If the work is suspended for any cause whatever, the Contractor shall be responsible for the work and shall take such precautions necessary to prevent damage to the work. The Contractor shall provide for normal drainage and shall erect necessary temporary structures, signs, or other facilities at his/her expense. During such period of suspension of work, the Contractor shall properly and continuously maintain in an acceptable growing condition all living material in newly established planting, seedings, and soddings furnished under his/her contract, and shall take adequate precautions to protect new tree growth and other important vegetative growth against injury. 70-15 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR UTILITY SERVICE AND FACILITIES OF OTHERS. As provided in the subsection titled RESTORATION OF SURFACES DISTURBED BY OTHERS of this section, the Contractor shall cooperate with the owner of any public or private utility service, FAA or NOAA, or a utility service of another government agency that may be authorized by the owner to construct, reconstruct or maintain such utility services or facilities during the progress of the work. In addition, the Contractor shall control his/her operations to prevent the unscheduled interruption of such utility services and facilities. To the extent that such public or private utility services, FAA, or NOAA facilities, or utility services of another governmental agency are known to exist within the limits of the contract work, the approximate locations have been indicated on the plans and the owners are indicated as follows: FEDERAL AVIATION ADM NISTRATION AND LUBBOCK PRESTON SMITH INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT. CONTACT STEVE NICHOLSON (806)775-3130 It is understood and agreed that the owner does not guarantee the accuracy or the completeness of the location information relating to existing utility services, facilities, or structures that may be shown on the plans or encountered in the work. Any inaccuracy or omission in such information shall not relieve the Contractor of his/her responsibility to protect such existing features from damage or unscheduled interruption of service. It is further understood and agreed that the Contractor shall, upon execution of the contract, notify the owners of all utility services or other facilities of his/her plan of operations. Such notification shall be in writing addressed to THE PERSON TO CONTACT as provided hereinbefore in this subsection and the subsection titled RESTORATION OF SURFACES DISTURBED BY OTHERS of this section. A copy of each notification shall be given to the Engineer. In addition to the general written notification hereinbefore provided, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to keep such individual owners advised of changes in his/her plan of operations that would affect such owners. Prior to commencing the work in the general vicinity of an existing utility service or facility, the Contractor shall again notify each such owner of his/her plan of operation. If, in the Contractor's opinion, the owner's assistance is needed to locate the utility service or facility or the presence of a representative of the owner is desirable to observe the work, such advice should be included in the notification. Such notification shall be given by the most expeditious means to reach the utility owner's PERSON TO CONTACT no later than two normal business days prior to the Contractor's commencement of operations in such general vicinity. The Contractor shall fiunish a written summary of the notification to the Engineer. The Contractor's failure to give the two day's notice hereinabove provided shall be cause for the Engineer to suspend the Contractor's operations in the general vicinity of a utility service or facility. Where the outside limits of an underground utility service have been located and staked on the ground, the Contractor shall be required to use excavation methods acceptable to the Engineer within 3 feet (90 cm) of such outside limits at such points as may be required to ensure protection from damage due to the Contractor's operations. Should the Contractor damage or interrupt the operation of a utility service or facility by accident or otherwise, he shall immediately notify the proper authority and the Engineer and shall take all reasonable measures to prevent further damage or interruption of service. The Contractor, in such events, shall cooperate with the utility service or facility owner and the Engineer continuously until such damage has been repaired and service restored to the satisfaction of the utility or facility owner. The Contractor shall bear all costs of damage and restoration of service to any utility service or facility due to his/her operations whether or not due to negligence or accident. The contract owner reserves the right to deduct such costs from any monies due or which may become due the Contractor, or his/her surety. 70-16 FISHING RIGHTS -OF -WAY. The owner will be responsible for furnishing all rights -of -way upon which the work is to be constructed in advance of the Contractor's operations. 74-17 PERSONAE LIABILITY OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS. In carrying out any of the contract provisions or in exercising any power or authority granted to him by this contract, there shall be no liability upon the Engineer, his/her authorized representatives, or any officials of the owner either personally or as an official of the owner. It is understood that in such matters they act solely as agents and representatives of the owner.. 70-18 NO WAIVER OF LEGAL RIGHTS. Upon completion of the work, the owner will expeditiously make final inspection and notify the Contractor of final acceptance. Such final acceptance, however, shall not preclude or stop the owner from correcting any measurement, estimate, or certificate made before or after completion of the work, nor shall the owner be precluded or stopped from recovering from the Contractor or his/her surety, or both, such overpayment as may be sustained, or by failure on the part of the Contractor to fulfill his/her obligations under the contract. A waiver on the part of the owner of any breach of any part of the contract shall not be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach. The Contractor, without prejudice to the terms of the contract, shall be liable to the owner for latent defects, fraud, or such gross mistakes as may amount to fraud, or as regards the owner's rights under any warranty or guaranty. 70-19 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION. The Contractor shall comply with all Federal, state, and local laws and regulations controlling pollution of the environment. He shall take necessary precautions to prevent pollution of streams, lakes, ponds, and reservoirs with fuels, oils, bitumens, chemicals, or other harmful materials and to prevent pollution of the atmosphere from partiulate and gaseous matter. 70-20 ARCHAEOLOGICAL AND HISTORICAL FINDINGS. Unless otherwise specified in this subsection, the Contractor is advised that the site of the work is not within any property, district, or site, and does not contain any building, structure, or object listed in the current National Register of Historic Places published by the United States Department of Interior. Should the Contractor encounter, during his/her operations, any building, part of a building,structure or object which is incongruous � with its surroundings, he shall immediately cease operations in that location and notify the Engineer. The Engineer will immediately investigate the Contractor's finding and will direct the Contractor to either resume his/her operations or to suspend operations as directed. Should the Engineer order suspension of the Contractor's operations in order to protect an archaeological or historical finding, or order the Contractor to perform extra work, such shall be covered by an appropriate contract modification (change order or supplemental agreement) as provided in the subsection titled EXTRA WORK of Section 40 and the subsection titled PAYMENT FOR EXTRA WORK AND FORCE ACCOUNT WORK of Section 90. If appropriate, the contract modification shall include an extension of contract time in accordance with the subsection titled DETERMINATION AND EXTENSION OF CONTRACT TIME of Section 80. 1 SECTION 80 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 80-01 SUBLETTING OF CONTRACT. The owner will not recognize any subcontractor on the work. The Contractor shall at all times when work is in progress be represented either in person, by a qualified superintendent, or by other designated, qualified representative who is duly authorized to receive and execute orders of the Engineer. Should the Contractor elect to assign his/her contract, said assignment shall be concurred in by the surety, shall be presented for the consideration and approval of the owner, and shall be consummated only on the written approval of the owner. In case of approval, the Contractor shall file copies of all subcontracts with the Engineer. 80-02 NOTICE TO PROCEED. The notice to proceed shall state the date on which it is expected the Contractor will begin the construction and from which date contract time will be charged. The Contractor shall begin the work to be performed under the contract within 10 days of the date set by the Engineer in the written notice to proceed, but in any event, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least 24 hours in advance of the time actual construction operations will begin. 80-03 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall submit his/her progress schedule for the Engineer's approval within 10 days after the effective date of the notice to proceed. The Contractor's progress schedule, when approved by the Engineer, may be used to establish major construction operations and to check on the progress of the work. The Contractor shall provide sufficient materials, equipment, and labor to guarantee the completion of the project in accordance with the plans and specifications within the time set forth in the proposal. If the Contractor falls significantly behind the submitted schedule, the Contractor shall, upon the Engineer's request, submit a revised schedule for completion of the work within the contract time and modify his/her operations to provide such additional materials, equipment, and labor necessary to meet the revised schedule. Should the prosecution of the work be discontinued for any reason, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least 24 hours in advance of resuming operations. erations. For AIP contracts, the Contractor shall not commence any actual construction prior to the date on which the notice to proceed is issued by the owner. 80-04 LIMITATION OF OPERATIONS. The Contractor shall control his/her operations and the operations of his/her subcontractors and all suppliers so as to provide for the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft in the AIR OPERATIONS AREAS of the airport. When the work requires the Contractor to conduct his/her operations within an AIR OPERATIONS AREA of the airport, the work shall be coordinated with airport management (through the Engineer) at least 48 hours prior to commencement of such work. The Contractor shall not close an AIR OPERATIONS AREA until so authorized by the Engineer and until the necessary temporary marking and associated lighting is in place as provided in the subsection titled BARRICADES, WARNING SIGNS, AND HAZARD 1AARKINGS of Section 70. When the contract work requires the Contractor to work within an AIR OPERATIONS AREA of the airport on an intermittent basis (intermittent opening and closing of the AIR OPERATIONS AREA), the Contractor shall maintain constant communications as hereinafter specified; immediately obey all instructions to vacate the AIR OPERATIONS AREA; immediately obey all instructions to resume work in such AIR OPERATIONS AREA. Failure to maintain the specified communications or to obey instructions shall be cause for suspension of the Contractor's operations in the AIR OPERATIONS AREA until the satisfactory conditions are provided. The following AIR OPERATIONS AREA (AOA) cannot be closed to operating aircraft to permit the Contractor's operations on a continuous basis and will therefore be closed to aircraft operations intermittently as follows: 50-05 CHARACTER OF WORKERS, METHODS, AND EQUIPMENT. The Contractor shall, at all times, employ sufficient labor and equipment for prosecuting the work to full completion in the manner and time required by the contract, plans, and specifications. All workers shall have sufficient skill and experience to perform properly the work assigned to them. Workers engaged in special work or skilled work shall have sufficient experience in such work and in the operation of the equipment required to perform the work satisfactorily. All equipment which is proposed to be used on the work shall be of sufficient size and in such mechanical condition as to met requirements of the work and to produce a satisfactory quality of work. Equipment used on any portion of the work shall be such that no injury to previously completed work, adjacent property, or existing airport facilities will result from its use. When the methods and equipment to be used by the Contractor in accomplishing the work are not prescribed in the contract, the Contractor is free to use any methods or equipment that will accomplish the work in conformity with the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications. When the contract specifies the use of certain methods and equipment, such methods and equipment shall be used unless others are authorized by the Engineer. If the Contractor desires to use a method or type of equipment other than specified in the contract, he may request authority from the Engineer to do so. The request shall be in writing and shall include a full description of the methods and equipment proposed and of the reasons for desiring to make the change. If approval is given, it will be on the condition that the Contractor will be fully responsible for producing work in conformity with contract requirements. If, after trial use of the substituted methods or equipment, the Engineer determines that the work produced does not meet contract requirements, the Contractor shall discontinue the use of the substitute method or equipment and shall complete the remaining work with the specified methods and equipment. The Contractor shall remove any deficient work and replace it with work of specified quality, or take such other corrective action as the Engineer may direct. No change will be made in basis of payment for the contract items involved nor in contract time as a result of authorizing a change in methods or equipment under this subsection. 80-06 TEMPORARY SUSPENSION OF THE WORK. The Engineer shall have the authority to suspend the work wholly, or in part, for such period or periods as he may deem necessary, due to unsuitable weather, or such other conditions as are considered unfavorable for the prosecution of the work, or for such time as is necessary due to the failure on the part of the Contractor to carry out orders given or perform any or all provisions of the contract. In the event that the Contractor is ordered by the Engineer, in writing, to suspend work for some unforeseen cause not otherwise provided for in the contract and over which the Contractor has no control, the Contractor may be reimbursed for actual money expended on the work during the period of shutdown. No allowance will be made for anticipated profits. The period of shutdown shall be computed from the effective date of the Engineer's order to suspend work to the effective date of the Engineer's order to resume the work. Claims for such compensation shall be filed with the Engineer within the time period stated in the Engineer's order to resume work. The Contractor shall submit with his/her claim information substantiating the amount shown on the claim. The Engineer will forward the Contractor's claim to the owner for consideration in accordance with local laws or ordinances. No provision of this article shall be construed as entitling the Contractor to compensation for delays due to inclement weather, for suspensions made at the request of the Contractor, or for any other delay provided for in the contract, plans, or specifications. If it should become necessary to suspend work for an indefinite period, the Contractor shall store all materials in such manner that they will not become an obstruction nor s become damaged in any way. He shall take every precaution to prevent damage or deterioration of the work performed and provide for normal drainage of the work. The Contractor shall erect temporary structures where necessary to provide for traffic on, to, or from the airport. 80-07 DETER 41 ATION AND EXTENSION OF CONTRACT TIME. The number of calendar or working days allowed for completion of the work shall be stated in the proposal and contract and shall be known as the CONTRACT TIME. L; Should the contract time require extension for reasons beyond the Contractor's control, it shall be adjusted as follows: CONTRACT TIME based on WORKING DAYS shall be calculated weekly by the Engineer. The Engineer will furnish the Contractor a copy of his/her weekly statement of the number of working days charged against the contract time during the week and the number of working days currently specified for completion of the contract (the original contract time plus the number of working days, if any, that have been included in approved CHANGE ORDERS or SUPPLEMENTAL AGREENIEENTS covering EXTRA. WORK). The Engineer shall base his/her weekly statement of contract time charged on the following considerations: (1) No time shall be charged for days on which the Contractor is unable to proceed with the principal item of work under construction at the time for at least 6 hours with the normal work force employed on such principal item. Should the normal work force be on a double -shift, 12 hours shall be used. Should the normal work force be on a triple -shift, 18 hours shall apply. Conditions beyond the Contractor's control such as strikes, lockouts, unusual delays in transportation, temporary suspension of the principal item of work under construction or temporary suspension of the entire work which have been ordered by the Engineer for reasons not the fault of the Contractor, shall not be charged against the contract time. Li (2) The Engineer will not make charges against the contract time prior to the I!, effective date of the notice to proceed. Engineer will be (3) The En gin gin charges against the contract time on the first working day after the effective date of the notice to proceed. k! (4) The Engineer will not make charges against the contract time after the date of final acceptance as defined in the subsection titled FINAL ACCEPTANCE of Section 50. (5) The Contractor will be allowed 1 week in which to file a written protest setting forth his/her objections to the Engineer's weekly statement. If no objection is filed within such specified time, the weekly statement shall be considered as acceptable to the Contractor. The contract time (stated in the proposal) is based on the originally estimated quantities as described in the subsection titled INTERPRETATION OF ESTH ATED PROPOSAL QUANTITIES of Section 20. Should the satisfactory completion of the contract require performance of work in greater quantities than those estimated in the proposal, the contract time shall be increased in the same proportion as the cost of the actually completed quantities bears to the cost of the originally estimated quantities in the proposal. Such increase in contract time shall not consider either the cost of work or the extension of contract time that has been covered by change order or supplemental agreement and shall be made at the time of final payment. b. CONTRACT TM4E based on CALENDAR BAYS shall consist of the number of calendar days stated in the contract counting from the effective date of the notice to proceed and including all Saturdays, Sundays, holidays, and nonwork days. All calendar days elapsing between the effective dates of the Engineer's orders to suspend and resume all work, due to causes not the fault of the Contractor, shall be excluded. At the time of final payment, the contract time shall be increased in the same proportion as the cost of the actually completed quantities bears to the cost of the originally estimated quantities in the proposal. Such increase in the contract time shall not consider either cost of work or the extension of contract time that has been covered by a change order or supplemental agreement. Charges against the contract time will cease as of the date of final acceptance. c. When the contract time is a specified completion date, it shall be the date on which all contract work shall be substantially completed. If the Contractor finds it impossible for reasons beyond his/her control to complete the work within the contract time as specified, or as extended in accordance with the provisions of this subsection, he may, at any time prior to the expiration of the contract time as extended, make a written request to the Engineer for an extension of time setting forth the reasons which he believes will justify the granting of his/her request. The Contractor's plea that insufficient time was specified is not a valid reason for extension of time. If the Engineer finds that the work was delayed because of conditions beyond the control and without the fault of the Contractor, he may extend the time for completion in such amount as the conditions justify. The extended time for completion shall then be in full force and effect, the same as though it were the original time for completion. 80-08 FAILURE TO COMPLETE ON TIME. For each calendar day or working day, as specified in the contract, that any work remains uncompleted after the contract time (including all extensions and adjustments as provided in the subsection titled DETERMINATION AND EXTENSION OF CONTRACT TBAE of this Section) the sum specified in the contract and proposal as liquidated damages will be deducted from any money due or to become due the Contractor or his/her surety. Such deducted sums shall not be deducted as a penalty but shall be considered as liquidation of a reasonable portion of damages that will be incurred by the owner should the Contractor fail to complete the work in the time provided in his/her contract. Permitting the Contractor to continue and finish the work or any part of it after the time fixed for its completion, or after the date to which the time for completion may have been extended, will in no way operate as a wavier on the part of the owner of any of its rights under the contract. 80-09 DEFAULT AND TERMINATION OF C01,\TTRACT. The Contractor shall be considered in default of his/her contract and such default will be considered as cause for the owner to terminate the contract for any of the following reasons if the Contractor: a. Fails to begin the work under the contract within the time specified in the "Notice to Proceed," or b. Fails to perform the work or fails to provide sufficient workers, equipment or materials to assure completion of work in accordance with the terms of the contract, or c. Perforrns the work unsuitably or neglects or refuses to remove materials or to perform anew such work as may be rejected as unacceptable and unsuitable, or d. Discontinues the prosecution of the work, or e. Fails to resume work which has been discontinued within a reasonable time after notice to do so, or f. Becomes insolvent or is declared bankrupt, or commits any act of bankruptcy or insolvency, or r1l g. Allows any final judgment to stand against him unsatisfied for aperiod of 10 days, or h. Makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or k! i. For any other cause whatsoever, fails to carry on the work in an acceptable manner. Should the Engineer consider the Contractor in default of the contract for any reason hereinbefore, he shall immediately give written notice to the Contractor and the Contractor's surety as to the reasons for considering the Contractor in default and the owner's intentions to terminate the contract. If the Contractor or surety, within a period of 10 days after such notice, does not proceed in accordance therewith, then the owner will, upon written notification from the Engineer of the facts of such delay, neglect, or default and the Contractor's failure to comply with such notice, have full power and authority without violating the contract, to take the prosecution of the work out of the hands of the Contractor. The owner may appropriate or use any or all materials and equipment that have been mobilized for use in the work and are acceptable and may enter into an agreement for the completion of said contract according to the terms and provisions thereof, or use such other methods as in the opinion of the Engineer will be required for the completion of said contract in an acceptable manner. All costs and charges incurred by the owner, together with the cost of completing the work under contract, will be deducted from any monies due or which may become due the Contractor. If such expense exceeds the sum which would have been payable under the contract, then the Contractor and the surety shall be liable and shall pay to the owner - the amount of such excess. 80-10 TERMINATION FOR NATIONAL EMERGENCIES. The owner shall terminate the contract or portion thereof by written notice when the Contractor is prevented from proceeding with the construction contract as a direct result of an Executive Order of the President with respect to the prosecution of war or in the interest of national defense. When the contract, or any portion thereof, is terminated before completion of all items of work in the contract, payment will be made for the actual number of units or items of work completed at the contract price or as mutually agreed for items of work partially completed or not started. No claims or loss of anticipated profits shall be considered. Reimbursement for organization of the work, and other overhead expenses, (when not otherwise included in the contract) and moving equipment and materials to and from the job will be considered, the intent being that an equitable settlement will be made with the Contractor. Acceptable materials, obtained or ordered by the Contractor for the work and that are not incorporated in the work shall, at the option of the Contractor, be purchased from the Contractor at actual cost as shown by receipted bills and actual cost records at such points of delivery as may be designated by the Engineer. Termination of the contract or a portion thereof shall neither relieve the Contractor of his/her responsibilities for the completed work nor shall it relieve his/her surety of its obligation for and concerning any just claim arising out of the work performed. END OF SECTION 80 SECTION, 90 a1 It J ►U 1W 90-01 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES. All work completed under the contract will be measured by the Engineer, or his/her authorized representatives, using United States Customary Units of Measurement or the International System of Units. The method of measurement and computations to be used in determination of quantities of material furnished and of work performed under the contract will be those methods generally recognized as conforming to good engineering practice. Unless otherwise specified; longitudinal measurements for area computations will be made horizontally, and no deductions will be made for individual fixtures (or leave -outs) having an area of 9 square feet (0.8 square meter) or less. Unless otherwise specified, transverse measurements for area computations will be the neat dimensions shown on the plans or ordered in writing by the Engineer. Structures will be measured according to neat lines shown on the plans or as altered to fit field conditions. Unless otherwise specified, all contract items which are measured by the linear foot such as electrical ducts, conduits, pipe culverts, underdrains, and similar items shall be measured parallel to the base or foundation upon which such items are placed. In computing volumes of excavation the average end area method or other acceptable methods will be used. The thickness of plates and galvanized sheet used in the manufacture of corrugated metal pipe, metal plate pipe culverts and arches, and metal cribbing will be specified and measured in decimal fraction of inches. The term "ton" will mean the short ton consisting of 2,000 pounds (907 kilograms) avoirdupois. All materials which are measured or proportioned by weights shall be weighed on accurate, approved scales by competent, qualified personnel at locations designed by the Engineer. If material is shipped by rail, the car weight may be accepted provided that only the actual weight of material be paid for. however, car weights will not be acceptable for material to be passed through mixing plants. Trucks used to haul material being paid for by weight shall be weighed empty daily at such times as the Engineer directs, and each truck shall bear a plainly legible identification mark. Materials to be measured by volume in the hauling vehicle shall be hauled in approved vehicles and measured therein at the point of delivery. Vehicles for this purpose may be of any size or type acceptable to the Engineer, provided that the body is of such shape that the actual contents may be readily and accurately determined. All vehicles shall be loaded to at least their water level capacity, and all loads shall be leveled when the vehicles arrive at the point of delivery. When requested by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer in writing, material specified to be measured by the cubic yard (cubic meter) may be weighed, and such weights will be converted to cubic yards (cubic meters) for payment purposes. Factors for conversion from weight measurement to volume measurement will be determined by the Engineer and shall be agreed to by the Contractor before such method of measurement of pay quantities is used. Bituminous materials will be measured by the gallon (liter) or ton (kilogram). When measured by volume, such volumes will be measured at 60 F (15 C) or will be corrected to the volume at 60 F (15 C) using ASTM D 1250 for asphalts or ASTM D 633 for tars. Net certified scale weights or weights based on certified volumes in the case of rail shipments will be used as a basis of measurement, subject to correction when bituminous material has been lost from the car or the distributor, wasted, or otherwise not incorporated in the work. When bituminous materials are shipped by truck or transport, net certified weights by volume, subject to correction for loss or foaming, may be used for computing quantities. Cement will be measured by the ton (kilogram) or hundredweight (kilogram). Timber will be measured by the thousand feet board measure (M.F.B.M.) actually incorporated in the structure. Measurement will be based on nominal widths and thicknesses and the extreme length of each piece. The term "lump sum" when used as an item of payment will mean complete payment for the work described in the contract. When a complete structure or structural unit (in effect, "lumpsum" work is specified as 1 ) P the unit of measurement, the unit will be construed to include all necessary fittings and accessories. Rental of equipment will be measured by time in hours of actual working time and necessary traveling time of the equipment within the limits of the work. Special equipment ordered by the Engineer in connection with force account work will be measured as agreed in the change order or supplemental agreement authorizing such force account work as provided in the subsection titled PAYMENT FOR EXTRA AND FORCE ACCOUNT WORD of this section. When standard manufactured items are specified such as fence, wire, plates, rolled shapes, pipe conduit, etc., and these items are identified by gages unit weight, section dimensions, etc., such identification will be considered to be nominal weights or dimensions. Unless more stringently controlled by tolerances in cited specifications, manufacturing tolerances established by the industries involved will be accepted. Scales for weighing materials which are required to be proportioned or measured and paid for by weight shall be furnished, erected, and maintained by the Contractor, or be certified permanently installed commercial scales. Scales shall be accurate within one-half percent of the correct weight throughout the range of use. The Contractor shall have the scales checked under the observation of the inspector before beginning work and at such other times as requested. The intervals shall be uniform in spacing throughout the graduated or marked length of the beam or dial and shall not exceed one -tenth of 1 percent of the nominal rated capacity of the scale, but not less than 1 pound (454 grams). The use of spring balances will not be permitted. Beams, dials, platforms, and other scale equipment shall be so arranged that the operator and the inspector can safely and conveniently view them. Scale installations shall have available ten standard 50-pound (2.3 kilogram) weights for testing the weighing equipment or suitable weights and devices for other approved equipment. Scales must be tested for accuracy and serviced before use at a new site. Platform scales shall be installed and maintained with the platform level and rigid bulkheads at each end. Scales "overweighing" (indicating more than correct weight) will not be permitted to operate, and all materials received subsequent to the last previous correct weighting - accuracy test will be reduced by the percentage of error in excess of one-half of 1 percent. In the event inspection reveals the scales have been "underweighing" (indicating less than correct weight), they shall be adjusted, and no additional payment to the Contractor . , will be allowed for materials previously weighed and recorded. All costs in connection with furnishing, installing, certifying, testing, and maintaining scales; for furnishing check weights and scale house; and for all other items specified in this subsection, for the weighing of materials for proportioning or payment, shall be included in the unit contract prices for the various items of the project. When the estimated quantities for a specific portion of the work are designated as the pay t3 quantities in the contract, they shall be the final quantities for which payment for such specific portion of the work will be made, unless the dimensions of said portions of the work shown on the plans are revised by the Engineer. If revised dimensions result in an increase or decrease in the quantities of such work, the final quantities for payment will be revised in the amount represented by the authormed changes in the dimensions. 90-02 SCOPE OF PAYMENT. The Contractor shall receive and accept compensation provided for in the contract as full payment for fiunishing all materials, for performing all work under the contract in a complete and acceptable manner, and for all risk, loss, damage, or expense of whatever character arising out of the nature of the work or the prosecution thereof, subject to the provisions of the subsection titled NO WAIVER OF LEGAL RIGHTS of Section 70. When the "basis of payment" subsection of a technical specification requires that the contract price (price bid) include compensation for certain work or material essential to the item, this same work or material will not also be measured for payment under any other contract item which may appear elsewhere in the contract, plans, or specifications. 90-03 COMPENSATION FOR ALTERED QUANTITIES. When the accepted quantities of work vary from the quantities in the proposal, the Contractor shall accept as payment in full, so far as contract items are concerned, payment at the original contract price for the accepted quantities of work actually completed and accepted. No allowance, except as provided for in the subsection titled ALTERATION OF WORK AND QUANTITIES of 3 Section 40 will be made for any increased expense, loss of expected reimbursement, or loss of anticipated profits suffered or claimed by the Contractor which results directly from such alterations or indirectly from his/her unbalanced allocation of overhead and - profit among the contract items, or from any other cause. 90-04 PAYMENT FOR OMITTED ITEMS. As specified in the subsection titled OMITTED ITEMS of Section 40, the Engineer shall have the right to omit from the work (order nonperformance) any contract item, except major contract items, in the best interest of the owner. Should the Engineer omit or order nonperformance of a contract item or portion of such item from the work, the Contractor shall accept payment in full at the contract prices for any work actually completed and acceptable prior to the Engineer's order to omit or nonperform such contract item. Acceptable materials ordered by the Contractor or delivered on the work prior to the date , of the Engineer's order will be paid for at the actual cost to the Contractor and shall thereupon become the property of the owner. In addition to the reimbursement hereinbefore provided, the Contractor shall be reimbursed for all actual costs incurred for the purpose of performing the omitted contract item prior to the date of the Engineer's order. Such additional costs incurred by the Contractor must be directly related to the deleted contract item and shall be supported by certified statements by the Contractor as to the nature the amount of such costs. 90-05 PAYMENT FOR EXTRA AND FORCE ACCOUNT WORK. Extra work, performed in accordance with the subsection titled EXTRA WORK of Section 40, will be paid for at the contract prices or agreed prices specified in the change order or supplemental agreement authorizing the extra work. When the change order or 3 supplemental agreement authorizing the extra work requires that it be done by force account, such force account shall be measured and paid for based on expended labor, equipment, and materials plus a negotiated and agreed upon allowance for overhead and profit. a. Miscellaneous. No additional allowance will be made for general superintendence, the use of small tools, or other costs for which no specific allowance is herein provided. b. Comparison of Record. The Contractor and the Engineer shall compare records of the cost of force account work at the end of each day. Agreement shall be indicated by signature of the Contractor and the Engineer or their duly authorized representatives. �Y P c. Statement. No payment will be made for work performed on a force account basis until the Contractor has famished the Engineer with duplicate itemized statements of the cost of such force account work detailed as follows: (1) Name, classification, date, daily hours, total hours, rate and extension for each laborer and foreman. (2) Designation, dates, daily hours, total hours, rental rate, and extension for each unit of machinery and equipment. (3) Quantities of materials, prices, and extensions. (4) Transportation of materials. (5) Cost of property damage, liability and workman's compensation insurance premiums, unemployment insurance contributions, and social security tax. Statements shall be accompanied and supported by a receipted invoice for all materials _. used and transportation charges. However, if materials used on the force account work are not specifically purchased for such work but are taken from the Contractor's stock, then in lieu of the invoices the Contractor shall furnish an affidavit certifying that such �V materials were taken from his/her stock, that the quantity claimed was actually used, and that the price and transportation claimed represent the actual cost to the Contractor. 90-06 PARTLALL PAYMENTS. Partial payments will be made at least once each month as the work progresses. Said payments will be based upon estimates prepared by the Engineer of the value of the work performed and materials complete in place in accordance with the contract, plans, and specifications. Such partial payments may also include the delivered actual cost of those materials stockpiled and stored in accordance with the subsection titled PAYMENT FOR MATERIALS ON NAND of this section. No partial payment will be made when the amount due the Contractor since the last estimate amounts to less than five hundred dollars. From the total of the amount determined to be payable on a partial payment, 10 percent of such total amount will be deducted and retained by the owner until the final payment is made, except as may be provided (at the Contractor's option) in the subsection titled PAYMENT OF WITHHELD FUNDS of this section. The balance (90 percent) of the amount payable, less all previous payments, shall be certified for payment. Should the Contractor exercise his/her option, as provided in the subsection titled PAYMENT OF WITIITIELD FUNDS of this section, no such 10 percent retainage shall be deducted. When not less than 95 percent of the work has been completed the Engineer may, at his/her discretion and with the consent of the surety, prepare an estimate from which will be retained an amount not less than twice the contract value or estimated cost, whichever is greater, of the work remaining to be done. The remainder, less all previous payments and deductions, will then be certified for payment to the Contractor. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall not be entitled to demand or receive partial payment based on quantities of work in excess of those provided in the proposal or covered by approved change orders or supplemental agreements, except when such excess quantities have been determined by the Engineer to be a part of the final quantity for the item of work in question. No partial payment shall bind the owner to the acceptance of any materials or work in place as to quality or quantity. All partial payments are subject to correction at the time of final payment as provided in the subsection titled ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYMENT of this section. 90-07 PAYMENT FOR MATERIALS ON HAND. Partial payments may be made to the extent of the delivered cost of materials to be incorporated in the work, provided that such materials meet the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications and are delivered to acceptable sites on the airport property or at other sites in the vicinity that are acceptable to the owner. Such delivered costs of stored or stockpiled materials may be included in the next partial payment after the following conditions are met: a. The material has been stored or stockpiled in a manner acceptable to the Engineer at or on an approved site. b. The Contractor has furnished the Engineer with acceptable evidence of the quantity and quality of such stored or stockpiled materials. c. The Contractor has furnished the Engineer with satisfactory evidence that the material and transportation costs have been paid. d. The Contractor has furnished the owner legal title (free of liens or encumbrances of any kind) to the material so stored or stockpiled. e. The Contractor has furnished the owner evidence that the material so stored or stockpiled is insured against loss by damage to or disappearance of such materials at anytime prior to use in the work. It is understood and agreed that the transfer of title and the owner's payment for such stored or stockpiled materials shall in no way relieve the Contractor of his/her responsibility for furnishing and placing such materials in accordance with the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications. In no case will the amount of partial payments for materials on hand exceed the contract price for such materials or the contract price for the contract item in which the material is intended to be used. No partial payment will be made for stored or stockpiled living or perishable plant materials. The Contractor shall bear all costs associated with the partial payment of stored or stockpiled materials in accordance with the provisions of this subsection. 90-08 PAYMENT OF WITHHELD FUNDS. At the Contractor's option, he/she may request that the owner accept (in lieu of the 10 percent retainage on partial payments described in the subsection titled PARTIAL PAYMENTS of this section) the Contractor's deposits in escrow under the following conditions. a. The Contractor shall bear all expenses of establishing and maintaining an escrow account and escrow agreement acceptable to the owner. b. The Contractor shall deposit to and maintain in such escrow only those securities or bank certificates of deposit as are acceptable to the owner and having a value not less than the 10 percent retainage that would otherwise be withheld from partial payment. c. The Contractor shall enter into an escrow agreement satisfactory to the owner. d. The Contractor shall obtain the written consent of the surety to such agreement. 90-09 ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYMENT. When the contract work has been accepted in accordance with the requirements of the subsection titled FINAL ACCEPTANCE of Section 50, the Engineer will prepare the final estimate of the items of work actually performed. The Contractor shall approve the Engineer`s final estimate or _s advise the Engineer of his/her objections to the final estimate which are based on disputes in measurements or computations of the final quantities to be paid under the contract as amended by change order or supplemental agreement. The Contractor and the Engineer shall resolve all disputes (if any) in the measurement and computation of final quantities to be paid wifl2 n 30 calendar days of the Contractor's receipt of the Engineer's final estimate. if, after such 30-day period, a dispute still exists, the Contractor may approve the Engineer's estimate under protest of the quantities in dispute, and such disputed quantities shall be considered by the owner as a claim in accordance with the subsection titled CLAIMS FOR ADJUSTMENT AND DISPUTES of Section 50. After the Contractor has approved, or approved under protest, the Engineer's final estimate, final payment will be processed based on the entire sum, or the undisputed sum in case of approval under protest, determined to be due the Contractor less all previous payments and all amounts to be deducted under the provisions of the contract. All prior partial estimates and payments shall be subject to correction in the final estimate and payment. If the Contractor has filed a claim for additional compensation under the provisions of the subsection titled CLAIMS FOR ADJUSTMENTS AND DISPUTES of Section 50 or under the provisions of this subsection, such claims will be considered by the owner in accordance with local laws or ordinances. Upon final adjudication of such claims, any additional payment determined to be due the Contractor will be paid pursuant to a supplemental final estimate. END OF SECTION 90 5/20/94 C l'►�llily. �W111 c� lii ' �Zl��IIM ZI AC 150/5370 CHG 7 100-01 GENERAL. When the specifications require a Contractor Quality Control Program, the Contractor shall establish, provide, and maintain an effective Quality Control Program that details the methods and procedures that will be taken to assure that all materials and completed construction conform to contract plans, technical specifications and other requirements, whether manufactured by the Contractor, or procured from subcontractors or vendors. Although guidelines are established and certain minimum requirements are specified herein and elsewhere in the contract technical specifications, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for accomplishing the stated purpose. The intent of this section is to enable the Contractor to establish a necessary level of control that will: a. Adequately provide for the production of acceptable quality materials. b. Provide sufficient information to assure both the Contractor and the Engineer that the specification requirements can be met. c. Allow the Contractor as much latitude as possible to develop his or her own standard of control. The Contractor shall be prepared to discuss and present, at the preconstruction conference, his/her understanding of the quality control requirements. The Contractor shall not begin any construction or production of materials to be incorporated into the completed work until the Quality Control Program has been reviewed by the Engineer. No partial payment will be made for materials subject to specific quality control requirements until the Quality Control Program has been reviewed. The quality control requirements contained in this section and elsewhere in the contract technical specifications are in addition to and separate from the acceptance testing r requirements. Acceptance testing requirements are the responsibility of the Engineer. a. General Description. The Contractor shall establish a Quality Control Program to perform inspection and testing of all items of work required by the technical specifications, including those performed by subcontractors. This Quality Control Program shall ensure conformance to applicable specifications and plans with respect to materials, workmanship, construction, finish, and functional performance. The Quality Control Program shall be effective for control of all construction work performed under this Contract and shall specifically include surveillance and tests required by the technical specifications, in addition to other requirements of this section and any other activities deemed necessary by the Contractor to establish an effective level of quality control. b. Quality Control Program. The Contractor shall describe the Quality Control Program in a written document which shall be reviewed by the Engineer prior to the start of any production, construction, or off -site fabrication. The written Quality Control Program shall be submitted to the Engineer for review at least 5 calendar days before the preconstruction conference. The Quality Control Program shall be organized to address, as a minimum, the following items: a. Quality control organization; b. Project progress schedule; c. Submittals schedule; d. Inspection requirements; e. Quality control testing plan; f. Documentation of quality control activities; and g. Requirements for corrective action when quality control and/or acceptance criteria are not met. The Contractor is encouraged to add any additional elements to the Quality Control Program that he/she deems necessary to adequately control all production and/or construction processes required by this contract. 100-03 QUALITY CONTROL ORGANIZATION. The Contractor's Quality Control Program shall be implemented by the establishment of a separate quality control organization. An organizational chart shall be developed to show all quality control personnel and how these personnel integrate with other management/production and construction functions and personnel. The organizational chart shall identify all quality control staff by name and function, and shall indicate the total staff required to implement all elements of the Quality Control Program, including inspection and testing for each item of work. If necessary, different technicians can be utilized for specific inspection and testing functions for different items of work. If an outside organization or independent testing laboratory is used for implementation of all or part of the Quality Control Program, the personnel assigned shall be subject to the qualification requirements of paragraph 100-03a and 100-03b. The organizational chart shall indicate which personnel are Contractor employees and �1 U which are provided by an outside organization. The quality control organization shall consist of the following minimum personnel: a. Program Administrator. The Program Administrator shall be a full -tune employee of the Contractor, or a consultant engaged by the Contractor. The Program Administrator shall have a minimum of 5 years of experience in airport and/or highway construction and shall have had prior quality control experience on a project of comparable size and scope as the contract. Additional qualifications for the Program Administrator shall include at least 1 of the following requirements: (1) Professional engineer with 1 year of airport paving experience acceptable to the Engineer. (2) Engineer -in -training with 2 years of airport paving experience acceptable to the Engineer. (3) An individual with 3 years of highway and/or airport paving experience acceptable to the Engineer, with a Bachelor of Science Degree in Civil Engineering, Civil Engineering Technology or Construction. (4) Construction materials technician certified at Level III by the National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies (NICET). (5) highway materials technician certified at Level III by NICET. (6) highway construction technician certified at Level III by NICET. (7) A NICET certified engineering technician in Civil Engineering Technology with 5 years of highway and/or airport paving experience acceptable to the Engineer. The Program Administrator shall have full authority to institute any and all actions necessary for the successful implementation of the Quality Control Program to ensure compliance with the contract plans and technical specifications. The Program Administrator shall report directly to a responsible officer of the construction firm. The Program Administrator may supervise the Quality Control Program on more than one project provided that person can be at the job site within 2 hours after being notified of a problem. b. Quality Control Technicians. A sufficient number of quality control technicians necessary to adequately implement the Quality Control Program shall be provided. These personnel shall be either engineers, engineering technicians, or experienced t craftsman with qualifications in the appropriate field equivalent to NICET Level II or { higher construction materials technician or highway construction technician and shall have a minimum of 2 years of experience in their area of expertise. The quality control technicians shall report directly to the Program Administrator and shall perform the following functions: (1) Inspection of all materials, construction, plant, and equipment for conformance to the technical specifications, and as required by Section 100-06. (2) Performance of all quality control tests as required by the technical specifications and Section 100-07. Certification at an equivalent level, by a state or nationally recognized organization will be acceptable in lieu of NTICET certification. c. Staffing Levels. The Contractor shall provide sufficient qualified quality control personnel to monitor each work activity at all times. Where material is being produced in a plant for incorporation into the work, separate plant and field technicians shall be provided at each plant and field placement location. The scheduling and coordinating of all inspection and testing must match the type and pace of work activity. The Quality Control Program shall state where different technicians will be required for different work elements. 100-04 PROJECT PROGRESS SCHEDULE. The Contractor shall submit a coordinated I construction schedule for all work activities. The schedule shall be prepared as a network diagram in Critical Path Method (CPM), PERT, or other format, or as otherwise specified in the contract. As a minimum, it shall provide information on the sequence of work activities, milestone dates, and activity duration. The Contractor shall maintain the work schedule and provide an update and analysis of � the progress schedule on a twice monthly basis, or as otherwise specified in the contract. Submission of the work schedule shall not relieve the Contractor of overall responsibility , for scheduling, sequencing, and coordinating all work to comply with the requirements of the contract. 100-05 SUBMITTALS SCHEDULE. The Contractor shall submit a detailed listing of all submittals (e.g., mix designs, material certifications) and shop drawings required by the technical specifications. The listing can be developed in a spreadsheet format and shall include: a. Specification item number; b. Item descriptions c. Description of submittals d. Specification paragraph requiring submittal; and e. Scheduled date of submittal. 100-06 INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS. Quality control inspection functions shall be organized to provide inspections for all definable features of work, as detailed below. All inspections shall be documented by the Contractor as specified by Section 100-07. Inspections shall be performed daily to ensure continuing compliance with contract requirements until completion of the particular feature of work. These shall include the following minimum requirements: a. During plant operation for material production, quality control test results and periodic inspections shall be utilized to ensure the quality of aggregates and other mix components, and to adjust and control mix proportioning to meet the approved mix design and other requirements of the technical specifications. All equipment utilized in proportioning and mixing shall be inspected to ensure its proper operating condition. The Quality Control Program shall detail how these and other quality control functions will be accomplished and utilized. b. During field operations, quality control test results and periodic inspections shall be utilized to ensure the quality of all materials and workmanship. All equipment utilized in placing, finishing, and compacting shall be inspected to ensure its proper operating condition and to ensure that all such operations are in conformance to the technical specifications and are within the plan dimensions, lines, grades, and tolerances specified. The Program shall document how these and other quality control functions will be accomplished and utilized. 100-07 QUALITY CONTROL TESTING PLAN. As a part of the overall Quality Control Program, the Contractor shall implement a quality control testing plan, as required by the technical specifications. The testing plan shall include the minimum tests and test frequencies required by each technical specification Item, as well as any additional quality control tests that the Contractor deems necessary to adequately control production and/or construction processes. The testing plan can be developed in a spreadsheet fashion and shall, as a minimum, include the following: a. Specification item number (e.g., P-401); b. Item description (e.g., Plant Mix Bituminous Pavements); c. Test type (e.g., gradation, grade, asphalt content); d. Test standard (e.g., ASTM or AASIITO test number, as applicable); e. Test frequency (e.g., as required by technical specifications or minimum £°equency when requirements are not stated); f. Responsibility (e.g., plant technician); and �. g. Control requirements (e.g., target, permissible deviations). E The testing plan shall contain a statistically -based procedure of random sampling for acquiring test samples in accordance with ASTM D 3665. The Engineer shall be provided the opportunity to witness quality control sampling and testing. All quality control test results shall be documented by the Contractor as required by Section 100-08. 100-08 DOCUMENTATION. The Contractor shall maintain current quality control records of all inspections and tests performed. These records shall include factual evidence that the required inspections or tests have been performed, including type and number of inspections or tests involved; results of inspections or tests; nature of defects, deviations, causes for rejection, etc.; proposed remedial action; and corrective actions taken. These records must cover both conforming and defective or deficient features, and must include a statement that all supplies and materials incorporated in the work are in full compliance with the terms of the contract. Legible copies of these records shall be fiunished to the Engineer daily. The records shall cover all work placed subsequent to the previously furnished records and shall be verified and signed by the Contractor's Program Administrator. Specific Contractor quality control records required for the contract shall include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following records: a. Daily Inspection Reports. Each Contractor quality control technician shall maintain a daily log of all inspections performed for both Contractor and subcontractor operations on a form acceptable to the Engineer. These technician's daily reports shall provide factual evidence that continuous quality control inspections have been performed and shall, as a minimum, include the following: (1) Technical specification item number and description; ' (2) Compliance with approved submittals; (3) Proper storage of materials and equipment; (4) Proper operation of all equipment; (5) Adherence to plans and technical specifications; (6) Review of quality control tests; and (7) Safety inspection. [ The daily inspection reports shall identify inspections conducted, results of inspections, location and nature of defects found, causes for rejection, and remedial or corrective actions taken or proposed. The daily inspection reports shall be signed by the responsible quality control technician and the Program Administrator. The Engineer shall be provided at least one copy of each daily inspection report on the work day following the day of record. b. Daily Test Reports. The Contractor shall be responsible for establishing a system which will record all quality control test results. Daily test reports shall document the following information: (1) Technical specification item number and description; (2) Test designation; (3) Location; (4) Date of test; (5) Control requirements; (6) Test results; (7) Causes for rejection; (S) Recommended remedial actions; and (9) Retests. Test results from each day's work period shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to the start of the next day's work period. When required by the technical specifications, the Contractor shall maintain statistical quality control charts. The daily test reports shall be signed by the responsible quality control technician and the Program Administrator. 100-09 CORRECTIVE ACTION REQUIREIvMNTS. The Quality Control Program shall indicate the appropriate action to be taken when a process is deemed, or believed, to be out of control (out of tolerance) and detail what action will be taken to bring the process into control. The requirements for corrective action shall include both general requirements for operation of the Quality Control Program as a whole, and for individual items of work contained in the technical specifications. The Quality Control Program shall detail how the results of quality control inspections and tests will be used for determining the need for corrective action and shall contain clear sets of rules to gauge when a process is out of control and the type of correction to be taken to regain process control. When applicable or required by the technical specifications, the Contractor shall establish and utilize statistical quality control charts for individual quality control tests. The requirements for corrective action shall be linked to the control charts. 100-10 SURVEILLANCE BY TIIE ENGINEER. All items of material and equipment shall be subject to surveillance by the Engineer at the point of production, manufacture or shipment to determine if the Contractor, producer, manufacturer or shipper maintains an adequate quality control system in conformance with the requirements detailed herein and the applicable technical specifications and plans. In addition, all items of materials, equipment and work in place shall be subject to surveillance by the Engineer at the site for the same purpose. Surveillance by the Engineer does not relieve the Contractor of performing qualiq control inspections of either on -site or off -site Contractor's or subcontractor's work. 100-11 NONCOMPLIANCE. a. The Engineer will notify the Contractor of any noncompliance with any of the foregoing requirements. The Contractor shall, after receipt of such notice, immediately take corrective action. Any notice, when delivered by the Engineer or his/her authorized representative to the Contractor or his/her authorized representative at the site of the work, shall be considered sufficient notice. b. In cases where quality control activities do not comply with either the Contractor's Quality Control Program or the contract provisions, or where the Contractor fails to properly operate and maintain an effective Quality Control Program, as determined by the Engineer, the Engineer may: (1) Order the Contractor to replace ineffective or unqualified quality control personnel or subcontractors. (2) Order the Contractor to stop operations until appropriate corrective actions is taken. END OF SECTION 100 1/25/94 AC 150/5370-10A CHG 6 SECTION 110 fTJETHOD OF ESTIMATING PERCENTAGE OF MATERIAL WITHIN SPECIFICATION1 1 ' 110-01 GENERAL. When the specifications provide for material to be sampled and tested on a statistical basis, the material will be evaluated for acceptance in accordance with this section. All test results for a lot will be analyzed statistically, using procedures to determine the total estimated percent of the lot that is within specification limits. This concept, termed percent within limits (PWL), is a statistically based evaluation method, whereby the PWL is computed on a lot basis, using the average (X) and standard deviation (Sn) of the specified number (n) of sublot tests for the lot and the specification tolerance limits (L for lower and U for upper) for the particular acceptance parameter. From these values, the respective Quality index(s) (QL for Lower Quality Index and/or QU for Upper Quality Index) is computed and the PWL for the specified n is determined from Table 1. 110-02 METHOD FOR COMPUTING PWL. The computational sequence for computing the PWL is as follows: a. Divide the lot into n sublots in accordance Frith the acceptance requirements of the specification. b. Locate the sampling position within the sublot in accordance with the random sampling requirements of the specification. c. Make a measurement at each location, or take a test portion and make the measurement on the test portion in accordance with the testing requirements of the a specification. d. Average all sublot values within the lot to find X by using the following formula: X=(x1 +x2+x3+...xn)/n Where: X = Average of all sublot values within a lot x1. x2 = Individual sublot values n = Number of sublots e. Find the standard deviation Sri by use of the following formula: Sri = SQRT[(dl*dl + d2*d2 + d3*d3 +. . dn*dn) / (n-1)1 Where: Sri = standard deviation of the number of sublot values in the set dl, d2 = deviations of the individual sublot values X1, X2 ... from the average value X that is: dl = (x1 - X), d2 = (xn - X) .. do = (xn - X) n = number of sublots £ For single sided specification limits (i.e., L only), compute the Lower Quality Index QL by use of the following formula: QL=(X-L)/Sn Where: L = specification lover tolerance limit Estimate the percentage of material-Arithin limits (PWL) by entering Table 1 with QL, using the column appropriate to the total number (n) of measurements. If the value of QL falls between values shown on the table, use the next higher value of PWL. UJI g. For double sided specification limits (i.e. L and U), compute the Quality Indexes QL and QU by use of the following formulas: QL=(X-L)/Sri and QU=(U-X)/Sri Where: 1 _s L and U = specification lower and upper tolerance limits Estimate the percentage of material between the lower (L) and upper (U) tolerance limits (PWL) by entering Table 1 separately with QL and QU, using the column appropriate to the total number (n) of measurements, and determining the percent of material above PL and percent of material below PU for each tolerance limit. If the values of QL fall between values shown on the table, use the next higher value of PL or PU. Determine the PWL by use of the following formula: P A'L = (PU + PL) - 100 'Where: PL = percent within lower specification limit PU = percent within upper specification limit Project: Example Project 'pest Item: Item P-401, Lot A. A. PWL Determination for Mat Density. 1. Density of four random cores taken from Lot A. A-1 96.60 A-2 97.55 A-3 99.30 A-4 98.35 " 2. Calculate average density for the lot. X=(x1 +x2+x3 +.. xn)/n X = (96.60 + 97.55 + 99.30 + 98.35) / 4 X = 97.95 percent density 3. Calculate the standard deviation for the lot. Sn = SQRT[((96.60 - 97.95)*(96.60 - 97.95) + (97.55 - 97.95)*(97.55 - 97.95) + (99.30 - 97.95)*(99.30 - 97.95) + (98.35 - 97.95)*(98.35 - 97.95)) / (4 - 1)] Sn = SQRT[(1.82 + 0.16 + 1.82 + 0.16) / 3] Sn=1.15 4. Calculate the Lower Quality Index CAL for the lot. (L=96.3) QL = (X -L) / Sn QL = (97.95 - 96.30) i 1.15 QL = 1.4384 5. Determine PWL by entering Table 1 with QL= 1.44 and n= 4. P)WL = 98 B. PWL Determination for Air Voids. 1. Air Voids of four random samples taken from Lot A. A-1 5.00 A-2 3.74 A-3 2.30 A-4 3.25 2. Calculate the average air voids for the lot. X = (xl + x + x3 .. n) / n X = (5.00 + 3.74 + 2.30 + 3.25) / 4 X = 3.57 percent 3. Calculate the standard deviation Sn for the lot. Sn = SQRT[((3.57 - 5.00)*(3.57 - 5.00) + (3.57 - 3.74)*(3.57 - 3.74) + (3.57 - 2.30)*(3.57 - 2.30) + (3.57 - 3.25)*(3.57 - 3.25))/(4 - 1)] Sn = SQRT[(2.O4 + 0.03 + 1.62 + 0.10) / 3 j Sn = 1.12 4. Calculate the Lover Quality Index QL for the lot. (L= 2.0) QL=(X-L)/Sn QL = (3.57 - 2.00) / 1.12 QL = 1.3992 5. Determine PL by entering Table 1 with QL = 1.40 and n = 4. PL = 97 6. Calculate the Upper Quality Index QU for the lot. (U= 5.0) QU = (U - X) / Sn QU = (5.00 - 3.57) / 1.12 QU = 1.2702 7. Determine PU by entering Table 1 with QU =1.27 and n = 4. PU = 93 8. Calculate Air Voids PWL PWL = (PL + PU) - 100 MAIL = (97 + 93) - 100 = 90 TABLE 1. TABLE FOR ESTIMATING PERCENT OF LOT )hTITHIN LIMITS (PWL) Percent Within Positive Values of Q (QL and QU) Limits (PL and PU) n=3 n=4 n=5 n=6 n=7 n=8 99 1.1541 1.4700 1.6714 1.8008 1.8888 1.9520 98 1.1524 1.4400 1.6016 1.6982 1.7612 1.8053 97 1.1496 1.4100 1.5427 1.6181 1.6661 1.6993 96 1.1456 1.3800 1.4897 1.5497 1.5871 1.6127 95 1.1405 1.3500 1.4407 1.4887 1.5181 1.5381 94 1.1342 1.3200 1.3946 1.4329 1.4561 1.4716 93 1.1269 1.2900 1.3508 1.3810 1.3991 1.4112 92 1.1184 1.2600 1.3088 1.3323 1.3461 1.3554 91 1.1089 1.2300 1.2683 1.2860 1.2964 1.3032 90 1.0982 1.2000 1.2290 1.2419 1.2492 1.2541 89 1.0864 1.1700 1.1909 1.1995 1.2043 1.2075 88 1.0736 1.1400 1.1537 1.1587 1.1613 1.1630 87 1.0597 1.1100 1.1173 1.1191 1.1199 1.1204 86 1.0448 1.0800 1.0817 1.0808 1.0800 1.0794 85 1.0288 1.0500 1.0467 1.0435 1.0413 1.0399 84 1.0119 1.0200 1.0124 1.0071 1.0037 1.0015 83 0.9939 0.9900 0.9785 0.9715 0.9672 0.9643 82 0.9749 0.9600 0.9452 0.9367 0.9325 0.9281 81 0.9550 0.9300 0.9123 0.9025 0.8966 0.8928 80 0.9342 0.9000 0.8799 0.8690 0.8625 0.8583 79 0.9124 0.8700 0.8478 0.8360 0.8291 0.8245 78 0.8897 0.8400 0.8160 0.8036 0.7962 0.7915 77 0.8662 0.8100 0.7846 0.7716 0.7640 0.7590 76 0.8417 0.7800 0.7535 0.7401 0.7322 0.7271 75 0.8165 0.7500 0.7226 0.7089 0.7009 0.6958 74 0.7904 0.7200 0.6921 0.6781 0.6701 0.6649 73 0.7636 0.6900 0.6617 0.6477 0.6396 0.6344 72 0.7360 0.6600 0.6316 0.6176 0.6095 0.6044 71 0.7077 0.6300 0.6016 0.5878 0.5798 0.5747 70 0.6787 0.6000 0.5719 0.5583 0.5504 0.5454 69 0.6490 0.5700 0.5423 0.5290 0.5213 0.5164 68 0.6187 0.5400 0.5129 0.4999 0.4924 0.4877 67 0.5878 0.5100 0.4836 0.4710 0.4638 0.4592 66 0.5563 0.4800 0.4545 0.4424 0.4354 0.4310 65 0.5242 0.4500 0.4255 0.4139 0.4073 0.4031 64 0.4916 0.4200 0.3967 0.3856 0.3793 0.3753 63 0.4586 0.3900 .0.3679 0.3575 0.3515 0.3477 62 0.4251 0.3600 0.3392 0.3295 0.3239 0.3203 61 0.3911 0.3300 0.3107 0.3016 0.2964 0.2931 60 0.3568 0.3000 0.2822 0.2738 0.2691 0.2660 i 59 0.3222 0.2700 0.2537 0.2461 0.2418 0.2391 58 0.2872 0.2400 0.2254 0.2186 0.2147 0.2122 57 0.2519 0.2100 0.1971 0.1911 0.1877 0.1855 56 0.2164 0.1800 0.1688 0.1636 0.1607 0.1592 55 0.1806 0.1500 0.1408 0.1363 0.1338 0.1322 54 0.1447 0.1200 0.1125 0.1090 0.1070 0.1057 53 0.1087 0.0900 0.0843 0.0817 0.0802 0.0792 52 0.0725 0.0600 0.0562 0.0544 0.0534 0.0528 51 0.0363 0.0300 0.0281 0.0272 0.0267 0.0264 50 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1121 i 1 • ! 1 1 ' Percent Within Negative Values of Q (QL and QU) Limits (PL and PU) n=3 n=4 n=5 n=6 n=7 n=8 49-0.0363-0.0300-0.0281-0.0272-0.0267-0.0264 48-0.0725-0.0600-0.0562-0.0544-0.0534-0.0528 47-0.1087-0.0900-0.0843-0.0817-0.0802-0.0792 46-0.1447-0.1200-0.1125-0.1090-0.1070-0.1057 45-0.1806-0.1500-0.1408-0.1363-0.1338-0.1322 44-0.2164-0.1800-0.1688-0.1636-0.1607-0.1592 43-0.2519-0.2100-0.1971-0.1911-0.1877-0.1855 42-0.2872-0.2400-0.2254-0.2186-0.2147-0.2122 41-0.3222-0.2700-0.2537-0.2461-0.2418-0.2391 40-0.3568-0.3000-0.2822-0.2738-0.2691-0.2660 39-0.3911-0.3300-0.3107-0.3016-0.2964-0.2931 38-0.4251-0.3600-0.3392-0.3295-0.3239-0.3203 37-0.4586-0.3900-0.3679-0.3575-0.3515-0.3477 36-0.4916-0.4200-0.3967-0.3856-0.3793-0.3753 35-0.5242-0.4500-0.4255-0.4139-0.4073-0.4031 34-0.5563-0.4800-0.4545-0.4424-0.4354-0.4310 33-0.5878-0.5100-0.4836-0.4710-0.4638-0.4592 32-0.6187-0.5400-0.5129-0.4999-0.4924-0.4877 31-0.6490-0.5700-0.5423-0.5290-0.5213-0.5164 30-0.6787-0.6000-0.5719-0.5583-0.5504-0.5454 29-0.7077-0.6300-0.6016-0.5878-0.5798-0.5747 28-0.7360-0.6600-0.6316-0.6176-0.6095-0.6044 27-0.7636-0.6900-0.6617-0.6477-0.6396-0.6344 26-0.7904-0.7200-0.6921-0.6781-0.6701-0.6649 25-0.8165-0.7500-0.7226-0.7089-0.7009-0.6958 24-0.8417-0.7800-0.7535-0.7401-0.7322-0.7271 23-0.8662-0.8100-0.7846-0.7716-0.7640-0.7590 22-0.8897-0.8400-0.8160-0.8036-0.7962-0.7915 21-0.9124-0.8700-0.8478-0.8360-0.8291-0.8245 20-0.9342-0.9000-0.8799-0.8690-0.8625-0.8583 19-0.9550-0.9300-0.9123-0.9025-0.8966-0.8928 18-0.9749-0.9600 -09452-0.9367-0.9325-0.9281 17-0.9939-0.9900-0.9785-0.9715-0.9672-0.9643 16-1.0119-1.0200-1.0124-1.0071-1.0037-1.0015 15-1.0288-1.0500-1.0467-1.0435-1.0413-1.0399 14-1.0448-1.0800-1.0817-1.0808-1.0800-1.0794 13-1.0597-1.1100-1.1173-1.1191-1.1199-1.1204 12-1.0736-1.1400-1.1537-1.1587-1.1613-1.1630 11-1.0864-1.1700-1.1909-1.1995-1.2043-1.2075 10-1.0982-1.2000-1.2290-1.24191-1.2492-1.2541 tj 9-1.1089-1.2300-1.2683-1.2860-1.2964-1.3032 8-1.1184-1.2600-1.3088-1.3323-1.3461-1.3554 7-1.1269-1.2900-1.3508-1.3810-1.3991-1.4112 6-1.1342-1.3200-1.3946-1.4329-1.4561-1.4716 5-1.1405-1.3500-1.4407-1.4887-1.5181-1.5381 4-1.1456-1.3800-1.4897-1.5497-1.5871-1.6127 3-1.1496-1.4100-1.5427-1.6181-1.6661-1.6993 2-1.1524-1.4400-1.6016-1.6982-1.7612-1.8053 1-1.1541-1.4700-1.6714-1.8008-1.9888-1.9520 END OF SECTION 110 CURRENT `AGE DETERMNATIONS r V ;AIS Document Retrieval Y"NEP IL DECISION: T_>;200-30028 01/14/ 00 5 TX28 Date. ja uary ,,.s`- 200r, f_=eral Decision. Nual:er: TX2 0 03O028 01 1t/20G5 superseded General Decision Number: TX020028 j t e : Texas onstrut^_tion TN-pes: Heavy and Highway ,` Thies' Ector, Lubbock, Midland Potter, Randall, =5ai'2CY' Lnd Ton .seen 2c,.,tjtiec in Texas. 11 t ;excluding tunnels & dams; and HIGHWAY PROJECTS ;_does not y_ude building structures in rest area projects;, l if ication Number Pub? ication Date 0 06/13/2003 1 01/14/2005 SUTX2004-001 11"09/2004 y Rates Fringes `sphalt Distributor Operator...$ 9.25 0.00 rsphalt Heater Operator ........ $ 11.21 0.00 Asphalt paving machine operator$ 11.16 0.00 phalt Raker.... .$9.51 P300mor Sweeper Operatcr..... C.00 $ 8.57 0.00 Bulldozer operator .............$ 9.76 0.00 .$ 12.61 0.00 []Carpenter....... Dncrete Finisher, Paving ...... $ 13.26 0.00 �ncrete Finisher, Structures..$ 11.20 0.00 Crane, Clamshell, Backhoe, -rrick, Dragline, Shovel erator. .$ L>ect-rician 11.000.00 ....................$ 17.00 0.00 Form Builder/Setter, Structures$ 9.26 0.00 e )rm Setter, Paving & Curb.._ 9.82 0.00 �..sont End Loader Operator..... $ 10.52 0.00 Laborer, common.. ...............$ 8.51 0.00 borer, Utility ................. $ 10.46 0.00 chanic.............. .$ 16.85 0.00 motor Grader Operator Rough .... $ 11.75 0.00 Motor Grader Operator, Fine -ade.........• .$ .. .. 13.50 0. 00 axner Operator.••.•' ... $ 13.36 0.00 slier Operator, Pneumatic. Self -Propelled..... r 7.67 ler Operator, Steel Wheel, 0 'at Wheel/Tamping... ..... I .... $ .� 8 "n6 0.00 Roller Operator, Steel Wheel, -nt Mix pavemen_.............$0.00 4_aper Operator ...............$ Lviler 8.50 .... 8.98 0.00 Slip Form Machine vperatoi.....$ _3.64 y 0 actor operator, Pneumat_....y v�1 i 12.0'0 J� i t3 Mi xe_- Oneratl�_ .. ... ' ru' �0 l' Truck dr.-ve , ' 0wb0V_ -Float . . . . . 12 . G-7 0. 00 1�,^;-uck dr, i-ver, Sing] - Axle, C � 5r 0s 10 i..ck_ d1 -.. ... , t.lnc_.2 T_s:1C, Page 1 of US Document Retrieval igrt................ truck Driver, 'Tandem ?•.y:? e, semi -'T ay-e ............. ......,y 8.66 0.00 .elder.... $ 15.25 crF. Zone Barr-cade Service.. z ,y - - - - - - - - _ 8.^g - - - - - - - - - - - - 0.00 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - HERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft Performing �ation to which welding _s incidental. wst_d classy icat , �' -.- ions needed fo. LdOrr_ not within SC I e 'Z); t l lasso fications :.fisted. ;say be added after rd on'-1 - as provided in :.. �� the _aar standards contract clauses . LR 5.5 !a; the listing above, the "SU" designation means that rates ted under the identifier do not reflect collectively wined wage and fringe benefit rates. Other designations irate unions whose rates have been determined to be sailing. . WAGE DETERNIIQATION APPEALS PROCESS Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can n existing published wage determination survey underlying a wage determination Wage and Hour Division letter settingforth th a position on wage determination matter conformance (additional classification a_nd rate) ruling urvey related matters, initial contact, including requests summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour onal Office for the area in which the survey was conducted use those Re_ional Offices have responsibility for the s-Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial act is not Satisfactory, then the process described in 2.), 3.} should be followed. regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal =_ss described here, initial contact should be with the -h of Construction wage Determinations, wrWte to: Branch of onStr' Cl--1oI: Wage De~ ns _erminat o. Wage .-�'.cnd Ho-ur Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution AvezFue, r . N . Washina-ton, DC 2-0210 the answer to the q:zest?o- _n eed S _J s, then an ^S party those affected by. 4h... acy I onr' can request :!d recor_siderat 0__ from the Wag---- grad Hour Admini.str 29 ' R Pam,._ t '_ . ?' and O f+F? ' art (7? ..,.....✓i. Wag' a_e^ Hour Admen i_sti.-.:.to'_" U.S. Departmen . of Labor 200 -C nS`.= .._t-On Avenue, DC 2 10 r = Page ? of 3 h 1,'AIS Document 2eiW eva! #a e 3 0 e request should be accompanied by a £ell stater nt of t he fterested ga=ty's Position and by any i £o ation (wage 2a ment data, 2=eject description, area practice tovial, s at tae requester considers relevant to the issue. % if the decision of the Administrator is not favorable. an irate— Eted party may appeal t directly . , o the ka� fist=� i� ziew Board (£o= ply t wage Appeals Board'. T its : n strative Review Board } U.S. Dealt n.t of Labor 2a0 nstitetie= k eroe. N.W. Washington. DC 20210 !\ Al' decisions by the Admi=istrative Review Board a rival. END OF GENERA± DECISION inclement weather) conditions. VFR or IFR conditions shall be determined by the Lubbock Air Traffic ' Control Tower personnel. The Contractor shall maintain flagmen, as may be required, to direct his construction traffic if it becomes necessary for such traffic to cross or travel along any active taxiway or runway. Traffic shall be directed away from these facilities whenever possible and no traffic shall ever cross an active runway or taxiway without having proper clearance from the control tower. Trenches and manhole excavations within the limits of the safety area of any airfield paving shall be backfilled as outlined in these specifications by the end of the work day or work period. Excavations outside the safety areas of any active airfield paving shall be barricaded as outlined in these specifications to the satisfaction of the Engineer by the end of each work day or work period. All excavations shall be bacifilled as soon as practicable. No open excavations shall be allowed within the safety area of any active airfield pavement. The FAA considers any deviation of more than 3-inches above or below the existing grade to be a hazard to aircraft operations. The FAA may issue warnings or fine the Airport for these violations. Such fines as may be handed out by the FAA as a result of the Contractor's activities shall be considered the Contractor's responsibility, and shall be promptly paid be the Contractor. at his sole expense. The Contractor shall schedule his work well in advance of actual operations and shall keep the Engineer advised of this schedule so that close coordination can be maintained with the Director of Aviation. Aprons, runways and taxiways will be closed as required for proper execution of the work as provided in above paragraphs. The Contractor shall exert every effort to maintain the safety of aircraft traffic and shall acquaint himself with the rules and regulations concerning aircraft traffic safety. Violations of the safety rules by the Contractor's workmen shall result in the discharge of such men in accordance with the General Conditions. Continued-6olations of safety rules and regulations by the Contractor, after having been notified of such violations by the Engineer, shall constitute grounds for suspending the Contractor's operations until steps are taken that will insure a safe operation. The Contractor shall be required to equip vehicles used by his project superintendent and project foremen on the project with radio receiver/transmitters for maintaining direct communication with the FAA control tower at Lubbock International Airport. The Contractor will provide a minimum of two (2) radios, as specified below. At the completion of the project, the Contractor shall transfer ownership of the two (2) specified radios, chargers and attachments to the Owner. The radios shall be delivered to the Owner in good working condition. The cost of the two (2) radios, chargers and attachments will be considered a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor under this project, and no separate, direct payment vi211 be made. The radios to be provided shall consist of the following: Two (2) lcom America, Model IC-A5, with AC charger, DC charger, carrying case, flexible antenna, headset adapter cable, headset desk charger, multi -charger, and two (2) 760 mAH heavy rechargable battery packs. Communication will be required at a frequency of 121.9 lvffh for Lubbock ground control. Radio contact shall be required when construction operations are in the vicinity of or when crossing any active runway, taxiway, or apron, or as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall have be required to provide number of radios to maintain communication in all areas of work. 0127/2904 SPECLA,L PROVISIONS SP - 2 QSIJS The Contractor shall provide an area for parking all equipment not being used for construction purposes, and for parking of employee vehicles. This area shall be located away from the operational area of the airport in an area approved by the Engineer and the Director of Aviation. No employee or other unauthorized vehicles will be allowed within the operational area of the airport. Hauling routes shall not be along or across any paved airport street, road, apron, taxiway or runway without specific written authorization from the Engineer and the Director of Aviation. Any damage incurred by the Contractor's equipment shall be repaired by and at the expense of the Contractor, and as required by the Engineer and the Director of Aviation. .3 The Contractor shall not permit water to stand in any excavation adjacent to existing pavements. To insure compliance with this requirement the Contractor shall maintain at the site not less than two dewatering pumps in good working condition at all times that any excavation adjacent to existing pavements is open. No work other than dewatering operations will be permitted on the project at any time water is standing in open excavations. The Contractor shall maintain the pavement surfaces of runways, taxiways and aprons, which are allowed to be used as hauling routes, in a clean condition, suitable for use by aircraft, as determined by the Director of Aviation. The successful Bidder shall be subject to a pre -award review by the Office of Compliance and Security, Equal Opportunity Division, Federal Aviation Administration, to determine previous compliance status of the Contractor. The Contractor shall be subject to a pre -construction conference to discuss phasing and project safety control after award of contract. SP-5.1 General Airport security is a vital part of the Contractor's responsibilities during the course of this project. Airport security, nation-wide, has come under close scrutiny in the last few years. The following security guidelines and the rules and regulations of the Lubbock Preston Smith International Airport Police Department (LBBPD) and the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) shall be followed by the Contractor and the Contractor's employees, subcontractors, suppliers and representatives at all times during the execution of this project. The Contractor shall be directly responsible for any and all fines or penalties levied against the Airport as a result of any breach of security or safety caused by the Contractor or the Contractor's employees, subcontractors, suppliers or representatives. SP-5.2 Airport Operations Area (AOA) The Airport operations area (AOA) shall be defined as any portion of the Airport property normally secured against unauthorized entry. The AOA includes all areas specifically reserved for the operations of aircraft and aircraft support equipment and personnel. Generally, the AOA is defined by the Airport's outer security fencing and other security measures at the Airport terminal building. SP-5.3 LBBPD-Issued SecuritBadges Ll The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining a photo -identification security badge issued by the LBBPD for each supervisor or foreman of each work crew working within the kOA. The Contractor shall obtain LBBPD security badges for at least one member of each work crew working in �a separate areas of the AOA. It is the intent of these specifications that all individuals responsible to the Contractor, including the Contractor's employees. subcontractors, suppliers or representatives, either obtain 01272804 SPECIAL PROVISIONS SP - 3 05105 t and diMlay an LBBPD secLi t badge, or obtain and disula-,- a Contractor -issued identification badge as specified below. AND be escorted or directly supervised by an individual displaying a current LBBPD security badge. The Contractor my obtain LBBPD security badges from the Lubbock Preston Smith International Airport Police Department at the Lubbock Preston Smith International Airport. The LBBPD reserves the right to limit the number of security badges issued to the Contractor. The LBBPD will charge the Contractor a thirty dollar ($30.00) fee for each security badge issued. An additional fee will be charged, as noted later in this section, for lost or destroyed badges. The LBBPD security badges shall be wom in an easily visible location on the person issued the badge at all times while working within. the AOA. The badge holder shall be familiar with and shall obey all security and safety rules and regulations. The LBBPD security badge may be confiscated and all security rights revoked by the LBBPD upon the breach of any security or safety regulations at the discretion of the LBBPD. The holder of an LBBPD security badge shall surrender the badge at the completion of this project, upon transfer or termination of employment, or at any other time at the request of the LBBPD. The Contractor shall conduct a background check of each applicant for an LBBPD security badge utilizing standard background check forms provided by the LBBPD. The Contractor shall be responsible for completing the required forms, and for submitting the forms to the LBBPD for their review as early in the project as possible to avoid any construction delays. Forms for completing the required background check shall be available through the Director of Aviation's office after award of the project. The background check shall show proof of a minimum five (5) year employment record and will be reviewed by the LBBPD. The LBBPD shall be responsible for reviewing the background checks. Only persons whose application is approved by the LBBPD shall be issued security badges. The LBBPD reserves the right to bar from the AOA any individuals found by the background check to be, in the opinion of the LBBPD, a risk to AOA security or safety. , At the completion of this project, the Contractor shall return all LBBPD-issued security badges to the LBBPD. The LBBPD will charge an additional one hundred dollar ($100.00) fee for each lost, stolen, destroyed, or not returned LBBPD-issued security badge. All LBBPD-issued security badges must be accounted for and surrendered at the completion of this project. Failure to account for and surrender all LBBPD-issued security badges will constitute grounds for withholding retainage from the final pay estimate ) amount. SP-5.4 Contractor -Issued Identification Badges The Contractor shall be responsible for the identification of each of the Contractor's employees, subcontractors, suppliers and representatives while these individuals operate within the AOA. The Contractor shall be responsible for issuing identification badges to each of the Contractor's employees, subcontractors, suppliers and representatives operating within the AOA. The Contractor shall maintain a record of all persons issued a Contractor's identification badge. This record shall include the home address and telephone number of each person issued a badge. The Contractor's record of all employees issued an identification badge shall be made available upon the request of the LBBPD, the Director of Aviation or the Engineer. 01272804 SPECIAL PRONTISIOJ\S SP - 4 05105 The format and content of the Contractor -issued identification badge shall be approved by the LBBPD prior to issuing. The identification badge shall display the Contractor's company name, the employee's name, and the badge's effective and expiration dates, and shall be plastic -laminated with a clip -on or pin -on method of attaching the badge to the holder's outer clothing. The identification badge shall be wom in an easily visible location on the person issued the badge at all times while operating within the AOA. Contractor -issued identification badge shall not be transferable from individual to individual, but shall be issued to and carried by the specific employee, subcontractor, supplier or representative, issued the badge. The Contractor -issued identification badges shall be renewed by the Contractor every thirty (30) days during the project construction period. The Contractor shall be responsible for all Contractor -issued identification badges. All expired identification badges or badges invalidated by termination of the holder's employment, completion of construction activities, or other reasons, shall be confiscated by the Contractor and retained by the Contractor until the end of the project. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to record and account for all Contractor -issued identification badges. All identification badges issued by the Contractor during the project and the records of said badges shall be transferred to the possession of the LBBPD at the completion of the project. The Contractor -issued identification badge does not allow unlimited access to all areas within the AOA, but will permit only escorted or directly supervised access to only those portions of the AOA under constriction by the Contractor. Every individual operating within the AOA shall displa either an LBBPD-issued security badge or a Contractor -issued identification badge at all times All individual employees, subcontractors, suppliers or representatives, or groups of employees, subcontractors, suppliers or representatives, must be escorted or directly supervised by an individual bearing a valid LBBPD-issued security badge at all times while within the AOA. Persons within the AOA not possessing a valid LBBPD- issued security badge, or escorted or directly supervised by an individual possessing a valid LBBPD-issued security badge, shall be considered in violation of LBBPD security requirements and shall be subject to immediate removal from the AOA and any other disciplinary actions necessitated by LBBPD security arrangements. SP-5.5 Vehicle Escorts All vehicles responsible to the Contractor, such as supplier's vehicles, entering the AOA shall be escorted by an approved Contractor escort vehicle from the point of AOA entry to the construction site. The escort vehicle shall be clearly identified with standard FAA markings and/or FAA flags. In addition, the escort vehicle shall be marked with the Contractor's name. The escort vehicle will be responsible for leading supply, delivery or other vehicles across the active airfield. To facilitate safe movement of the escort vehicle and the escorted vehicles, the driver of the escort vehicle shall be approved for, shall be issued, and shall display an LBBPD security badge. Further, the escort vehicle driver shall be familiar with airport security and safety procedures. The escort vehicle shall be equipped with an FAA radio, as specified herein, and the driver of the escort vehicle shall be familiar with the FAA radio and its operation, and shall obey all instructions from the Air Traffic Control Tower. SP-5.6 Challenging Unauthorized Personnel or Vehicles The Contractor and the Contractor's employees, subcontractors, suppliers, and representatives who have been issued an LBBPD security badge shall be responsible for challenging any j person or vehicle found on the AOA or other non-public areas who is not displaying a valid LBBPD security badge, or who cannot produce a valid LBBPD security badge, or who is not under escort or under the direct supervision of a person possessing a valid LBBPD security badge. The challenge shall consist of notifying the person that he is within a restricted area, and informing the person of an appropriate exit route. Should the unauthorized person refuse to exit the restricted area, the LBBPD shall be immediately notified for F 01272804 SPECIAL PROVISIONS SP - 5 05105 further action, and the unauthorized person shall be kept under surveillance until the LBBPD arrive. Any expired or altered badge, or any badge bearing a photograph not matching the bearer, shall be brought to the attention of the LBBPD and shall be immediately confiscated by the LBBPD or the Director of Aviation. SP-5.7 Cranes or Hoists Any construction activity utilizing a crane or any other hoisting device shall have the prior, written approval of the Federal Aviation Administration. The Contractor shall be responsible for filing the prescribed forms for airspace clearance in accordance with Part 77 of the Federal Aviation Regulations. Applications for airspace clearance must be submitted at least thirty (30) days prior to the beginning of construction activities. To avoid construction delays, the Contractor is urged to file the prescribed forms in a timely manner. Airspace clearance from the FAA must be approved prior to the erection of the crane or other hoisting device. When requesting approval for the use of a crane or other hoisting device, the following information is required: 1. Exact location of construction activities utilizing a crane or other hoisting device. 2. Maximum extendable height of crane or other hoisting device. 3. Duration of construction activities utilizing a crane or other hoisting device. 4. Daily hours of crane or other hoisting device operation The top of the crane or other hoisting device shall be marked with a 3-foot by 3-foot safety -orange and white checkered flag. The crane or other hoisting device shall be lowered at night or at the conclusion of constriction activities, or during periods of poor visibility (ILS conditions) as directed by the Director of Aviation or the Engineer, or at any other time at the direction of the Director of Aviation or the Engineer. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer and Director of Aviation at least forty-eight (48) hours prior to actual erection of the crane or other hoisting device. SP-6 CONTRACTOR'S PLANT SITE, STORAGE AND OFFICE AREA(S) The Contractor shall make his own provisions for plant site, storage and office areas. If the Contractor desires to utilize an on -airport location, arrangements must be made with the Director of Aviation. The following specific requirements apply to on -airport plant site, storage and office areas. 1. The Contractor will be held completely responsible for any damage or deterioration in areas allowed for Contractors use. The Contractor will also be responsible for maintenance of areas and dust control for the duration of the project. 2. Direct negotiation may be conducted with the Director of Aviation for any areas desired. Areas used by the Contractor may be subject to rental rates and fees as identified by the Director of Aviation. Any areas occupied by the Contractor and his forces will be required to be completely restored by the Contractor, at his expense, including but not limited to (1) regrading disturbed areas; (2) complete removal of debris or any other material brought onto the site by the Contractor; (3) complete replacement of topsoil, bad, asphalt pavement, concrete slabs or drives, etc. that is worn, deteriorated or damaged during the period the Contractor and his 01272804 SPECIAL PRON7ISI01\1S SP - 6 05/05 in forces occupy the area. All restoration shall be to the satisfaction of the Director of Aviation. 4. Prior to moving into an unpaved area, the Contractor shall remove and stockpile a minimum of 6-inches of existing topsoil. After completion of the project and after clearing the site of materials, equipment and debris, the Contractor shall replace, spread and grade the salvaged topsoil, followed by seeding and fertilizing. 5. All restoration activities shall be accomplished in accordance with applicable technical specifications of these documents including but not limited to Sections 02200, 02513 and 02900, or as directed by the Engineer. 6. No direct payment will be made to the Contractor for restoring plant site, storage or office areas. SP-7 PROTECTION OF PROPERTY The Contractor shall exercise care to prevent damage to all structures, either above or below ground, including buildings, fences, pipelines, utilities, roads, etc., whether publicly or privately owned and including work performed by others. The Contractor shall be responsible for locating all underground facilities that might be damaged by the proposed construction. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage done to either public or private property during the course of construction except as specifically provided otherwise in these specifications. Various existing underground utilities and structures are shown on the plans. Their locations are believed to be reasonably accurate but are not guaranteed. Though an effort has been made to locate and mark, on the plans, all underground utilities, the Contractor is herein warned that unmarked utilities may exist within the construction area. Prior to construction, the Contractor shall coordinate his activities with FAA Facilities at Lubbock Preston Smith International Airport. SP-8 ELECTRIC POWER AND NATURAL GAS The Contractor shall make his own provisions for his electrical, natural gas and other fuel requirements and shall pay for electricity, gas or fuel consumed during the construction of the project. The Contractor shall construct his own service lines and such construction shall be in strict accordance with all applicable codes and laws. SP-9 NOT USED SP-10 WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION The Contractor shall make his own provisions for his water requirements and shall pay for all water consumed during the construction of the project. The Contractor shall make his own arrangements for Li connections to existing water mains and fire hydrants and piping or hauling the water to the point where the water is required, all at his own expense. Arrangements for the location of water sources and for payment for water consumed by the Contractor during construction shall be made directly with the City of Lubbock's water utility department, Lubbock Power and Light and Water. 01272804 SPECIAL PROVISIONS SP - 7 05105 SP-1 I MATERIAL TESTS Various tests on materials of construction are required in the specifications. In general, the Contractor shall bear the cost of all material tests required before approval of a material source or mix design. Market Lubbock, Inc. will bear the cost of all passing commercial laboratory tests required during construction and the Contractor shall bear the cost of all failing construction tests. Where only small amounts of any material are used or where compliance with the specifications can be determined by visual inspection, no tests are required. Certificates of compliance shall be required on all materials not tested. All materials proposed to be used may be tested at any time during their preparation and use. If, after trial, it is found that sources of supply which have been approved do not furnish a product of uniform quality or if the product from any source proves unacceptable at any, time, the Contractor shall furnish approved material from another source. SP-12 NOT USED SP-13 PREVENTION OF AIR AND WATER POLLUTION The Contractor is responsible for compliance with the code of federal regulations for storm water pollution prevention associated with construction activities. Such compliance incluudes, but is not limited to filing of notice of intent and the installation of sediment control measures as applicable. Federal regulation number 62FR29785, NPDES stormwater construction, general permit. SP-14 NOT USED SP-15 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY Materials stored on the airport shall be so placed and the work shall, at all times, be so conducted as to cause no greater obstruction to the air and ground traffic than is considered necessary by the Engineer. In protecting operational areas, the minimum clearances maintained for runways shall be in agreement with Part 77 of the Federal Atiation Regulations. During construction of the project, the Contractor shall also maintain operational safety on the Airport in accordance with FAA's Advisory Circular 150/5370-2C, "Operational Safety on Airports During Construction," included in the Appendix of these Specifications. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining the pavement free of all rocks, gravel, dirt and other debris in areas where hauling is permitted on or across any active apron, runway or taxiway, or in areas temporarily closed which are subject to opening on short notice. All rocks, gravel, dirt or other debris shall be removed immediately by the Contractor. SP-16 NOT USED SP-17 NOT USED 01272804 SPECIAL PROVISIONS SP - 8 05105 SP-18 REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL OF STRUCTURES, UTILITIES AND OBSTRUCTIONS All structures, utilities or obstructions found on the airport and shown on the plans which are not to remain in place or which are not to be used in the new construction shall be removed as directed by the Engineer. Unless specified in the proposal, this work shall not be paid for separately but shall be considered as subsidiary obligation of the Contractor covered under other contract items. All material found on the airport or removed therefrom shall remain the property of the Owner, unless otherwise indicated. All materials and debris specified to be disposed of by the Contractor shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be properly disposed of off the airport property by the Contractor. SP-19 NOT USED SP-20 NOT USED SP-21 NOT USED SP-22 NOT USED SP-23 NOT USED SP-24 NOT USED SP-25 NOT USED SP-26 CORRECTION OF FAULTY WORK AFTER FINAL PAYMENT The making of the final payment by the Owner to the Contractor shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship. The Contractor shall promptly replace any such defects m discovered within one year from the date of written acceptance of the work. The Performance Bond shall remain in effect until one year after the date of the written acceptance of the work to insure compliance by the Contractor with the requirements of this paragraph. SP-27 SEPARATE CONTRACTS The Owner reserves the right to let other contracts in connection with or in the vicinity of the project. The Contractor shall afford other contractors reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of their materials and the execution of their work, and shall coordinate his work and theirs. The Contractor's coordination with other contractors shall require the approval of the Engineer. SP-28 SHOP DRAWINGS The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer with such promptness as to cause no delay in his own s work or in that of any other Contractor, six copies unless otherwise specified, of all shop and/or setting drawings and schedules required for the work of the various trades, and the Engineer shall pass upon them with reasonable promptness, making required corrections. The Contractor shall make any corrections required by the Engineer, file with him the corrected copies and furnish such other copies as may be needed. If the Contractor and/or the Manufacturer desires additional approved sets, the number of final copies submitted shall be the four copies for the Engineer plus the copies desired by the Contractor and/or Manufacturer. The Engineer's approval of such drawings or schedules shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for deviations from drawings or specifications, unless he has in writing called the Engineer's 01272804 SPECIAL PROVISIONS SP - 9 05/05 attention to such deviations at the time of submission nor shall it relieve him from responsibility for errors of any sort in shop drawings or schedules. I-° SP-29 ENGINEER Whenever the word Engineer is used in this contract, it shall be understood as referring to Parkhill, Smith & Cooper, Inc., Consulting Engineers, Lubbock, Midland, Odessa, Amarillo and El Paso, Texas, Engineer of the Owner, or such other Engineer, Supervisor or Inspector as may be authorized by said Owner to act in any particular. SP-30 TRENCH SAFETY The Contractor shall strictly comply with all requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Manual, Chapter X H, Subpart P - EXCAVATION, TRENCHING AND SHORING for all trenching and excavation operations. If depths of trenches are encountered which are over five (5) feet, the Contractor shall cut the trench walls to the angle of repose of the soils encountered, or shall submit alternate shoring details to the Engineer , for approval. 3 SP-31 NOT USED SP-32 NOT USED Lj 01272504 SPECIAL PROVISIONS SP - 10 O5105 i Project Manual City of Lubbock f .i... f-...... •.............. E� f LIA Security Improvements0- t`: -`` Lubbock Preston Smith International' ''Airport May 2005 PSC Project #: 01272804 • f Y- 3 i p Parkhill, Smith & Cooper, inc. 'Ahi UHF FlErea'�SiciGT,L-it3z7+��.. E Engineers Architects w Planners 11PIVISION 0 - BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND CONTRACT INFORMATION 00200 Information Available To Bidders.............................................................................................1 � e , t n 1 01010 Summary of Work.....................................................................................................................4 01019 Contract Considerations............................................................................................................ 2 01025 Measurement and Payment........................................................................................................ 4 01028 Change Order Procedures.......................................................................................................... 3 01039 Coordination and Meetings....................................................................................................... 6 01300 Submittals..................................................................................................................................5 01410 Testing Laboratory Services...................................................................................................... 3 01500 Temporary Erosion, Sedimentation and Water Pollution Prevention and Control ................... 4 01510 Temporary Facilities and Controls............................................................................................ 2 01600 Product Requirements............................................................................................................... 3 01650 Starting of Systems.................................................................................................................... 2 01700 Contract Closeout......................................................................................................................4 02050 Demolition, Removal and Salvaging of Existing Materials...................................................... 2 02200 Excavation, Subgrade Preparation, Grading, Embankment and Topsoiling ............................. 7 02231 Aggregate Base Course........................................................................................... .............. 4 02317 Excavation and Backfill for Utilities......................................................................................... 8 02320 Utility Backfill Materials........................................................................................................... 5 02513 Bituminous Surface Course....................................................................................................... 9 02830 Chain Link Fences And Gates................................................................................................... 4 02900 Seeding...................................................................................................................................... 5 DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 03300 Cast —in —Place Concrete...........................................................................................................11 03320 Portland Cement Concrete Paving........................................................................................... 25 03321 Concrete Slabs, Curb and Gutter and Miscellaneous Concrete Work ....................................... 4 03322 Joint Sealing Filler..................................................................................................................... 2 Not Used 01272804 TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC - 1 05/05 Dn7jSrON 5 - METAL 05500 Metal Fabrications ................................................ DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS Not Used DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION Not Used JJWAIt • Used 14YAPJ� �41 .i A� V� • Used DnqSION 10 - SPEC TIES Not Used DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT Not Used DIVISION 12 - FURNISBINGS Not • DWISION 13 - SPECS CONSTRUCTION 13129 Prefabricated Control Booths ....................................................................................... 13200 Fiber Plant Construction Specifications ....................................................................... 01272804 TABLE OF CONTENTS 051015 DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS Not Used DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL Not Used DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL 16000 Basic Electrical Methods........................................................................................................... 5 16111 Conduit......................................................................................................................................4 16123 Wire and Cable .................................. ................. 4 ........................................................................ 16130 Boxes.........................................................................................................................................2 16140 Wiring Devices.......................................................................................................................... 3 16170 Grounding and Bonding............................................................................................................ 2 16190 Supporting Devices................................................................................................................... 2 16195 Electrical Identification............................................................................................................. 2 16441 Enclosed Switches..................................................................................................................... 2 16470 Panelboards............................................................................................................................... 3 APPENDIX AC 150/5370-2C Operational Safety on Airports During Construction SW5200.5B Airport Safety During FAA Funded Airport Construction and FAA Facilities Maintenance. 01272804 TABLE OF CONTENT'S TOC - 3 05105 DA71SION 0 SECTION11 aJ IR• ! a ! PART I - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, General Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions of the Agreement, Special Provisions and Division I - General Requirements apply to Work of this Section. 1.2 INFORMATION A. Property Survey 1. A survey of the property was authorized by the Owner, and the survey was made by: Smith Surveying 6310 Genoa Avenue, Suite A Lubbock, TX 79424 (806) 765-9543 2. Site layout, drawings and boundary traverse and closure information are available for bidder's review at the Engineer's office. 3. Property survey and site improvement layout is available for Contractor's information only and is not a warranty of existing conditions. 1.3 RESPONSIBILITY A. Bidders are expected to examine the site survey information then determine for themselves the validity of the information contained there -in as it relates to this project. B. Engineer and Owner assume no responsibility for variations of site survey information. C. Engineer and Owner assume no responsibility for variations of subsurface condition or recommendations made in the report. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION �u 01272804 INFORWLkTION` AVAILABLE TO BIDDERS 00200 - 1 05105 DIVISION I SECTION 01010 9 •�Wlpl M 1.1 SUNUVIARY A. The owner is: Lubbock Preston Smith International Airport, Route 3, Box 389, Lubbock, Texas 79401. B. Section Includes: 1. Project description. 2. Permits and licenses. 3. Access to the site. 4. Contractor's use of the premises. 5. Coordination requirements. 6. Coordination drawings. 7. Preconstruction meeting. 8. Warranty 1.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION A. The project consists of the construction of a new fiber optic loop, gate modifications, and installation of equipment and software to update the current security system. Construction also consists of drainage improvements near the FAA tower. B. As shown in contract documents prepared by Parkhill, Smith and Cooper, Inc., 4222 85th Street, Lubbock, Texas 79423. 1.3 SCHEDULING OF WORK Liquidated damages will be assessed for delayed completion in the amount of $300.00 per calendar day for each day in excess of the 90-day completion of work. Liquidated damages in the sun of $100 (ONE HUNDRED DOLLARS) per day per gate for each day a gate is not manually operational and available for use in excess of the 30-day substantial completion per gate. Liquidated damages in the sum of $100 (ONE HUNDRED DOLLARS) per day per gate for each day a gate is incomplete in excess of the total 60-day completion period. In order to minimize the risk associated with unauthorized entry into the Air Operation Area (AOA) and to minimize the impact of the new construction on existing airport tenants, the construction activities shall be phased. Refer to Special Provisions Paragraph SP-5 for requirements when working within the AOA. All construction items included with this project shall be completed within the 90 days allowed in the contract. Individual construction items included in the project include: A. Installation of fiber optic cable on the airfield: Installation of fiber optic cable will not significantly impact the airport operations. The only conflict with air operations will be work required within the runway and taxiway locations of the airport. To minimize this impact, no above ground construction will be allowed within 10- 01272804 SUN U IARY OF WORK MOM - 1 05105 feet of the Object Free Area of the airfield taxiways and runways (Shown in plan drawings). All construction in these locations will be performed by means of boring to install the fiber optic cable. Due to construction limitations, two taxiways will be closed temporarily to allow boring of the fiber optic line underneath these taxiways. These two taxiways are Taxiway D and E, near the Runway 35L approach. At no time will the taxiways be closed simultaneously. This is to provide complete access to Runway 17R-35L at all times to general aviation users. The contractor will notify FAA and LIA's project representative 14-days prior to closing each of these taxiways. The contractor will be required to provide appropriate closure barricading. B. Vehicle Gate Improvements: The contract includes improvements at 4 gate locations around the airport. All of the work required for the Vehicle Gate Improvements shall be completed within the 90 calendar day allowed in the contract. however, the contractor will have some flexibility concerning initiation of construction at a specific gate location. For all gates, the contractor will be allowed 30 days to install temporary fencing, demolish existing paving, remove the existing gate (where required), install new pavement and install the new cantilever slide gate. At the end of this 30-day period the gate should be manually operational. The contractor will have an additional 30-days (total of 60-days) to complete the installation and make the gate fully functional. The contractor may work simultaneously on as many gates as he wishes or "group" the gates into sub -phases. If any single gate remains closed for more than 30-days and un-operational for more than 60-days the contractor will be assessed liquidated damages in the amount of $100 per day per gate as described in the Bid Submittal Section of the contract. Delaying the opening of a gate could result in liquidated damages being assessed for both not meeting the manually operational 30-day period allowed and the fully operational 60-day period. 1.4 DEFIiv'ITIONS A. Furnish: To supply products to the project site, including delivering ready for unloading and replacing damaged and rejected products. B. Install: To put products in place in the work ready for the intended use, including unloading, + unpacking, handling, storing, assembling, installing, erecting, placing, applying, anchoring, working, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations. C. Provide: To furnish and install products. D. Indicated: Shown, noted, scheduled, specified, or drawn, somewhere in the contract documents. 1.5 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Submit copies of all permits, licenses, and similar permissions obtained, and receipts for fees paid, to the owner directly. 1.6 ACCESS TO THE SITE AND USE OF THE PREMISES A. The space available to the Contractor for the performance of the work, either exclusively or in conjunction with others performing other construction as part of the project, is restricted to the area shown on the site plan of the contract drawings unless the Contractor makes arrangements to use additional space with Lubbock International Airport Operations Superintendent. 01272804 SUMMARY OF WORK 01010 - 2 I 05105 B. Signs: Provide signs adequate to direct visitors. 1. Do not install, or allow to be installed, signs other than specified sign(s) and signs identifying the principal entities involved in the project. FART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used. FART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING A. A preconstruction meeting will be held at a time and place designated by the Owner, for the purpose of identifying responsibilities of the owner's and the architect's personnel and explanation of administrative procedures. B. The Contractor shall also use this meeting for the following minimum agenda: 1. Construction schedule. 2. Use of areas of the site. Vi 3. Delivery and storage. 4. Safety. 5. Security. 6. Cleaning up. 7. SubContractor procedures relating to: a. Submittals. b. Change orders. C. Applications for payment. d. Record documents. 8. FAA requirements C. Attendees shall include: 1. The owner. 2. The architect, and any consultants. 3. The Contractor and its superintendent. 4. Major subcontractors, suppliers, and fabricators. 5. Others interested in the work. 3.2 SECURITY PROCEDURES A. Limit access to the site to persons involved in the work. B. Provide secure storage for materials for which the owner has made payment and which are stored on site. C. Secure completed work as required to prevent loss. D. Secure this site by means of fencing, security guards or other means to prevent damage, theft, safety hazards or other problems on the site. E. See the Supplementary Conditions. i..3 L a 01272804 SUMMARY OF WORK 01010 - 3 05105 3.3 COORDIINATION A. If necessary, inform each parry involved, in writing, of procedures required for coordination; include requirements for giving notice, submitting reports, and attending meetings. 1. Inform the owner when coordination of his work is required. 2. Inform utility owners when coordination of their work is required. B. See other requirements in other portions of the contract documents. C. Prepare the coordination drawings specified in product sections. 1. "Where space is limited, show plan and cross-section dimensions of space available, including structural obstructions and ceilings as applicable. 2. Coordinate shop drawings prepared by separate entities. 3. Show installation sequence when necessary for proper installation. 3.4 WARRANTY A. Contractor shall warrant 100 percent of the project for one (1) year after the date of final acceptance of the work. B. On the eleventh month from the date of final acceptance, Owner's Representative will schedule an annual Inspection with the presence of the Contractor to inspect for defects and assessment of the work performed. Any work that is considered defective by the Owner's Representative A iH be repaired. C. Contractor shall remedy any defects in workmanship, and pay for any and all damages of any nature whatsoever resulting in defects at no cost to the Owner. END OF SECTION 01272804 Sr W4/, .Y OF WORD'01010 - 4 05/0? SECTION 01014 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Schedule of values. B. Application for payment. C. Change Procedures. 1.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Submit a printed schedule on Engineer approved Contractor's form or electronic media printout. B. Submit Schedule of Values in duplicate within five (5) days after receiving the bid tabulation. C. Revise schedule to list approved Change Orders, with each Application for Payment. 1.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT A. Submit five (5) copies of each application on Engineer approved Contractor's form or electronic media printout. B. Content and Format: Utilize Schedule of Values for listing items in Application for Payment. C. Payment Period: Monthly, submit application for payment on or about the 25th day of each month. Applications for payment submitted later than previously described will be processed the following month. D. Include an updated construction progress schedule, materials received and manifest. E. Submit the following along with the application for final payment: 1. The documentation for the completed Project. 2. Signed affidavit from the Notary Public that all claims on this job have been settled and that all bills owed by the Contractor for the project including materials and labor, have been paid. 3. Contractor warranties for this job shall be signed and sealed by a Notary Public. 1.4 CHANGE PROCEDURES A. The Engineer will advise of minor changes in the Work not involving an adjustment to Contract Sum/Price or Contract Time as authorized by General Conditions by issuing a work directive change. B. The Engineer may issue a Proposal Request which includes a detailed description of a proposed change with supplementary or revised Drawings and specifications, a change in Contract Time for executing the change. Contractor will prepare and submit an estimate within 7 days. C. The Contractor may propose a change by submitting request for change to the Engineer, describing the proposed change and its full effect on the Work. Include a statement describing the reason for the change, and the effect on the Contract Sum/Price and Contract Time with full documentation and a statement describing the effect on Work by separate or other contractors. Document any requested substitutions in accordance with Section 01300. 01.272804 CONTRACT CONSIDERATIONS 01019 - 1 05105 D. Stipulated Sum/Price Change Order: Based on Proposal Request and Contractor's fixed price quotation or Contractor's request for a Change Order as approved by Engineer. E. Construction Change Authorization: Engineer may issue a directive on Work Directive Change, signed by the Owner, instructing the Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. Document will describe changes in the Work, and designate method of determining any change in Contract Sum/Price or Contract Time. Promptly execute the change. F. Time and Material Change Order: Submit itemized account and supporting data after completion of change, within time limits indicated in the Conditions of the Contract. Engineer will determine the change allowable in Contract Sum/Price and Contract Time as provided in the Contract Documents. G. Maintain detailed records of work done on Time and Material basis. Provide full information required for evaluation of proposed changes, and to substantiate costs for changes in the Work. H. Change Order Forms: EJCDC 1 g 10-8-B. L Execution of Change Orders: Engineer will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as provided in the General Conditions of the Contract. PANT 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION 01272804 CONTRACT CONSIDERATIONS 01019m 2 05/05 SECTIONT 01025 1. .1-11111101 17171 W441i►1 t7.1 1.1 UNIT PRICE WORK A. Measurement methods are based on completion of the various paving and related construction operations included in the bid proposal. B. Take measurements and compute the actual quantity of completion. Verify the quantities with the Owner's Representative. C. Payment Includes: Full compensation for required labor, materials, products, tools, equipment, plant and facilities, transportation, services and incidentals; application or installation of an item of the Work; overhead and profit. 1.2 MOBILIZATION A. Mobilization consists of preparatory work and operations, including but not limited to, those necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment, supplies and incidentals to the project site; for the establishment of all offices, buildings and other facilities necessary for work on the project; and for all other work and operations which must be performed or costs incurred prior to beginning work on the various items on the project site. B. Partial payments for Mobilization will be made with the first and second partial payments paid on the contract, and will be made at the rate of 50 percent of the total lump sum price for "Mobilization" on each of these partial pay estimates, less the specified retainage amounts, provided the total bid amount for "Mobilization" does not exceed 5 percent of the total amount bid for the contract. Where the amount bid for "Mobilization" exceeds 5 percent of the total amount bid for the project, 2 V2 percent of the total amount bid for the project will be paid on the first two partial payments, and that portion exceeding 5 percent of the total amount bid on the project will be paid on the last partial pay estimate. All such payments will be made less the specified retainage amounts. 1.3 LUMP SUM ITEMS Lump sum items will be paid for at the lump sum price bid. The lump sum price will include all work - and materials involved in the installation within the limits designated on the plans. No measurement of the work or materials included in such items will be made. All work so included will be installed, constructed or performed as shown on the drawings and specified herein. f�H]0i 8211414 Measurement methods are based on completion of the various construction operations included in the bid proposal. Take measurements and compute the actual quantity of completion. Verify the quantities with the Owner's Representative. Payment will be complete compensation for required labor, materials, products, equipment, plant and facilities, services and incidentals. a 01272804 MEASUREIAENT AND PAYMENT 01025 ® 1 05105 1.5 FINAL CLEAN-UP A. The Contractor shall make a final cleanup of all parts of the work before final acceptance of the work by the Owner. This clean-up shall include, among other things, removing all construction materials, final grading of all construction sites, and in general preparing the site of the work in an orderly manner. B. The cost of clean-up shall be included as a part of the cost of the various items of work involved and no direct compensation will be made for this work. C. Clean-up will be approved prior to application for final payment. 1.6 COMPLETE GATE IMPROVEMENT (GATES 9, 23, 26/27, 41) The above mentioned gates will include pavement demolition, gate demolition, temporary 6-foot fencing with 1-foot of 3 strands of barb wire, subgrade preparation, concrete pavement, hot mix asphalt pavement patch, existing fence modifications for new gate, new gate purchase and installation, gate operator, entry readers, entry reader protective bollards, electrical controls, electrical connections, loop detectors, new operational instruction sign, and replacement of gate number sign. Complete gate improvements will be paid for per lump sum for each individual gate as specified on plans and should include all labor, materials, and incidentals to complete installation. 1.7 FIBER OPTIC CABLE IN BORE The length of fiber optic cable in bore will be determined by plan measurement. Fiber optic cable in bore will be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot and will be complete compensation for labor, equipment, materials, and any other incidental work required. 1,11 1.8 FIBER OPTIC CABLE IN TRENCH The length of fiber optic cable in trench will be determined by plan measurement. Fiber optic cable in trench will be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot and will be complete compensation for labor, equipment, materials, and any other incidental work required. 1.9 PAVEMENT REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL The area of pavement removal and disposal of the various types as shown on the drawings is a subsidiary item to gate improvements or drainage improvements. Pavement removal and disposal as shown on the drawings will be paid for as a subsidiary item to gate HI improvements or drainage improvements and will be complete compensation for saw cutting and removing and disposal of the pavement, as specified and shown on the plans, and other incidental work required._ 1.10 FLEXIBLE BASE COURSE The area of flexible base course of thicknesses as shown on the drawings and as required will be a subsidiary item to gate improvements or drainage improvements. r� 01272804 MEASUREIVIENT _ND PAYMENT 01025 - 2 I 05105 L ' Flexible base course will be paid for as a subsidiary item to gate improvements or drainage improvements at the thickness shown in the plans and will be complete compensation for constructing the flexible base course as specified and shown on the drawings, including all materials, and any other incidental work required. 1.11 HOT MIX ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT PATCH The amount of hot mix asphaltic concrete pavement patch as shown on the drawings and as required will be included with the most closely associated item. Hot mix asphaltic concrete pavement patch will be paid for as a subsidiary item to the associated lump sum bid item. Complete compensation for constructing the hot mix asphaltic pavement as specified and shown on the drawings, including the tack coat and all materials and any other incidental work required. Payment for this item will not exceed the theoretical tonnage calculated by using the mat thickness shown on the plans, laboratory density and the surface area of the B MAC course completed and accepted. 1.12 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL AND CONSTRUCTION BARRICADING AND SIGNAGE No separate payment will be made for barricading and traffic control on the project. The cost of this item should be incorporated in the most applicable line item in the contract. 1.13 SURVEYING No separate payment shall be made for construction surveying. The cost of surveying shall be included in the bid prices for the applicable pay items. 1.14 FENCING The payment made for miscellaneous fencing modifications and temporary fencing is a subsidiary item to gate improvements or drainage improvements. The cost of this item should be incorporated in the most applicable line item in the contract. 1.15 TEMPORARY SOIL EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL No separate payment will be made for this item. Payment for this item shall be included in the most applicable line item in the contract. Work within this task shall be installing and maintaining erosion control measures as outlined in the plans and specifications and for complying with all local, state and federal regulations pertaining to this item. 1.16 EXCAVATION AND GRADING IN UNPAVED AREAS The quantity for excavation and grading in unpaved areas shall be kept to a minimum. No separate payment will be made for this construction. 1.17 PORTABLE GUARD SHELTERS The payment for one (1) new portable guard shelters will be inclusive. Contractor shall purchase shacks according to specification Section 13129, Prefabricated Control Booths. 01272804 MEASUREMENT AND PAY]AENT 01025 - 3 05/05 1.1 8 LINE MARKING POSTS AND DUCT MARKERS The payment for all line marking posts and duct markers will be subsidiary items to fiber in trench and fiber in bore. The cost of items shall be included with the fiber installation items. No separate payment will be made for line marking posts and duct markers. 1.19 SPARE PARTS The contractor will provide the Owner with two sets of spare parts. Spare parts are identified as "wearing parts" such as rollers, guide wheels, gate hanger assemblies, etc... No separate payment will be made for spare parts. PART2-PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION 01272804 MEASUREMENT AND PA5'MENT 01025 05105 SECTION 01028 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Submittals. B. Documentation of change in Contract Sum/Price and Contract Time. C. Change procedures. D. Stipulated Price change order. E. Unit price change order. F. Time and material change order. G. Execution of change orders. H. Correlation of Contractor submittals. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Document - General Contract Conditions. B. Section 01019 - Contract Considerations. C. Section 01300 — Submittals. D. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit name of the individual authorized to receive change documents, and be responsible for informing others in Contractor's employ or Subcontractors of changes to the Work. B. Change Order Forms. 1.4 DOCUMENTATION OF CHANGE IN CONTRACT SUM/PRICE AND CONTRACT TIME A. Maintain detailed records of work done on a time and material basis. Provide full information required for evaluation of proposed changes, and to substantiate costs of changes in the Work. B. Document each quotation for a change in cost or time with sufficient data to allow evaluation of the quotation. C. On request, provide additional data to support computations: 1. Quantities of products, labor, and equipment. 2. Taxes, insurance and bonds. 3. Overhead and profit. 4. Justification for any change in Contract Time. 5. Credit for deletions from Contract, similarly documented. D. Support each claim for additional costs, and for work done on a time and material basis, with additional information: I . Origin and date of claim. 2. Dates and times work was performed, and by whom. 3. Time records and wage rates paid. 4. Invoices and receipts for products, equipment, and subcontracts, similarly documented. 01272804 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 01025 - 1 05/05 1.5 CHANGE PROCEDURES A. The Engineer will advise of minor changes in the Work not involving an adjustment to Contract Sum/Price or Contract Time as authorized by the Contract by issuing supplemental instructions by letter. B. The Engineer may issue a Proposal Request which includes a detailed description of a proposed change with supplementary or revised Drawings and specifications, a change in Contract Time for executing the change. Contractor will prepare and submit an estimate within 7 days. C. The Contractor may propose a change by submitting a request for change to the Engineer, describing the proposed change and its full effect on the Work, with a statement describing the reason for the change, and the effect on the Contract Sum/Price and Contract Time with full documentation and a statement describing the effect on Work by separate or other contractors. 1.6 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE AUTHORIZATION A. Engineer may issue a document, signed by the Owner, instructing the Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. B. The document will describe changes in the Work, and will designate method of determining any change in Contract Sum/Price or Contract Time. C. Promptly execute the change in Work. 1.7 STIPULATED PRICE CHANGE ORDER A. Based on Proposal Request and Contractor's maximum price quotation or Contractor's request for a Change Order as approved by Engineer. 1.8 UNIT PRICE CHANGE ORDER A. For pre -determined unit prices and quantities, the Change Order will be executed on a fixed unit price basis. B. For unit costs or quantities of units of work which are not pre -determined, execute Work under a Construction Change Authorization. C. Changes in Contract Sumt?rice or Contract Time will be computed as specified for Time and Material Change Order. A. Submit itemized account and supporting data after completion of change, within time limits indicated in the Conditions of the Contract. B. Engineer will determine the change allowable in Contract Sum/Price and Contract Time as provided in the Contract Documents. C. Maintain detailed records of work done on Time and Material basis. D. Provide full information required for evaluation of proposed changes, and to substantiate costs for changes in the Work. 1.10 EXECUTION OF CHANGE ORDERS ri ix 9 A. Execution of Change Orders: Engineer will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as } provided in the Conditions of the Contract. 01272804 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 01028 - 2 r 05/05 - { 1.1 I CORRELATION OF CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. Promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Sum/Price. B. Promptly revise progress schedules to reflect any change in Contract Time, revise sub -schedules to adjust time for other items of work affected by the change, and resubmit. C. Promptly enter changes in Project Record Documents. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION 01272804 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 01029 - 3 05105 SECTION 01039 1.1 RELATED DOCUh4ENTS A. Drawings, General Instructions to bidders, General Conditions of the Agreement, Special Provisions and Division 1 e General Requirements apply to Work of this Section. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Coordination. B. Field engineering. C. Preconstruction meeting. D. Progress meetings. E. Preinstallation meetings. F. Cutting and patching. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and Work of the various Sections of the Project Manual to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later. B. Verify that utility requirements and characteristics of operating equipment are compatible with building utilities. Coordinate work of various Sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service, such equipment. C. Coordinate space requirements and installation of mechanical and electrical Rork which are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduit, as closely as practicable; place runs parallel with line of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs. D. In finished areas, except as otherwise indicated, conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring ,%rithin the construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements. E. Items which require electrical connections shall be coordinated with Division 16 for: 1. Voltage 2. Phase 3. Ampacity 4. No. and size of wires 5. Wiring diagrams 6. Starter size, details and location 7. Control devices and details F. Coordinate completion and clean up of Work of separate Sections in preparation for Substantial Completion. G. After Owner occupancy of premises, coordinate access to site for correction of defective Work and Work not in accordance with Contract Documents, to minimize disruption of Owner's activities. 01272804 COORDINATITNG AND MEETINGS 01039 e 1 05105 I 1 ; _U A. Locate and protect survey control and reference points. B. Control datum for survey is that shown on Drawings. C. Verify set -backs and easements, confirm drawing dimensions and elevations. D. Provide field engineering services. Establish elevations, lines, and levels, utilizing recognized engineering survey practices. E. Submit a copy of registered site drawing and certificate signed by the Land Surveyor that the elevations and locations of the Work are in conformance with the Contract Documents. 1.5 ELECTRONIC FILES A. Electronic drawing files are available for purchase from the Engineer upon request. Cost of the files are $100.00 per drawing sheet. Only the Contractor or his subcontractors and sub -subcontractors may purchase an electronic file. An electronic file will be provided in AutoCADD format of the release currently used by the Engineer. File will be provided on a CD. B. Prior to delivery of the file, purchaser shall sign an Electronic File Transfer Release From. Payment for an electronic file shall occur upon delivery of file to purchaser. C. Electronic file shall be used only for the production of information required by this project and shall not be used in any other form (in whole or part). 1.6 MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS (MSDS) A. Comply with the most current requirements of the Department of State Health Services, Texas Asbestos Health Protection Rules (TAHPR), Title 25., HEALTH SERVICES, Part I, Chapter 295-Occupational Health, § 295.34-Asbestos Management in Facilities and Public Buildings, paragraph (i) as a minimum and as outlined below. I. Submit MSDS on all products used in construction of Project. 2. Submit MSDS in 8 V2 x 1 I inch format text pages, bound in three D-ring binders with durable plastic covers. 3. Prepare binder cover with printed title "MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS (MSDS)", Title of Project, Project Address, Owner's Name, Address and Phone, and Date of Construction Completion. 4. Internally subdivide the binder contents with permanent page dividers, organized into the 16 Division CSI format, with tab title clearly printed under reinforced laminated plastic tabs. 5. Prepare a table of contents, listing each of the 16 Divisions headings and listing each material/product under each heading by manufacturer and material/product name. 6. Submit two complete, identical binders of the aforementioned information and in the prescribed format. 7. Submit binders each month with Application for Payment. Binders shall include all MSDS for materials/products delivered or installed in Project since the previous month's Application for Payment. 8. Failure to submit updated MSD S binders will cause Application for Payment to be held by Architect (not submitted to Owner for processing) until such time updated MSDS binders are received and reviewed for compliance by Architect. 01272804 COORDIN TI1,TG AND MEETINGS 01039 - 2 05105 1.7 PRECONISTRUCTION MEETING A. Engineer will schedule a meeting after Notice to Proceed. B. Attendance Required: Owner, Engineer, Architect; Contractor and major Subcontractors. C. Agenda: 1. Designation of personnel representing the parties in Contract and the Engineer. 2. Procedures and processing of field decisions, submittals, substitutions, applications for payments, proposal request, Change Orders and Contract closeout procedures. 3. Scheduling. a. Use of premises by Owner and Contractor. b. Ownees requirements. C. Construction facilities and controls provided by Owner. d. Survey and layout. e. Security and housekeeping procedures. £ Schedules. g. Procedures for testing. h. Procedures for maintaining record documents. i. Requirements for start-up of equipment. j. Inspection and acceptance of equipment put into service during construction period. k. Temporary utilities provided by Owner. D. Record minutes and distribute copies within five days after meeting to participants with two copies to Engineer and those affected by decisions made. 1.8 REQUEST FOR INFORMATION A. Contractor shall use Architect's standard form when submitting Requests For Information (RFI). Architect will issue a copy of this form to Contractor in both hard copy and electronic ' media. Only Contractor can submit RFIs to Architect. RFI requests from subcontractors or material suppliers will not be considered. B. All information indicated on the form to be provided by Contractor shall be complete before a request can be submitted to the Architect's office. Requests with incomplete information will be returned to the Contractor. Submission of a complete RFI request by Contractor does not constitute an RFI until Engineer makes the determination. If Engineer determines that request can not be answered with the information provided in the Contract Documents, Engineer Brill then assign an RFI tracking number. Requests determined by Engineer not to be an RFI will be returned to Contractor without being assigned an RFI tracking number. A transmittal H document returning the denied RFI request will be provided with a response indicating action to be taken by Contractor. C. If request and proposed solution cannot fit on the form, an attachment may be identified in the Request or Contractor Proposed Solution areas, then attached to the form and submitted to Engineer. RFIs may contain more than one item when the items are related issues. Otherwise, only one item shall be addressed on each RFI request. l D. Engineer's response to the RFI will be in writing on the same form, or by attachment and issued to Contractor and Owner. E. Responses from Engineer will not change any requirement of the Contract Documents. Should i Contractor believe an RFI response to cause a change to the Contract, Contractor shall give _ written notice to Engineer in accordance with the requirements in the Contract. Written notice shall include specific reasons and an order of magnitude of Cost and/or Time that Contractor r deems appropriate based on the Engineer's RFI response. Contractor's written notice does not f 01272804 COORD11NA-TDJG AND IvIEETINC-S 01039 - 3 j 05/05 -_B constitute a Change Order, but provide a basis for further review and discussion with the Engineer. 1.9 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Schedule and administer meetings throughout progress of the Work at minimum monthly intervals. B. Makearrangements for meetings, prepare agenda with copies for participants, and preside at meetings. C. Attendance Required: Job superintendent, major Subcontractors and suppliers, Engineer, as appropriate to agenda topics for each meeting. D. Agenda: l . Review minutes of previous meetings. 2. Review of Work progress. 3. Field observations, problems, and decisions. 4. Identification of problems which impede planned progress. 5. Review of submittals schedule and status of submittals. 6. Review of off -site fabrication and delivery schedules. 7. Maintenance of progress schedule. 8. Corrective measures to regain projected schedules. 9. Planned progress during succeeding work period. 10. Coordination of projected progress. 11. Maintenance of quality and work standards. 12. Effect of proposed changes on progress schedule and coordination. 13. Other business relating to Work. E. Record minutes and distribute copies within five days to Engineer, participants, and those affected by decisions made. 1.10 PREINSTALLATION MEETING A. When required in individual specification Sections, convene a preinstallation meeting at work site prior to commencing work of the Section. B. Require attendance of parties directly affecting, or affected by, work of the specific Section. C. Notify Engineer four days in advance of meeting date. D. Prepare agenda and preside at meeting. 1. Review conditions of installation, preparation and installation procedures. 2. Review coordination with related work. E. Record minutes and distribute copies within five days after meeting to participants, with four copies to Engineer. 2.1 EQUIPMENT ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND COMPONTENTTS A. Motors: Specific motor type is specified in individual specification sections. B. Wiring Terminations: Provide terminal lugs to match branch circuit conductor quantities, sizes, and materials indicated. Size terminal lugs to NFPA 70, include lugs for terminal box. C. Cord and Plug: Provide minimum 6 foot cord and plug including grounding connector for connection to electric wiring system. Cord of longer length is specified in individual specification sections. 01272804 COORDINATING ADD 1 ETINTGS 01039 - 4 05/05 FART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that existing site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent Work. Beginning new Work means acceptance of existing conditions. B. Examine and verify specific conditions described in individual specification sections. C. Verify that utility services are available, of the correct characteristics, and in the correct location. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate surfaces prior to applying next material or substance. B. Seal cracks or openings of substrate prior to applying next material or substance. C. Apply any manufacturer required or recommended substrate primer, sealer, or conditioner prior to applying any new material or substance in contact or bond. 3.3 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Employ skilled and experienced installer to perform cutting and patching. B. Submit written request in advance of cutting or altering elements which affects: 1. Structural integrity of element. 2. Integrity of weather -exposed or moisture -resistant elements. 3. Efficiency, maintenance, or safety of element. 4. Visual qualities of sight -exposed elements. 5. Work of Owner or separate contractor. C. Execute cutting, fitting, and patching, including excavation and fill, to complete Work, and to: 1. Fit the several parts together, to integrate with other Work. 2. Uncover Work to install or correct ill-timed Work. 3. Remove and replace defective and non -conforming Work. 4. Remove samples of installed Work for testing. S. Provide openings in elements of Work for penetrations of mechanical and electrical Work. D. Execute work by methods which will avoid damage to other Work, and provide proper surfaces to receive patching and finishing. E. Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill. F. Restore Work with new products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. G. Fit Work tight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces. H. Maintain integrity of wall, ceiling, or floor construction; completely seal voids. I. Refinish surfaces to match adjacent finishes. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection; for an assembly, refinish entire unit. J. Identify any hazardous condition exposed during the Work to the Architect for decision or remedy. END OF SECTION 01272804 COORDINATING AND MEETINGS 01039 - 5 05105 k REQUEST FOR INFORlV ATION DATE: RFI #: (# assigned by PSC) wl TO: Parkhill, Smith & Coo en r, Inc. FROM: (General Contractor's Name) Lubbock, Texas Address: IJ: PROJECT: LIA Seggity hn rovements Phone: PSC PROJECT #: 01272804 Fax: *Items to be completed by Contractor before submittal to PSC for review. *Specification Section/Paragraph No.: *Drawing Reference/Detail No.: *Request: *Contractor Proposed Solution: *Signed by: *Response needed in days ❑ No RFI tracking number assigned Response: ❑ Attachments: [__ 1 PARKHILL, SMITH & COOPER, INC. Engineers - Architects c Planners 4222 85" Street Lubbock, Texas 79423 (806) 473-2200 FAX (806) 473-3500 Lubbock ElPaso R:\Proj ects\2004\2728.04\CLER I CAL\SPE CS\2728-0103 °. doc l>ridland Amarillo Odessa SECTION 01300 SUBMITTALS PART I - GENERAL Li RELATED DOCUMENTTS A. Drawings, General Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions of the Agreement, Special Provisions and Division I - General Requirements apply to Work of this Section. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Submittal procedures. B. Construction progress schedules. C. Proposed products list. D. Shop drawings. E. Product data. F. Samples. G. Manufacturers' instructions. H. Manufacturers' certificates. I. Construction photographs. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01019 - Contract Considerations. B. Section 01410 - Testing Laboratory Services. C. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout. 1.4 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES J A. Transmit each submittal with Contractor's standard transmittal letter including Contractor's name, address and phone number. B. Sequentially number the transmittal forms. C. Identify Project, Contractor, Subcontractor or supplier; pertinent Drawing sheet and detail number(s), and specification Section number, as appropriate. D. Apply Contractor's stamp, signed or initialed certifying that review, verification of Products required, field dimensions, adjacent construction Work, and coordination of information, is in accordance with the requirements of the Work and Contract Documents. E. Schedule submittals to expedite the Project, and deliver to architects at business address. Coordinate submission of related items. F. For each submittal for review, allow 15 days excluding delivery time to and from the contractor. G. Identify variations from Contract Documents and Product or system limitations which may be detrimental to successful performance of the completed Work. H. Provide space for Contractor and Engineer review stamps. 01272804 SUBMITTALS 05/05 f 01-1100-1 I. Format 1. Submit all submittals using an 8 'h x 11 inch format. 2. For submittals larger than 8 1/2 x 11 inches, prefold to an 8 %2 x 11 format. Submittals not pre -folded will be rejected. J. At Engineer's option, submittals will not be individually marked, but will be reviewed using Engineer's standard submittal review form. K. Copies Required 1. Structural and Architectural Submittals: Number of copies Contractor requires plus one copy which will be retained by Engineer. At the Architect/Engineer's option, only one copy may be returned to Contractor with Architect/Engineer's review comments. Contractor copies submitted in excess of indicated amounts may be returned without review comments. 2. Mechanical, Plumbing and Electrical Submittals: Number of copies Contractor requires plus two copies which will be retained by Engineer. At the Architect/Engineer's option, only one copy may be retumed to Contractor with Architect/Engineer's review comments. Contractor copies submitted in excess of indicated amounts may be returned without review comments. L. Revise and resubmit submittals as required, identify all changes made since previous submittal. M. Distribute copies of reviewed submittals to concemed parties. Instruct parties to promptly report any inability to comply with provisions. N. Submittals not requested will not be recognized or processed. 1.5 RESUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Revise initial submittal as required and resubmit to meet requirements as specified. B. Mark as RESUBMITTAL. C. Re -use original transmittal number and supplement with sequential alphabetical suffix for each re -submittal. 1.6 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULES A. Submit initial progress schedule in duplicate for Engineer review within. 15 days after date established in Notice to Proceed. B. Submit revised schedules with each Application for Payment, identifying changes since previous version. C. Submit a horizontal bar chart with separate line for each section of Work, identifying first work day of each week. D. Show complete sequence of construction by activity, identifying Work of separate stages and other logically grouped activities. Indicate the early and late start, early and late finish, float dates, and duration. E. Indicate estimated percentage of completion for each item of Work at each submission. F. Indicate submittal dates required for shop drawings, product data, samples, and product delivery dates, including those furnished by Owner. 1.7 PROPOSED PRODUCTS LIST A. Within 15 days after date of Notice to Proceed, submit complete list of major products proposed for use, with name of manufacturer, trade name, and model number of each product. 01272804 SUBMITTALS 41300 - 2 05105 B. For products specified only by reference standards, give manufacturer, trade name, model or catalog designation, and reference standards. 1.8 SHOP DRAWINGS I-,,. For drawings larger than I 1 x 17 inches, submit in the form of one reproducible transparency and one opaque reproduction. B. For drawings 11 x 17 inches and smaller, submit the number of opaque reproductions which Contractor requires, plus four copies which will be retained by Architect. C. Drawing size shall be minimum 81/2 x 1 I inches and maximum of 30 x 42 inches. D. Details shall be drawn to a minimum size of /2 inch equal to 1 foot. E. After review; produce copies and distribute in accordance with SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES article above and for record document purposes described in Section 01700 - Contract Closeout. 1.9 PRODUCT DATA A. Submit the number of copies which the Contractor requires, plus four copies which will be retained by the Engineer. B. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. Supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide information unique to this Project. C. include recommendations for application and use, and reference to compliance with specified standards of trade associations and testing agencies. D. Include notation of special coordination requirements for interfacing with adjacent work. E. After review, distribute in accordance with Article on Procedures above and provide copies for Record Documents described in Section 01700 - Contract Closeout. 1.10 SAMPLES A. Submit samples to illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of the Product, with integral parts and attachment devices. Coordinate sample submittals for interfacing work. B. Submit samples of finishes from the full range of manufacturers' standard colors or in custom colors, textures, and patterns, as specified and as scheduled for Architect`s selection. C. Where variations in color, pattern or texture are inherent in the material or product, submit multiple samples to indicate the approximate range or variations. D. Include full Project information and identification of manufacturer, model number, type, style and color on each sample. E. Submit the number or samples specified in individual specification Sections; one of which will be retained by Architect. F. Reviewed samples which may remain as part of the Work are indicated in individual specification Sections. A. When specified in individual specification Sections, submit manufacturers' printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, start-up, adjusting, and finishing, in quantities specified for Product Data. B. Identify conflicts between manufacturers' instructions and Contract Documents. C. Indicate special procedures, conditions requiring special attention and special environmental criteria required for application or installation. 0 01272804 SUBMITTALS 01300 - 3 j 05/05 1.12 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATES A. When specified in individual specification Sections, submit manufacturers' certificate to Architect, in quantities specified for Product Data. B. Indicate material or product conforms to or exceeds specified requirements. Submit supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate. C. Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or Product, but must be acceptable to Architect. PRODUCTS Not Used END OF SECTION 01272804 SUBIVITTAL,S 01300 - 4 05/05 t SECTION 01410 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES Imo; ►1' y 1.1 RELATED DOCLgvIENTS A. Drawings, General Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions of the Agreement, Special Provisions and Division 1 - General Requirements apply to Work of this Section. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Selection and payment. t B. Contractor submittals. C. Laboratory responsibilities. D. Laboratory reports. E. Limits on testing laboratory authority. ' F. Contractor responsibilities. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS rJ1 A. Section 01300 - Submittals: Manufacturer's certificates. B. Section 01650 - Starting of Systems and Section 15600: Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing. _ C. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Project Record Documents. D. Individual Specification Sections: Inspections and tests required, and standards for testing. 3 1.4 REFERENCES A. ANSI/ASTM D3740 - Practice for Evaluation of Agencies Engaged in Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction. B. ANISUASTM E329 - Recommended Practice for Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete, Steel, and Bituminous Materials as Used in Construction. 1.5 SELECTION AND PAYMENT A. An independent firm Brill perform inspections, tests, and other services specified in individual specification Sections and as required by the Engineer. B. Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to the Engineer, in triplicate, indicating observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or non-compliance with Contract Documents. C. Cooperate with independent firm; furnish samples of materials, design mix, equipment, tools, storage, safe access, and assistance by incidental labor as requested. 1. Notify Engineer and independent firm 48 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring services. 2. Make arrangements with independent firm and pay for additional samples and tests required for Contractor's use. D. Testing or inspecting does not relieve Contractor from performing Work to contract requirements. 01272804 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 01410 - 1 05 /05 ' 1 E. The cost associated with compliance testing shall be paid by the Owner. Re -testing required because of non-conformance to specified requirements shall be performed by the same independent firm on instructions by the Engineer. Payment for re -testing will be paid by the Contractor. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with requirements of ANSUASTM E329 and ANSI/ASTM D3740R. B. Laboratory Staff Maintain a full time registered Engineer on staff to review services. C. Testing Equipment: Calibrated at reasonable intervals with devices of an accuracy traceable to either National Bureau of Standards (NBS) standards or accepted values of natural physical constants. 1.7 LABORATORY RESPONSIBILITIES A. Test samples of mixes submitted by Contractor. B. Provide qualified personnel at site. Cooperate with Engineer and Contractor in performance of services. C. Perform specified inspection, sampling, and testing of Products in accordance with specified standards. D. Ascertain compliance of materials and mines with requirements of Contract Documents. E. Promptly notify Engineer and Contractor of observed irregularities or non-conformance of Work or Products. F. Perform additional inspections and tests required by Engineer. 1.8 LABORATORY REPORTS A. After each inspection and test, promptly submit three copies of laboratory report to Engineer, and to Contractor. B. Include: 1. Date issued, 2. Project title and number, 3. Name of inspector, 4. Date and time of sampling or inspection, 5. Identification of product and Specifications Section, 6. Location in the Project, 7. Type of inspection or test, 8. Date of test, 9. Results of tests and 10. Conformance with Contract Documents. C. When requested by Engineer, provide interpretation of test results. 1.9 LIFTS ON TESTING LABORATORY AUTHORITY A. Laboratory may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. B. Laboratory may not approve or accept any portion of the Work. C. Laboratory may not assume any duties of Contractor. D. Laboratory has no authority to stop the Work. } 01272804 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 01410 - 2 05/05 1.10 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. Deliver to laboratory at designated location, adequate samples of materials proposed to be used which require testing, along with proposed mix designs. B. Cooperate with laboratory personnel, and provide access to the Work. C. Provide incidental labor and facilities to provide access to Work to be tested, to obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of products to be tested, to facilitate tests and inspections, storage and curing of test samples. D. Notify Engineer and laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring inspection and testing services. 1.11 SCHEDULE OF INSPECTIONS AND TESTS A. As indicated in individual Specification Sections. B. At the time of final inspection and tests of the power and lighting system, all connections at panels, switches, circuit breakers, etc., and all splices shall be complete. C. Each power, lighting and control circuit shall be tested and proven free of breaks, short circuits or grounds. On all conductors rated at 600 volts, Megger shall be used to test circuits. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION 01272804 TESTING LJ-'-BORATORY SERVICES M410 - 3 05105 t��i �.► 1. i1 POLLUTION PREVENTION AND CONTROL N9,111%•� �IIJ 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. This item shall govern the measures necessary to control soil erosion, sedimentation and water pollution which may degrade receiving waters including rivers, streams, lakes, playas, reservoirs, tidal waters, groundwater and wetlands. The control measures contained herein shall be installed and maintained throughout the construction contract period, including any turf establishment period, and will be coordinated with the permanent or existing temporary pollution control features specified elsewhere in the plans and specifications to provide effective and continuous water pollution control. B. These control measures shall not be used as a substitute for the permanent pollution control measures unless otherwise directed by the Owner in writing. The controls may include silt fences, dikes, dams, berms, sediment basins, mats, soil retention blankets, temporary seeding, mulch, channel liners, slope drains or other structural or non-structural water pollution controls. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL The items, estimated quantities and locations of the control measures will be shown on the plans; however, the Owner's Representative may increase or decrease the quantity of these items. The control measure materials will be as herein specified or as shown on the plans. The Owner may allow other materials and work as the need arises and as approved in writing. All control measure materials will be approved by the Owner prior to use on this project. 2.2 SILT FENCE A. Silt fence materials shall consist of the following: 1. Fabric. The filter fabric shall be of nonwoven polypropylene, polyethylene or polyamide thermoplastic fibers with non -raveling edges. The fabric shall be nonbiodegradable, inert to most soil chemicals, ultraviolet resistant, unaffected by moisture or other weather conditions, and permeable to water while retaining sediment. The fabric shall be supplied in rolls with minimum width of 36 inches. The filter fabric will have the following physical characteristics: Minimum Weight: 4.5 oz./s.y. Maximum Water Flow Rate: 40 gal./s.£/minute Equivalent Opening Size (US standard sieve no.): 40 to 100 Minimum Burst Strength (ASTM D 3786): 300 psi Minimum Ultraviolet Resistance; Strength Retention (ASTM D 1682): 70 percent 01272804 TEMPORARY EROSION, SEDIMENTATION AND WATER 01500 - 1 05105 POLLUTION PREVENTION AND CONTROL 2. Posts. Posts will be painted or galvanized steel Tee or Y-posts with anchor plates, not less than 5 feet in length with a minimum weight of 1.3 pounds per foot and a minimum Brinell hardness of 143. Hangars shall be adequate to secure fence and fabric to posts. Posts and anchor plates will conform to ASTM A 702. 3. )Vire Fence. Wire fence will be welded wire fabric 2 x 4 - W 1.0 x W 1.0 and will conform to requirements of ASTM A 82 or A 496. 2.3 SEDIMENT CONTAINMENT DIKES A. Sediment containment dikes shall consist of the following: 1. Hay Bales. "Hay Bales" will be free of Johnson grass or other nocuous weeds. The bales will consist of either hay or straw in good condition and be securely tied by wire. Stakes for anchoring bales will be #4 reinforcing bars, 1/2 inch steel pickets or 2 inch x 2 inch wooden stakes. Completed dikes will be at least 18 inches in height and will have sufficient weight and stability to prevent displacement by runoff. Hay bale dikes will not be allowed on paved areas, but may be used in unpaved drainageways. 2. Sand Bags. Fabric used to contain the sand may be permeable to water, but will be able to completely contain the sand within the bags. The fabric and seams will be of sufficient strength to prevent puncture or rupture when subjected to conditions which may be encountered during placement or when in place. Completed dikes will have sufficient weight and stability to prevent displacement by runoff. Sand bag dikes may be used in paved areas and/or unpaved areas. Dikes used across concrete curb and gutter sections shall be constructed to a minimum height of 6-inches and a minimum length of 2-feet (measured perpindicular to the curb), and shall be located with one end of the dike tight against the face of the curb to inhibit the flow of water. Dikes used in concrete drainage aprons or channels shall be constructed to a minimum height of 6-inch, and shall extend the full width of the apron or channel. Dikes used in unpaved drainageways shall be constructed to a minimum height of 18-inches. �y 103 3.1 GENERAL L� A. The Owner's Representative has the authority to limit the disturbed surface area exposed by construction operations. The Contractor shall provide control measures to prevent or minimize impact to receiving waters as required by the plans and/or as directed by the Owner's Representative in writing. B. The Contractor shall effectively prevent and control erosion and sedimentation on the site at the earliest practicable time. Control measures, where applicable, will be implemented prior to the commencement of each construction operation or immediately after the area has been disturbed. Control measures will remain in place throughout the construction period and any turf establishment period. C. Should the control measures fail to function effectively, the Contractor shall act immediately to bring the erosion and sedimentation under control by maintaining existing controls or by providing additional controls as directed by the Owner's Representative. 01272804, TEMPORARY EROSION, SEDIMENTATION AND WATER 01500 - 2 05105 POLLUTION PREVENTION AND CONTROL � When in the opinion of the Owner's Representative the site is adequately stabilized, the control measures will be removed and properly disposed of by the Contractor. D. All erosion, sediment and water pollution controls will be maintained in good working order. The Contractor shall provide a non-freezing rain gauge to be located at the project site. Within 24 hours of a rainfall event of 0.5 inches or more as measured by the project rain gauge, the Contractor and Owner's Representative will inspect the entire project to determine the condition of the control measures. Sediment will be removed and devices repaired as soon as practicable but no later than 7 days after the surrounding exposed ground has dried sufficiently to prevent further damage from equipment needed for the repair. E. In the event of continuous rainfall over a 24-hour period, or other circumstances that preclude equipment operation in the area, the Contractor will hand carry and install additional backup devices as determined by the Owner's Representative. The Contractor will remove silt accumulations and deposit the spoils in an area approved by the Owner's Representative as soon as practical. Any corrective action needed for the control measures will be accomplished in the sequence directed by the Owner's Representative, however areas adjacent to waterbodies shall generally have priority followed by devices protecting storm sewer inlets. F. The Contractor shall also conform to the following practices and controls: 1. Disposal areas, stockpiles, and haul roads used for this project, including areas not within the project limits, shall be constructed and maintained in a manner that will minimize and control the amount of sediment that may enter receiving waters. Disposal areas shall not be located in any wetland, waterbody or streambed. Construction roads may not be located in or cross any waterbody or streambed without prior approval of the Owner's Representative and shall be done in compliance with applicable rules and regulations. 2. Construction operations in rivers, streams, lakes, tidal water wetlands and other waterbodies shall be restricted to those areas where it is necessary to perform the work shown on the plans. Wherever streams are crossed, temporary bridges, timber mats or other structures shall be used. 3. Protected storage for paints, chemicals, solvents, fertilizers and other potentially toxic materials will be provided by the Contractor and the location approved by the Owner's Representative. 4. Construction staging areas and vehicle maintenance areas shall be constructed by the Contractor in a manner to minimize the runoff of pollutants and their location will be approved by the Owner's Representative. The Contractor shall prevent pollution of receiving waters with petroleum products or other hazardous or regulated substances. When work areas of material sources are located adjacent to a waterbody, control measures such as dikes, gabions, or rock berms, shall be used to keep sediment and other contaminants from entering the adjacent waterbody. Care shall be taken during the construction and removal of such barriers to minimize down -gradient sedimentation. 5. All waterways shall be cleared as soon as practicable of temporary embankment, temporary bridges, matting, falsework, piling, debris or other obstructions placed during construction operations that are not a part of the finished work. 6. Disturbance of vegetation shall be minimised and limited to only what is shown on the construction plans or as directed by the Owner's Representative in writing. 7. Construction entrances shall be stabilized by the use of rock, timber matting or other acceptable techniques when necessary to minimise the off -site vehicle tracking of sediment. The Contractor shall clean paved surfaces as necessary to remove sediment which has accumulated on the roadway. 01272804 TEMPORARY EROSION. SEDIMENTATION AhTD WATER 41500 - 3 05105 POLLUTION PREVENTION AND CONTROL 3.2 SILT FENCE A. The filter fabric will be securely attached to the posts and the wire fence with the bottom 12 inches of filter fabric buried in a trench a minimum of 6 inches keep to prevent sediment from passing under the fence. When the fence is constructed on impervious material, a 12 inch flap of fabric will be extended upstream from the bottom of the silt fence and weighted to limit particulate loss. B. Vertical joints will be overlapped a minimum of 12 inches with the ends se'Am or otherwise securely tied. No horizontal joints will be allowed in the filter fabric. C. The silt fence will be a minimum of 12 inches high. Posts will be embedded in the ground a minimum of 12 inches and spaced a maximum of 8 feet apart. Posts will be placed on a slight angle toward the anticipated runoff source. D. Torn or punctured fabric will be repaired by the placement of a patch consisting of an additional layer of fabric over the damaged area. The patch will overlap the damaged area a minimum of 12 inches in all directions and will be securely attached to the repaired fabric. 3.3 SEDIMENT CONTAINMENT DIKES A. The Contractor may select either bales or sand bag materials for the dikes, unless otherwise indicated. Bales or sand bags will be placed with ends tightly abutting. If placed in unpaved areas, the dike will be embedded in the soil a minimum of 4 inches and a maximum of 6 inches. Bales will be securely anchored in place by a minimum of 2 stakes per bale. Stakes will be angled toward the previously placed bale to force the bales together. Stakes will be embedded in the soil a minimum of 18 inches. Bales will not be used when underlying material such as concrete or asphalt prevents anchorage by stakes. B. If placed on paved surfaces, the dike will consist of sand bags placed with the ends tightly together. The sand bags will be placed side by side to a width as required to minimize sand bag movement or displacement during rainfall occurrences. END OF SECTION H UJ 01272904 TEMPORARY EROSION, SEDIMENTATION AND fit` .TER 01500 - 4 I 05/05 POLLUTION PREVENTION AND CONTROL. I J SECTION 01510 1.1 RELATED DOCUMEN I'S A. Drawings, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction. Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 - General Requirements apply to work of this Section. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Temporary Controls: Barriers, enclosures and fencing, protection of the Work, and water control B. Construction Facilities: Access roads, parking, progress cleaning, project signage, and temporary buildings. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01700 - Execution Requirements: Final Cleaning 1.4 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. Existing designated facilities located at Baggage Claim Two may be used during construction operations. Maintain daily in clean and sanitary condition. B. At end of construction, return facilities to same or better condition than originally found. A. Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas to allow for Owners use of the site, and to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction operations and demolition. 1.6 INTERIOR ENCLOSURES A. Provide temporary partitions as required to separate work areas from Owner occupied areas, to prevent penetration of dust and moisture into Owner occupied areas, and to prevent damage to existing materials and equipment. B. Construction: Framing and gypsum board sheet materials with closed joints and sealed edges at intersections with existing surfaces; insulate to R-I I with maximum Flame Spread rating of 75 in accordance with ASTM E84. 1.7 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A. Protect installed Work and provide special protection where specified inindividual specification Sections. B. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed Products. Control activity in immediate work area to minimize damage. } 01272804 TE1\1PORARY FACILITIES & CONTROLS 01510 - 1 05105 1.8 PROGRESS CLEANING A. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition. B. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces, and other closed or remote spaces; prior to enclosing the space. C. Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to start of surface finishing, and continue cleaning to eliminate dust. O. Remove waste materials, debris, and rubbish from site and dispose off -site at intervals as required to maintain clean site. 19 REMOVAL OF UTILITIES, FACILITIES, AND CONTROLS A. Remove temporary above grade utilities, equipment, facilities and materials as soon as permanent facilities can be utilized. B. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary work. C. Restore existing facilities used during construction to original condition. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition. PRODUCTS Vot Used n13 - . s Not Used END OF SECTION 01272804 TEIVIPORA.Y FACILITIES & CONTROLS 01510 - 2 OS/0-. SECTION 01600 a , y-Vdfflffl NO s _. ems_--. 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 - General Requirements apply to work of this Section. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Products. B. Product Delivery, Storage and Handling. C. Product options. D. Substitutions. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01400 - Quality Requirements: Product quality monitoring. Testing Laboratory Services. 1.4 PRODUCTS A. Products: Means new material, machinery, components, equipment, fixtures, and systems forming the Work and does not include machinery and equipment used for preparation, fabrication, conveying and erection of the Work. Products may also include existing materials or components required for reuse. B. Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing premises, except as specifically permitted by the Contract Documents. C. Provide interchangeable components of the same manufacturer, for similar components. D. Materials required to match existing work and not otherwise specified, shall be equal to the existing work in quality, color and finish. Workmanship and installation shall be comparable to adjacent existing work. The Engineer shall be the sole authority in determination of acceptable work. 1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery 1. Deliver materials, products and equipment to the project site in manufacturer's original, unopened containers or packaging, with identifying labels intact and legible. 2. Promptly inspect shipments to assure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged. 3. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. 4. Arrange deliveries in accord with the construction schedule and in ample time to facilitate inspection prior to installation to avoid unnecessary delays in the construction process. 01272804 05/05 01600 - 1 r B. Storage 1. Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, with seals and labels intact and legible. 2. Store sensitive products in weather -tight, climate controlled enclosures. 3. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports, above ground. 4. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to avoid condensation or potential degradation of Products. 5. Store loose granular materials on solid flat surfaces in a well -drained area. Prevent mixing with foreign matter. 6. Provide equipment and personnel to store products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. 7. Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to verify products are undamaged and are maintained in acceptable condition. 8. Materials, products and equipment may be stored off site in a bonded and insured warehouse approved by the Engineer and Owner. Pay all costs incurred for off -site storage facilities. Products properly stored in off site storage facilities may be included in progress pay requests with written approval of the Engineer. C. Handling l . Handle materials, products and equipment in a manner prescribed by manufacturer or specified to protect from damage during storage and installation. 1.6 PRODUCT OPTIONS A. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Any product meeting those standards or description. B. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers: Products of manufacturers named and meeting specifications, no options or substitutions allowed. C. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with a Provision for Substitutions: Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not named in accordance with the following article. 1.7 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Engineer will consider requests for substitutions only within 15 days after date established in � Notice to Proceed. B. Substitutions may be considered when a product becomes unavailable through no fault of the 1 Contractor. C. Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed Substitution with Contract Documents. D. A request constitutes a representation that the Bidder: 1. Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality - level of the specified product. 2. Will provide the same warranty for the Substitution as for the specified product. 3. Will coordinate installation and make changes to other Work which may be required for the Work to be complete with no additional cost to Owner. 4. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension which may subsequently become apparent. 5. Will reimburse Owner and Engineer for review or redesign services associated with re - approval by authorities. z t 01272804 PRODUCT REQUI1REIAE1_\rI`S 01600 - 2 f i 05105 E. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawing or product data submittals, without separate written request, or when acceptance will require revision to the Contract Documents. F. Substitution Submittal Procedure: 1. Submit four copies of request for Substitution for consideration. Limit each request to one proposed Substitution. 2. Submit shop drawings, product data, and certified test results attesting to the proposed product equivalence. Burden of proof is on proposer. 3. The Engineer will noti€�, Contractor, in writing, of decision to accept or reject request. 11:1 . ,s_ aa.. Not f PARS' 3 - EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION 01272804 PRODUCT R.EQUIIEItIENTS 01600 - 3 05105 SECTION 01650 PART I - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 - General Requirements apply to work of this Section. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Starting systems. B. Demonstration and instructions. C. Testing, adjusting, and balancing. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01410 - Testing Laboratory Services: Manufacturers field reports. B. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: System operation and maintenance data and extra materials. C. Division 15 - Testing Adjusting and Balancing. 1.4 STARTING SYSTEMS A. Coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment and systems. B. Notify Engineer seven days prior to start-up of each item. C. Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been checked for proper lubrication, drive rotation, belt tension, control sequence, or other conditions which may cause damage. D. Vert that tests meter readings, and specified electrical characteristics agree with those Verify g > p �' E. required by the equipment or system manufacturer. Verify wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested. F. Execute start-up under supervision of responsible manufacturer's representative and Contractors' personnel in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. G. When specified in individual specification Sections, require manufacturer to provide authorized representative to be present at site to inspect, check and approve equipment or system installation prior to start-up, and to supervise placing equipment or system in operation. H. Submit a written report in accordance with Section 01410 that equipment or system has been properly installed and is functioning correctly. 1.5 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTIONS A. Demonstrate operation and maintenance of Products to Owner's personnel two weeks prior to date of final inspection. B. For equipment or systems requiring seasonal operation; perform demonstration for other season. C. Utilize operation and maintenance manuals as basis for instruction. Review contents of manual with Owners' personnel in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance. A 01272804 STARTING OF SYSTEMS 01650 - 1 05105 D. Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, trouble -shooting, servicing, maintenance, and shutdown of each item of equipment at agreed -upon times, at equipment location. E. Prepare and insert additional data in operations and maintenance manuals when need for additional data becomes apparent during instruction. PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used 01272804 05105 END OF SECTION STARTING OF SYSTEMS 01650 - 2 t SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT FARTI-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, General Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions of the Agreement, Special Provisions and Division 1 - General Requirements apply to Work of this Section. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Closeout procedures. B. Final cleaning. C. Adjusting. D. Project record documents. E. Operation and maintenance data. F. Warranties. G. Spare parts and maintenance materials. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS _1 A. Section 01500 — Temporary Erosion, Sedimentation and Water Pollution Prevention and Control. B. Section 16000 — Basic Electrical Methods. C. Section 01650 — Starting of Systems: Testing Adjusting and Balancing 1.4 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Submit written certification that Contract Documents have been reviewed, Work has been inspected, and that Work is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and ready for Architect's inspection. B. Provide submittals to Architect that are required by governing or other authorities. C. Submit final Application for Payment identifying total adjusted Contract Sum, previous payments, and sum remaining due. 1.5 FINAL CLEANING A. Execute final cleaning prior to final inspection. B. Clean site; sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces. C. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from the site. D. Repair, patch and touch-up marred surfaces to match adjacent finishes., E. Clean interior glass surfaces exposed to view. F. Clean equipment and fixture to sanitary conditions. G. Replace filters of operating equipment. 01272004 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700 - 1 05105 1.6 ADJUSTING A. Adjust operating Products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation. 1.7 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS AFFIDAVITS A. Contractor, each subcontractor, each sub -subcontractor, and each material/product supplier to provide a notarized affidavit declaring that hazardous materials were not incorporated into construction of nor delivered to the Project. B. Hazardous materials include asbestos, lead polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB), prohibited termite eradication chemicals or any substance of any proportion determined or suspected by an agency of federal or state government to create a health hazard. C. Provide table of contents listing all affidavits in alphabetical order and assemble with metal prong binder in durable plastic presentation cover. D. Prepare binder cover with printed title "AFFIDAVITS OF NON -INCORPORATED HAZARDOUS MATERIALS", Title of Project, Project Address, Owner's Name, Address and Phone and date of Construction Completion. E. Provide two complete, identical binders of the aforementioned information in the prescribed format. F. Submit prior to final Application for Payment. 1.8 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintain on site, one set of the following record documents; record actual revisions to the Work: 1. Contract Drawings. 2. Specifications. 3. Addenda. 4. Change Orders and other Modifications to the Contract. 5. Reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples. B. Store Record Documents separate from documents used for construction. C. Record information concurrent with construction progress. D. Specifications: Legibly mark and record at each Product section description of actual Products installed, including the following: 1. Manufacturer's name and product model and number. 2. Product substitutions or alternates utilized. 3. Changes made by Addenda and Modifications. E. Record Documents and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record actual construction including: 1. Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances referenced to permanent surface improvements. 2. Field changes of dimension and detail. 3. Details not on original Contract Drawings. 4. Changes made by addenda and modification. F. Submit documents to Architect with claim for final Application for Payment. 01272804 05/05 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700 - 2 1.9 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit one copy 15 days prior to final inspection, 8 1/2 x I I inch text pages, bound in three D-ring binders with durable plastic covers. E. This copy will be returned after final inspection, with Architect comments. Revise content of documents as required prior to final submittal. C. Submit two final volumes revised within ten days after final inspection. D. Prepare binder covers with printed title "OPERATION AND MALNTTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS", title of project, and subject matter of binder when multiple binders are required. E. Internally subdivide the binder contents with permanent page dividers, logically organized as described below; with tab titling clearly printed under reinforced laminated plastic tabs. F. Contents: Prepare a Table of Contents for each volume, with each Product or system description identified, type on 24 pound white paper. G. Part 1: Directory, listing names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Architect, Contractor, Subcontractors, and major equipment suppliers. H. Part 2: Operation and maintenance instructions, arranged by system and subdivided by specification section. For each category, identify names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Subcontractors and suppliers. Identify the following: I. Significant design criteria. 2. List of equipment. 3. Parts list for each component. 4. Operating instructions necessary for Owner to make full and efficient use of equipment including recommended maintenance and seasonal change -over procedures for HVAC systems. 5. Maintenance instructions for equipment and systems. 6. Maintenance instructions for finishes, including recommended cleaning methods and materials and special precautions identifying detrimental agents. I. Part 3: Project documents and certificates, including the following: l . Shop drawings and product data. 2. Air and water balance reports. 3. Certificates. 4. Photocopies of warranties and bonds. 1.10 WARRANTIES A. Provide duplicate notarized copies. B. Execute and assemble documents from Subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers. C. Provide Table of Contents and assemble with metal prong binder in durable plastic presentation cover. D. Submit prior to final Application for Payment. E. For items of Work delayed beyond date of Substantial Completion, provide updated submittal within ten days after acceptance, listing date of acceptance as start of warranty period. 1.11 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Provide products, spare parts, maintenance and extra materials in quantities specified in individual specification Sections. E. Deliver to project site and place in location as directed; obtain receipt prior to final payment. 01272804 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700 - 3 i 05105 F-kRT 2 - PRODUCTS Not used P-4-RT 3 - EXECUTION Not used 01272904 05105 END OF SECTION CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01,700-4 DWISION 2 SECTION 02050 PARTI-GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL A. This item shall consist of the demolition, removal, and salvage or disposal of certain portions of existing paving materials, including existing asphalt surfacing and base material, existing concrete slabs and existing concrete curb and gutter, in accordance with these specifications and in conformity with the dimensions and typical cross sections shown on the plans and with the lines and grades established for the project. 1.2 CLASSIFICATION A. Materials to be removed consist of asphaltic concrete, portland cement concrete pavement and concrete curb and gutter. No consideration shall be given to differences in thickness or volume of material for each material removed. All pavement of each type to be removed shall be considered as being the same and equal and no consideration shall be given to differences in thickness of material. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. All lines separating pavement, concrete slabs or curb and gutter to be removed from that to remain in place shall be cut neatly and in a straight line, or shall be separated at an existing expansion or construction joint. Cuts shall be made by means of sawing, or other methods approved by the Owner's Representative which will produce a satisfactory edge. In no case shall the line be cut with a motor grader blade. 3.2 REMOVING EXISTING ASPHALT SURFACING AND BASE MATERIAL A. All existing materials to be removed and disposed of under this item shall be removed by the Contractor, and shall be disposed of in appropriate disposal areas off the Airfield property. Removal operations shall be accomplished in such a manner to minimize disturbance of existing underlying courses and adjacent pavement structures or improvements to remain in place. Any underlying courses disturbed during removal operations shall be reworked, recompacted and regraded to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Any damage to adjacent pavement structures or improvements to remain in place shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 01272804 DEMOLITION, REMOVAL AND SALVAGD TG 42450 e 1 L_ a 45/05 OF EXISTING MATERIALS 3.3 REMOVING AND DISPOSING OF EXISTING CONCRETE SLABS AIiTD CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER A. All existing concrete slabs and curb and gutter to be removed shall be broken up by suitable methods and equipment, and shall be removed from the construction site and properly disposed of at the Contractor's expense. B. The limits of removal of concrete slabs and curb and gutter shall be as shown on the plans or as directed by the Owner's Representative. All existing concrete to be removed shall be broken into pieces with an approximate maximum dimension of 24-inches and an approximate minimum dimension of 6-inches. C. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage to all adjacent paving, curb and gutter, and other structures, and shall repair said damage to the satisfaction of the Owner's Representative. No additional compensation shall be allowed for the repair of such damage. END OF SECTION 01272804 DEMOLITION, REMOVAL 26-ND SAL; AGING 02050 - 2. 05/05 OF EXISTING 1kL/,,TEPdA.LS SECTION 02200 EMBANKMENT 1.1 GENERAL A. This item shall consist of excavation, subgrade preparation, grading, embankment and topsoiling of all materials within the limits of the work required to complete the construction of the various items included in this project in accordance with these specifications and in conformity with the dimensions and typical sections shown on the plans and with the lines and grades established for the project. B. All suitable material taken from excavation shall be used in the formation of embankment, subgrade, and for backfilling as indicated on the plans or as directed by the Owner's Representative. C. It is anticipated that no borrow material will be required for the construction of this project. However, if the volume of excavation removed from the construction site is not sufficient for constructing the project fill to the grades indicated, the deficiency shall be supplied from borrow sites approved by the Owner's Representative at the Contractor's expense. If the volume of excavation material removed from the project construction area exceeds that required to construct the project to the grades indicated, the excess material shall be stockpiled or evenly distributed on site at the Contractor's expense. 1.2 CLASSIFICATION All material excavated shall be defined as unclassified excavation and shall include all excavation performed under this item regardless of the material encountered. Existing asphaltic concrete pavement and base material, concrete slabs and curb and gutter shall be salvaged or removed in accordance with Section 02050, DEMOLITION, REMOVAL AND SALVAGING OF EXISTING MATERIALS, of these specifications. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. The rough excavation shall be carried to the necessary depth to obtain the specified depth of subgrade densification shown on the plans. Likewise, on embankments, the depth of subgrade densification shall be as shown on the plans. Should the Contractor, through negligence or other fault, excavate below the designated lines, he shall replace the excavation with approved materials, in an approved manner and condition, at his own expense. The Owner's Representative shall have complete control over the excavation, moving, placing, and disposition of all material and shall determine the suitability of material to be placed in 01272804 EXCAVATION, SUEGRADE PREPARATION, GRADING, 02200 - 1 05105 EMBANKMENT AND TOFSOILING embankments. All material determined unsuitable shall be disposed of in waste areas or as directed. Topsoil shall not be used in fills or in subgrades but shall be handled and placed as directed. B. The Contractor shall inform and satisfy himself as to the character, quantity, and distribution of all material to be excavated. No payment will be made for any excavated material which is used for purposes other than those designated. All spoil areas shall be leveled to a uniform line and section and shall present a neat appearance before project acceptance. C. Those areas outside of the pavement areas in which the top layer of soil material becomes compacted, due to hauling or to any other activity of the Contractor, shall be scarified and dicced to a depth of 4 inches, as directed, to loosen and pulverize the soil. D. If it is necessary to interrupt existing surface drainage, sewers or underdrainage, conduits, utilities, or similar underground structures, or parts thereof, the Contractor shall be responsible for and shall take all necessary precautions to protect and preserve or provide temporary services. The Contractor shall, at his own expense, satisfactorily repair all damage to such facilities or structures which may result from any of his operations during the period of the contract. 3.2 EXCAVATION A. Excavation shall be performed as indicated on the contract plans to the lines, grades, and elevation shown or as directed by the Owner's Representative, and shall be made so that the requirements for formation of embankments can be followed. No excavation or stripping shall be started until the Owner's Representative has taken cross -sectional elevations and measurements of the existing ground surface, and has set control base lines for the proposed work. All material encountered within the limits indicated shall be removed and disposed of as directed. During the process of excavation, the grade shall be maintained so that it will be well drained at all times. When directed, temporary drains and drainage ditches shall be installed to intercept or divert surface water which may affect the work. B. When selective grading is specified or required as indicated on the plans, the excavated material shall be handled to allow the selected material to be properly placed in the embankment and in the capping of pavement subgrades as determined from the soil profile and soil characteristics. C. The Contractor shall so schedule the work that excavated material can be placed in its proper section of the pavement construction. If the Contractor for his convenience desires to stockpile material, it shall be stockpiled in approved areas for later use. D. Rock, shale, hardpan, loose rock, boulders, or other material unsatisfactory for subgrades, roads, shoulders, intermediate areas, or any areas intended for turfing shall be excavated to a minimum depth of 12 inches below the contemplated surface of the subgrade or the designated grades. Muck, peat, matted roots, or other yielding material, unsatisfactory for subgrade foundation, shall be removed to a depth specified, to provide a satisfactory foundation. Unsatisfactory materials shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of at locations approved by the Owner's Representative at the Contractor's expense. The portion so excavated shall be refilled with suitable selected material as specified, obtained from the grading operations or borrow area and thoroughly compacted by rolling. The necessary refilling will constitute a part of the embankment. Where rock cuts are made and refilled with selected material, or where trenching out is done to provide for a course of pavement, the depths thus created shall be ditched at frequent intervals to provide adequate drainage. E. The Owner reserves the right to make minor adjustments or revisions in lines or grades, if found necessary, as the work progresses due to discrepancies in the plans or to obtain satisfactory construction. H 01272804, EXCAVATION, SUBGRADE PREPARATION, GRADING. 02200 - t ! � 05/01 ENMANKIVIENT AND TOPSOIL ING i F. The removal of existing structures and utilities required to permit the orderly progress of work will be accomplished by the Contractor as an incidental part of the work, unless otherwise shown on the plans. G. In cut areas, the subgrade under areas to be paved shall be compacted to the depths and to the densities at optimum moisture as shown on the plans or as specified by the specifications, and as determined by the compaction control tests specified in ASTM D-1557. Any unsuitable materials encountered shall be removed. H. In cut areas, the subgrade material shall be removed to the depths indicated on the drawings. The bottom layer of subgrade shall be compacted to the depths and density as shown on the drawings. The remaining layers of subgrade shall be constructed as embankment as shown on the drawings. I. No payment or measurement for payment will be made for suitable materials removed, manipulated, and replaced in order to obtain density except as specified above. Any removal, manipulation, aeration, replacement, and recompaction of suitable materials necessary to obtain the required density, except as specified above, shall be considered as incidental to the excavation and embankment operations, and shall be performed by the Contractor at no additional cost to the project. J. Stones or rock fragments larger than 4 inches in their greatest dimension will not be permitted in the top 12 inches of the subgrade. The finished grading operations conforming to the typical cross section shall be completed and maintained ahead of the paving operations. K. In cuts, all loose or protruding rocks on the back slopes shall be barred loose or otherwise removed to line or finished grade of slope. All cut -and -fill slopes shall be uniformly dressed to the slope, cross section, and alignment shown on the plans or as directed by the Owner's Representative. L. Blasting will not be permitted. A. Embankment areas shall be cleared and grabbed. All depressions or holes below the ground surface, whether caused by grubbing or otherwise, shall be backfilled with suitable material and compacted to ground surface before the construction of the embankment will be permitted to start. B. Immediately prior to the placing of the fill materials, the entire area upon which the embankment is to be placed, except where limited by rock, shall be scarified and broken by means of a disc harrow or plow, or other approved equipment, to a depth of 6 inches. Scarifying shall be done approximately parallel to the axis of the fill. All roots, debris, large stones, or objectionable material that would cause interference with the compaction of the foundation or fill shall be removed from the area and disposed of as directed. A thin layer (approximately 3 inches) of the fill material shall be spread over the scarified foundation and the whole area compacted as required in the specifications. C. Where embankments are to be placed on natural slopes steeper than 3-to-1, horizontal benches shall be constructed as directed by the Owner's Representative. Suitable excavated material shall be incorporated in embankments. D. No direct payment shall be made for the preparation of the embankment area. 3.4 STRIPPING All vegetation such as trees, brush, heavy sods, heavy growth of grass, decayed vegetable matter, rubbish, and any other unsuitable material within the area upon which embankment is to be placed shah be stripped or otherwise removed before the embankment is started, and in no case shall such 01272804 EXCAVATION, SUBGRADE PREPARATION, GRADING, 02200 - 3 05105 EMBANKMENT AND TOPSOILING i objectionable material be allowed in or under the embankment. No direct payment will be made for stripping. 3.5 FORMATION OF EMBANKMENTS A. Embanlonents shall be formed of satisfactory materials placed in successive horizontal layers of not more than 8 inches in loose depth for the full width of the cross section. B. The grading operations shall be conducted, and the various soil strata shall be placed, to produce a soil structure as shown on the typical cross section or as directed. All materials entering the embankment shall be reasonably free of organic matter such as leaves, grass, roots, and other objectionable material. Soil, granular material, shale, and any other material ' permitted for use in embankment shall be spread in successive layers as specified } C. Operations on earthwork shall be suspended at any time when satisfactory results cannot be obtained because of rain, freezing weather, or other unsatisfactory conditions of the field The [ Contractor shall drag, blade, or slope the embankment to provide proper surface drainage. D. The material in the layers shall be of the proper moisture content before rolling to obtain the prescribed compaction. Wetting or drying of the material and manipulation when necessary to secure a uniform moisture content throughout the layer shall be required. Should the material be too wet to permit proper compaction or rolling, all work on all portions of the embankment thus affected shall be delayed until the material has dried to the required moisture content. Sprinkling shall be done with approved equipment that will sufficiently distribute the water. Sufficient equipment to furnish the required water shall be available at all times. Samples of all embankment materials for testing, both before and after placement and compaction, will be taken at frequent intervals. From these tests, corrections, adjustments, and modifications of methods, materials, and moisture content will be made to construct the embankment. E. Rolling operations shall be continued until the embankment is compacted to not less than 95%, for noncohesive soils; and 90% for cohesive soils of the maximum density, at optimum moisture, as determined by the compaction control tests in ASTM D-1557. Under all areas to be paved, the embankment shall be compacted to the depths and to the densities at optimum moisture as shown on the plans or as specified in the specifications, as determined by the compaction control tests specified in ASTM D-1557. On all areas outside of the pavement areas, no compaction will be required on the top 4 inches. Any areas inaccessible to a roller shall be consolidated and compacted by mechanical tampers. F. During construction of the embankment, the Contractor shall route his equipment at all times, both when loaded and when empty, over the layers as they are placed and shall distribute the travel evenly over the entire width of the embankment. The equipment shall be operated in , such a manner that hard gravel, y chunky pan, cemented vel, clay, or other ch soil material will be broken up into small particles and become incorporated with the other material in the layer. G. In the construction of embankments, starting layers shall be placed in the deepest portion of the fill; as placement progresses, layers shall be constructed approximately parallel to the finished pavement grade line. H. When rock and other embankment material are excavated at approximately the same time, the rock shall be incorporated into the outer portion of the embankment and the other materials shall be incorporated under the future paved areas. Stones or fragmentary rock larger than 4 t_ inches in their greatest dimension will not be allowed in the top 12 inches of the subgrade. Rockfill shall be brought up in layers as specified or as directed and every effort shall be exerted to fill the voids with the finer material to form a dense, compact mass. Rock or boulders shall not be disposed of outside of the excavation or embankment areas, except at places and in the manner designated by the Owner's Representative. ; 01272804 EXCAVATION, SUl3GRADE PREPARATION, GRADING, 02200 - 4 €15/05 EMBANTUVIENT AND TOPSOILING 1. Frozen material shall not be placed in the embankment nor shall embankment be placed upon frozen material. J. The Contractor shall be responsible for the stability of all embankments made under the contract and shall replace any portion which, in the opinion of the Owner's Representative, has become displaced due to carelessness or negligence on the part of the Contractor. K. There will be no separate measurement or payment for compacted embankment, and all costs incidental to placing in layers, compacting, discing, watering, mixing, sloping, and other necessary operations of the embankments will be included in the contract price for excavation. L. When stockpiling of excavated material and later rehandling of such material is done for the convenience of the Contractor, no extra payment will be made for the rehandling of stockpiled materials. 3.6 EQUIPMENT The Contractor may use any type of earth -moving, compaction, and watering equipment he may desire or has at his disposal, provided the equipment is in a satisfactory condition and is of such capacity that the construction schedule can be maintained as planned by the Contractor and as approved by the Owner's Representative in accordance with the total calendar days or working days bid for the construction. The Contractor shall furnish, operate, and maintain such equipment as is necessary to control uniform density, layers, section, and smoothness of grade. 3.7 PREPARATION AND PROTECTION OF THE TOP OF THE SUBGRADE v A. On areas to be paved, the specified depth in cut areas and the top of embankment shall be compacted to the density specified. When completed, the surface shall be true to the lines, grades, and cross section shown on the plans or as directed by the Owner's Representative. After all drains, structures, ducts, and other underground appurtenances along the edges or under the pavement have been completed, the subgrade shall be compacted to the depth and density specified as determined by the compaction control tests specified in ASTM D-1557. Any irregularities or depressions that develop under rolling shall be corrected by loosening the material at these places and adding, removing, or replacing material until the surface is smooth and uniform. Any portion of the area which is not accessible to a roller shall be compacted to the required density by approved mechanical tampers. The material shall be sprinkled with water during rolling or tamping as required or when directed by the Owner's Representative. B. All soft and yielding material and material which will not compact readily when rolled or tamped shall be removed as directed by the Owner's Representative and replaced with suitable material. After grading operations are complete, all loose stones larger than 2 inches in their greatest dimension shall be removed from the surface of all proposed graded paving areas and disposed of as directed by the Owner's Representative. C. At all times, the top of the subgrade shall be kept in such condition that it will drain readily and effectively. In handling materials, tools, and equipment, the Contractor shall protect the subgrade from damage by laying planks when directed and shall take other precautions as needed. In no case will vehicles be allowed to travel in a single track. If ruts are formed, the subgrade shall be reshaped and rolled. Storage or stockpiling of materials on the top of the subgrade will not be permitted. Until the subgrade has been checked and approved, no stabilized subgrade, subbase, base, surface course, or pavement shall be laid thereon. .. a 01272804 EXCA`VATION, SUBGRADE PREPARATION, GRADING, 02200 - 5 0510E EI J\TKMEI\TT AND TOPSOIL,ING 3.8 HAUL No payment will be made separately or directly for haul on any part of the work. All hauling will be considered a necessary and incidental part of the work and its cost shall be considered by the Contractor and included in the contract unit price for the pay items of work involved. 3.9 TOLERANCES In those areas upon which a subbase, base course, or surface course is to be placed, the top of the subgrade shall be of such smoothness that; when tested with a 16-foot straightedge, it shall not show any deviation in excess of 2 inch, or shall not be more than 0.05 foot from true grade as established by grade hubs or pins. Any deviation in excess of these amounts shall be corrected by loosening, adding, or removing materials, reshaping, and recompacting by sprinkling and rolling. 3.10 TOPSOIL A. Topsoil shall be salvaged from stripping or other grading operations. Topsoil shall be the surface laver of soil with no admixture of refuse or any material toxic to plant growth, and it shall be reasonably free from subsoil and stumps, roots, brush, stones (2 inches or more in diameter), clay lumps or similar objects. Brush and other vegetation which will not be incorporated with the soil during handling operations shall be out and removed. Ordinary sods and herbaceous growth such as grass and weeds are not to be removed but shall be thoroughly broken up and intermixed with the soil during handling operations. B. All areas outside the paved areas within the grading limits shall be topsoiled unless otherwise shown on the plans or otherwise directed by the Owner's Representative. C. Suitable equipment necessary for proper preparation and treatment of the ground surface, stripping of topsoil, and for the handling and placing of all required materials shall be on hand, in good condition, and approved by the Owner's Representative before the various operations are started. D. Immediately prior to dumping and spreading the topsoil on any area, the surface shall be loosened by discs or spike -tooth harrows, or by other means approved by the Owner's Representative, to a minimum depth of 2 inches to facilitate bonding of the topsoil to the covered subgrade soil. The surface of the area to be topsoiled shall be cleared of all stones larger than 2 inches in any diameter and all litter or other material which may be detrimental to proper bonding, the rise of capillary moisture, or the proper growth of the desired planting. Limited areas, as shown on the plans, which are too compact to respond to these operations shall receive special scarification. E. Grades on the area to be topsoiled, which have been established shall be maintained in a true and even condition. Where grades have not been established, the areas shall be smooth -graded and the surface Leff at the prescribed grades in an even and properly compacted condition to prevent, insofar as practical, the formation of low places or pockets where water will stand. J F. Prior to the stripping of topsoil from designated areas, any vegetation, briers, stumps and large roots, rubbish or stones found on such areas, which may interfere with subsequent operations, shall be removed using methods approved by the Owner's Representative. Heavy sod or other cover, which cannot be incorporated into the topsoil by discing or other means shall be removed. i G. The Contractor shall remove topsoil from the designated areas and to the depth as directed by the Owner's Representative. The topsoil shall be spread on areas already tilled and smooth -graded, or stockpiled it areas approved by the Owner's Representative. Any topsoil ? stockpiled by the Contractor shall be rehandled and placed without additional compensation. 01272804 EYCA-V A TIONT, SUBGRADE PREPARATION, GP ,.DING, 02200 - 6 05/05 EIS ANKIVIENT AND TOPSOILING H. In unpaved excavation areas, at least the upper 4 inches of material shall be topsoil, unless otherwise shown on the plans or stated in the special provisions. Spreading shall not be done when the ground or topsoil is frozen, excessively wet, or otherwise in a condition detrimental to the work. Spreading shall be carried on so that turfing operations can proceed with a minimum of soil preparation or tilling. I. After spreading, any large, stiff clods and hard lumps shall be broken with a pulverizer or by other effective means, and all stones or rocks (2 inches or more in diameter), roots, litter, or any foreign matter shall be raked up and disposed of by the Contractor. After spreading is completed, the topsoil shall be satisfactorily compacted by rolling with a cultipacker or by other means approved by the Owner's Representative. The compacted topsoil surface shall conform to the required lines, grades, and cross sections. Any topsoil or other dirt falling upon. pavements as a result of hauling or handling of topsoil shall be promptly removed. J. No direct payment will be made for topsoil as such. END OF SECTION 01272804 EXCAVATIOIeT, SIJBGRADE PREPARATION, GRADING, 02200 e 7 05105 EIABA.NK1,AE1\TT .AJ\M TOPSOII.,ING SECTION 02231 1.1 SCOPE A. This section covers excavating, crushing, hauling, and spreading base material and wetting, compacting and shaping it to form a flexible base course for paving, to the lines, grades and typical cross sections shown on the plans, and as specified herein. The Contractor shall fiarnish all materials, equipment, tools, labor and superintendence and incidentals necessary to complete the work. The base material shall be caliche base course, crushed aggregate base course or gravel aggregate base course as specified below. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01025 - Measurement and Payment. B. Section 02513 — Bituminous Surface Course. 1.3 BASE MATERIAL A. The base material shall consist of argillaceous limestone, calcareous or calcareous clay particles, with or without stone, conglomerate, gravel, sand or other granular materials. Materials for use in constructing the base course shall be finished by the Contractor from a source approved by the Owner. The Contractor shall be responsible for locating the source of base material, securing approval of the source, and for making arrangements with the owner of the property, on which the pit is located, for use of the material. The pits shall be stripped of all unacceptable material and the stripping shall be disposed of in a manner agreeable to the owner of the property on which the pit is located. The pits shall be opened so as to immediately expose the vertical faces of all of the various strata of acceptable material. Unless otherwise directed, the material shall be secured in successive vertical cuts extending through all of the exposed strata. Any incidental costs, including securing, stripping, or crushing the base material, shall be paid for by the Contractor and shall be included in the bid price. 1.4 MATERIAL TESTS A. Contractor will provide all preconstruction testing of material to verify it meets the requirements of 2. LA and 2. LB below. 01272804 AGGREGATE BASE COURSE 02231 - 1 05105 P 'lAK PRODUCTS 2.1 BASE MATERIAL All acceptable material shall be screened and the oversized material crushed and returned to the screened material in such a manner that a uniform material is produced. The processed base material shall meet the following requirements: A. Sieve Analysis Retained on 1-3/4 inch Sieve 0% Retained on 7/8 inch Sieve 10 to 35% Retained on 3/ 8 inch Sieve 30 to 50% Retained on No. 4 Sieve 45 to 65% Retained on No. 40 Sieve 70 to 85% Maximum increase on passing No. 40 25% B. Soil Binder The material passing the No. 40 sieve shall be known as soil binder and shall meet the following requirements when prepared in accordance with Test Method TEX-101-E procedure: The liquid limit shall not exceed 35 The plasticity index Minimum 3, Maximum 12 The linear shrinkage shall not exceed 8.5 Wet Ball Mill 45 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 ACCEPTANCE OF SUBGRADE Prior to placing any base material, the Contractor shall verify that the subgrade has been shaped and compacted to the cross sections and grades in accordance with the plans. The Contractor shall notify the Owner of any deficiencies. By placing base on the subgrade the Contractor accepts the condition of the subgrade as conforming with plans and specifications. 3.2 MATCHING EXISTING PAVEMENT A. In locations where new pavement abuts existing pavement, the Contractor shall saw cut the existing pavement along a straight line approximately 12-inches from the existing edge of pavement. B. Contractor shall remove existing material to top of existing base within 6-inches of saw cut. Beyond 6-inches of the saw out, existing material shall be removed by the contractor to top of proposed subgrade. C. A smooth transition shall be provided between typical section of new construction and edge of existing pavement. 3.3 HAULING AND PLACING A. Equipment: All equipment used shall be suitable for efficiently and properly accomplishing the work in this items. All equipment required for doing the work shall be in first class a operating condition and on the project prior to the start of any work under this item. All equipment shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. 01272804 AGGREGATE BASE COURSE 02231 - 2 _ 05105 B. Flexible base shall be constructed in one course. The material shall be delivered in approved vehicles of uniform capacity, and it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to supply the amount of material required to construct the base course to the thickness shown on the plans. Spreading and shaping shall be done in a manner which will thoroughly mix the material and prevent segregation. Sprinkling during this process will be required if necessary to prevent segregation. When shaping is completed the material shall be uniformly well graded and of the proper thickness. Material deposited upon the subgrade shall be spread and shaped the same day. In the event inclement weather or other unforeseen circumstances renders impractical the spreading of the material during the day in which it is deposited, the material shall be scarified, mixed and spread as directed by the Engineer. All areas and nests of segregated coarse of fine materials shall be corrected and removed or replaced with well graded material. If additional or corrective binder is required, it shall be furnished and applied in the amount directed by the Engineer. Such binder material shall be carefully and evenly incorporated with the material in place by scarifying, harrowing, or other approved method. 3.4 FINISHING AND COMPACTING A. The processed base course shall be thoroughly compacted by rolling. The rolling shall progress from one side toward previously placed material by lapping uniformly each preceding rear -wheel track by one-half of the width of such track. Rolling shall continue until the material is thoroughly set, the interstices of the material reduced to a minimum and until creeping of the material ahead of the roller is no longer visible. Rolling shall continue until the base material has been compacted to not less than 95 percent density, as determined by ASTM D698. Blading and rolling shall be done alternately, as required or directed, to obtain smooth, even and uniformly compacted base. B. The base shall not be rolled when the underlying course is soft or yielding or when the roller causes undulation in the base course. When the rolling develops irregularities that exceed 3/8 inch when tested with a 16-foot straightedge, the irregular surface shall be loosened, refilled with the same material as that being used in constructing the course and rolled again as required. C. In areas inaccessible to the roller, the base course material shall be thoroughly tamped with mechanical tampers. D. The sprinkling during rolling, if necessary, shall be in the amount and by equipment approved by the Engineer. E. Shape base to required elevations and cross section slope grades. F. Surface Test: After the course has been completely compacted, the surface shall be tested for smoothness and accuracy of grade and crown. Any portion lacking the required smoothness or failing in accuracy of grade or crown shall be scarified reshaped, recompacted and otherwise manipulated as the Engineer may direct until the required smoothness and accuracy are obtained. The finished surface shall meet requirements of paragraph 3.4 of this Section. G. Protection: Work on the base course shall not be accomplished during freezing temperatures or when the subgrade is wet. When the material is frozen or when the underlying course is frozen the construction shall be stopped. Hauling equipment may be routed over completed portions of the base course, provided no damage results and provided such equipment is routed over the full width of the base course to avoid rutting or uneven compaction. However, the Engineer shall have full and specific authority to stop all hauling over completed or partially completed base course when, in his opinion, such hauling is causing damage. Any damage resulting to the base course from, routing equipment over the base course shall be repaired by the Contractor at his sole expense. 01272804 AGGREGATE BASE COURSE 02231 - 3 05105 H. Determine the thickness of the base course by depth tests or cores taken by the Owner and observed by the Owner's Representative at intervals so that each test represents no more than 300 square yards. Density tests shall be made at intervals of not more than 300 square yards. 3.5 IRREGULARITIES, DEPRESSIONS OR WEAK SPOTS A. All irregularities, depressions or weak spots which develop during compaction shall be corrected immediately by scarifying the areas affected, adding or removing material as required, reshaping and recompacting by sprinkling and rolling. Immediately prior to placing of surfacing, the base shall be checked for grade and cross section, and any deviation in excess of three -eights (3/8) inch from grade or true cross section shall be corrected. "Blue tops" set to finished base elevations shall be set by the Contractor, in order to check the base for proper grade and elevation. 3.6 MAINTENANCE A. If the base course is opened to traffic before application of the surfacing, the base shall be satisfactorily maintained by wetting, blading and rolling until the wearing surface is placed thereon. The Contractor shall perform all maintenance work necessary to keep the base course in a condition satisfactory for priming. After priming, the surface shall be kept clean and free from foreign material. The base course shall be properly drained at all times. If cleaning is necessary, or if the prime coat becomes disturbed, any work necessary to correct the deficiency shall be performed at the sole expense of the Contractor. END OF SECTION 01272804 05105 AGGREGATE BASE COURSE 02231 - 4 SECTION 02317 1.I SECTION INCLUDES A. This section of the specifications includes information on excavation, trenching, foundation, embedment, and backfill for installation of inlet and pipeline structures. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Special Conditions and other Division I specification sections apply to this section. B. Section 01400 — Quality Requirements. C. Section 01500 — Temporary Facilities and Controls. D. Section 01555 — Barricades, Signs and Traffic Handling. E. Section 02221 — Removing Existing Pavements. F. Section 02260 — Excavation Support and Protection. G. Section 02300 — Earthwork. H. Section 02320 — Utility Backfill Materials. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Pipe Foundation: Suitable and stable native soils that are exposed at the trench subgrade after excavation to depth of bottom of the bedding as shown on the Drawings, or foundation backfill material placed and compacted in over -excavations. B. Pipe Bedding: The portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from top of foundation up to a level line at bottom of pipe, and horizontally under 1/3 of the pipe O.D. C. Haunching: The material placed on either side of pipe from the foundation to the springline of the pipe for rigid wall pipe, and horizontally from one trench sidewall to opposite sidewall, excluding the bedding section as shown on the plans. D. Initial Backfill: The portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from the top of haunching or cement stabilized back -fill up to a level line immediately below pavement subgrade, and horizontally from one trench sidewall to opposite sidewall. E. Pipe Embedment: The portion of trench backfill that consists of bedding, haunching and initial backfill. F. Trench Zone: The portion of trench back -fill that extends vertically from top of pipe embedment up to a line immediately below pavement subgrade or up to final grade when not beneath pavement. G. Backfill: Suitable material meeting specified quality requirements, placed and compacted under controlled conditions. H. Seepage: Water intrusion from groundwater into an excavation or trench via the sidewalls and floor of the excavation or trench such that sidewall material and excavated floor material are not displaced by hydraulic pressure or flow, and the flow rate of groundwater intrusion is such that the excavation or trench will accumulate more than a 3-inch depth in the floor of the excavation or trench in a 24-hour period if not removed by pumping, bailing or other methods, or not intercepted by an external groundwater dewatering system. 01272004 EXCAVATIONT ANTIS BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 02317 - 1 111 rl L Surface Water Control: Diversion and drainage of surface water runoff and rain water away from trench excavation. Rain water and surface water accidentally entering trench shall be controlled and removed as a part of excavation drainage. J. Excavation Drainage: Removal of surface water in trench by sump pumping or other approved means. R. Trench Conditions are defined with regard to the stability of trench bottom and trench walls of pipe embedment zone. Maintain trench conditions that provide for effective placement and compaction of embedment material directly on or against undisturbed soils or foundation backfill, except where structural trench support is necessary. 1. Dry Stable Trench: Stable and substantially dry trench conditions exist in pipe embedment zone as a result of typically dry soils or achieved by ground water control (dewatering or depressurization) for trenches extending below ground water level. 2. Stable Trench with Seepage: Stable trench in which ground water seepage is controlled by excavation drainage. a. Stable Trench with Seepage in Clayey Soils: Excavation drainage is provided in lieu of or to supplement ground water control systems to control seepage and provide stable trench subgrade in predominately clayey soils prior to bedding placement. b. Stable Wet Trench in Sandy Soils: Excavation drainage is provided in the embedment zone in combination with ground water control in predominately sandy or silty soils. 3. Unstable Trench: Unstable trench conditions exist in the pipe embedment zone if ground water inflow or high water content causes soil disturbances, such as sloughing, sliding, boiling, heaving or loss of density. L. Subtrench: Subtrench is a special case of benched excavation. Subtrench excavation below trench shields or shoring installations may be used to allow placement and compaction of foundation or embedment materials directly against undisturbed soils. Depth of a subtrench depends upon trench stability and safety as determined by the Contractor. M. Trench Dam: A placement of low permeability material in pipe embedment zone or foundation to prohibit ground water flow along the trench. N. Over -Excavation and Backfill: Excavation of subgrade soils with unsatisfactory bearing capacity or composed of otherwise unsuitable materials below top of foundation as shown on Drawings, and baclfilled with foundation backfill material. O. Foundation Backfill Materials: Natural soil or manufactured aggregate of controlled gradation, to control drainage and material separation. Foundation backfill material is placed and compacted as backfill to provide stable support for bedding. P. Trench Safety Systems include both protective systems and shoring systems as defined in Section 02260 — Excavation Support and Protection. Q. Trench Shield (Trench Box): A portable worker safety structure moved along the trench as work proceeds, used as a protective system and designed to withstand forces imposed on it by cave-in, thereby protecting persons within the trench. Trench shields may be stacked if so designed or placed in a series depending on depth and length of excavation to be protected. R. Shoring System: A structure that supports sides of an excavation to maintain stable soil conditions and prevent cave-ins, onto prevent movement of the ground affecting adjacent installations or improvements. 01272804 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 05/05 02317 - 2 A. ASTM D 558 - Test Methods for Moisture -Density Relations of Soil Cement Mixtures. B. ASTM D 698 - Test Methods for Moisture -Density Relations of Soils and Soil -Aggregate Mixtures Using 5.5-1b (2.49-kg) Rammer and 12-in. (304.8-mm) Drop. C. ASTM D 1556 - Test Method for Density in Place by the Sand -Cone Method. D. ASTM D 2487 - Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes. E. ASTM D 2922 - Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil -Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). F. ASTM D 3017 - Test Method for 'Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). G. ASTM D 4318 - Test Method for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils. H. TxDOT Tex- 101-E - Preparation of Soil and Flexible Base Materials for Testing. I. TxDOT Tex- 110-E - Determination of Particle Size Analysis of Soils. J. Federal Regulations, 29 CFR Pare 1926, Standards -Excavation, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). 1.5 SCHEDULING A. Schedule work so that pipe embedment can be completed on the same day that acceptable foundation has been achieved for each section of pipe installation. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to Section 01300 - Submittals. t B. Submit a written description for information only of the planned typical method of excavation, backfill placement and compaction, including: 1. Sequence of work and coordination of activities. 2. Selected trench widths. 3. Procedures for foundation and embedment placement, and compaction. 4. Procedure for use of trench boxes and other premanufactured systems while assuring specified compaction against undisturbed soil. _1 C. Submit backfill material sources and product quality information in accordance with requirements of Section 02320 - Utility Backfill Materials. D. Submit field density tests of trench back -fill. E. Submit laboratory density compaction curves for each material. 1.7 TESTS A. Perform backfill material source qualification testing in accordance with requirements of Section 02320- Utility Bacl;fill Materials. B. Perform field density tests of trench backfill representative of each 500 linear feet of trench and each one -foot of lift thickness. f C. Once within pavement subgrade depth under paved areas, perform field density tests of j subgrade at the frequency specified in Section 02300 — Earthwork. D. The Owner will perform his own check of field densities at random intervals at Owner's expense for passing tests. Failing tests will be charged to the Contractor. _._. __... _. f 1 01272904 EXCAVATION' AND BACKFILLL FOR UTILITIES 02317 - 3 05/05 2.1 EQUIPMENT A. Perform excavation with hydraulic excavator or other equipment suitable for achieving the requirements of this Section. B. Use only hand -operated tamping equipment until a minimum cover of 12 inches is obtained over pipes, conduits, and ducts. Do not use heavy compacting equipment until adequate cover is attained to prevent damage to pipes, conduits, or ducts. Do not use vibratory equipment until 5 feet of cover over pipes, conduits and ducts is obtained. Do not use vibratory equipment if adjacent structures are affected. C. Use trench shields or other protective systems or shoring systems which are designed and operated to achieve placement and compaction of backfill directly against undisturbed native soil. 2.2 MATERIAL CLASSIFICATIONS A. Embedment and Trench Zone Backfill Materials: Conform to classifications and product descriptions of Section 02320 - Utility Backfill Materials. l7I IA x2 :i CAI II 3.1 PREPARATION A. Perform work to conform with applicable safety standards and regulations. Employ a trench safety system as specified in Section 02260 — Excavation Support and Protection. B. Immediately notify the agency or company owning any existing utility line which is damaged, broken, or disturbed. Obtain approval from the Owner and agency for any repairs or relocations, either temporary or permanent. C. Maintain permanent benchmarks, monumentation, and other reference points. Unless otherwise directed in writing, replace those which are damaged or destroyed. 3.2 PROTECTION A. Protect and support above -grade and below -grade utilities which are to remain. B. Restore damaged permanent facilities to pre -construction conditions unless replacement or abandonment of facilities are indicated on the Drawings. C. Take measures to minimise erosion of trenches. Do not allow water to pond in trenches. Where slides, washouts, settlements, or areas with loss of density or pavement failures or potholes occur, repair, recompact, and pave those areas at no additional cost to Owner. 3.3 EXCAVATION A. Perform excavation work so that pipe, conduit, and ducts can be installed to depths and alignments shown on the Drawings. Avoid disturbing surrounding ground and existing facilities and improvements. 01272804 EXCAVATIONT AND BACYFILL FOR UTILITIES 02317 - 4 05105 B. Determine trench excavation widths using the following schedule as related to pipe type: Type Minimum Trench Maximum Trench Width, Feet Width, Feet RCP Q.D. + 2'-0" Q.D. + 5'-0" C. Salvage topsoil in unpaved areas for later re -introduction into surface of trench. In roadside ditch, topsoil will be considered to be the soil above the uppermost calcium carbonate caliche layer. In rangeland and cultivated farm land, topsoil shall be considered to be the uppermost five feet of soil, or less if a calcium carbonate caliche layer is encountered at less than five-foot depth. Depth of topsoil may vary. Excavate topsoil and keep separate from other excavated soil. Excavate with smooth -lip excavator bucket if necessary to avoid intermixing with caliche and undesirable soils. Stockpile topsoil separately from other excavated materials. D. Use sufficient trench width or benches above the embedment zone for installation of well point headers or manifolds and pumps where depth of trench makes it uneconomical or impractical to pump from the surface elevation. Provide sufficient space between shoring cross braces to permit equipment operations and handling of forms, pipe, embedment and backfill, and other materials. E. Upon discovery of unknown utilities, badly deteriorated utilities not designated for removal, or concealed conditions, discontinue work at that location. Notify the Engineer and obtain instructions before proceeding. F. Shoring of Trench Walls. 1. Install Special Shoring in advance of trench excavation or simultaneously with the trench excavation, so that the soils within the full height of the trench excavation walls will remain laterally supported at all times. 2. For all types of shoring, support trench walls in the pipe embedment zone throughout the installation. Provide trench wall supports sufficiently tight to prevent washing the trench wall soil out from behind the trench wall support. 3. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, leave sheeting driven into or below the pipe embedment zone in place to preclude loss of support of foundation and embedment materials. Leave rangers, walers, and braces in place as long as required to support sheeting, which has been cut off, and the trench wall in the vicinity of the pipe zone. 4. Employ special methods for maintaining the integrity of embedment or foundation material. Before moving supports, place and compact embedment to sufficient depths to provide protection of pipe and stability of trench walls. As supports are moved, finish placing and compacting embedment. 5. If sheeting or other shoring is used below top of the pipe embedment zone, do not disturb pipe foundation and embedment materials by subsequent removal. Maximum thickness of removable sheeting extending into the embedment zone shall be the equivalent of a 1-inch-thick steel plate. Fill voids left on removal of supports with compacted backfill material. G. Use of Trench Shields. When a trench shield (trench box) is used as a worker safety device, the following requirements apply: 1. Make trench excavations of sufficient width to allow shield to be lifted or pulled freely, without damage to the trench sidewalls. 2. Move trench shields so that pipe, and backfill materials, after placement and compaction, are not damaged nor disturbed, nor the degree of compaction reduced. 01272804 EEC N—ATION AND 13.ACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 02317 - 5 05105 H 3. When required, place, spread, and compact pipe foundation and bedding materials beneath the shield. For backfill above bedding, lift the shield as each layer of backfill is placed and spread. Place and compact backfill materials against undisturbed trench walls and foundation. 4. Maintain trench shield in position to allow sampling and testing to be performed in a safe manner. 5. Contractor shall provide trench shield for Owner's tests within the trench as required in paragraph 3.1 l.B. 3.4 HANDLING EXCAVATED MATERIALS A. Use only excavated materials which are suitable as defined in this Section and conforming with Section 02320 - Utility Backfill Materials. Place material suitable for backfilling in stockpiles at a distance from the trench to prevent slides or cave-ins. B. Do not place stockpiles of excess excavated materials on streets and adjacent properties. Protect excess stockpiles for use on site. C. Protect topsoil from intermixing with undesirable materials. 3.5 TRENCH FOUNDATION A. Excavate bottom of trench to uniform grade to achieve stable trench conditions and satisfactory compaction of foundation or bedding materials. 3.6 PIPE EMBEDMENT, PLACEMENT, AND COMPACTION A. Immediately prior to placement of embedment materials, the bottoms and sidewalls of trenches shall be free of loose, sloughing, caving, or otherwise unsuitable soil. B. Place embedment including bedding, haunching, and initial backfill as shown on Drawings. C. For pipe installation, manually spread embedment materials around the pipe to provide uniform bearing and side support when compacted. Do not allow materials to free -fall from heights greater than 24 inches above top of pipe. Perform placement and compaction directly against the undisturbed soils in the trench sidewalls, or against sheeting which is to remain in place. D. Do not place trench shields or shoring within height of the embedment zone unless means to maintain the density of compacted embedment material are used. If moveable supports are used in embedment zone, lift the supports incrementally to allow placement and compaction of the material against undisturbed soil. E. Do not damage coatings or wrappings of pipes during backfilling and compacting operations. When embedding coated or wrapped pipes, do not use crushed stone or other sharp, angular aggregates. F. Place haunching material manually around the pipe and compact it to provide uniform bearing and side support. If necessary, hold small -diameter or lightweight pipe in place with sand bags or other suitable means during compaction of haunch areas and placement beside the pipe. Remove sandbags and other suitable means prior to backfilling where these items are located. G. Shovel in -place and compact embedment material using pneumatic tampers in restricted areas, and vibratory -plate compactors or engine -powered jumping jacks in unrestricted areas. Compact each lift before proceeding with placement of next lift. Water tamping and water jetfing are a1'owed. 01272504 EXCAVATION AND BA CKFILL FOR UTILITIES 02317- 6 05105 3.7 TRENCH ZONTE BACKFILL PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION A. Place back ill for pipe or conduits and restore surface as soon as practicable. Leave only pP P 3 the minimum length of trench open as necessary for construction. B. Where damage to completed pipe installation work is likely to result from withdrawal of sheeting, leave the sheeting in place. Cut off sheeting 1.5 feet or more above the crown of ' the pipe. Remove trench supports within 5 feet from the ground surface. C. Place trench zone baclfill in lifts and compact by methods selected by the Contractor. Fully compact each lift before placement of the next lift. 1. Cement Stabilized Backfill/Lean Concrete Backfill a. Place in depths as shown on plans. b. Use vibratory equipment to ensure placement under the haunches of the pipe. 2. Pea Gravel a. Place in depths as shown on plans. b. Use vibratory equipment or shovel -slicing to ensure placement under the } haunches of the pipe. 3. Native Material/Borrow Material a. Maximum lift thickness determined by Contractor to achieve uniform placement and required compaction, but not exceeding 6 inches. b. Compaction by trench sheep's foot or by vibratory equipment to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 698. Use of vibratory equipment limited as specified in paragraph 2.1.B. C. Moisture content within 2% of optimum determined according to ASTM D 698. ' fj 4. Topsoil a. Maximum lift thickness determined by Contractor to achieve uniform placement and required compaction, but not exceeding 6 inches. b. Compaction by sheep's foot, by steel wheel roller or by vibratory equipment to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 698. Use of vibratory equipment limited as specified in paragraph 2.l I.B. C. Moisture content within 2% of optimum determined according to ASTM D 698. 5. Bedding Material a. Sand bedding shall be loosely placed in trench as shown on drawings. ' 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test for material source qualifications as defined in Section 02320 - Utility Back -fill Materials. B. Provide excavation and trench safety systems at locations and to depths required for testing L__1 and retesting during construction at no additional cost to Owner. C. Tests will be performed by Contractor on a minimum of three different samples of each material type for plasticity characteristics, in accordance with ASTM D 4318, and for gradation characteristics, in accordance with Tex-101-E and Tex-110-E. Additional classification tests will be performed whenever there is a noticeable change in material gradation or plasticity. D. At least three tests for moisture -density relationships will be performed initially for back -fill materials in accordance with ASTM D 698. Additional moisture -density relationship tests will be pe formed whenever there is a noticeable change in material gradation or plasticity. 01272804 EnCAVATION AND BACKF'ILL FOR UTILITIES 02317 - 7 05/05 _ E. In -place density tests of compacted pipe foundation., embedment and trench zone backfill soil materials will be performed according to ASTM D 1556, or ASTM D 2922 and ASTM D 3017, and at the following frequencies and conditions. 1. Density tests will be distributed among the placement areas. Placement areas are: foundation, bedding, haunching, initial backfill and trench zone. 2. The number of tests will be increased if inspection determines that soil type or moisture content are not uniform or if compacting effort is variable and not considered sufficient to attain uniform density, as specified. 3. Density tests may be performed at various depths below the fill surface by pit excavation. Material in previously placed lifts may therefore be subject to acceptance/rejection. 4. Two verification tests will be performed adjacent to in -place tests showing density less than the acceptance criteria. Placement will be rejected unless both verification tests show acceptable results. 5. Recompacted placement will be retested at the same frequency as the first test series, including verification tests. F. Recondition, recompact, and retest at Contractor's expense if tests indicate Work does not meet specified compaction requirements. G. Acceptability of crushed rock compaction will be determined by inspection. END OF SECTION 02317 01272804 EXCAVATION —AND EACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 05105 02317 - 8 SECTION 02320 UTfLITY BACIFfLL MATERIALS PARTI-GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. This Section of the specifications covers materials related to the backfill of utilities. Included are the following: 1. "Concrete" sand. 2. Native soil materials. 3. Topsoil. 4. Borrow material. 5. Pea Gravel. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Special Conditions and other Division 1 specifications, apply to this section. B. Section 02300 — Earthwork. C. Section 02317 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Refer to Section 02317 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. 1.4 REFERENCES A. ASTM C 33 - Specification for Concrete Aggregate. B. ASTM C 40 - Test Method for Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregates for Concrete. C. ASTM C 123 - Test Method for Lightweight Pieces in Aggregate. D. ASTM C 131 - Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Small -Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine. E. ASTM C 136 - Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates. F. ASTM C 142 - Test Method for Clay Lumps and Friable Particles in Aggregates. G. ASTM D 698 — Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lblft). H. ASTM D 1140 - Test Method for Amount of Materials in Soils Finer Than No. 200 Sieve. I. ASTM D 2487 - Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System). I. ASTM D 2488 - Standard Practice for Description and Identification of Soils (Visual -Manual Procedure). K. ASTM D 4318 - Test Method for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils. L. ASTM D 4643 - Method for Determination of Water (Moisture) Content of Soil by the Microwave Oven Method. M. TxDOT Tex- 101-E - Preparation of Soil and Flexible Base Materials for Testing. N. TxDOT Tex-104-E - Test Method for Determination of Liquid Limit of Soils (Part 1) O. TxDOT Tex- 106-E - Test Method - Methods of Calculating Plasticity Index of Soils. P. TxDOT Tex -I 10-E - Determination of Particle Size Analysis of Soils. 01272804 UTILITY BACKFILL MATERIALS 02320 - 1. 05105 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to requirements of Section 01300 - Submittal. B. Submit a description of source, material classification and product description, production method, and application of backfill materials. C. Before stockpiling materials, submit a copy of temporary easement or approval from landowner for stockpiling backfill material on private property. 1.6 TESTS A. Verification tests of backfill materials may be performed by the Owner, at Owner's expense; however, failing tests will be charged to the Contractor and deducted from Contractor's progress payments. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIAL DESCRIPTIONS A. "Concrete" Sand 1. Coarse -grained, well -graded, sand (natural, manufactured, or a combination of both) conforming to requirements of ASTM C33. 2. Gradation shall conform to ASTM C136 and the following limits. SIEVE j PERCENT PASSING 3/8" 100 No. 4 95 to 100 No. 8 80 to 100 No. 16 50 to 85 No. 30 r 25 to 60 No. 50 10 to 30 No. 100 2 to 10 B. Native Soil Material for Backfill 1. Provide backfill material that is free of stones greater than 6 inches, free of roots, waste, debris, trash, organic material, unstable material, non -soil matter, hydrocarbon or other contamination. C. Topsoil 1. Provide topsoil material that is free of stones greater than 1-inch, free of roots, waste, trash, debris, organic material, unstable material, non -soil matter, hydrocarbon or other contamination. Cultivated farm land topsoil shall be free of rocks. 2. Surface should be made clear of rock and other debris before planting. 01272804 UTILITY BACKFILL MATERIALS 02320 - 2 05105 3. Use topsoil material salvaged under Section 02317 — Excavation and Back -fill for Utilities of excavated material for topsoil backfill. This material shall be set aside to prevent mixing with other excavated material. Topsoil is only required in non -paved areas. D. Pea Gravel L Pea gravel shall be free of waste, trash, debris, organic material, unstable material, or other non -gravel matter. 2. Pea gravel shall be graded within the following limits: SIEVE j PERCENT PASSING E 1/z" 100 3 85 to 100 No. 4 ; 10 to 30 No. 8 0 to 10 No. 16 0 to 5 E. It is the intent that materials excavated from trench or cut and cover operations be used as back -fill in the same general open cut location. There is not a specification limit on liquid limit, plastic limit or plasticity index for native materials removed from a trench and then used as backfill in that same trench. Native back -fill materials shall meet the requirements of paragraph 2. I.D. 2.2 WbkTERIAL TESTING A. Ensure that material selected, produced and delivered to the project meets applicable specifications and is of sufficiently uniform properties to allow practical construction and quality control. B. Source or Supplier Qualification. Perform testing, or obtain representative tests by suppliers, for selection of material sources and products. Provide test results for a minimum of three samples for each source and material type. Tests samples of processed materials from current production representing material to be delivered. Tests shall verify that the materials meet specification requirements. Repeat qualification test procedures each time the source characteristic changes or there is a planned change in source location or supplier. Qualification tests shall include, as applicable: 1. Gradation. Complete sieve analyses shall be reported regardless of the specified control sieves. The range of sieves shall be from the largest particle through the No. 200 sieve. 2. Plasticity of material passing the No. 40 sieve. 3. Los Angeles abrasion wear of material retained on the No. 4 sieve, 4. Clay lumps. 5. Lightweight pieces 6. Organic impurities C. Production Testing. Provide reports to the Engineer from an independent testing laboratory that backfill materials to be placed in the Work meet applicable specification requirements. 012 72504 UTILITY BACKFILL MAI TERLkLS 02320 - 3 05/05 U. ril D. Assist the Engineer in obtaining material samples for verification testing at the source or at the production plant. E. Native material requires testing only when questionable material is encountered. 3.1 SOURCES A. Use of material encountered in the trench excavations is acceptable, provided applicable specification requirements are satisfied. If excavation material is not acceptable, provide from other approved source. Top 3 feet of excavated material shall be used as topsoil. B. Identify off -site sources for backfill materials at least 21 days ahead of intended use so that the Engineer may obtain samples for verification testing. C. Obtain approval for each material source by the Engineer before delivery is started. If sources previously approved do not produce uniform and satisfactory products, furnish materials from other approved sources. Materials may be subjected to inspection or additional verification testing after delivery. Materials which do not meet the requirements of the specifications will be rejected. Do not use material which, after approval, has become unsuitable for use due to segregation, mixing with other materials, or by contamination. Once a material is approved by the Engineer, expense for sampling and testing required to change to a different material will be at the Contractor's expense with no additional cost to the Owner. 3.2 MATERIAL HANDLING A. Establish temporary stockpile locations for practical material handling and control, and verification testing by the Engineer in advance of final placement. Obtain approval from landowner for storage of backfill material on adjacent private property. B. When stockpiling backfill material near the project site, use appropriate covers to eliminate blowing of materials into adjacent areas and prevent runoff containing sediments from entering the drainage system. C. Pea gravel shall be consolidated upon placement by using rodding or pneumatic vibratory methods. Shovel slicing shall be used as necessary to ensure filling of voids, filling around and under haunches of pipe and filling of spaces. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Quality Control 1. The Engineer may sample and test backfill at: a. Sources including borrow pits, production plants and Contractor's designated off -site stockpiles. b. On -site stockpiles. C. Materials placed in the Work. 2. The Engineer may resample material at any stage of work or location if changes in characteristics are apparent. 01272804 UTILITY BACRFILL MATERLkLS 02324 - 4 05/05 B. Production Verification Testing: The Owner's testing laboratory will provide verification testing on backfill materials, as directed by the Engineer. Samples may be taken at the source or at the production plant, as applicable. Contractor shall cooperate with Owner and Engineer in allowing access to materials. END OF SECTION 02320 r-, 01272804 UTILITY EA CKFILL bLA.TEI :.LS 02320 ® 5 05105 SECTIONS 02513 11.3 M� 1►� ► 1 _ • 1.1 DESCRIPTION This item shall consist of a surface course composed of mineral aggregate and bituminous material mixed in a central mixing plant and placed on a prepared course in accordance with these specifications and shall conform to the lines, grades, thicknesses and typical cross sections shown on the plans or as directed by the Owner's Representative. Unless otherwise specified, the material and construction shall conform to TxDOT Item 340, "Dense Graded Hot — Mix Asphalt (Method)". The _r Contractor shall furnish all materials, labor, superintendence and incidentals necessary to complete the work in accordance with the drawings and as specified herein. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 BITUIv1INOUS MATERIAL A. Bituminous material for the bituminous base course and surface course mixtures shall be Viscosity Grade AC-10 Asphalt Cement with Latex (3% by weight of asphalt), or performance grade 64-28 S or L, and shall be homogeneous, free of water and shall not foam when heated to 347°F. 2.2 BITUMINOUS PRIME AND TACK COATS A. The asphalts for the bituminous prime and tack coats shall be cutback asphalts of the rapid curing type or the medium curing type. The asphalts used shall be in accordance with the requirements of Texas Department of Transportation, 2004 Standard Specifications for Construction of Highways, Streets and Bridges, Item 300, "Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions". The prime coat shall be MC-30 and tack coat shall be RC-250. B. Neither the prime coat nor the tack coat shall be applied when the air temperature is below 50°F. and falling, but may be applied when the air temperature is 40°F. and is rising. No prime coat or tack coat shall be applied when the general weather conditions, in the opinion of the Owner's Representative, are not suitable. If a single lift of asphalt is placed and for whatever reason, the second lift is not placed for a period of several days. The contractor will be required to tack the first lift of HMAC prior to placing the final course. 2.3 BITUMINOUS SURFACE COURSE A. General - The mineral aggregate shall be composed of coarse aggregate, fine aggregate and, if required, mineral filler. Approval of other material and of the source of supply must be obtained from the Owner's representative prior to delivery. B. The combined mineral aggregate, after final processing by the mixing plant, and prior to addition of asphalt and mineral filler, shall have a sand equivalent value of not less than 45 when tested in accordance with ASTM D-2414. The percent of flat and elongated pieces shall not exceed 25% when tested in accordance with Test Method Tex-224-F. f 01272804 BITUMINOUS SURFACE COURSE 02513 - 1 05105 C. If the index of retained strength is less than 70% when tested in accordance with ASTM D-1075, or the tensile strength ratio is less than 70% when tested in accordance with AASHTO T-283, the aggregate shall be rejected or conditioned with an anti -stripping agent as approved by the Owner's representative. D. Prior to stockpiling of aggregates, the area shall be cleared of trash, weeds and grass, and be relatively smooth. Aggregates shall be separated into stockpiles of different gradation such that the grading requirements of the specified type mill be met when the materials are combined in the bituminous mixture. No coarse aggregate stockpile shall contain more than 10% by weight of material that will pass a No, 10 sieve. Fine aggregate stockpiles may contain smaii coarse aggregate in the amount of up to 15% by weight, 100% of which shall pass a 1/4-inch sieve. The coarse aggregate shall meet the material requirements herein specified for coarse aggregates. E. Coarse Aggregate - The coarse aggregate shall be that part of the aggregate retained on the No. 10 sieve; shall consist of clean, tough, durable fragments of crushed stone of uniform quality throughout; mixing or combining crushed gravel and crushed stone will not be permitted. The aggregate shall be crushed to the extent that produces a minimum of 55% crushed faces when tested in accordance with Test Method Tex-460-A. The aggregate shall have a maximum loss of 15% when subjected to 5 cycles of the Magnesium Sulfate Test (ASTM C-88). F. When tested in accordance with Test Method Tex-217-F, the amount of organic matter, clays, foams or particles coated therewith or other undesirable materials, shall not exceed 2%. G. When the coarse aggregate is sampled during delivery to the plant, from the stockpile, or from the cold bin, the material removed, when tested in accordance with Test Method Tex-217-F (Part II, Decantation), shall not exceed 2%. The plasticity index of that part of the fine aggregate contained in the coarse aggregate passing the No. 40 sieve shall not be more than 6 when tested by ASTM D-4318. However, where the coarse aggregate contains less than 5% of the fine aggregate, and the fine aggregate is of the same or similar material as the coarse aggregate, the plasticity index requirements for the material passing the No. 40 sieve may be waived by the Owner's representative in writing. H. When the coarse aggregate is sampled from the hot bins and tested in accordance with Test Method Tex-217-F (Part II, Decantation), the amount of material removed shall not exceed 1 %. I. Tests performed as specified herein represent material processed or placed until a subsequent test is performed. J. The coarse aggregate shall have an abrasion of not more than 40% loss by weight when subjected to the Los Angeles Abrasion Test, ASTM C-131. Coarse aggregate from each source shall meet the abrasion requirements specified. K. Fine Aggregate - Fine aggregate for the bituminous surface course shall be that part of the aggregate passing the No. 10 mesh sieve and shall consist of sand or stone screenings or a combination thereof. Sand shall be composed of sound, durable particles free from loam, coating or other deleterious substances. Screenings shall be of the same or similar materials as specified for coarse aggregate. That portion of the sand passing the No. 40 sieve shall have a plasticity index of not more than 6, when tested in accordance with ASTM D-4318. The plasticity index of the screenings passing the No. 40 sieve shall not be more than 9 when tested in accordance with ASTM D-4318. Fine aggregates from each source shall meet plasticity index requirements. 01272804 BTTUfLNOUS SURFACE COURSE 02513 - 2 05105 k1i 2.4 L. Mineral Filler - Mineral filler for the bituminous surface course shall consist of thoroughly dry stone dust, slate dust, Portland cement or other mineral dust approved by the Owner's Representative. It shall be free from injurious materials and shall meet the following grading requirements, when tested in accordance with ASTM 8-242: Percent by Weight Retained on No. 30 Sieve 0 Percent by Weight Retained on No. 80 Sieve 10 maximum Percent by Weight Retained on No. 200 Sieve 35 maximum M. Bituminous Surface Course Mixture - The bituminous surface course shall consist of a uniform mixture of coarse aggregate, fine aggregate, lime and bituminous material with latex additive. The grading of each constituent of the mineral aggregate shall be well graded from coarse to fine, and shall not vary from the low limit on one sieve to the high limit of the adjacent sieve, or vice versa. The final designated gradations shall produce a relatively smooth line when plotted on a 0.45 power semilogarithmic gradation chart when tested in accordance with ASTM C-136. The bituminous surface course mixture shall the following City of Lubbock, Type C, master gradation specification: Type `C' Percent passing 7/8" 100 Percent passing 5/8" 98-100 Percent retained on 3/8" 12-25 Percent retained on No. 4 15-30 Percent retained on No. 10 12-30 Total percent retained on No. 10 53-65 Percent retained on No. 40 10-20 Percent retained on No. 80 5-15 Percent retained on No. 200 5-15 Percent passing No. 200 1-6 TESTS A. Material Certifications - The Contractor shall furnish test certificates for bituminous materials, latex and lime, made by a competent commercial laboratory, on each material source, as specified in this section, which he proposes to use before any such material is ordered or shipped. No material may be used until such test result certificates have been examined by the Owner's Representative and the source and quality of the material approved. B. Laboratory Control - If the Contractor or supplier wishes to use a material or source that has not previously been approved by the City of Lubbock, he will be required to request approval in writing of the material not less than 60 days prior to anticipated use of the material. C. The Contractor shall utilize his own testing laboratory to monitor the plant mixing for bituminous base and surface course materials. Where irregularities occur and the limits of the specification are exceeded for aggregate, bituminous base, or bituminous surface, appropriate corrections will be required. 01272804 05/05 02513 - 3 D. Tolerances - The Owner's representative will designate the exact grading of the aggregate and bituminous material content to be used in the mixture (Job Mix Formula). The paving mixture produced shall not vary from the designated grading and asphalt content by more than the tolerances allowed herein and shall remain within the master grading specified. The respective tolerances, based on the percent by weight of the mixture, are listed as follows: Material Tolerance, plus or minus Aggregate passing No. 4 sieve or larger 4 percent Aggregate passing Nos. 8, 16, 30 or 50 sieves 3 percent Aggregate passing Nos. 100 or 200 sieves 2 percent Bitumen 0.25 percent E. Extraction/Gradation Tests and Design Criteria 1. Samples of the mixture when tested in accordance with ASTM D-2172 shall not vary from the grading proportions of the aggregate and the asphalt content designated by the Owner's representative by more than the respective tolerance specified above. During construction, if grading or asphalt content exceeds the tolerances specified herein, production will be discontinued until such time as the mixture has been corrected and subsequent grading and extraction tests indicate results within the specified tolerance. All material so constructed, which exceeds the tolerances specified, will be removed and replaced at no cost to the Owner. 2. Design Method - The bituminous mixture shall be designed and tested in accordance - with these specifications and methods outlines in Chapter III, "Marshall Method of Mix Design," Mix Design for Asphaltic Cement, Asphalt Institute Manual MS-2, and shall meet the following requirements when tested in accordance with ASTM D-1559 and ASTM D-3203: Minimum Maximum Marshall Method Each end of specimen 75 Stability, lbs. 1,800 ; Flow, units of 0.01" 8 14 ' Percent air voids 3 5 - Percent voids in mineral aggregate 13 j 3. Sampling and Testing - It is the intent of this specification that the mixture will be designed to produce a mixture of optimum density and stability, as determined by the Owner's representative, when tested in accordance with these specifications and - applicable ASTM procedures. Samples of the completed pavement shall be removed from locations designated by the Owner's representative to determine the composition, compaction and density of the pavement. Samples for each day or fraction thereof shall be taken. The Contractor shall replace the pavement at no cost to the Owner. If the pavement is found to be deficient in composition, compaction or thickness, satisfactory correction shall be made as directed by the Owner's representative using the following price adjustment method and schedule. 01272804 BITUMINOUS SURFACE COURSE 025i3 - 4 ' 05105 -1 Basis of Adjusted Payment. Each lot shall be accepted at the full contract price when the percent within limits (PWL) for mat density and air voids equals or exceeds 90 percent. Each lot not meeting the 90 percent PWL requirement will be accepted at an adjusted contract unit price in accordance with Table 6. Payment shall be calculated for both mat density and air voids, and Payment shall be based on the lower of the two values. TABLE 6. PRJCE ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE Percentage of Material within the percent of Contract Unit Price to be Paid Specification Limit (PWL 90-and above 100 80-90 0.5 PWL + 55.0 65-80 2.0 PWL — 65.0 Below 65 1 1The lot shall be removed and replaced. However, the Engineer may decide -= to accept the deficient lot. In that case, if the Engineer and Contractor agree in writing, that the lot shall not be removed, and it will be paid for at 50 percent of the contract price. Plant -produced material shall be tested for stability, flow, and air voids on a lot basis. Sampling shall be from material deposited into trucks at the plant or from trucks at the job site. A lot will consist of. - one day's production not to exceed 1,000 tons, or g ' - a half day's production where a day's production is expected to consist of between 1,000 and 2,000 tons, or - similar subdivisions for tonnages over 2,000 tons. Where more than one plant is simultaneously producing material for the job, the lot sizes shall apply separately for each plant. a. Sampling. Each lot will consist of four equal sublots. Sufficient material for preparation of test specimens for all testing will be sampled by the Engineer on a random basis, in accordance with the procedures contained in ASTM D 3665. One set of laboratory compacted specimens will be prepared for each sublot in accordance with ASTM D 1559. Tests on Marshall specimens shall be made twice daily or as directed by the Owner's representative to retain job control. The mixture shall comply with the requirements specified herein. If the laboratory stability and/or field tests of the mixture produced has a value lower than that specified, and in the opinion of the Owner's representative is not due to a change in source or quality of materials, production may proceed, and the mix shall be changed until the laboratory/field tests equals or exceeds the specified values. If there is, in the opinion of the Owner's representative, an apparent change in any material from that used in the design mixtures, production will be discontinued until a new design mix is determined by trial mixes. 01272804 BITU14NOUS SURFA� CE COURSE 02513 - 5 05/05 2.5 EQUIPMENT A. All equipment used in the construction of the bituminous base and surface courses shall meet the approval of the Owner's Representative and be maintained in first class condition throughout the period of construction. B. The asphalt distributor shall be an approved type, self-propelled pressure distributor, so constructed and operated as to distribute the material evenly and smoothly in the quantity specified or directed. Suitable means for heating, controlling the heat, determining the temperature of the contents of the tank, adjusting and controlling the rate of application and for measuring volume of asphalt shall be provided. The distributor shall be calibrated prior to application of any material under these specifications or a certificate of calibration, satisfactory to the Owner's Representative, shall be supplied by the Contractor. C. Trucks in which the material is hauled from the plant to the point of deposition shall be tight to the material transported and so constructed that the entire load may be quickly dumped at the point of deposition. Trucks shall be clean of all foreign materials and maintained in a satisfactory condition. D. Equipment for rolling the surface shall consist of three -wheel tandem rollers weighing not less than eight (8) tons and self-propelled pneumatic rollers. Other small equipment such as shovels, hand tamps and smoothing irons shall be furnished and maintained in good condition. 3.1 APPLICATION OF BITUMINOUS PRIME COAT AND BITUMINOUS TACK COAT A. A bituminous prime coat shall be applied to the entire flexible base course surface prior to placing the bituminous surface course. B. When required by the Owner's Representative, a bituminous tack coat shall be applied to all surfaces which are to receive a bituminous surface course. C. The bituminous prime coat shall be applied at least 24-hours in advance of placing the bituminous surface course. The caliche base course shall first be brought truly to the section and grade as established, and shall be tested with a satisfactory 16-foot straightedge. Any deviation in excess of 3/8-inch from the straightedge or from the true cross section shall be corrected by scarifying the base, then adding or removing material, reshaping and compacting by sprinkling and rolling. No "scab" or "featheredge" patches will be permitted. After correcting any defects, the base shall be cleaned of all foreign material, and all dust and loose particles shall be swept from the surface with a rotary broom, and other approved methods, until the surface is in a condition to receive the prime coat. If the surface has become dny, it shall be sprinkled with water immediately in advance of the prime coat application in order to assure uniform spread and penetration of the asphalt. D. At any time, the Owner's Representative may order proof rolling to test the uniformity of compaction of the subgrade or base course. Proof rolling shall be accomplished using a 25-ton pneumatic roller, or other rolling devices as approved by the Owner's Representative. Proof rolling shall be accomplished by the Contractor at his expense. All irregularities, depressions, or weak or soft areas which develop during proof rolling shall be corrected immediately by the Contractor. E. When the flexible base is in proper condition, the prime coat shall be applied with an approved distributor at a rate of 0.25 gallons per square yard, or as directed by the Owner's Representative. The tack coat shall be applied at a rate of approximately 0.10 gallon per square yard, or as directed by the Owner's Representative. The asphalt shall be applied at the temperature recommended by the Asphalt Institute. Application by means of hose and spray 01272804 BITUMINOUS SURFACE COURSE 02513 - 6 05105 ' attached to the distributor will be permitted upon approval by the Owner's Representative, in areas inaccessible to the distributor. The prime and tack coats shall not be applied during periods of inclement weather nor on a base which contains an excess of water. No traffic shall be permitted over the freshly applied prime coat, but when it has penetrated and/or cured sufficiently that the wheels of vehicles do not track or pick up oil from the surface, the surface course may be placed thereon. If the prime coat is damaged before placing the surface course, such damage shall be repaired as directed. Prime coats shall not be applied more than 7 days in advance of surface placing. Areas that have been primed longer than the specified time shall be reprimed at the Contractor's expense. 3.2 BITUMINOUS SURFACE COURSE LAYING Air temperature requirements for placing HMAC shall be as follows: November 1 to April 1 HMAC shall not be placed when the air temperature is below 55 degrees F and falling. HMAC may be place when the air temperature is above 50 degrees F and rising. April 1 to November 1 HMAC shall not be placed when the air temperature is below 50 degrees F and falling. HMAC may be placed when the air temperature is above 45 degrees and rising. Air temperature shall be determined by the National Weather Service hourly report. If the temperature of any HMAC, measured while passing through the lay down machine, is 25 degrees F more or less than the mixing temperature, the load shall be rejected. No payment will be made for rejected material. After the tack coat has been applied and the areas to be paved have been put in proper condition to receive the surfacing, the bituminous surface course mixture, heated and prepared as specified, shall be hauled to the point of placement and placed on the prepared surface. The mixture shall be so spread by the finishing machine in a uniform layer, that the finished thickness, as specified, is obtained over the entire area to be surfaced, after compaction. Laying shall be by means of the mechanical finishing machine wherever this is possible. Hand placing will be permitted where it is impracticable to operate the finishing machine. When hand placing is used, the material shall be dumped outside the area on which it is to be spread, and the entire load shall be spread and shaped so that the specified amount is placed on the base. Compaction shall be by means of lightly oiled, hot hand tamps. All contact surfaces of gutters and structures shall be painted with a thin, uniform coating of cut -back asphalt as required for the prime coat. The mixture when placed, shall be at a temperature of between 300 F. and 350 F. and the dispatch of vehicles and placing of material, shall be done in a manner which will cause as little loss of heat as possible. 3.3 ROLLING A. While still hot and as soon as it will bear the weight of the roller without undue displacement or hair cracking, the surface shall be rolled with a three -wheel roller, as specified weighing not less than eight (8) tons. One roller shall be provided for each two thousand (2,000) square yards of pavement laid per day. The three -wheel roller shall be followed by a tandem roller and/or pneumatic tired rollers, as directed by the Owner's Representative, but in any case, the final _rolling shall be done with tandem roller. Pavement shall be rolled in a longitudinal direo ion, beginning at the side, and progressing toward the crown of the pavement. Each r 01272804 EfTUbENOUS SURFACE COURSE 02513 - 7 05/05 successive trip of the roller shall overlap the previous one by one-half (1 /2) of the width of the roller wheel. Alternate trips shall be of slightly different length. The motion of the roller shall at all times be slow enough to avoid displacement of the hot mixture, and any displacement occurring shall immediately be corrected by the use of rakes and fresh mixture, if required. Rolling shall continue until the surface has been thoroughly compacted and is of a uniform texture and true to grade and cross section. Adjacent to the gutters the surface shall be finished uniformly high so that when compacted it shall be slightly above the gutter lip. The rollers shall not be allowed to stand on pavement which has not cooled to normal atmospheric temperature. To prevent adhesion of the surfacing to the roller, the wheels shall be kept properly moistened with water but an excess of water will not be permitted. Necessary precautions shall be taken to prevent the dripping of gasoline, oil, grease, or other foreign material on the pavement either when the rollers are in operation or when standing. B. When the Owner's Representative has determined that conditions are such that adequate compaction or surface texture is not being obtained with the tandem or three -wheel rollers, the Contractor shall supplement these rollers with pneumatic rollers conforming to the requirements included above. The pneumatic roller shall follow the steel -wheel rollers while the course is still warm. The rolling shall continue until all the surface course has been subjected to at least three coverages, and has an in -place density of 96 percent of laboratory density as determined by ASTM D-1188 or ASTM D-2726. 3.4 JOINTS A. Joints between successive strips and between existing and new paving shall be carefully made in such a manner as to insure a thorough and continuous bond between the old and new surfaces. The roller shall pass over the unprotected end of the freshly laid mixture only when the laying of the mixture is discontinued for such a length of time as to permit the mixture to become chilled. in all cases, when the work is resumed, the material laid shall be cut back to its full depth so as to expose a fresh vertical surface. All such surfaces, as well as the edge of a strip against which another strip is to be placed, shall be painted with hot asphalt prior to placement of fresh material against it. Hot smoothing irons may be used for sealing joints but in such cases, extreme care shall be exercised to avoid burning the surface. Joints with existing surfacing shall be constructed substantially as specified above in a manner which will produce a smooth continuous surface between the old and new sections. B. In making the j oint between existing pavements and the new surfacing, the old pavement shall be sawed to a straight line. Transverse joint shall also be sawed when new surfacing is being adjoined to surfaces which have been in place more than 12 hours, or if the old joint has been damaged or is dirty. 3.5 SURFACE TESTS The surface of the pavement after compaction, shall be true to the grades and cross sections as established, and when tested with a sixteen (16) foot straightedge, shall have no deviation in excess of one -sixteenth (1/16) inch per foot measured from the nearest point of contact, and the maximum ordinate measured from the face of the straightedge shall not exceed one -quarter (1/4) inch at any point. Any humps or depressions exceeding the specified tolerance or which retain water on the surface, shall be corrected by removing the defective work, replacing with new material and recompacting as directed by the Owner's Representative, all at the expense of the Contractor. 01272804 BIT UI,4OUS SURFACE COURSE 02513 - 8 05105 3.6 CLEANUP After the completion of placement of the wearing course, all debris resulting from the construction shall be cleaned up and removed from the site of the work. Areas, which have been disturbed during the construction, shall be raked or graded as required and left in a clean and neat condition. Gutters shall be cleaned of all dirt, aggregate, or other material which would clog the gutter. The entire premises of the work shall be left in a clean condition satisfactory to the Owner's Representative, and all costs of a cleanup shall be borne by the Contractor. 01272804 05/05 END OF SECTION BITUMINOUS SURFACE COURSE 02513 e 9 SECTION 62930 PARTI-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Chain link fencing and accessories. 2. Fence gates and related hardware. 3. Gate operator. B. Related Sections: 1. Electric power for gate operators: Division 16. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM A 90-81(91) -- Standard Test Method for Weight of Coating on Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) Iron or Steel Articles; 1981 (Reapproved 1991). B. ASTM A 392-91b -- Standard Specification for Zinc -Coated Steel Chain -Link Fence Fabric; 1991. C. ASTM F 567-93 -- Standard Practice for Installation of Chain -Link Fence; 1993. D. ASTM F 669-92 -- Standard Specification for Strength Requirements of Metal Posts and Rails for Industrial Chain Link Fence; 1992. E. ASTM F 900-94 -- Standard Specification for Industrial and Commercial Swing Gates; 1994. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Manufacturer's catalog cuts. Indicate post sizes and thicknesses, protective coatings, fabric characteristics, and accessories. 2. Manufacturer's technical data, catalog cuts, specifications, and installation instructions for gate operator and keypad. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Showing location of fences, gates, posts and details of installation of hardware and accessories. Location of gate operator and keypad are critical and are to be approved by the Owner. 1.4 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Gates and Operators: 1. Complete and detailed operations and maintenance data for each component, including diagrams and part numbers for ordering spare or repair parts, 01272804 CHA \T LINK FENCES AND GATES 02830 - 1 05105 PAIL 2 - PREID CTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Products of the following manufacturers or approved equal, provided they comply with requirements of the contract documents, will be among those considered acceptable: 1. Galvanized steel fencing: a. Allied Tube and Conduit. b. American Security Fence Corporation. C. Anchor Fence, Inc. d. Boundary Fence & Railing Systems, Inc. 2. Gate Operators (Rail Driven): a. HySecurity or approved equal 3. Structural Cantilever Gate: a. TyMetal or approved equal 2.2 FENCING ACCESSORIES A. Material and finish of accessories shall match fence fabric, except as noted. 2.3 FENCE A. Fence Configuration: 1. Fence shall be constructed with: a. Barbed wire top, 3 strands, inclined arm. b. Top rail. C. Brace rails at each terminal post. d. Bottom tension wire. B. Fabric: 1. Material: Zinc -coated steel, ASTM A 392. 2. Zinc coating weight: 1.2 ounces per square foot. 3. Wire diameter: 0.148 inch (9 gage). 4. Mesh size: 2 inches. 5. Fabric width: 72 inches. C. Fence Framework: 1. Zinc coating of steel pipe (ASTM A 90): a. Interior and exterior coating: Hot -dip zinc -coated; weight of coating,1.8 ounces per square foot of coated area, average. 2. Zinc coating of steel shapes (ASTM A 90): a. Hot -dip zinc -coated; weight of coating, 1.8 ounces per square foot. 3. Material: Except where specific requirements are indicated on the drawings, the contractor may select any framework material listed below. 4. Material: Conform to ASTM F 669, Light Industrial category. a. Group IA: Steel pipe. 1) Rail size: 1.660 inches outside diameter by 0.112 inch wall thickness, 1.82 pounds per foot. 2) Line post size: 2.375 inches outside diameter by 0.123 inch wall thickness, 2.96 pounds per foot. 3) Terminal post size: 2.875 inches outside diameter by 0.162 inch wall thickmess, 4.69 pounds per foot. 01272804 CHAINT LINK FENCES AND GATES 02830 - 2 _ 05105 b. Group I-C: Steel pipe, commercial standard, yield strength 50,000 psi. 1) Rail size: 1.660 inches outside diameter by 0.083 inch wall thiclmess, 1.40 pounds per foot. 2) Line post size: 2.375 inches outside diameter by 0.095 inch wall thickness, 2.31 pounds per foot. 3) Terminal post size: 2.875 inches outside diameter by 0.110 inch wall thickness, 3.25 pounds per foot. C. Group II: Roll -formed steel sections, commercial standard, yield strength 50,000 psi (see ASTM F 669). D. Gate Type 1: 1. Construct gate (and gateposts) according to manufacturer's standard heavy-duty design. a. Type: Single rolling. b. Frame: Round tubular steel. C. Zinc coating of steel (ASTM A 90): Interior and exterior coating, 1.8 ounces per square foot of coated area. 2. Provide gate operator as described below. 3. Provide spare gate components. 3.1 POST INSTALLATION A. Layout: i 1. Space line posts at equidistant intervals not exceeding 10 feet on center measured parallel to grade. 2. Locate terminal posts at the beginning and end of each continuous length of fence, at abrupt changes in line or grade, additionally at intervals not to exceed 500 feet, and as otherwise shown on the drawings. 3. Install posts plumb and in proper alignment. 3.2 FENCE INSTALLATION A. Install posts, braces, fabric, and other components in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and to meet or exceed requirements of ASTM F 567. l 3.3 GATE INSTALLATION A. Install gates in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, plumb, level, and secure. B. Gates shall operate freely without binding or dragging and shall be easily operable by hand. 3.4 GATE OPERATOR INSTALLATION A. Install gate operators according to manufacturer's instructions. Adjust for smooth, trouble -free operation. B. Advise and consult with the Architect to obtain the Owner's requirements for standard available programmable features or adjustable controls (such as time delays, interlocks, or safety devices), and make necessary adjustments. 01272804 CI11A11T LINK FENCES ANTD GATES 02930 - 3 05/05 k ,_ C. It is imperative that the mounting slabs and gate operators be installed according to operator manufacturer's recommendations. Installations of a slab at an improper angle, location or elevation will cause the operator to bind or stress the gate. If this occurs the slab will be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Gates and Gate Operators: After repeated operation of completed installation equivalent to 3 days' use by normal traffic, readjust gates and gate operators and controls for optimum operating condition and safety. Lubricate operating equipment and clean exposed surfaces. 3.6 DEMONSTRATION A. Instruct the Owner's personnel on proper operation and maintenance of gate operators. OI272804 05/05 END OF SECTION CHAIN LR K FENCES AND GATES 02830 - 4 SECTION 02900 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 - General Requirements apply to Work of this Section. B. Drawings, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 - General Requirements apply to Work of this Section. C. Drawings, Construction Contract Clauses, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1- General Requirements apply to Work of this Section. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Seeding at all disturbed areas. B. Establishment of grass. C. Fertilizers. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02200 - "Excavation, Subgrade, Preparation, Grading, Embankment and Topsoiling" for excavation, filling, rough grading, and subsurface aggregate drainage and drainage backfill. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product certificates signed by manufacturers certifying that their products comply with L� specified requirements. l . Manufacturer's certified analysis for standard products. 2. Analysis for other materials by a recognized laboratory made according to methods established by the Association of Official Analytical Chemists, where applicable. - s 3. Label data substantiating that plants, trees, shrubs, and planting materials comply with specified requirements. B. Certification of grass seed from seed vendor for each grass -seed mixture stating the botanical _ and common name and percentage by weight of each species and variety, and percentage of purity, germination, and weed seed. Include the year of production and date of packaging. C. Material test reports from qualified independent testing agency indicating and interpreting test results relative to compliance of the following materials with requirements indicated. 1. Analysis of existing surface soil. 2. Analysis of imported topsoil. , D. Planting schedule indicating anticipated dates and locations for each type of planting._ E. Maintenance instructions recommending procedures to be established by Owner for maintenance of landscaping during an entire year. Submit before expiration of required ' E { maintenance periods. L -, i� 01272804 SEEDING 02900 - 1 05/05 } 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has completed landscaping work - similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful landscape establishment. 1. Installer's Field Supervision: Require Installer to maintain an experienced full-time supervisor on the Project site during times that landscaping is in progress. B. Testing Agency Qualifications: To qualify for acceptance, an independent testing agency must demonstrate to Engineer's satisfaction, based on evaluation of agency -submitted criteria conforming to ASTM E 699, that it has the experience and capability to satisfactorily conduct the testing indicated without delaying the Work. C. Topsoil Analysis: Furnish a soil analysis made by a qualified independent soil -testing agency stating percentages of organic matter, inorganic matter (silt, clay, and sand), deleterious material, pH, and mineral and plant -nutrient content of topsoil. 1. Report suitability of topsoil for growth of applicable planting material. State recommended quantities of nitrogen, phosphorus, and potash nutrients and any limestone, aluminum sulfate, or other soil amendments to be added to produce a satisfactory topsoil. D. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site as specified in Section 01039 — COORDINATION AND MEETINGS. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Packaged Materials: Deliver packaged materials in containers showing weight, analysis, and name of manufacturer. Protect materials from deterioration during delivery and while stored at site. B. Seed: Deliver seed in original sealed, labeled, and undamaged containers. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Utilities: Determine location of above grade and underground utilities and perform work in a manner which will avoid damage. Hand excavate, as required. Maintain grade stakes until removal is mutually agreed upon by parties concerned. B. Excavation: When conditions detrimental to plant growth are encountered, such as rubble fill, adverse drainage conditions, or obstructions, notify Engineer before planting. 1.8 COORDINATION AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate installation of planting materials during normal planting seasons for each type of plant material required. 1.9 WARRANTY A. General Warranty: The special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. r 01272804 SEEDING 02900 - 2 F PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CRASS MATERIALS A. Crass Seed: Fresh, clean, dry, new -crop seed complying with the Association of Official Seed Analysts' "Rules for Testing Seeds" for purity and germination tolerances. I. Seed Mixture: Provide seed of grass species and varieties, proportions by weight, and minimum percentages of purity, germination, and maximum percentage of weed seed as indicated on Schedules at the end of this Section. 2.2 TOPSOIL A. Topsoil: ASTM D 5268, pH range of 5.5 to 7,4 percent organic material minimum, free of stones I inch or larger in any dimension, and other extraneous materials harmful to plant growth. I. Topsoil Source: Reuse surface soil stockpiled on the site. Verify suitability of surface soil to produce topsoil meeting requirements and amend as specified in soil analysis. Supplement with imported topsoil when quantities are insufficient. Clean topsoil of roots, plants, sods, stones, clay lumps, and other extraneous materials harmful to plant growth. 2.3 FERTILIZER A. Commercial Fertilizer: Commercial -grade complete fertilizer of neutral character, consisting of fast- and slow- release nitrogen, 50 percent derived from natural organic sources of -i urea -form, phosphorous, and potassium in the following composition: 1. Composition: I lb. per 1,000 sq. ft. of actual nitrogen in a balanced fertilizer with an N:P:K ratio of 3:1:1 and a minimum of 10% sulfur and 2% iron or a fertilizer that contains the elements in proportions which meet the recommendations of the soil analysis from a qualified soil testing agency. FART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas to receive landscaping for compliance with requirements and for conditions affecting performance of work of this Section. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Outline areas, and secure Engineer's acceptance before the start of planting work. Make minor adjustments as may be required. 3.3 PLANTING SOIL PREPARATION { A. Before mixing, clean topsoil of roots, plants, sods, stones; clay lumps, and other extraneous LJ materials harmful to plant growth. t� B. MIx soil amendments and fertilizers with topsoil at rates indicated. Delay mixing fertilizer if planting does not follow placing of planting soil within a few days. 01272804 SEEDING 02900 - 3 05105 C. For grass, mix planting soil either prior to planting or apply on surface of topsoil and mix thoroughly before planting. 3.4 GRASS PLANING PREPARATION A. Limit subgrade preparation to areas that will be planted in the immediate future. B. Loosen subgrade to a minimum depth of 4 inches. Remove stones larger than I inch in any dimension and sticks, roots, rubbish, and other extraneous materials. C. Spread planting soil mixture to depth required to meet thickness, grades, and elevations shown, after light rolling and natural settlement. Do not spread if planting soil or subgrade is frozen. 1. Place approximately 1/2 the thickness of planting soil mixture required. Work into top of loosened subgrade to create a transition layer and then place remainder of planting soil mixture. D. Grade grass areas to a smooth, even surface with loose, uniformly fine texture and fill depressions to meet finish grades. Limit fine grading to areas that can be planted in the immediate future. Remove trash, debris, stones larger than 1 inch in any dimension, and other objects that may interfere with planting or maintenance operations. E. Moisten prepared grass areas before planting when soil is dry. Water thoroughly and allow surface to dry before planting. Do not create muddy soil. F. Restore prepared areas if eroded or otherwise disturbed after fine grading and before planting. 3.5 SEEDING NEW GRASSED AREAS A. Sow seed by broadcast method or by hydromulching. Evenly distribute seed by sowing equal quantities in 2 directions at right angles to each other. After planting, the planted area shall be rolled with a light corrugated drum roller or another type of roller approved by the Engineer. All rolling of sloped areas shall be along the contour of the slopes. 1. Do not use wet seed or seed that is moldy or otherwise damaged in transit or storage. B. The seed or seed mixture, in the quantity specified, shall be uniformly distributed over the areas shown on the plans or where directed by the Engineer. If the sowing of seed is by hand, rather than by mechanical methods, the seed shall be sown in two directions at right angles to each other. If mechanical equipment is used, all varieties of seed, as well as fertilizer, may be distributed simultaneously provided that each component is uniformly applied at the specified rate. When seed and fertilizer are to be distributed as a water slurry, the mixture shall be applied to the area to be seeded within 30 minutes after all components are placed in the equipment. Immediately upon completion of planting of the seed, straw or hay mulch shall be spread uniformly over the seeded area at the rate of approximately 1.5 to 2.0 tons of hay mulch or 2.0 to 2.5 tons of straw mulch per acre. When a mulching machine is used, it must be approved by the Engineer and may be equipped to inject a tacking agent into the straw or hay mulch uniformly as it leaves the equipment at a rate of 0.05 to 0.10 gallon of tacking agent per square yard of mulched area. When the tacking agent is placed by hand, then the rate of application for the tacking agent shall be approximately 0.15 gallon per square yard. Hay crimping will be allowed in lieu of adding a tacking agent. Straw mulch shall be oat, wheat or rice straw. Hay mulch shall be prairie grass, bermuda grass or other hay as approved by the Engineer. The straw mulch or hay mulch shall be free of Johnson grass or other noxious weeds and foreign materials. It shall be kept in a dry condition and shall not be molded or rotted. 01272804 SEEDING 02900 0 4 05105 ` �8 0 SECTION 03300 CAST-W-PLACE CONCRETE 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes, but is not limited to cast -in place concrete, including formwork, reinforcing, mix design, placement procedures, curing, and finishes. B. Cast -in -place concrete includes but is not limited to the following: 1. Foundations and footings. 2. Slabs -on -grade. 3. Headwalls and wingwalls. C. Cast -in. -place concrete for storm sewer pipe shall meet the requirements of Section 03301 - Cast -In -Place Non -Reinforced Concrete Pipe. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Special Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following according to Conditions of the Contract and Division I Specification Sections. B. Product data for proprietary materials and items, including reinforcement and forming accessories, admixtures, patching compounds, joint systems, curing compounds, and others if requested by Engineer. C. Design Mixes: For each concrete mix. D. Shop drawings for reinforcement detailing fabricating, bending, and placing concrete reinforcement. Comply with ACI 315 "Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures" showing bar schedules, stirrup spacing, bent bar diagrams, materials, steel grades, and arrangement of concrete reinforcement and methods of support. Include special reinforcing required for openings through concrete structures. E. Laboratory test reports for concrete materials and mix design test. F. Formwork shop drawings: Prepared by or under supervision of a qualified Professional Engineer detailing fabrication, assembly, and support of formwork. Design and Engineering of formwork are Contractor's responsibility. G. Shoring and Reshoring: Indicated proposed schedule and sequence of stripping formwork, shoring removal and installing and removing reshoring. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: Comply with provisions of the following codes, specifications, and standards, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified: 1. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 301, "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings." 2. ACI 318, "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete." 01272804 CAST-LN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 1 05105 3. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) "Manual of Standard Practice." 4. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 305R, "Hot Weather Concreting." 5. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 306R, "Cold Weather Concreting." 6. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 306.1, "Standard Specification for Cold Weather Concreting." 7. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 350R, "Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures." 8. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials." B. Concrete Testing Service: Engage a testing agency acceptable to Owner to perform material evaluation tests and to design concrete mixes. Agency shall be qualified according to ASTM C 1077 and ASTM E 329 to conduct the testing indicated. 1. Personnel conducting field test shall be qualified as ACI Concrete Field Testing Technician, Grade 1, according to ACI CP-I or an equivalent certification program. C. Materials and installed Work may require testing and retesting at any time during progress of Work. Tests, including retesting of rejected materials for installed Work shall be done at Contractor's expense. D. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed concrete work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. E. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready -mixed concrete products complying with ASTM C 94, "Requirements for Production Facilities and Equipment." 1. Manufacturer must be certified according to the National Ready Mixed Concrete Association Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities. 2.1 REINFORCING MATERIALS A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615 Grade 60, deformed. B. Epoxy -coated fabricated reinforcing bars ASTM A 775. C. Supports for Reinforcement: Bolsters, chairs and spacers for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire fabric in place. Use wire bar -type supports complying with CRSI specifications. 1. For slabs -on -grade, use supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where base material will not support chair legs. 2. For exposed -to -view concrete surfaces where legs of supports are in contact with forms, provide supports with legs that are protected by plastic (CRSI, Class 1) or stainless steel (CRSI, Class 2). 3. Space reinforcing supports at T-0" maximum in any direction. A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I. 1. Use one brand of cement throughout Project unless noted otherwise. B. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Type C. C. Normal -Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33, size 57. B. Water: Potable. 01272804 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 2 05/05 �_ } E. Admixtures, General: Provide concrete admixtures that contain not more than 0.1 percent chloride ions. F. Air -Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260, certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other required admixtures. G. Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A. H. High -Range Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type F or Type G. I. Water -Reducing, Accelerating Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type E. J. Water -Reducing, Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type D. 2.3 RELATED MATERIALS A. Dovetail Anchor Slots: Hot -dip galvanized sheet steel, not less than 0.0336 inch thick with bent tab anchors. Fill slot with temporary filler or cover face opening to prevent intrusion of concrete or debris. B. Sand Cushion: Clean, manufactured or natural sand with plasticity index of 8 or less. C. Liquid Membrane -Forming Curing Compound: Liquid -type membrane -forming curing compound complying with ASTM C 309, Type 2, Class A. Moisture loss not more than 1.0 lb/sq.yd. when applied at 200 sq. ft./gal. D. Bonding Agent: Polyvinyl acetate or acrylic base. E. Epoxy Adhesive: ASTM C 881, two -component material suitable for use on dry or damp surfaces. Provide material type, grade, and class to suit Project requirements. 2.4 PROPORTIONING AND DESIGNING MIXES A. Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of concrete by either laboratory trial batch or field experience methods as specified in ACI 301. For the trial batch method, use an independent testing agency acceptable to Engineer for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs. 1. Do not use the same testing agency as Owner for field quality control testing. B. Submit written reports to Engineer of each proposed mix for each class of concrete at least 15 days prior to start of Work. Do not begin concrete production until proposed mix designs have been reviewed by Engineer. Do not submit mix designs for other projects or that are over 60 days of age. Do not submit concrete cylinder strength reports from other projects that are older than 45 days, or that are not of the proposed mix design. C. Standard design mix to be used unless noted otherwise, provide normal weight concrete with the following properties: I. 3000 psi, 28-day compressive strength. 2. Type I cement. 3. Fly Ash: Allow up to 25% of cementitious material. 4. Minimum Slump: 4 inches. 5. Maximum Slump: 6 inches. 6. Maximum Water Cementitious Water Ratio:.55. 7. Add air -entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in concrete at point of placement having an air content of 5 to 7 percent, unless otherwise indicated. D. Adjustment to Concrete Mixes: Mix design adjustments may be requested by Contractor when characteristics of materials, job conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant, as accepted by Engineer. Laboratory test data for revised mix design and strength results must be submitted to and accepted by Engineer before using in Work. 01272804 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 3 05/05 2.5 ADMIXTURES A. Use water -reducing admixture or high -range water -reducing admixture (superplasticizer) in concrete, as required, for placement and workability. B. Use accelerating admixture in concrete slabs placed at ambient temperatures below 50 deg F. C. Use admixtures for water reduction and set accelerating or retarding in strict compliance with manufacturer's directions. D. Use water -reducing admixture in pumped concrete, concrete required to be water tight, and concrete with a water cementitious materials ratio below 0.50. E. Limit water-soluble, chloride ion content in hardened concrete to 0.15 percent by weight of cement. 2.6 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready -Mixed Concrete: Comply with requirements of ASTM C 94, and as specified. 1. When air temperature is between 85 deg F and 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes, and when air temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. 3.1 GENERAL A. Coordinate the installation of joint materials, vapor retarder, and other related materials with placement of forms and reinforcing steel. Before concrete placement operations begin, the substrate shall be fully prepared. Contractor shall be responsible for verifying that all work which will be embedded is complete and necessary inspections have been performed. Pour stops or bulkheads shall be in place and reinforcement shall be secured in proper location. 3.2 PLACING REINFORCEMENT A. General: Comply with Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute's recommended practice for "Placing Reinforcing Bars," for details and methods of reinforcement placement and supports and as specified 1. Avoiding cutting or puncturing vapor retarder during reinforcement placement and concreting operations. Repair damages before placing concrete. B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other materials that reduce or destroy bond with concrete. C. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and support reinforcing by metal chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers, and hangers, as approved by L Engineer. D. Place reinforcement to maintain minimum. coverages as indicated for concrete protection. r Arrange, space, and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position during 1 concrete placement operations. Set wire ties so ends are directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces. E. Install welded wire fabric in lengths as long as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at least one full mesh and lace splices with wire. Offset laps of adjoining widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. F. Do not weld reinforcing bars unless specifically shown. Where shown on the plans, comply with AWS D1.4. Bars to be welded shall conform to ASTM A706. 01272804 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 4 05105 i -' 3.3 JOINTS A. Construction Joints: Locate and install construction joints so they do not impair strength or appearance of the structure, as acceptable to Engineer. B. Place construction joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across construction joints except as indicated otherwise. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of strip placements. C. Use bonding agent on existing concrete surfaces that will be joined with fresh concrete. 3.4 INSTALLING EMBEDDED ITEMS A. General: Set and build into formwork anchorage devices and other embedded items required for other work that is attached to or supported by cast -in -place concrete. Use setting drawings, diagrams, instructions, and directions provided by suppliers of items to be attached.. B. Forms for Slabs: Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and contours in finished surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed strips using strike -off templates or compacting -type screeds. C. Ends of storm sewer pipe to be embedded in cast -in -place walls shall be in place prior to setting formwork and reinforcement, floor slab inclusive. 3.5 PREPARING FORM SURFACES A. General: Coat contact surfaces of forms with an approved, nonresidual, low-VOC, form - coating compound before placing reinforcement. B. Do not allow excess form -coating material to accumulate in forms or come into contact with in -place concrete surfaces against which fresh concrete will be placed. Apply according to manufacturer's instructions. 1. Coat steel forms with a nonstaining, rust -preventative material. Rust -stained steel formwork is not acceptable. 3.6 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Inspection: Before placing concrete, inspect and complete formwork installation, reinforcing steel, and items to be embedded or cast in. Notify other trades to permit installation of their work. B. General: Comply with ACI 304, "Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete," and as specified. C. Deposit concrete continuously or in layers of such thickness that no new concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened sufficiently to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as specified. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation at its final location. D. Placing Concrete in Forms: Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers no deeper than 24 inches and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. Where placement consists of several layers, place each layer while preceding layer is still plastic to avoid cold joints. I . Consolidate placed concrete by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by hand - spading, rodding, or tamping. Use equipment and procedures for consolidation of concrete complying with ACI 309. 01272804 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 5 05105 2.4 PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER Premolded joint filler for expansion joints shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D1751 or ASTM D1752 as specified and shall be punched to admit the dowels where called for on the plans. The filler for each joint shall be furnished in a single piece for the full depth and width required for the joint, unless otherwise specified by the Owner's Representative. When the use of more than one piece is authorized for a joint, the abutting ends shall be fastened securely and held accurately to shape by stapling or other positive fastening means satisfactory to the Owner's Representative. 2.5 JOINT SEALER The joint sealer for the joints in the concrete pavement shall be in accordance with Section 03322, JOINT SEALING FILLER, of these specifications and shall be of the type specified. 2.6 STEEL REINFORCING A. Bar mats for steel reinforcing shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Al84 fabricated with bars conforming to the requirements of ASTM A615 or A616, Grade 60. Welded wire fabric for steel reinforcing shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A497 using deformed wire in both directions. B. Splices for bars shall be made as shown on the plans by lapping the bars the required amount and securely wiring them together. Where details of splices are not shown or where unanticipated splices are required, they shall be made in a location approved by the Owner's Representative and the length of lap shall be 30 bar diameters, but not less than 12 inches. C. Welded wire fabric shall be placed as shown on the drawings. Adequate methods for proper placing of the fabric and for maintaining proper position during placement of concrete will be required and shall be subject to approval of the Owner's Representative. Welded wire fabric shall overlap at splices a distance not less than the spacing of the cross wires plus 2 inches. 2.7 FIBER REINFORCEMENT A. Fiber reinforcement shall be 100 percent virgin polypropylene collated, fibrillated fibers specifically manufactured for use as concrete reinforcement, containing no reprocessed olefin materials. The physical characteristics of the fiber to be used shall be as follows: specific gravity: 0.91; tensile strength: 70 to 110 ksi; length of fibers: 2-inch. B. Fibrous concrete reinforcement materials provided by this section shall produce concrete conforming to the requirements for each type and class of concrete listed. Quantities of fibers used shall conform to manufacturer's recommendations, unless otherwise directed by the Owner's Representative. 2.8 SMOOTH DOWEL BARS A. Unless otherwise specifically shown on the plans all dowel bars shall be plain round bars conforming to the requirements of ASTM A615, Grade 60. B. Dowels shall be fabricated or cut to length at the shop or mill prior to delivery to the site. Dowels shall be free of loose flaky rust and loose scale, and shall be clean and straight. Dowels shall be free of any burring or deformation. Before delivery to the construction site, a minimum of two-thirds of the length of each dowel bar shall be painted with one coat of zinc - chromate paint. If plastic or epoxy -coated steel dowels are used, no paint coating is required, 01272804 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PANTING 05105 03320 - 3 except when specified for a particular situation on the contract plans. Coated dowels shall conform to the requirements given in AASHTO M254. C. Split dowels, used at the Contractor's option, shall be of the threaded type, of approved design. The external and internal threaded portion of the split dowels shall conform to the thread designation as defined in the National Bureau of Standards Handbook H28. D. The sleeves for dowel bars at expansion joints shall be metal of an approved design to cover 2 to 3 inches of the dowel, with a closed end, and with a suitable stop to hold the end of the bar at least 1 inch from the closed end of the sleeve. Sleeves shall be of such design that they will not collapse during construction. E. The diameter and length of the smooth dowel bars shall be as follows: Nominal Pavement Thickness Diameter Length Spacing (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) 6-7 3/4 18 12 8-12 1 19 12 2.9 DEFORMED DOWEL BARS Deformed bars shall be used for dowel bars only in the locations specifically noted on the plans. The deformed bars shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A615, Grade 60. Deformed dowel bars may be sheared to length. 2.10 TIE BARS Tie bars shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A615, Grade 60. 2.11 WATER Water used in mixing or curing shall be clean and free of oil, salt, acid, alkali, sugar, vegetable, or other substances injurious to the finished product. If the water is of questionable quality, it shall be tested in accordance with and shall meet the suggested requirements of AASHTO T 26. Water testing shall be done at the discretion of the Owner's Representative. Water known to be of potable quality may be used without testing. Where the source of water is relatively shallow, the intake shall be so enclosed as to exclude silt, mud, grass, or other foreign materials. 2.12 COVER MATERIAL FOR CURING A. Curing materials shall conform to one of the following specifications: I. Liquid membrane -forming compounds for curing concrete shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C309, Type 2 (all resin base). 2. White polyethylene film for curing concrete shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C171. 3. White burlap -polyethylene sheeting for curing concrete shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C171. 4. Waterproof paper for curing concrete shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C171. 01272804 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 03320 - 4 05105 2.13 ADD/iIXTURES A. The use of any material added to the concrete mix shall be approved by the Owner's Representative. The Contractor shall submit certificates indicating that the material to be famished meets all of the requirements indicated below. In addition, the Owner's Representative may require the Contractor to submit complete test data from an approved laboratory showing that the material to be furnished meets all of the requirements of the cited specifications. Subsequent tests will be made of samples taken by the Owner's Representative from the supply of the material being furnished or proposed for use on the work to determine whether the admixture is uniform in quality with that approved. Admixtures shall not be used to replace cement. 1. Air -Entraining Admixtures. Air -entraining admixtures shall meet the requirements of ASTM C260 and shall be added to the mixer in the amount necessary to produce the specified air content. The air -entraining agent and the water reducer admixture shall be compatible. 2. Water -Reducing Admixtures. Water -reducing, set -controlling admixtures shall meet the requirements of ASTM C494, Type A, water -reducing or Type D, water -reducing and retarding. Water -reducing admixtures shall be added at the mixer separately from air -entraining admixtures in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions. 3. High -Range Water -Reducing Admixtures. High -range water -reducing admixtures (super plasticizer) shall meet the requirements of ASTM C494, Type F or Type G. The high -range water -reducing admixture and the air entraining agent shall be compatible. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL Fill The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and services necessary for and incidental to the completion of all work as shown on the drawings and specified herein. All machinery and equipment ". owned or controlled by the Contractor, which he proposed to use on the work, shall be of sufficient size to meet the requirements of the work, and shall be such as to produce satisfactory work, all work shall be subject to the inspection and approval of the Owner's Representative. The Contractor shall employ, at all times, a sufficient force of workmen of such experience and ability that the work can be prosecuted in a satisfactory and workmanlike manner. 3.2 EQUIPMENT I A. Equipment and tools necessary for handling materials and performing all parts of the work shall be approved by the Owner's Representative as to design, capacity, and mechanical condition. The equipment shall be at the job site before the start of construction operations for examination and approval. 1. Batching Plant and Equipment. z. General, The batching plant shall include bins, weighing hoppers, and scales for the fine aggregate and for each size of coarse aggregate. if bulk cement is used, a bin, hopper, and separate scale for cement shall be included. The weighing hoppers shall be properly sealed and vented to preclude dusting during operation. b. Bins and hopper. Bins with adequate separate compartments for fine aggregate and for each required size of coarse aggregate shall be provided in the batching plant. Each compartment shall discharge efficiently and freely into the weighing hopper. Means of control shall be provided so that, as the quantity desired in the 01272804 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 03320 - 5 05105 t E. Admixtures, General: Provide concrete admixtures that contain not more than 0.1 percent chloride ions. F. Air -Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260, certified by manufacturer to be compatible with. other required admixtures. G. Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A. H. High -Range Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type F or Type G. I. Water -Reducing, Accelerating Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type E. J. Water -Reducing, Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type D. 2.3 RELATED MATERIALS A. Dovetail Anchor Slots: Hot -dip galvanized sheet steel, not less than 0.0336 inch thick with bent tab anchors. Fill slot with temporary filler or cover face opening to prevent intrusion of concrete or debris. B. Sand Cushion: Clean, manufactured or natural sand with plasticity index of 8 or less. C. Liquid Membrane -Forming Curing Compound: Liquid -type membrane -forming curing compound complying with ASTM C 309, Type 2, Class A. Moisture loss not more than 1.0 lb/sq.yd. when applied at 200 sq. ft./gal. D. Bonding Agent: Polyvinyl acetate or acrylic base. E. Epoxy Adhesive: ASTM C 881, two -component material suitable for use on dry or damp surfaces. Provide material type, grade, and class to suit Project requirements. 2.4 PROPORTIONING AND DESIGNING MIXES A. Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of concrete by either laboratory trial batch or field experience methods as specified in ACI 301. For the trial batch method, use an independent testing agency acceptable to Engineer for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs. 1. Do not use the same testing agency as Owner for field quality control testing. B. Submit written reports to Engineer of each proposed mix for each class of concrete at least 15 days prior to start of Work. Do not begin concrete production until proposed mix designs have been reviewed by Engineer. Do not submit mix designs for other projects or that are over 60 days of age. Do not submit concrete cylinder strength reports from other projects that are older than 45 days, or that are not of the proposed mix design. C. Standard design mix to be used unless noted otherwise, provide normal weight concrete with the following properties: 1. 3000 psi, 28-day compressive strength. 2. Type I cement. 3. Fly Ash: Allow up to 25% of cementitious material. 4. Minimum Slump: 4 inches. 5. Maximum Slump: 6 inches. 6. Maximum Water Cementitious Water Ratio:.55. 7. Add air -entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in concrete at point of placement having an air content of 5 to 7 percent, unless otherwise indicated. D. Adjustment to Concrete Mixes: Mix design adjustments may be requested by Contractor when characteristics of materials, job conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant, as accepted by Engineer. Laboratory test data for revised mix design and strength results must be submitted to and accepted by Engineer before using in Work. 01272804 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 3 05/05 2.5 OR ns ►7mi):�iisma A. Use water -reducing admixture or high -range water -reducing admixture (superplasticizer) in concrete, as required, for placement and workability. B. Use accelerating admixture in concrete slabs placed at ambient temperatures below 50 deg F. C. Use admixtures for water reduction and set accelerating or retarding in strict compliance with manufacturer's directions. D. Use water -reducing admixture in pumped concrete, concrete required to be water tight, and concrete with a water cementitious materials ratio below 0.50. E. Limit water-soluble, chloride ion content in hardened concrete to 0.15 percent by weight of cement. .a�i��fs� i 'kyjW41z W A. Ready -Mixed Concrete: Comply with requirements of ASTM C 94, and as specified. 1. When air temperature is between 85 deg F and 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes, and when air temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. 3.1 GENERAL A. Coordinate the installation of joint materials, vapor retarder, and other related materials with placement of forms and reinforcing steel. Before concrete placement operations begin, the substrate shall be fully prepared. Contractor shall be responsible for verifying that all work which will be embedded is complete and necessary inspections have been performed. Pour stops or bulkheads shall be in place and reinforcement shall be secured in proper location. 3.2 PLACING REINFORCEMENT A. General: Comply with Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute's recommended practice for "Placing Reinforcing Bars," for details and methods of reinforcement placement and supports �J and as specified 1. Avoiding cutting or puncturing vapor retarder during reinforcement placement and concreting operations. Repair damages before placing concrete. k B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other materials that reduce or destroy bond with concrete. C. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and ._.It support reinforcing by metal chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers, and hangers, as approved by Engineer. D. Place reinforcement to maintain minimum coverages as indicated for concrete protection. r °, Arrange, space, and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position during f concrete placement operations. Set wire ties so ends are directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces. , E. Install welded wire fabric in lengths as long as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at least one full mesh and lace splices with wire. Offset laps of adjoining widths to prevent continuous laps i J in either direction. F. Do not weld reinforcing bars unless specifically shown. Where shown on the plans, comply with AWS D1.4. Bars to be welded shall conform to ASTM A706. 01272804 CAST -IN -PLACE. CONCRETE 03300 4 05105 3.3 JOINTS A. Construction Joints: Locate and install construction joints so they do not impair strength or appearance of the structure, as acceptable to Engineer. B. Place construction joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across construction joints except as indicated otherwise. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of strip placements. C. Use bonding agent on existing concrete surfaces that will be joined with fresh concrete. 3.4 INSTALLING EMBEDDED ITEMS A. General: Set and build into formwork anchorage devices and other embedded items required for other work that is attached to or supported by cast -in -place concrete. Use setting drawings, diagrams, instructions, and directions provided by suppliers of items to be attached.. B. Forms for Slabs: Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and contours in finished surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed strips using strike -off templates or compacting -type screeds. C. Ends of storm sewer pipe to be embedded in cast -in -place walls shall be in place prior to setting formwork and reinforcement, floor slab inclusive. 3.5 PREPARING FORM SURFACES A. General: Coat contact surfaces of forms with an approved, nonresidual, low-VOC, form - coating compound before placing reinforcement. B. Do not allow excess form -coating material to accumulate in forms or come into contact with in -place concrete surfaces against which fresh concrete will be placed. Apply according to manufacturer's instructions. 1. Coat steel forms with a nonstaining, rust -preventative material. Rust -stained steel formwork is not acceptable. 3.6 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Inspection: Before placing concrete, inspect and complete formwork installation, reinforcing steel, and items to be embedded or cast in. Notify other trades to permit installation of their work. B. General: Comply with ACI 304, "Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete," and as specified. C. Deposit concrete continuously or in layers of such thickness that no new concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened sufficiently to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as specified. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation at its final location. D. Placing Concrete in Forms: Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers no deeper than 24 inches and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. Where placement consists of several layers, place each layer while preceding layer is still plastic to avoid cold joints. 1. Consolidate placed concrete by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by hand - spading, rodding, or tamping. Use equipment and procedures for consolidation of concrete complying with ACI 309. 01272804 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 5 05105 2. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations no farther than the visible effectiveness of the machine. Place vibrators to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to set. At each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mix to segregate. E. Placing Concrete Slabs: Deposit and consolidate concrete slabs in a continuous operation, within limits of construction joints, until completing placement of a panel or section. 1. Consolidate concrete during placement operations so that concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement, other embedded items and into comers. 2. Bring slab surfaces to correct level with a straightedge and strike off. Use bull floats or darbies to smooth surface free of humps or hollows. Do not disturb slab surfaces prior to beginning finishing operations. 3. Maintain reinforcing in proper position on chairs during concrete placement. F. Cold -Weather Placement: Comply with provisions of ACI 306 and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures. G. When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 deg F, uniformly heat water and aggregates before mixing to obtain a concrete mixture temperature of not less than 50 deg F and not more than 80 deg F at point of placement. 1. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials. 2. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators unless otherwise accepted in mix designs. H. Mot -Weather Placement: When hot weather conditions exist that would impair quality and strength of concrete, place concrete complying with ACI 305R and as specified. 1. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature at time of placement to below 90 deg F. Mixing water may be chilled or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option. 2. Cover reinforcing steel with water -soaked burlap if it becomes too hot, so that steel temperature will not exceed the ambient air temperature immediately before embedding in concrete. 3. Fog spray forms, reinforcing steel, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade moisture uniform without puddles or dry areas. 4. Use water -reducing retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low humidity, or other adverse placing conditions, as acceptable to Engineer. I. Water may be added to the concrete at the project site, subject to the following conditions: I. Truck tickets indicate maximum amount of water that can be added without exceeding the maximum specified water/cement ratio. 2. Water is added in a manner to control volume added. 3. Concrete is properly re -milted after addition of water. 4. Inspector is notified, if concrete placement requires inspection. 5. Site added water should be done prior to taking concrete samples for testing. 6. Do not add water to concrete after adding high range water -reducing admixtures to mix. 01272804 CAST -III -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 6 05105 3.7 MONOLITHIC SLAB FINISHES A. Nonslip Broom Finish: Apply a nonslip broom finish to exterior concrete platforms, steps, and ramps. 1. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen concrete surface by brooming with fiber -bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route. 3.8 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS A. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures for passage of work by other trades, unless otherwise shown or directed, after work of other trades is in place. Mix, place, and cure concrete as specified to blend with in -place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling shown or required to complete Work. 3.9 CONCRETE CURING AND PROTECTION A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. In hot, dry, and windy weather protect concrete from rapid moisture loss before and during finishing operations with an evaporation -control material. Apply according to manufacturer's instructions after screeding and bull floating, but before power floating and troweling. B. Start initial curing as soon as free water has disappeared from concrete surface after placing and finishing. C. Curing Methods: Cure concrete by curing compound, and moisture -retaining cover curing. D. Apply curing compound on exposed interior slabs and on exterior slabs, walks, and curbs as follows: 1. Apply curing compound to concrete slabs as soon as final finishing operations are complete (within 2 hours and after surface water sheen has disappeared). Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's directions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within 3 hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. 2. Use membrane curing compounds that will not affect surfaces to be covered with finish materials applied directly to concrete. E. Curing Unformed Surfaces: Cure unformed surfaces, including slabs, and other flat surfaces, by applying the appropriate curing method. F. Curing Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams, supported slabs, and other similar surfaces. If forms remain during curing period, moist cure after loosening forms. If removing forms before end of curing period, continue curing by curing compound. 3.10 REMOVING FORMS A. General: Formwork not supporting weight of concrete, such as sides of beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of the work, may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 deg F for 24 hours after placing concrete, provided concrete is sufficiently hard to not be damaged by form -removal operations, and provided curing and protection operations are maintained. 01272804 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 7 05105 3.11 REUSING FORMS A. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed, delaminated, or otherwise damaged form -facing material will not be acceptable for exposed surfaces. Apply new form -coating compound as specified for new formwork. B. When forms are extended for successive concrete placement, thoroughly clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten forms to close joints. Align and secure joint to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete surfaces except as acceptable to Engineer. 3.12 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS A. Patching Defective Areas: Repair and patch defective areas with cement mortar immediately after removing forms, when acceptable to Engineer. B. Mix dry -pack mortar, consisting of one part portland cement to 2-I/2 parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 mesh sieve, using only enough water as required for handling and placing. 1. Cut out honeycombs, rock pockets, voids over 1/4 inch in any dimension, and holes left by tie rods and bolts down to solid concrete but in no case to a depth less than 1 inch. } Make edges of cuts perpendicular to the concrete surface. Thoroughly clean, dampen with water, and brush -coat the area to be patched with bonding agent. Place patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. 2. For surfaces exposed to view, blend white portland cement and standard portland cement so that, when dry, patching mortar will match surrounding color. Provide test areas at inconspicuous locations to verify mixture and color match before proceeding with patching. Compact mortar in place and strike -off slightly higher than surrounding surface. C. Repairing Formed Surfaces: Remove and replace concrete having defective surfaces if defects cannot be repaired to satisfaction of Engineer. Surface defects include color and texture irregularities, cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycomb, rock pockets, fins and other projections on the surface, and stains and other discoloration that cannot be removed by cleaning. Flush t out form tie holes and fill with dry -pack mortar or precast cement cone plugs secured in place 1 with bonding agent. 1. Repair concealed formed surfaces, where possible, containing defects that affect the -} concrete's durability. If defects cannot be repaired, remove and replace the concrete. D. Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as monolithic slabs, for smoothness and verify surface tolerances specified for each surface and finish. Correct low and drain for high areas as specified. Test unformed surfaces sloped to trueness of slope and smoothness by using a template having the required slope. 1. Repair finished unformed surfaces containing defects that affect the concrete's durability. Surface defects include crazing and cracks in excess of 0.01 inch wide or that penetrate to the reinforcement or completely through nonreinforced sections -i regardless of width, spalling, popouts, honeycombs, rock pockets, and other objectionable conditions. 'E 2. Correct high areas in unformed surfaces by grinding after concrete has cured at least 14 days. 3. Correct low areas in unformed surfaces during or immediately after completing surface f finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching mortar. Finish L repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. Proprietary underla}anent compounds may be used when acceptable to Engineer. r 01272904 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - S O5105 i _' 4. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes not exceeding I inch in diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas with clean, square cuts and expose reinforcing steel with at least 3/4 inch clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete and apply bonding agent. Mix patching concrete of same materials to provide concrete of same type or class as original concrete. Place, compact, and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete. E. Repair isolated random cracks and single holes I inch or less in diameter by dry -pack method. Groove top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean of dust, dirt, and loose particles. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and apply bonding compound. Place dry -pack before bonding agent has dried. Compact dry -pack mixture in place and finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep patched area continuously moist for at least 72 hours. If random cracks and single holes indicate weeping and leakage under adjacent hydrostatic head, seal with Avanti International Scotch Seal 5600 urethane, water -activated grout prior to dry packing. F. Perform structural repairs with prior approval of Engineer for method and procedure, using specified epoxy adhesive and mortar. G. Repair methods not specified above may be used, subject to acceptance of Engineer. 3.13 IiYDRAULIC LEAKAGE REPAIR A. Joints, embedments and penetrations that exhibit leakage or weeping when under adjacent hydrostatic pressure shall be sealed with Avanti International Scotch Seal 5600 water -activated urethane grout. Procedures and surface finish over urethane grout shall be as approved by the Engineer. 3.14 QUALITY CONTROL TESTING DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Sampling and testing for quality control during concrete placement shall be performed by Contractor as follows: I. Sampling Fresh Concrete: ASTM C 172, except modified for slump to comply with ASTM C 94. a. Slump: ASTM C 143; one test at point of discharge for each days pour of each type of concrete; additional tests when concrete consistency seems to have changed. One test for each set of compressive strength cylinders cast. b. Air Content: ASTM C 173, volumetric method for lightweight or normal weight concrete; ASTM C 231, pressure method for normal weight concrete; one for each days pour of each type of air -entrained concrete. C. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064; one test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F and below, when 80 deg F and above, and one test for each set of compressive -strength specimens. One test for each set of compressive strength cylinders cast. d. Compression Test Specimen: ASTM C 31; one set of four standard cylinders for each compressive -strength test, unless otherwise directed. Mold and store cylinders for laboratory -cured test specimens except when field -cured test specimens are required. e. Compressive -Strength Tests: ASTM C 39; one set for each days pour exceeding 5 cu. yd. plus additional sets for each 50 cu. yd. more than the first 25 cu. yd. of each concrete class placed in any one day; one specimen tested at 7 days, two 5; 01272804 CkST-IhT-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 9 05105 specimens tested at 28 days, and one specimen retained in reserve for later testing if required. 2. When frequency of testing will provide fewer than five strength tests for a given class of concrete, conduct testing from at least five randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five are used. 3. Strength level of concrete will be considered satisfactory if averages of sets of three consecutive strength test results equal or exceed specified compressive strength and no individual strength test result falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi. B. Test results will be reported in writing to Engineer, ready -mix producer, and Contractor within 24 hours after tests. Reports of compressive strength tests shall contain the Project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing service, concrete type and class, location of concrete batch in structure, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mix proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength, and type of break for both 7-day tests and 28-day tests. C. Additional Tests: The Contractor will make additional tests of in -place concrete when test results indicate specified concrete strengths and other characteristics have not been attained in the structure, as directed by Engineer. The Owner may require the Contractor to conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42, or by other methods as directed. D. Questionable Concrete 1. Concrete shall be considered "Questionable Concrete" where any of the following test evaluations occur: a. Individual test strength is below specified strength; or b. Samples of concrete for acceptance test cylinders are not representative of concrete in -place in the structure; or C. Insufficient or inadequate concrete curing; or d. Insufficient number of acceptance test cylinders for day's concreting were made for testing. 2. Except where core tests will impair the strength of the structure, core test as directed by the Owner shall be made at no cost to the Owner to resolve Questionable Concrete. If core tests fail to demonstrate the test strength required by the contract documents or structural analysis does not confirm the adequacy of the structure, the Owner may, at his discretion, reject the work or require load tests or additional construction. Should structural analysis confirm the adequacy of the structure, the Owner may, at his discretion, accept the concrete with credit for the fftffl value of the concrete delivered to the site in accordance with the General Conditions. 3. The Contractor shall pay all costs incurred in providing the additional testing or analysis to resolve the acceptability of Questionable Concrete. 4. Core Tests a. Three representative cores shall be taken from each member or area of concrete for each test considered questionable. Location of cores shall be as directed by the Owner to least impair the strength of the structure. Damaged cores shall be replaced. b. Cores shall be obtained and tested in accordance with ASTM C42 except that if concrete in the structure will be dry under service conditions the cores shall be air dried (temperature 60 degrees F. to 80 degrees F., and relative humidity less than 60%) for 7 days before test and shall be tested dry. If the concrete in the structure will be more than superficially wet under service conditions, the cores shall be immersed in water for at least 48 hours and tested wet. 01272804 CfiaST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 10 05105 H, C. Questionable concrete will be considered structurally acceptable if the average of the cores is equal to or greater than 90% of the specified strength and no single core is greater than 500 psi below specified strength. END OF SECTION 03300 4 01272804 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 11 05/05 2.4 PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER Premolded joint filler for expansion joints shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D1751 or ASTM D1752 as specified and shall be punched to admit the dowels where called for on the plans. The filler for each joint shall be furnished in a single piece for the full depth and width required for the joint, unless otherwise specified by the Owner's Representative. When the use of more than one piece is authorized for a joint, the abutting ends shall be fastened securely and held accurately to shape by stapling or other positive fastening means satisfactory to the Owner's Representative. 2.5 JOINT SEALER The joint sealer for the joints in the concrete pavement shall be in accordance with Section 03322, JOINT SEALING FILLER, of these specifications and shall be of the type specified. 2.6 STEEL REINFORCING A. Bar mats for steel reinforcing shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Al84 fabricated with bars conforming to the requirements of ASTM A615 or A616, Grade 60. Welded wire fabric for steel reinforcing shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A497 using deformed wire in both directions. B. Splices for bars shall be made as shown on the plans by lapping the bars the required amount and securely wiring them together. Where details of splices are not shown or where unanticipated splices are required, they shall be made in a location approved by the Owner's Representative and the length of lap shall be 30 bar diameters, but not less than 12 inches. C. Welded wire fabric shall be placed as shown on the drawings. Adequate methods for proper placing of the fabric and for maintaining proper position during placement of concrete will be required and shall be subject to approval of the Owner's Representative. Welded wire fabric shall overlap at splices a distance not less than the spacing of the cross wires plus 2 inches. A. Fiber reinforcement shall be 100 percent virgin polypropylene collated, fibrillated fibers specifically manufactured for use as concrete reinforcement, containing no reprocessed olefin materials. The physical characteristics of the fiber to be used shall be as follows: specific gravity: 0.91; tensile strength: 70 to 110 ksi; length of fibers: 2-inch. B. Fibrous concrete reinforcement materials provided by this section shall produce concrete conforming to the requirements for each type and class of concrete listed. Quantities of fibers used shall conform to manufacturer's recommendations, unless otherwise directed by the Owner's Representative. A. Unless otherwise specifically shown on the plans all dowel bars shall be plain round bars conforming to the requirements of ASTM A615, Grade 60. B. Dowels shall be fabricated or cut to length at the shop or mill prior to delivery to the site, Dowels shall be free of loose flaky rust and loose scale, and shall be clean and straight. Dowels shall be free of any burring or deformation. Before delivery to the construction site, a minimum of two-thirds of the length of each dowel bar shall be painted with one coat of zinc - chromate paint. If plastic or, epoxy -coated steel dowels are used, no paint coating is required, 01272804 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVIINTG 05105 03320 - except when specified for a particular situation on the contract plans. Coated dowels shall conform to the requirements given in AASHTO M254. C. Split dowels, used at the Contractor's option, shall be of the threaded type, of approved design. The external and internal threaded portion of the split dowels shall conform to the thread designation as defined in the National Bureau of Standards Handbook H28. D. The sleeves for dowel bars at expansion joints shall be metal of an approved design to cover 2 to 3 inches of the dowel, with a closed end, and with a suitable stop to hold the end of the bar at least 1 inch from the closed end of the sleeve. Sleeves shall be of such design that they will not collapse during construction. E. The diameter and length of the smooth dowel bars shall be as follows: Nominal Pavement Thickness Diameter Length Spacing (inches) (inches) (inches) inches) 6-7 3/4 18 12 8-12 1 19 12 Deformed bars shall be used for dowel bars only in the locations specifically noted on the plans. The deformed bars shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A615, Grade 60. Deformed dowel bars may be sheared to length. 2.10 TIE BARS Tie bars shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A615, Grade 60. 2.11 WATER Water used in mixing or curing shall be clean and free of oil, salt, acid, alkali, sugar, vegetable, or other substances injurious to the finished product. If the water is of questionable quality, it shall be tested in accordance with and shall meet the suggested requirements of AASHTO T 26. Water testing shall be done at the discretion of the Owner's Representative. Water known to be of potable quality may be used without testing. Where the -source of water is relatively shallow, the intake shall be so enclosed as to exclude silt, mud, grass, or other foreign materials. 2.12 COVER MATERIAL FOR CURING A. Curing materials shall conform to one of the following specifications: 1. Liquid membrane -forming compounds for curing concrete shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C309, Type 2 (all resin base). 2. White polyethylene film for curing concrete shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C171. 3. White burlap -polyethylene sheeting for curing concrete shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C171. 4. Waterproof paper for curing concrete shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C171. 01272804 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PA-\7D\TG 03320 - 4 05105 2.13 ADMaTURES A. The use of any material added to the concrete mix shall be approved by the Owner's Representative. The Contractor shall submit certificates indicating that the material to be furnished meets all of the requirements indicated below. In addition, the Owner's Representative may require the Contractor to submit complete test data from an approved laboratory showing that the material to be famished meets all of the requirements of the cited specifications. Subsequent tests will be made of samples taken by the Owner's Representative from the supply of the material being furnished or proposed for use on the work to determine whether the admixture is uniform in quality with that approved. Admixtures shall not be used to replace cement. I . Air -Entraining Admixtures. Air -entraining admixtures shall meet the requirements of ASTM C260 and shall be added to the mixer in the amount necessary to produce the specified air content. The air -entraining agent and the water reducer admixture shall be compatible. 2. Water -Reducing Admixtures. Water -reducing, set -controlling admixtures shall meet the requirements of ASTM C494, Type A, water -reducing or Type D, water -reducing and retarding. Water -reducing admixtures shall be added at the mixer separately from air -entraining admixtures in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions. 3. High -Range Water -Reducing Admixtures. High -range water -reducing admixtures (super plasticizer) shall meet the requirements of ASTM C494, Type F or Type G. The high -range water -reducing admixture and the air entraining agent shall be compatible. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and services necessary for and incidental to the completion of all work as shown on the drawings and specified herein. All machinery and equipment owned or controlled by the Contractor, which he proposed to use on the work, shall be of sufficient size to meet the requirements of the work, and shall be such as to produce satisfactory work; all work shall be subject to the inspection and approval of the Owner's Representative. The Contractor shall employ, at all times, a sufficient force of workmen of such experience and ability that the work can be prosecuted in a satisfactory and workmanlike manner. 3.2 EQUIPMENT A. Equipment and tools necessary for handling materials and performing all parts of the work shall be approved by the Owner's Representative as to design, capacity, and mechanical condition. The equipment shall be at the job site before the start of construction operations for examination and approval. 1. Batching Plant and Equipment. a. General. The batching plant shall include bins, weighing hoppers, and scales for the fine aggregate and for each size of coarse aggregate. If bulk cement is used, a bin, hopper, and separate scale for cement shall be included. The weighing hoppers shall be properly sealed and vented to preclude dusting during operation. b. Bins and hopper. Bins with adequate separate. compartments for fine aggregate and for each required size of coarse aggregate shall be provided in the batching plant. Each compartment shall discharge efficiently and freely into the weighing hopper. Means of control shall be provided so that, as the quantity desired in the 01272804 PORTLAND CEIVIENT CONCRETE PAN71NG 03320 - 5 05105 weighing hopper is approached, the material may be added slowly and shut off with precision. A port or other opening for removing an overload of any one of the several materials from the hopper shall be provided. Weighing hoppers shall be constructed to eliminate accumulations of materials and to discharge fully. C. Scales. The scales for weighing aggregates and cement shall be of either the beam or the springless dial type. They shall be accurate within 0.5 percent throughout their range of use. When beam -type scales are used, provisions such as a "telltale" dial shall be made for indicating to the operator that the required load in the weighing hopper is being approached. A device on the weighing beams shall clearly indicate critical position. Poises shall be designed to be locked in any position and to prevent unauthorized change. The weight beam and "telltale" device shall be in full view of the operator while charging the hopper, and the operator shall have convenient access to all controls. Scales. shall be inspected and sealed as often as the Owner's Representative may deem necessary to assure their continued accuracy. The Contractor shall have on hand not less than ten 50-pound weights. These weights shall be used for testing of all scales as directed by the Owner's Representative. 2. Mixers. a. General. Concrete may be mixed at a central plant, or wholly or in part in truck mixers. Each mixer shall have attached in a prominent place a manufacturer's nameplate showing the capacity of the drum in terms of volume of mixed concrete and the speed of rotation of the mixing drum or blades. A device accurate within 3 percent and satisfactory to the Owner's Representative shall be provided at the mixer for determining the amount of v' air -entraining agent or other admixture to be added to each batch. Mixers shall be examined daily for the accumulation of hard concrete or mortar and the wear of blades. b. Central plant mixer. Mixing shall be in an approved mixer capable of combining the aggregates, cement, and water into a thoroughly mixed and uniform mass within the specified mixing period, and of discharging the mixture without segregation. Central plant mixers shall be equipped with an acceptable timing device that will not permit the batch to be discharged until the specified mixing time has elapsed. The water system for a central mixer shall be either a calibrated measuring tank or a meter and shall not necessarily be an integral part of the mixer. The mixers shall be cleaned at suitable intervals and shall be examined daily for changes in condition due to accumulation of hard concrete or mortar or wear of blades. The pickup and throwover blades shall be replaced when they have worn down 3/4-inch or more. The Contractor shall have a copy of the manufacturer's design on hand showing dimensions and arrangement of blades in reference to original height and depth. C. Truck mixers and truck agitators. Truck mixers used for mixing and hauling concrete and truck agitators used for hauling central -mixed concrete shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C94. d. Nonagitator trucks. Nonagitating hauling equipment shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C94. 01272804 PORTLAhD CEI hTT CONCRETE PA*VING 03320 - 6 05/05 3. Finishing Equipment. a. Finishing machine. The finishing machine shall be equipped with one or more oscillating -type transverse screeds. In lieu of a finishing machine, a vibratory screed, supplemented by hand-held vibrators, will be allowed for pavements constructed with concrete containing super -plasticizer. An adequate number of hand-held vibrators shall be provided to insure adequate consolidation of the concrete. b. Vibrators. For side -form construction, vibrators shall be the internal type with either immersed tube or multiple spuds, for the full width of the concrete slab. They may be attached to the spreader or the finishing machine, or they may be mounted on a separate carriage. They shall not come in contact vrith the joint, load -transfer devices, subgrade, or side forms. The frequency of the internal type shall not be less than 7,000 vibrations per minute for spud vibrators. When spud -type internal vibrators are used adjacent to the side forms, they shall have a frequency of not less than 3,500 vibrations per minute. Hand vibrators should be used to consolidate the concrete along forms and other isolated areas. 4. Concrete Saw. When sawing of joints is specified, the Contractor shall provide sawing equipment adequate in number of units and power to complete the sawing to the required dimensions and at the required rate. The Contractor shall provide at least one standby saw in good working order. An ample supply of saw blades shall be maintained at the site of the work at all times during sawing operations. The Contractor shall provide adequate artificial lighting facilities for night sawing. All of this equipment shall be on the job both before and at all times during concrete placement. 5. Forms. Straight side forms shall be made of steel having a thickness of not less than 7/32-inch and shall be furnished in sections not less than 10 feet in length. Forms shall be in one piece for the full depth required except as hereinafter permitted. Where the drawings require several different thicknesses for the same slab, forms may be built up with metal or wood to provide an increase in depth of not more than 25 percent. The required form depth may be obtained by securely bolting or welding to the bottom of the form a tubular metal section of the proper thickness or by securely bolting wood planks to the bottom of the form. The tubular metal section or wood planks shall completely cover the underside of the base of the form and shall extend beyond the edge of the base a sufficient distance to provide the necessary stability. The base width of the one-piece form, or built-up form, shall be not less than eight -tenths of the vertical height of the form, except that forms 8 inches or less in vertical height shall have a base width not less than the vertical height of the form. Flexible or curved forms of proper radius shall be used for curves of 100-foot radius or less. Flexible or curved forms shall be of a design acceptable to the Owner's Representative. Forms shall be provided with adequate devices for secure settings so that when in place they will withstand, without visible spring or settlement, the impact and vibration of the spreading, consolidating and finishing equipment. Flange braces shall extend outward on the base not less than two-thirds the height of the form. Forms with battered top surfaces and bent, twisted, or broken forms shall be removed from the work. Repaired forms shall not be used until inspected and approved. Built-up forms shall not be used, except as approved by the Owner's Representative. The top face of the form shall not vary from a true plane more than 1/8-inch in 10 feet, and the upstanding leg shall not vary more than 1/4-inch. The forms shall contain provisions for locking the ends of abutting sections together tightly for secure setting. 01272804 PORTL ND CEMIENT CONICRETE PAVING 03320 - 7 05105 3.3 FORM SETTING A. Forms shall be set sufficiently in advance of the concrete placement to insure continuous paving operation. After the forms have been set to correct grade, the grade shall be thoroughly tamped, either mechanically or by hand, at both the inside and outside edges of the base of the forms. Forms shall be staked into place with not less than 3 pins for each I0-foot section. A pin shall be placed at each side of every joint. B. Form sections shall be tightly locked and shall be free from play or movement in any direction. The forms shall not deviate from true line by more than 1/4-inch at any point. Forms shall be so set that they will withstand, without visible spring or settlement, the impact and vibration of the consolidating and finishing equipment. Forms shall be cleaned and oiled prior to the placing of concrete. C. The alignment and grade elevations of the forms shall be checked and corrections made by the Contractor immediately before placing the concrete. When any form has been disturbed or any grade has become unstable, the form shall be reset and rechecked. 3.4 CONDITIONING OF UNDERLYING COURSE A. The prepared grade shall be well moistened with water, without saturating, immediately ahead of concrete placement to prevent rapid loss of moisture from the concrete. Ruts or depressions in the subgrade or subbase caused by hauling or usage of other equipment shall be filled as they develop with suitable material (not with concrete or concrete aggregates) and thoroughly compacted by rolling in accordance with applicable sections of these specifications. The underlying course shall be accurately cut to grade and all excess material shall be removed prior to concrete construction. Low areas may be filled and compacted in a manner approved by the Owner's Representative, to a condition equal to that of the surrounding grade or, if permitted, filled with concrete integral with the pavement. B. In cold weather, the underlying subbase shall be protected so that it will be entirely free from frost when the concrete is placed. The use of chemicals to eliminate frost in the underlying material will not be permitted. C. At any time, the Owner's Representative may order proof rolling to test the uniformity of compaction of the subgrade or base course. Proof rolling shall be accomplished using a 25-ton pneumatic roller, or other rolling devices as approved by the Owner's Representative. Proof rolling shall be accomplished by the Contractor at his expense. All irregularities, depressions, or weak or soft areas which develop during proof rolling shall be corrected immediately by the Contractor. 3.5 HANDLING, MEASURING, AND BATCIBNG MATERIAL A. The batch plant site, layout, equipment, and provisions for transporting material shall assure a continuous supply of material to the work. Stockpiles shall be built up in layers of not more than 3 feet in thickness. Each layer shall be completely in place before beginning the next layer and shall not be allowed to "cone" down over the next lower layer. Aggregates from different sources and of different grading shall not be stockpiled together. Improperly placed stockpiles will not be accepted. B. The Contractor shall maintain a stockpile of aggregates for ten days of concrete construction. C. Aggregates shall be handled from stockpiles or other sources to the batching plant in such manner to secure the specified grading of the material. Aggregates that have become segregated or mixed with earth or foreign material shall not be used. All aggregates produced or handled by hydraulic methods, and washed aggregates, shall be stockpiled or binned for 01272804 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 03320 - 8 05105 draining at least 12 hours before being batched. Rail shipments requiring more than 12 hours will be accepted as adequate binning only if the car bodies permit free drainage. The fine aggregate and coarse aggregate shall be separately weighed into hoppers in the respective amounts set by the Owner's Representative in the job mix. Cement shall be measured by weight. Separate scales and hopper, with a device to positively indicate the complete discharge of the batch of cement into the batch box or container, shall be used for weighing the cement. D. When required by the contract or when permitted, hatching plants shall be equipped to proportion aggregates and bulk cement, by weight, automatically using interlocked proportioning devices of an approved type. When bulk cement is used, the Contractor shall use a suitable method of handling the cement from weighing hopper to transporting container or into the batch itself for transportation to the mixer, such as a chute, boot, or other approved device, to prevent loss of cement. The device shall be arranged to provide positive assurance of the actual presence in each batch of the entire cement content specified. E. When cement is placed in contact with the aggregates, batches may be rejected unless mixed within 1-1/2 hours of such contact. Batching shall be conducted so that the results in the weights of each material required will be within a tolerance of 1 percent for cement and 2 percent for aggregates. F. Water may be measured either by volume or by weight. The accuracy of measuring the water shall be within plus or minus 1 percent of required amounts. Unless the water is to be weighed, the water -measuring equipment shall include an auxiliary tank from which the measuring tank shall be filled. The measuring tank shall be equipped with an outside tap and valve to provide for checking the setting, unless other means are provided for readily and accurately j determining the amount of water in the tank. The volume of the auxiliary tank shall be at least equal to that of the measuring tank. { G. Methods and equipment for adding air -entraining agent or other admixtures to the batch, when g g required, shall be approved by the Owner's Representative. All admixtures shall be measured into the mixer with an accuracy of plus or minus 3 percent. j H. Fiber reinforcement shall be added to the concrete mixture at the batch plant by methods, and at quantities recommended by fiber manufacturer. Fibers shall be thoroughly mixed into the concrete. 3.6 PROPORTIONS A. Proportioning requirements for concrete shall be designed for the following compressive strengths at 28 days: Class A Concrete (curb and gutter 4-inch sidewalks and wheelchair ramps) ........................... 3,000 psi Class C Concrete (Portland cement concrete pavement and 6-inch miscellaneous concrete slabs) ................................ 3,600 psi B. The proportioning requirements for Class C concrete shall also be designed to achieve a minimum 3,000 psi compressive strength at 7-days and for Class A concrete to achieve a minimum 2,100 psi compressive strength at 7-days. C. Prior to the start of paving operations and after approval of all material to be used in the concrete, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner's Representative for approval, test certificates from an approved commercial laboratory, on each of the concrete mixes proposed f 01272804 PORTLANTD CEIv ENTT CONCRETE PAYING 03320 - 9 05105 `_' for use on the project. The Owner's Representative will review all concrete mix designs. No concrete shall be produced for use on the project prior to approval of a mix design by the Owner's Representative. Concrete mix test certifications shall include tests made on six (6) compressive strength test specimens (cylinders). Three (3) cylinders for each design shall be tested at 7 days and three (3) at 28 days. The costs of preconstruction mix designs and tests shall be borne by the Contractor. Additional test certificates shall be furnished by the Contractor at his expense if the material source is changed or if the construction phase tests indicate marked variations from the original preconstruction tests. Compressive strength shall be as specified above for the various classes of concrete at 28 days using test cylinders prepared in accordance with ASTM C31 and tested in accordance with ASTM C39. The mixes determined shall be workable concrete having a slump range of 3 to 5 inches for Class A concrete, and a slump range of 1 to 2-1/2 inches for Class C concrete. Slumps shall be as determined by ASTM C 143. If high -range water -reducing admixtures (superplasticizers) are used, the initial slump range of 1 to 2-1/2 inches for Class C concrete shall not exceed 5 inches after the addition of the high -range water -reducing admixture. D. The minimum cement content shall be maintained to produce concrete of suitable durability and workability. The maximum water -cement ratio specified for concrete shall not be exceeded. Entrained air shall be required to increase durability and provide workability. E. The cement content and the water -cement ratio, including free surface moisture on the aggregates but not including moisture absorbed by the aggregates, shall be in accordance with the following. The cement content shall be determined in accordance with ASTM C138. Class A Class C Minimum sack cement per cubic yard 5 5.5 Maximum gallons water per sack of cement 6.5 5.5 F. Air -entraining admixture shall be added in such a manner that will insure uniform distribution of the agent throughout the batch. The air content of freshly mixed air -entrained concrete shall be based upon trial mixes with the materials to be used in the work adjusted to produce concrete of the required plasticity and workability. The percentage of air entrainment in the mix shall be 5-1/2 percent plus or minus 1-1/2 percentage points. Air content shall be determined by testing in accordance with ASTM C231 for gravel and stone coarse aggregate and ASTM C173 for highly porous coarse aggregate. All concrete shall be air -entrained concrete. 3.7 FIELD TEST SPECIMENS A. During construction, concrete samples shall be taken in the field to determine the consistency, air content and strength of the concrete. Compressive strength test specimens shall be made each day that concrete is placed. Test specimens will be made entirely at the discretion of the Owner's Representative. Each strength test shall consist of five (5) test cylinders made from the same batch of concrete. The test cylinders shall be molded in accordance with ASTM C31. At the start of concrete operations or when the aggregate source, aggregate characteristics or mix design is changed, additional groups of test cylinders may be required until the Owner's Representative is satisfied that the concrete mixture being used complies with the strength requirements of these specifications. B. Concrete pavement shall be tested for compressive strength on a lot basis. A lot will consist of each day's production. Two sets of cylinders, consisting of five (5) cylinders each, will be 01272804 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PANTING 03320 - 10 05/05 made for each lot. Random samples will be taken from the plastic concrete at the site in accordance with accepted statistical procedures. C. When it appears that the test specimens will fail to conform to the requirements for strength, the Owner's Representative shall have the right to order changes in the concrete sufficient to increase the strength to meet these requirements. When a satisfactory relationship between 7-day and 28-day strengths has been established and approved, the 7-day test results may be used as an indication of the 28-day strengths. However, the 7-day test results will not replace the results of the 28-day tests if the 28-day results fall below the requirement. Ulu s A. The concrete may be mixed in a central mix plant or in truck mixers. The mixer shall be of an approved type and capacity. Mixing time shall be measured from the time all materials, except water, are emptied into the drum. Ready -mixed concrete shall be mixed and delivered in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C94, except that the minimum required revolutions of the mixing speed for transit mixed concrete may be reduced to not less than that recommended by the mixer manufacturer. The number of revolutions recommended by the mixer manufacturer shall be indicated on the manufacturer's serial plate attached to the mixer. The Contractor shall furnish test data acceptable to the Owner's Representative verifying that the make and model of the mixer will produce uniform concrete conforming to the provisions of ASTM C94 at the reduced number of revolutions shown on the serial plate. B. When mixed in a central mixing plant, the mixing time shall not be less than 50 seconds nor more than 90 seconds. Mixing time ends when the discharge chute opens. Transfer time in multiple drum mixers is included in mixing time. The contents of an individual mixer drum shall be removed before a succeeding batch is emptied therein. C. The mixer shall be operated at the drum speed as shown on the manufacturer's nameplate on the approved mixer. Any concrete mixed less than the specified time shall be discarded at the Contractor's expense. The volume of concrete mixed per batch shall not exceed the mixer's nominal capacity in cubic feet, as shown on the manufacturer's standard rating plate on the mixer. An overload up to 10 percent above the mixer's nominal capacity may be permitted provided concrete test data for segregation and uniform consistency are satisfactory, and provided no spillage of concrete takes place. The batch shall be charged into the drum so that a portion of the mixing water shall enter in advance of the cement and aggregates. The flow of water shall be uniform, and all water shall be in the drum by the end of the first 15 seconds of the mixing period. The throat of the drum shall be kept free of such accumulations as may restrict the free flow of materials into the drum. D. Mixed concrete from the central mixing plant shall be transported in truck mixers, truck agitators, or nonagitating trucks. The time elapsing from the time water is added to the mix until the concrete is deposited in place at the work site shall not exceed 30 minutes when the concrete is hauled in nonagitating trucks, nor 60 minutes when the concrete is hauled in truck mixers or truck agitators. Retempering concrete by adding water or by other means will not be permitted. All these operations must be performed within 45 minutes after the initial mixing operations and the water -cement ratio must not be exceeded. Admixtures for increasing the workability or for accelerating the set will be permitted only when specified in the contract. 3.9 LIMITATIONS OF MIXING A. No concrete shall be mixed, placed, or finished when the natural light is insufficient, unless an adequate and approved artificial lighting system is operated. 01272804 PORTLAIND CEMENT CONCRETE PAI V241,33 03320 - 11 05105 B. Unless authorized in writing by the Owner's Representative, mixing and concreting operations shall be discontinued when a descending air temperature in the shade and away from artificial heat reaches 40 degrees F and shall not be resumed until an ascending air temperature in the shade and away from artificial heat reaches 35 degrees F. C. When concreting is authorized during cold weather, the aggregates may be heated by either steam or day heat prior to being placed in the mixer. The apparatus used shall heat the mass uniformly and shall be arranged to preclude the possible occurrence of overheated areas which might be detrimental to the materials. Unless otherwise authorized, the temperature of the mixed concrete shall not be less than 50 degrees F and not more than 80 degrees F at the time of placement in the forms. D. If the air temperature is 35 degrees F or less at the time of placing concrete, the Owner's Representative may require the water and/or the aggregates to be heated to not less than 70 degrees F nor more than 150 degrees F. Concrete shall not be placed on frozen subgrade nor shall frozen aggregates be used in the concrete. E. During periods of warm weather when the maximum daily air temperature is likely to exceed 85 degrees F., the following precautions shall be taken. The forms and the underlying material shall be sprinkled with water immediately before placing the concrete. The concrete shall be placed at the coolest temperature practicable, and in no case shall the temperature of the concrete when deposited in the forms exceed 90 degrees F. A retarder shall be used for concrete deposited in the forms when the temperature of the concrete exceeds 85 degrees F. The aggregates and/or mixing water shall be cooled as necessary to maintain the concrete temperature at or not more than the specified maximum. Concrete shall be placed in the forms continuously and rapidly at a rate adequate to assure finishing of the concrete prior to initial set of the concrete. The finished surface of the newly laid pavement shall be kept damp by applying a waterfog or mist with approved spraying equipment until the pavement is covered by the curing medium. 3.10 STRUCTURAL AND MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE A. Placing Concrete. All concrete shall be placed during daylight, unless otherwise approved. The concrete shall not be placed until the depth and character of foundation, the adequacy of forms and falsework, and the placing of the steel reinforcing have been approved. Concrete shall be placed as soon as practical after mixing and in no case later than 1 hour after water has been added to the mix. The method and manner of placing shall be such to avoid segregation and displacement of the reinforcement. Troughs, pipes, and chutes shall be used as an aid in placing concrete when necessary. Dropping the concrete a distance of more than 5 feet, or depositing a large quantity at one point, will not be permitted. Concrete shall be placed upon clean, damp surfaces, free from running water, or upon properly consolidated soil. The concrete shall be compacted with suitable mechanical vibrators operating within the concrete. When necessary, vibrating shall be supplemented by hand spading with suitable tools to assure proper and adequate compaction. Vibrators shall be manipulated so as to work the concrete thoroughly around the reinforcement and embedded futures and into corners and angles of the forms. The vibration at any joint shall be of sufficient duration to accomplish compaction but shall not be prolonged to the point where segregation occurs. B. Placing Reinforcement. All reinforcement shall be accurately placed, as shown on the plans, and shall be firmly held in position during concreting. Bars shall be fastened together at intersections. The reinforcement shall be supported by approved plastic chairs. Shop drawings, lists, and bending details shall be supplied by the Contractor when required. 01272804 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PA'INC 03320 12 05105 C. Embedded Items. Before placing concrete, any items that are to be embedded shall be firmly and securely fastened in place as indicated. All such items shall be clean and free from coating, rust, scale, oil, or any foreign matter. The embedding of wood shall be avoided. The concrete shall be spaded and consolidated around and against embedded items. D. Construction Joints. When the placing of concrete is suspended, necessary provisions shall be made for joining future work before the placed concrete takes its initial set. For the proper bonding of old and new concrete, such provisions shall be made for grooves, steps, keys, dovetails, reinforcing bars or other devices as may be prescribed. The work shall be arranged so that a section begun on any day shall be finished during daylight of the same day. Before depositing new concrete on or against concrete which has hardened, the surface of the hardened concrete shall be cleaned by a heavy steel broom, roughened slightly, wetted, and covered with a neat coating of cement paste or grout. E. Defective Work. Any defective work disclosed after the forms have been removed shall be immediately removed and replaced. If any dimensions are deficient, or if any section is not constructed to the proper grade, or if the surface of the concrete is bulged, uneven or shows honeycomb, which in the opinion of the Owner's Representative cannot be repaired satisfactorily, the entire section shall be removed and replaced at the expense of the Contractor. F. Surface Finish. All exposed concrete surfaces shall be true, smooth, free from open or rough spaces, depressions, or projections. The concrete in horizontal plane surfaces shall be brought flush with the finished top surface at the proper elevation and shall be struck -off with a straightedge and floated. Mortar finishing shall not be permitted, nor shall dry cement or sand - cement mortar be spread over the concrete during the finishing of horizontal plane surfaces. The surface finish of exposed concrete shall be a rubbed finish. If forms can be removed while the concrete is still green, the surface shall be pointed and wetted and then rubbed with a wooden float until all irregularities are removed. If the concrete has hardened before being rubbed, a carborundum stone shall be used to finish the surface. When approved, the finishing can be done with a rubbing machine. G. Curing and Protection. All concrete shall be properly cured and protected by the Contractor. IJ The work shall be protected from the elements, flowing water, and from defacement of any nature during the building operations. The concrete shall be cured as soon as it has sufficiently hardened by covering with an approved material. Water -absorptive coverings shall be thoroughly saturated when placed and kept saturated for a period of at least 3 days. All curing mats or blankets shall be sufficiently weighted or tied down to keep the concrete surface covered and to prevent the surface from being exposed to currents of air. Where wooden forms are used, they shall be kept wet at all times until removed to prevent the opening of joints and L_ drying out of the concrete. Traffic shall not be allowed on concrete surfaces for 7 days after the concrete has been placed. c A When concrete is placed at temperatures below 40' F., the Contractor shall provide satisfactory methods and means to protect the mix from injury by freezing. The aggregates, or water, or both shall be heated in order to place the concrete at temperatures between 50' and 1000 F. After the concrete has been placed, the Contractor shall provide sufficient protection such as cover, canvas, framework, heating apparatus, etc., to enclose and protect the structure and maintain the temperature of the mix at not less than 50' F. until at least 60% of the designed strength has been attained. 01272904 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAN/ING 03320 - 13 05/��5 3.11 CONCRETE FOR PAVEMENTS A. Placing Concrete. 1. The concrete shall be deposited on the moistened grade to require as little rehandling as possible. Unless truck mixers, truck agitators, or nonagitating hauling equipment are equipped with means for discharge of concrete without segregation of the materials, the concrete shall be unloaded into an approved spreading device and mechanically spread on the grade to prevent segregation of the materials. Placing shall be continuous between transverse joints without the use of intermediate bulkheads. Necessary hand spreading shall be done with shovels and not rakes. Workmen shall not be allowed to walk in the freshly mixed concrete with boots or shoes coated with earth or foreign substances. 2. When concrete is to be placed adjoining a previously constructed lane of pavement and when mechanical equipment will be operated upon the existing lane of pavement, the concrete shall be at least 7 days old and at a compressive strength approved by the Owner's Representative. If only finishing equipment is carried on the existing lane, paving in adjoining lanes may be permitted after 3 days, if approved by the Owner's Representative. 3. Concrete shall be thoroughly consolidated against and along the faces of all forms and along the full length and on both sides of all joint assemblies by means of vibrators inserted in the concrete. Vibrators shall not be permitted to come in contact with a joint assembly, the grade, or a side form. In no case shall the vibrator be operated longer than 15 seconds in any one location, nor shall the vibrators be used to move the concrete. 4. Concrete shall be deposited as near to expansion and contraction joints as possible without disturbing them but shall not be dumped from the discharge bucket or hopper onto a joint assembly unless the hopper is well centered on the joint assembly. 5. Should any concrete materials fall on or be worked into the surface of a completed slab, they shall be removed immediately by approved methods. B. Strike -Off of Concrete and Placement of Reinforcement. 1. Following the placing of the concrete, it shall be struck off, using a finishing machine or a vibratory screed with supplemental hand-held vibrators, to conform to the cross section shown on the plans and to an elevation such that when the concrete is properly consolidated and finished, the surface of the pavement shall be at the elevation shown on the plans. When reinforced concrete pavement is placed in two layers, the bottom layer shall be struck off to such length and depth that the sheet of reinforcing steel fabric or bar mat may be laid full length on the concrete in its final position without finther manipulation. The reinforcement shall then be placed directly upon the concrete, after which the top layer of the concrete shall be placed, struck off, and screeded. If any portion of the bottom layer of concrete has been placed more than 3O minutes without being covered with the top layer or if initial set has taken place, it shall be removed and replaced with freshly mixed concrete at the Contractor's expense. When reinforced concrete is placed in one layer, the reinforcement may be positioned in advance of concrete placement or it may be placed in plastic concrete by mechanical or vibratory means after spreading. 2. Reinforcing steel, at the time concrete is placed, shall be free of mud, oil, or other organic matter that may adversely affect or reduce bond. Reinforcing steel with rust, mill scale, or a combination of both will be considered satisfactory, provided the minimum dimensions, weight, and tensile properties of a hand wire -brushed test specimen are not less than the applicable ASTM specification requirements. 01272804 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE P-AAMNG 03320 - 14 0510-5 C. Joints 1. General a. Longitudinal and transverse joints. Longitudinal and transverse joints shall be constructed as indicated on the plans and in accordance with these requirements. All joints shall be constructed true to line with their faces perpendicular to the surface of the pavement. Joints shall not vary more than 1/4-inch from a true line or from their designated position. The vertical surface of the pavement adjacent to all expansion joints shall be finished to a true plane and edged to a radius of 1/4-inch or as shown on the plans. The surface across the joints shall be tested with a 10-foot straightedge as the joints are finished and any irregularities in excess of 1/8-inch shall be corrected before the concrete has hardened. Transverse joints shall be at right angles to the centerline of the pavement and shall extend the full width of the slab. The transverse joints in succeeding lanes shall be placed in line with similar joints in the first lane. All joints shall be so prepared, finished, or cut to provide a groove of thewidth idth and depth shown on the plans. The surface across the joints shall be tested with a 10-foot straightedge as the joints are finished and any irregularities in excess of 1/8-inch shall be corrected before the concrete has hardened. Transverse joints shall be at right angles to the centerline of the pavement and shall extend the full width of the slab. The transverse joints in succeeding lanes shall be placed in line with similar joints in the first lane. All joints shall be so prepared, finished, or cut to provide a groove of the width and depth shown on the plans. b. Tie bars. Tie bars shall consist of deformed bars installed principally in longitudinal joints as shown on the plans. Tie bars shall be placed at right angles to the centerline of the concrete slab and shall be spaced at intervals as shown on the plans. They shall be held in position parallel to the pavement surface and midway between the surfaces of the slab. When tie bars extend into an unpaved lane, they may be bent at right angles against the form at longitudinal construction joints, unless threaded bolt or other assembled tie bars are specified. These bars shall not be painted, greased, or enclosed in sleeves. C. Dowel bars. Dowel bars or other load -transfer units of an approved type shall be placed across transverse or other joints in the manner as specified on the plans. They shall be of the dimensions and spacings specified and held rigidly in the middle of the slab depth in the proper horizontal and vertical alignment by an approved assembly device to be left permanently in place. The dowel or load -transfer and joint devices shall be rigid enough to permit complete assembly, as a unit ready to be lifted and placed into position. Dowels shall be placed by the bonded -in -place method. Installation by removing and replacing dowels in preformed holes will not be permitted. Dowels in longitudinal and transverse construction joints shall be held securely in place parallel to the surface as indicated, by means of devices fastened to the form. Dowels in expansion joints and tie bars and dowels installed within the paving lane shall be held securely in place as indicated, by means of rigid metal bars or wires so arranged as to provide rigid support for the dowels throughout the paving operation, with a minimum of four continuous bars or wires extending across the paving lane. The dowels shall be welded to the assembly or held firmly y by mechanical locldng arrangements that will prevent the dowels from rising, sliding out, or becoming distorted during paving operations. The dowel r] 01272904 PORTLAND CEI NIT CONCRETE PAVING 03320 - 15 05105 _._ assemblies shall be held securely in the proper location by means of suitable pins or anchors. When split dowels are used, the female portion of the split dowel shall be securely fastened to the pavement form in such manner as to maintain the proper position and alignment of the dowel during concrete placement and so F11 that no mortar or other foreign matter will enter the socket or coupling. Prior to assembly of split dowels, the external and internal threads shall be cleaned thoroughly to remove all cement, cement mortar, grit, dirt, and other foreign matter. In the final assembly of the split dowels a minimum torque of 200 foot- pounds shall be applied. The spacing of dowels in longitudinal construction joints shall be as indicated except that where the planned spacing cannot be F!i maintained because of form length or interference with form braces, closer spacing with additional dowels shall be used. Dowels in longitudinal joints shall be omitted when the center of the dowel would be located within a horizontal distance from a transverse joint equal to one-fourth of slab thickness. The method used in holding dowels in position shall develop such accuracy that the error in alignment of any dowel from its required position after the pavement has a been finished shall be not greater than 1/8-inch per foot. The Contractor shall furnish an approved template for checking the position of the dowels. The portion of each dowel painted with rust preventative paint, as required under Paragraph 2-7, shall be thoroughly coated with asphalt MC-70, or an approved lubricant, to prevent the concrete from binding to that portion of the dowel. If free -sliding plastic -coated or epoxy -coated steel dowels are used, a lubrication bond breaker shall be used. 2. Installation. a. The top of an assembled joint device shall be set at the proper distance below the pavement surface and the elevation shall be checked. Such devices shall be set to the required position and line and shall be securely held in place by stakes or other means during the placing and finishing of the concrete. The premolded joint material shall be placed and held in a vertical position; if constructed in sections, there shall be no offsets between adjacent units. Dowel bars shall be checked for exact position and alignment as soon as the joint device is staked in place, and the device shall be tested to determine whether it is firmly supported. The maximum permissible tolerance on dowel bar alignment in each plane, horizontal and vertical, shall not exceed 2 percent or 1/8-inch per foot of a dowel bar. Proper alignment may be obtained with well -fabricated dowel baskets and dowel assemblies. b. When joints in concrete pavements are sawed, the joints shall be cut as shown on the plans. Equipment shall be as described in Paragraph 3-2(d). The circular cutter shall be capable of cutting a groove in a straight line and shall produce a slot at least 1/8-inch wide and to the depth shown on the plans. When shown on the plans or required by the specifications, the top portion of the slot or groove shall be widened by means of a second shallower cut or by suitable and approved beveling to provide adequate space for joint sealers. Sawing of the joints shall commence as soon as the concrete has hardened sufficiently to permit cutting without chipping, spalling, or tearing. Sawing shall be carried on both during the day and night as required. The joints shall be sawed at the required spacing consecutively in sequence of the concrete placement, unless otherwise approved by the Owner's Representative. 01272804 PORTL ND CEIvFEl,TT CONCRETE PWINI G 03320 - 16 05105 I 3. Longitudinal Joints. a. Construction. Longitudinal construction joints necessary for lane construction shall be formed against suitable side forms (usually made of steel), as indicated in the plans. Wooden forms may be used under special conditions, when approved by the Owner's Representative. Where butt -type joints with dowels are designated, the dowels for this type shall be painted and greased. The edges of the joint shall be finished with a grooving tool or edging tool, and a space or slot shall be formed along the joint of the dimensions, as indicated, to receive the joint sealing material. Longitudinal construction joints shall be sawed to provide a groove at the top conforming to the details and dimensions indicated on the plans. Provisions shall be made for the installation of tie bars as noted on the plans. b. Contraction or weakened -plane type. The longitudinal groove sawed in the top of the slab shall be installed where indicated on the drawings. The groove shall be sawed with approved equipment in the hardened concrete to the dimensions required. The sawed groove shall be straight and of uniform width and depth. The groove shall be clean cut so that spalling will be avoided at intersections with transverse joints. Tie bars shall be installed across these joints where indicated on the plans. 4. Transverse Joints. a. Expansion. Transverse expansion joints shall be installed at the locations and spacing as shown on the plans. The joints shall be installed at right angles to the centerline and perpendicular to the surface of the pavement. The joints shall be installed and finished to insure complete separation of the slabs. Expansion joints shall be of the premolded type conforming to these specifications and with the plans and shall be the full width of the pavement strip. All concrete shall be cleaned from the top of the joint material. Before the pavement is opened to traffic, this space shall be swept clean and filled with approved joint sealing material. All devices used for the installation of expansion joints shall be approved by the Owner's Representative. They shall be easily removable without disturbing the concrete and held in proper transverse and vertical alignment. Immediately after forms are removed, any concrete bridging the joint space at the ends shall be removed for the full width and depth of the joint. i 1 When specified, expansion joints shall be equipped with dowels of the dimensions and at the spacing and location indicated on the plans. The dowels shall be firmly supported in place and accurately aligned parallel to the subgrade and the centerline of the pavement by means of a dowel assembly which will remain in the pavement and will ensure that the dowels are not displaced during construction. Other types of load -transfer devices may be used, when approved by the Owner's Representative. bo Contraction. Transverse contraction joints, weakened -plane joints, or both, shall be installed at the locations and spacing as shown on the plans. These joints will be installed by saving a groove into the concrete surface after the concrete has 01272804 PORTLAINT CEMENT CONTMETE F10VING 03320 - 17 j 05!05 hardened in the same manner as specified in Paragraph 3-11(c)(3)b), of this Section. Dowel bar assemblies shall be installed, when require(L as shown on the plans. G. Construction. Transverse construction joints shall be installed at the end of each day's placing operations and at any other points within a paving lane when concrete placement is interrupted for more than 30 minutes or it appears that the concrete will obtain its initial set before fresh concrete arrives. The joint shall be located at a contraction or expansion joint. If the pouring of the concrete has been stopped, causing a joint to fall in another location, it shall not be installed; but the fresh concrete shall be removed back to the previously spaced regular joint. Construction joints shall be doweled unless shown otherwise. d. Final Strike -Off, Consolidation, and Finishing: 1) Sequence. The sequence of operations shall be the strike -off and consolidation, floating and removal of laitance, straightedging, and final surface finish. The addition of superficial water to the surface of the concrete to assist in finishing operations generally will not be permitted. If the application of water to the surface is permitted, it shall be applied as a fog spray by means of approved spray equipment. 2) Finishing at Joints. The concrete adjacent to joints shall be compacted or firmly placed without voids or segregation against the joint material; it shall be firmly placed without voids or segregation under and around all load -transfer devices, joint assembly units, and other features designed to extend into the pavement. Concrete adjacent to joints shall be mechanically vibrated as required in Paragraphs 3-10(a) and 3-I1(a). After the concrete has been placed and vibrated adjacent to the joints, the finishing machine shall be operated in a manner to avoid damage or misalignment of joints. If uninterrupted operations of the finishing machine, to, over, and beyond the joints, cause segregation of concrete, damage to, or misalignment of the joints, the finishing machine shall be stopped when the screed is approximately 8 inches from the joint. Segregated concrete shall be removed from the front of and off the joint; the screed shall be lifted and set directly on top of the joint, and the forward motion of the finishing machine shall be resumed. Thereafter, the finishing machine may be run over the joint without lifting the screed, provided there is no segregated concrete immediately between the joint and the screed or on top of the joint. 3) Machine Finishing. The concrete shall be spread as soon as it is placed, and it shall be struck off and screeded by an approved finishing machine. The machine shall go over each area as many times and at such intervals as necessary to give the proper consolidation and to leave a surface of uniform texture. Excessive operation over a given area shall be avoided. When side forms are used, the tops of the forms shall be kept clean by an effective device attached to the machine, and the travel of the machine on the forms shall be maintained true without lift, wobbling, or other variation tending to affect the precision finish. During the first pass of the finishing machine, a uniform ridge of concrete shall be maintained ahead of the front screed for its entire length. When in operation, the screed shall be moved forward with a combined longitudinal and transverse shearing motion, always moving in the direction in which the work is progressing, and so manipulated that neither end is raised from the side forms during 01272804 PORTLAND CEI L�"EI?T CONCRETE PAN7D\TG 03320 - 18 O5105 the striking -off process. If necessary, this shall be repeated until the surface is of uniform texture, true to grade and cross section, and free from porous areas. 4) Hand Finishing. Hand finishing methods will not be permitted, except under the following conditions: In the event of breakdown of the mechanical equipment, hand methods may be used to finish the concrete already deposited on the grade; or in areas of narrow widths or of irregular dimensions where operation of the mechanical equipment is impractical. Concrete, as soon as placed, shall be struck off and screeded. An approved portable screed shall be used. A second screed shall be provided for striking off the bottom layer of concrete when reinforcement is used. The screed for the surface shall be at least 2 feet longer than the maximum width of the slab to be struck off. It shall be of approved design, sufficiently rigid to retain its shape, and shall be constructed either of metal or of other suitable material covered with metal. Consolidation shall be attained by the use of a suitable vibrator. 5) Floating. After the concrete has been struck off and consolidated, it shall be further smoothed, trued, and consolidated by means of a longitudinal float, using one of the following methods: (a) Hand Method. The hand -operated longitudinal float shall not be less than 12 feet in length and 6 inches in width, properly stiffened to prevent flexibility and warping. The longitudinal float, operated from foot bridges resting on the side forms and spanning but not touching the concrete, shall be worked with a sawing motion, while held in a floating position parallel to the pavement centerline and passing gradually from one side of the pavement to the other. Forward movement along the centerline of the pavement shall be in successive advances of not more than one-half the length of the float. Any excess water or soupy material shall be wasted over the pavement edge or side forms on each pass. (b) Mechanical Method. The Contractor may use a machine composed of a cutting and smoothing float(s), suspended from and guided by a rigid frame. The frame shall be carried by four or more visible wheels riding on, and constantly in contact with, the side forms or pavement subbase. If necessary, long -handled floats having blades not less than 5 feet in length and 6 inches in width may be used to smooth and fill in open -textured areas in the pavement. Long -handled floats shall not be used to float the entire surface of the pavement in lieu of mechanical methods. When strike -off and consolidation are done by hand and the crown of the pavement will not permit the use of the longitudinal float, the surface shall be floated transversely by means of a long -handled float. Care shall be taken not to work the crown out of the pavement during the operation. After floating, any excess water and laitance shall be removed from the surface of the pavement by a straightedge 10 feet or more in length. Successive drags shall be lapped one-half the length of the blade. 01272804 PCRTLA D CEMENT CONCRETE PAVD\TCT 03320 - 10, 05105 1 6) Straight -Edge Testing and Surface Correction. After the pavement has been struck off and consolidated and while the concrete is still plastic, it shall be tested for trueness with a 16-foot straightedge. For this purpose the Contractor shall furnish and use an accurate 16-foot straightedge swung from handles 3 feet longer than one-half the width of the slab. The straightedge shall be held in contact with the surface in successive positions parallel to the centerline and the whole area gone over from one side of the slab to the other, as necessary. Advancing shall be in successive stages of not more than one-half the length of the straightedge. Any excess water and laitance shall be removed from the surface of the pavement. Any depressions shall be immediately filled with freshly mixed concrete, struck off, consolidated, and refinished. High areas shall be cut down and refinished. Special attention shall be given to assure that the surface across joints meets the requirements for smoothness. Straightedge testing and surface corrections shall continue until the entire surface is found to be free from observable departures from the straightedge and until the slab conforms to the required grade and cross section. The use of long -handled wood floats shall be confined to a minimum; they may be used only in emergencies and in areas not accessible to finishing equipment. e. Surface Texture: The surface of the pavement shall be finished with either a broom or burlap drag finish for all newly constructed concrete pavements. 1) Brush or Broom Finish. If the pavement surface texture is to be a type of brush or broom finish, it shall be applied when the water sheen has practically disappeared. The equipment shall operate transversely across the pavement surface, providing corrugations that are uniform in appearance and approximately 1/16 of an inch in depth. It is important that the texturing equipment not tear or unduly roughen the pavement surface during the operation. Any imperfections resulting from the texturing operation shall be corrected. 2) Burlap Drag Finish. If a burlap drag is used to texture the pavement surface, it shall be at least 15 ounces per square yard. To obtain a rough -textured surface, the transverse threads of the burlap should be removed approximately 1 foot from the trailing edge. A heavy buildup of grout on the burlap threads produces the desired wide sweeping longitudinal striations on the pavement surface. The corrugations shall be uniform in appearance and approximately 1/16 of an inch in depth. £ Surface Test: As soon as the concrete has hardened sufficiently, the pavement surface shall be tested with a 16-foot straightedge or other specified device. Areas in a slab showing high spots of more than 1/4-inch but not exceeding 1/2-inch in 16 feet shall be marked and immediately ground down with an approved grinding machine to an elevation that will fall within the tolerance of 1/4-inch or less. Where the departure from correct cross section exceeds 1/2-inch, the pavement shall be removed and replaced at the expense of the Contractor when so directed by the Owner's Representative. Any areas or sections so removed shall be removed to the nearest joints in all directions. Removal of slabs shall be as specified in Paragraph 5. 01272804 PORTl1<A_1`rTD CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 03320 - 20 05105 g. Curing: Immediately after the finishing operations have been completed I and marring of the concrete will not occur, the entire surface of the newly placed concrete shall be cured in accordance with one of the methods below. In all cases in which curing requires the use of water, the curing shall have prior right to all water supply or supplies. Failure to provide sufficient cover material of whatever kind the Contractor may elect to use, or lack of water to adequately take care of both curing and other requirements, shall be cause for immediate suspension of concreting operations. The concrete shall not be left exposed for more than 1/2-hour during the curing period. The following are alternate approved methods for curing concrete pavements. 1 } impervious Membrane Method. The entire surface of the pavement shall be sprayed uniformly with white pigmented curing compound immediately after the finishing of the surface and before the set of the concrete has taken place. The curing compound shall not be applied during rainfall. Curing compound shall be applied by mechanical sprayers -. under pressure at the rate of 1 gallon to not more than 75 square feet. The curing compound shall be applied uniformly until the surface presents a uniform white appearance and completely conceals the natural color of the concrete. Curing compound shall be maintained for a curing period of 14 days, unless otherwise approved by the Owner's Representative. The spraying equipment shall be of the fully atomizing type equipped with a tank agitator. At the time of use, the compound shall be a thoroughly mixed condition with the pigment uniformly dispersed throughout the vehicle. During application the compound shall be stirred continuously by effective mechanical means. Hand spraying of odd widths or shapes and concrete surfaces exposed by the removal of forms will be permitted. Curing compound shall not be applied to the inside faces of joints to be sealed, but approved means shall be used to insure proper curing of such joint faces for 72 hours. The curing compound shall be of such character that the film will harden within 30 minutes after application. Should the film become damaged from any cause within the required curing period, the damaged portions shall be repaired immediately with additional compound. Upon removal of side forms, the sides of the exposed slabs shall be protected immediately to provide a curing treatment equal to that kl provided for the surface. 2} Polyethylene Films. The top surface and sides of the pavement shall be - entirely covered with polyethylene sheeting. The units shall be lapped at least 18 inches. The sheeting shall be placed and weighted to cause it to remain in contact with the surface covered. The sheeting shall have dimensions that will extend at least twice the thickness of the pavement �- beyond the edges of the pavement. Unless otherwise specified, the } sheeting shall be maintained in place for 72 hours after the concrete has been placed. 3} Waterproof Paper. The top surface and sides of the pavement shall be - entirely covered with waterproofed paper. The units shall be lapped at least 18 inches. The paper shall be placed and weighted to cause it to remain in contact with the surface covered. The paper shall have [_ dimensions that will extend at least twice the thickness of the pavement beyond the edges of the slab. The surface of the pavement shall be thoroughly wetted prior to placing of the paper. Unless otherwise t 01272804 PCRTLAINTI) CEMENT CONCRETE PAN7ING 03320 - 21 05105 specified, the paper shall be maintained in place for 72 hours after the concrete has been placed. 4) White Burlap -Polyethylene Sheets. The surface of the pavement shall be entirely covered with the sheeting. The sheeting used shall be such length (or width) that it will extend at least twice the thickness of the pavement beyond the edges of the slab. The sheeting shall be placed so that the entire surface and both edges of the slab are completely covered. The sheeting shall be placed and weighted to remain in contact with the surface covered, and the covering shall be maintained fully wetted and in position for 72 hours after the concrete has been placed. 5) Curing in Cold Weather. When the average daily temperature is below 40 degrees F, curing shall consist of covering the newly laid pavement with not less than 12 inches of loose, dry hay or straw, or equivalent protective curing authorized by the Owner's Representative, which shall be retained in place for 10 days. The hay or straw shall be secured to avoid being blown away. Admixture for curing or temperature control may be used only when authorized by the Owner's Representative. When the concrete is being placed and the air temperature may be expected to drop below 35 degrees F, a sufficient supply of straw, hay, grass, or other suitable blanketing material such as burlap or polyethylene shall be provided along the work. Any time the temperature may be expected to reach the freezing point during the day or night, the material so provided shall be spread over the pavement to a sufficient depth to prevent freezing of the concrete. The period of time such protection shall be maintained shall not be less than 10 days. A minimum of 3 days is required when high, early strength concrete is used. The Contractor shall be responsible for the quality and strength of the concrete placed during cold weather, and any concrete injured by frost action shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. h. Removing Forms: Unless otherwise specified, forms shall not be removed from freshly placed concrete until it has set for at least 12 hours, except where auxiliary forms are used temporarily in widened areas. Forms shall be removed carefully to avoid damage to the pavement. After the forms have been removed, the sides of the slab shall be cured as outlined in one of the methods indicated in Paragraph 3-1 l(g). Major honeycombed areas shall be considered as defective work and shall be removed and replaced. Any area or section so removed shall be removed to the nearest joints in all directions. i. Sealing Joints: The joints in the pavement shall be sealed in accordance with Section 03322, JOINT SEALING FILLER, of these specifications. j. Protection of Pavement: The Contractor shall protect the pavement and its appurtenances against both public traffic and traffic caused by the Contractor's employees and agents. This shall include watchmen to direct traffic and the erection and maintenance of warning signs, lights, pavement bridges, or crossovers, etc. The location and type of device or facility required to protect the work and provide adequately for traffic shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Any damage to the pavement occurring prior to final acceptance shall be repaired or the pavement replaced at the Contractor's expense. In order that the concrete be properly protected against the effects of rain before the 01272804 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 03320 - 22 05105 concrete is sufficiently hardened, the Contractor Aril be required to have available at all times materials for the protection of the edges and surfaces of the unhardened concrete. Such protective materials shall consist of rolled polyethylene sheeting at least 4 mils thick of sufficient length and width to cover the plastic concrete slab and any edges. The sheeting may be mounted on either the paver or a separate movable bridge from which it can be unrolled without dragging over the plastic concrete surface. When rain appears imminent, all paving operations shall stop and all available personnel shall begin covering the surface of the unhardened concrete with the protective covering. k. Opening to Traffic: The Owner's Representative shall decide when the pavement shall be opened to traffic. The pavement will not be opened to traffic until test specimens molded and cured in accordance with ASTM C31 have attained a minimum compressive strength of 3,200 pounds per square inch when tested in accordance with ASTM C39. If such tests are not conducted, the pavement shall not be opened to traffic until 28 days after the concrete was placed. Prior to opening to traffic, the pavement shall be cleaned. 1 } Surface Tolerances: Extreme care must be exercised in all phases of the operation to assure the pavement will pass the specified tolerances. The following tolerances are applicable: (a) Lateral deviation from established alignment of the pavement edge shall not exceed plus or minus 0.10 foot in 100 feet of pavement length or 0.02 foot in any one slab. (b) Vertical deviation from established grade shall not exceed plus or minus 0.04 foot at any point. (c) Surface smoothness deviations shall not exceed 1/4-inch from a 16-foot straightedge placed in any direction, including placement along and spanning any pavement joint or edge. 3.12 REPAIRS OF DEFECTIVE PAVEMENT SLABS A. General Broken slabs, random cracks, nonworking contraction joints near cracks, and spalls along joints and cracks shall be replaced or repaired as specified hereinafter at no cost to the Owner. B. Broken Slabs Pavement slabs containing multiple cracks through more than 1/4 of the depth of the slab separating the slab into three or more parts or pavement slabs with one or more cracks through more than 1/4 of the depth of the pavement extending across more than 1/3 of the slab either transversely, longitudinally, or diagonally shall be entirely removed and replaced. Repairs of broken slabs shall be made in conformance with Paragraph 3.15. C. Grooving and Repairing Cracks in Pavement Slabs Random cracks penetrating more than 1/4 of the depth of the pavement shall be grooved, the crack filled with epoxy -resin and the groove filled with epoxy -resin grout. The top of the crack shall be grooved to a minimum depth of 3/4-inch and to a width not less than 3/8-inch nor more than 5/8-inch by means of an approved grooving machine. The grooving machine shall be of the vertical rotary -cutting type and shall be capable of following closely the path of the crack and of widening the top of the crack to the required section without spalling or otherwise damaging the concrete. Random cracks that are tight and that penetrate less than 1/4 of the depth of the pavement shall be filled with epoxy -resin. When necessary, the depth of crack penetration shall be determined by inspection of cores not less than 4 inches in diameter drilled by the Contractor at his expense at locations directed. The core holes shall be refilled with 0 01272804 PORTLAIND CEMENT CONCRETE LAVING 03320 - 23 I 05/0S ` i portland-cement concrete bonded to the pavement with epoxy -resin grout. In addition, when a longitudinal crack is continuous across one or more slabs and penetrates more than 1/4 the depth of pavement, core holes not less than 6 inches in diameter shall be drilled through the full depth of slab at both ends of the crack. In the operation to drill cores at the longitudinal -crack ends the core bits shall be so positioned that the core removed will include not more than 3 inches of the crack. Sandblasting and high-pressure air jets shall be used to remove any fines near the apparent ends of the crack to permit accurate determination of ends of the crack. All fines, dust, and other loose material on the wall of the cored holes shall be removed by scrubbing with a stiff -bristle brush, followed by washing and dewatering of the core hole. These core holes shall be refilled with epoxy -resin concrete. A prime coat of epoxy -resin binder thinned with 3 parts toluene to 7 parts epoxy binder, by volume, shall be applied and brushed into the vertical wall of the core hole. Placement of the epoxy -resin concrete shall be delayed until the prime coat becomes stringy or approaches dry to touch. The epoxy -resin concrete shall be placed in layers not over 6 inches thick. The time interval between placement of additional layers shall be such that temperature of the epoxy -resin concrete does not exceed 140 degrees F. at any time during hardening. 3.13 NONWORKING (UNCRACKED) CONTRACTION JOINTS When a transverse random crack terminates in or crosses a transverse contraction joint, the uncracked portion of the joint shall be filled with epoxy -resin mortar or grout and the crack shall be routed and sealed. When a transverse random crack approximately parallels the planned contraction joint and is within a distance of 25 percent of the slab length from a contraction joint, the crack shall be routed and sealed, and the joint shall be filled with epoxy -resin grout or mortar. When a transverse random crack is more than 25 percent of a slab length from the nearest contraction joint, both the joint and the crack shall be sealed. Joints to be filled with epoxy -resin mortar or grout shall be thoroughly cleaned. Cleaning and sealing of cracks and joints shall be as specified in Section 03322, JOINT SEALING FILLER, of these specifications. 3.14 SPALLING ALONG JOINTS AND CRACKS Spalls shall be repaired by making a saw cut at least 1 inch outside the spalled area and to a minimum depth of 2 inches. When the spalled area abuts a joint, the saw cut shall be made to a depth of 2 inches or 1/6 the slab thickness, whichever is greater. The concrete between the saw cut and the joint or primary crack shall be removed to a minimum depth of 2 inches below the original concrete surface, and to such additional depth where necessary to expose a surface of sound, unweathered concrete that is uncontaminated by oils, grease, deicing salts or solutions, or other substances that would inhibit the performance of the epoxy -resin bonding material. Removal of the concrete volume between the saw cut and the joint or primary crack shall be accomplished using a hydraulic impact hammer, or other methods approved by the Owner's Representative. The Contractor shall exercise care in removing the required concrete such that no damage is inflicted on the adjoining concrete slab. Damage of adjoining concrete shall be repaired by the Contractor at his expense to the jsatisfaction of the Owner's Representative. The concrete void to be patched shall be thoroughly cleaned with compressed air, sandblasting, or other approved methods to remove all loose material. A prime coat of epoxy -resin binder thinned with 3 parts toluene to 7 parts epoxy binder, by volume, shall be applied to the dry, cleaned surface of all sides of the cavity, except the joint or primary crack face. The prime coat shall be applied in a thin coating and scrubbed into the surface with a stiff -bristle brush. Placement of portland-cement concrete or epoxy -resin concrete or mortar shall be delayed until the prime coat becomes stringy or Li 01272804 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 03320 - 24 05/05 approaches dry to touch. The epoxy concrete shall then be placed in the cavity in layers not exceeding 2 inches thick. The time interval between placement of additional layers shall be such that the temperature of the epoxy -resin concrete does not exceed 140 degrees F. at any time during hardening. Mechanical plate, screed, float vibrators, or hand tampers shall be used to consolidate the concrete or mortar. Excess mortar or concrete on the adjacent surfaces of the hardened concrete shall be removed before it hardens. After the finishing operations and while the epoxy -resin concrete or mortar is still tacky, a thin coating of portland cement shall be uniformly spread on the surface of the repaired area and lightly brushed into the surface. If the spalled area to be patched abuts a working joint or a working crack which penetrates the full depth of a slab, an insert or other bond -breaking medium shall be used to maintain working joints or cracks during the repair work. Surface embedment of a flexible polyethylene or other suitable type hose shall be used for forming a groove along the working crack to be filled with appropriate type of joint -sealing material. The hose shall be removed carefully before the concrete hardens sufficiently to form a high bond. The groove shall be thoroughly cleaned and filled with a sealer as specified in Section 03322, JOINT SEALING FILLER, of these specifications. 3.15 REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF DEFECTIVE PAVEMENT AREAS Defective pavement areas shall be removed and replaced as specified herein with pavements of the thickness and quality required by these specifications. The defective pavement shall be carefully removed in such manner that the adjacent pavement will not be damaged and the existing keys or dowels at the joints will be left intact. When a portion of an unfractured slab is to be replaced, a saw cut 2 inches deep shall be made transversely across the slab in the required location, and the concrete shall be removed to provide an essentially vertical face in the remaining portion of the slab. Prior to placement of the fresh concrete, the face of the slab shall be cleaned of debris and loose concrete, and then thoroughly coated with epoxy -resin grout. The epoxy -resin coating shall be approximately 1/16-inch, and shall be applied by scrubbing a thin coat of grout into the surface with a stiff -bristle brush followed by a second application. Strips of polyethylene sheeting shall be placed on the vertical faces of adjacent slabs at the juncture with the slab to be patched as a bond -breaking medium. Placement of the fresh portland-cement concrete shall be accomplished while the epoxy -resin is still tacky and in such manner that the grout coating will not be removed. Longitudinal and transverse joints of the replaced slab or portion thereof shall be constructed as indicated. The joints shall be sealed as specified in Section 03322, JOINT SEALING FILLER, of these specifications. The replaced pavements will be paid for at the contract price but no payment will be made for the defective pavements removed nor for the cost of removing the defective pavements. 3.16 TOLERANCE IN PAVEMENT THICKNESS A. The thickness of the pavement shall be determined by average caliper measurement of cores tested in accordance with ASTM C174. The Owner's Representative may elect to measure thickness of concrete pavement prior to placement based on measurements from a string line stretched across the forms or in the plastic concrete behind the concrete placing operation. B. Areas found deficient in thickness shall be removed and replaced with concrete of the thickness shown on the plans at the Contractor's expense. If cores are used to determine the concrete thickness, the core holes shall be filled with non -shrink grout by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense. END OF SECTION 01_ 272904 PORTILAI M CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 03320 - 25 05105 k SECTION 03321 MrSTAIMAWA 9 ), - • 1.1 DESCRIPTION This item shall consist of concrete curb and gutter, concrete gutter, concrete slabs, concrete sidewalks and wheelchair ramps, and other miscellaneous concrete work constructed in accordance with these specifications at the specified locations in accordance with the dimensions, lines and grades as shown on the plans or required by the Owner's Representative. 2.1 CONCRETE Concrete materials and reinforcing steel used in concrete slabs, curb and gutter and miscellaneous concrete work shall conform to the requirements of Section 03320, PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING, of these specifications. M714 4MsWMX0112Iif1e)0 3.1 GENERAL The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and services necessary for, and incidental to, the completion of all work as shown on the drawings and specified herein. All machinery and equipment owned or controlled by the Contractor, which he proposes to use on the work, shall be of sufficient size to meet the requirements of the work, and shall be such as to produce satisfactory work, all work shall be subject to the inspection and approval of the Owner's Representative. The Contractor shall employ, at all times, a sufficient force of workmen of such experience and ability that the work can be prosecuted in a satisfactory and workmanlike manner. A. Excavation or filling for curb and gutters, slabs and other miscellaneous concrete work shall conform to the lines and grades as shown on the plans or as established in the field. Where concrete work is on fill, the fill material shall be placed in layers and given compaction, by appropriate methods in accordance with Section 02200, EXCAVATION, SUBGRADE PREPARATION, GRADING, EMBANKIvMNTT AND TOPSOILING, of these specifications. Placing of curb and gutter or other concrete work on narrow embankment will not be permitted. Where curb and gutter or other concrete work is in "cut," the subgrade shall be excavated to the required depth and fine graded, sprinkled and tamped by hand tampers or other appropriate method. In any case the base and subgrade shall be brought uniformly to the grade required by the grades established in the field and the detail of the sections shown on the plans, and thoroughly compacted. 01272804 CONCRETE SLA3S, CURB AND GUTTER 03321 - 1 05105 AND IvUSCEL,L ANEOUS CONCRETE TWORI4 B. At any time, the Owner's Representative may order proof rolling to test the uniformity of compaction of the subgrade or base course. Proofrolling shall be accomplished using a 25-ton pneumatic roller, or other rolling devices as approved by the Owner's Representative. Proof rolling shall be accomplished by the Contractor at his expense. All irregularities, depressions, or weak or soft areas which develop during proof rolling shall be corrected immediately by the Contractor. 3.3 FORMS Forms for curb and gutter shall be approved type metal forms. The form sections shall be straight, free of warp and of a depth equal to the depth of the concrete section formed. Forms shall be constructed accurately to lines and grades as shown on the plans or as established in the field, shall be adequately braced so that they will not move during placing of the concrete, and shall remain in place at least twelve (12) hours after placing of concrete. Forms shall be oiled with a light oil before each use and forms which are to be reused shall be cleaned immediately after use and maintained in good condition. Forms for concrete slabs and other concrete work shall also conform to provisions of this paragraph. Forms for curb and gutter on curves with a radius of 150 feet or less shall be flexible steel forms. K 1 ! • C !MNIZIV A. The concrete curb and gutter sections may be formed with a curb and gutter laydown machine, provided the machine is capable of laying the curb and gutter to the proper guide, alignment and cross-section, and is equipped with adequate vibrators to produce a dense concrete free of honeycombs. B. Laydown machines that cannot meet the above requirements will not be acceptable for use. 3.5 PLACING A. Concrete shall be deposited in place in such a manner as to require the minimum ofrehandling and shall be placed in a manner which will produce a uniformly dense section, free of honeycomb or other voids, conforming to the grade, thickness and shapes shown on the plans. Before placing concrete, the subgrade, base or subbase shall be sprinkled so that it is in a thoroughly moistened condition (but not muddy). The concrete base course shall be formed to the true section as shown on the plans for the various sections. The section shall be shaped by the use of a metal screed shaped to the true cross-section of the finished section; or by other method approved by the Owner's Representative. On curb and gutter sections, the front face of the curb shall be formed by a method approved by the Owner's Representative. B. During placing operations, should the cross-section of the newly -placed curb and gutter - deviate from the cross-section shown on the plans, or other cross-section as approved by the Owner's Representative, by more than 1/8 inch, the Contractor shall make immediate corrections to the cross-section as required to produce the specified cross-section. The Contractor will be allowed a maximum of 100 linear feet of curb and gutter to make any adjustments required to produce the specified cross-section, within an allowable deviation of 1/8 inch. Should the Contractor be unable to achieve the required cross-section within the allowed 100 linear feet of curb and gutter, all curb and gutter operations shall cease until the Contractor demonstrates, on a test site away from this project, the ability to produce the required curb and gutter cross-section. C. Any curb and gutter that deviates from the specified cross-section by more than U4 inch shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at his expense._.3 ) 01272804 CONCRETE SLABS, CURB f-J\TD GUTTER 03321 - 2 � 05/05 As. TD IviISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE )Y_0FX ' D. Concrete shall be thoroughly spaded or vibrated in order to eliminate honeycomb. Honeycombed places in the back of curb or face of gutter will not be permitted. Small honeycombed places shall be patched immediately as directed by the Owner's Representative. Concrete shall not be placed when the temperature is less than 40 F. and under no circumstances shall it be placed on frozen ground. 3.6 JOINTS A. Curbs and gutters shall be constructed with an expansion joint at the tangent point of each return at intersections and at the end of each day's concrete pour. A construction or contraction joint shall be located at intervals corresponding to the joint interval of the adjacent concrete pavement or as directed by the Owner's Representative. Joints in the new concrete pavement shall extend through the new curb and gutter unless otherwise directed by the Owner's representative. All joints shall be perpendicular to the surface of the concrete and to the axis of the section. The contraction joints shall be made by cutting into the curb and gutter sections with a trowel a depth of 2 inches; these joints shall be finished as specified under finishing. B. Expansion joint material shall be an approved pre -formed bituminous impregnated non -extruding type jointing material, meeting the requirements of AASHTO Iv1213. The joint material shall be 1 /2 inch thick, and shaped to the section of the curb and gutter or other work. 3.7 FINISHING Curb and gutter, gutter, concrete slabs and other miscellaneous concrete work shall be accurately shaped to the cross section shown on the plans or approved by the Owner's Representative and finished to a surface of uniform texture by floating with a wood float and trowelling. The final finishing shall be done with a brush, the last stroke being one from the back of the curb to the lip of the gutter and transversely on other work. Both sides of all joints, the lip of the gutter and back edge of the curb shall be finished with an approved edging tool before the final brushing. Curbs at top and bottom of curb section shall be accurately shaped and finished and the finished curb and gutter shall present a uniform appearance without "waves" in the face of the curb or "pockets" in the gutters or slabs. Particular care shall be exercised at all valley gutters, both in setting forms and finishing, to insure that the shape of the gutter shall conform to the details of the plans and that no water pockets will be formed either in the gutter or the pavement. At construction joints the mortar shall be cut the full width of the joint in the base course. The construction and contraction joints shall be neatly formed and finished with an approved edging or grouting tool of such design to groove the joint approximately 3/4" in depth. After the concrete work has set sufficiently, the spaces adjacent to the structure shall be refilled to the required elevation with approved material in accordance with Section 02200, EXCAVATION, SUBGRADE PREPARATION, GRADING, EMBANKMENT AND TOPSOILING, of these specifications. 3.9 CLEANING AND RESTORATION OF SITE A. After the backfiill is completed, the Contractor shall dispose of all surplus material, dirt, and rubbish from the site. Surplus dirt may be deposited in embankments, shoulders or as ordered by the Owner's Representative. The Contractor shall restore all disturbed areas to their original condition, unless otherwise shown on the drawings. 01272804 CONCRETE SLABS, CURB AND GUTTER 03321 - 3 05/05 fi�ND INISCELLA-1-IMOUS C014CI'FTE WOI B. After all work is completed, the Contractor shalt remote all tools and equipment, leaving the entire site free, clear and in good condition. C. Performance of the work described in this section is not payable directly but shall be considered as a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor, covered under the contract unit price for the structure. END OF SECTION 01272804 CONCRETE SLABS, CURB AND GUTTER 0313211 m � 05105 AID MISCELLATEOUS CONCRETE ?jOl?.K SECTION 03322 11431ev WAAREMS0111A PART 1- GENERAL, 1.1 DESCRIPTION This item shall consist of providing and installing a resilient and adhesive joint sealing filler capable of effectively sealing joints in pavements. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 JOINT SEALERS A. Each lot or batch of sealing compound shall be delivered to the jobsite in the manufacturer's original sealed container. Each container shall be marked with the manufacturer's name, batch or lot number, and the safe heating temperature and shall be accompanied by the manufacturer's certification stating that the compound meets the requirements of this specification. B. Joint sealing materials shall be machine -applied. Hand -mixed joint sealing materials will not be allowed. Joint sealing materials shall meet the requirements of one or more of the following: 1. ASTM D3405 - JOINT SEALANTS, HOT -POURED, FOR CONCRETE AND ASPHALT PAVEMENTS, to be used in joints between portland cement concrete and bituminous concrete. 2. ASTM D3406 - JOINT SEALANTS, HOT -POURED, ELASTOMERIC-TYPE, FOR PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENTS, to be used for all other joints in portland cement concrete pavement. Backer rod shall be an extruded, closed cell polyethylene or urethane material designed for filling joints and shall be compatible with the joint sealing material. The diameter of the backer rod shall be approximately 25 percent greater than the width of the joint. A non-metallic bond breaker will be required if the backer rod material adheres to the joint sealing material. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 TIME OF APPLICATION Joints shall be sealed as soon after completion of the curing period as feasible and before the pavement is opened to traffic, including construction equipment traffic. The pavement temperature s shall be above 50' F., or as recommended by joint sealing material manufacturer, at the time of installation of the joint sealing material. 01272904 JOWT SEALING FILLED. 03322 - 1 05105 1 3.2 PREPARATION OF JOINTS Immediately before sealing, the joints shall be thoroughly cleaned of all laitance, curing compound, and other foreign material. Cleaning shall be accomplished by sandblasting. The joints shall be sandblasted immediately prior to the sealing operation unless otherwise directed by the Owner's Representative. The sandblasted joints shall be cleaned out by the use of an oil free high pressure air jet. The final blowing operation shall precede the sealing operation by no more than 50 feet. After the joints have been blown by air, the compressible filler shall be installed in the joint followed by the installation of the bond breaker. The bond breaker shall be as recommended by the manufacturer of the sealing material. The joint faces shall be surface dry when the seal is applied. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF SEALANTS A. Joints shall be inspected for proper width, depth, alignment, and preparation, and shall be approved by the Owner's Representative before sealing is allowed. Sealants shall be installed in accordance with the following requirements. B. The joint sealant shall be applied uniformly solid from bottom to top and shall be filled without formation of entrapped air or voids. A backing material shall be placed as shown on the plans and shall be nonadhesive to the concrete or the sealant material. The heating kettle shall be an indirect heating type, constructed as a double boiler. A positive temperature control and mechanical agitation shall be provided. The sealant shall not be heated to more than 20' F. below the safe heating temperature. The safe heating temperature can be obtained from the manufacturer's shipping container. A direct connecting pressure type extruding device with nozzles shaped for insertion into the j oint shall be provided. Any sealant spilled on the surface of the pavement shall be removed immediately. C. After the sealant has been allowed sufficient time to cure, the joint shall be checked for depressions. If depressions greater than 1/8-inch occur, additional sealant shall be applied to completely fill the joint. END OF SECTION 01272804 JOINT SEALING FILLER 03322 - 2 05/0� P11 No Text SECTION 05500 1 a V411 is W.11 LVAI I Dim PART I - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, Special Conditions and Division 1 - General Requirements apply to Work of this Section. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Shop fabricated ferrous metal items, prime painted and galvanized. B. Steel checkered floor plate. C. Steel pipe handrails. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03300 - Cast -In -Place Concrete. B. Section 05530 — Gratings. 1.4 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Railings 1. Railing assembly including wall rails, and attachments to resist loads as defined in L ASTM E985 without damage or permanent set as tested in accordance with ASTM A935. 1.5 REFERENCES A. ASTM A36 - Structural Steel. B. ASTM A48 - Gray Iron Castings. C. ASTM A53 - Pipe, Steel Black and Hot -Dipped, Zinc -coated Welded and Seamless. D. ASTM A123 - Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. E. ASTM A153 - Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. F. ASTM A283 - Carbon Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars. G. ASTM A307 - Carbon Steel Externally Threaded Standard Fasteners. H. ASTM A384 - Safeguarding Against Warpage and Distortion During Hot -Dip Galvanizing of Steel Assemblies. 1. ASTM A500 - Cold -Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Round and Shapes. T. ASTM A786 - Rolled Steel Floor Plates. K. ASTM A935 - Steel, Sheet and Strip, Heavy Thickness Coils, High Strength, Low -Alloy, Columbium or Vanadium, or Both, Hot -Rolled. L. ASTM B221 - Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Shapes, and Tubes. M. ASTM B241 - Aluminum -Alloy Seamless Pipe and Seamless Extruded Tube. M ASTM E985 - Permanent Metal Railing Systems and Rails for Buildings. O. AWS A2.0 - Standard Welding Symbols. r, 01272804 METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 1 05/05 P. AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code. Q. FS-S-325 - Shield, Expansion; Nail Expansion; and Nail, Drive Screw (Devices, Anchoring, Masonry). R. SSPC - Steel Structures Painting Council. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings and Product Data 1. Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, reinforcing, anchorage, size and type of fasteners, and accessories. 2. Include erection drawings, elevations, and details where applicable. 3. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS A2.0 welding symbols. indicate net weld lengths. 4. indicate adjacent construction and required anchorages to be provided by other sections. 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Cast Metal Products 1. Barry Pattern & Foundry Co. 2. GS Metals 3. Neenah Foundry 2.2 MATERIALS A. General _) 1. Aluminum Sections: ASTM B221. 2. Steel Sections: ASTM A36. 3. Steel Tubing: ASTM A500, Grade B. 4. Steel Plates: ASTM A283. 5. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53, Grade B Schedule 40. 6. Aluminum Pipe: ASTM B241 7. Fasteners: FS-S-3259type as required b condition indicated. q Y 8. Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A307 galvanized to ASTM A153 for galvanized components. 9. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1; type required for materials being welded. 10. Touch -Up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: Zinc rich type. 2.3 FINISHES A. Galvanized items Specified or Scheduled to be galvanized with 1.25 oz/sq ft zinc coating in 7 accordance with ASTM A123. All ferrous metal shall be galvanized. t - 1. Damaged galvanized coating may be repaired, at Engineer's discretion only, with ZRC Cold Galvanizing Compound or other UL-recognized cold galvanizing compound. 2. Apply compound in accordance with manufacturer's directions. 3. Galvanized material which, in the opinion of the Engineer, has the coatings too extensively damaged for meaningful touch-up or repair, shall be rejected and removed = , from the site of the work. i 01272804 METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 2 05105 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive work. B. Beginning of installation means erector accepts existing conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Supply items required to be cast into concrete or embedded in masonry with setting templates, to appropriate sections. 3.3 INSTALLATION' A. install items plumb and level, accurately fitted, free from distortion or defects. B. Allow for erection loads, and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain true alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent attachments. C. Obtain Engineer approval prior to site cutting or making adjustments not scheduled. D. Mechanically cut galvanized finish surfaces. Do not flame cut. E. Anchor grating by bolting through flange blocks. 3.4 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. General I. Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/4 inch in 10 feet. 2. Maximum Offset From True Alignment: 1/4 inch. 01272804 05105 END OF SECTION METAL Ffi3RICATIONS 05500 - 3 DMSION 13 SECTION 13129 PART 1- GENERAL. 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 — General Requirements apply to the Work of this Section. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Provide all labor, equipment and materials to furnish and install prefabricated portable anodized aluminum building(s) where shown on the drawings. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Division 3 - Cast -in -Place Concrete — Site/Foundation Work B. Division 16 — Electrical Service Supply and Connection 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Structures shall be the product of a manufacturer with a minimum of 15 years -documented experience in the design and fabrication of portable aluminum buildings. B. The approved manufacturer is Porta-King Building Systems, 4133 Shoreline Drive, Earth City, MO 63045, Ph. 1-800-284-5346, and Fax 1-314-291-2857. C. Prefabricated buildings by manufacturers other than the one approved shall submit sufficient data to enable approval to be given. As a minimum: Design drawings and /or calculations, applicable certifications, catalog information, and color samples showing equal range of variety. D. Electrical devices factory installed within the prefabricated building shall be UL listed. Factory installed wiring system shall bear UL Classification insignia certifying compliance with the National Electrical Code. E. Design Loads: 50 PSF live load, 30 PSF wind load. F. Upon request, the prefabricated building manufacturer shall provide the locations and owners of three (3) similar buildings that have been in service more than three (3) years. This will allow the architectlowner to inspect on site and obtain a statement from the owners on the quality of workmanship (fit and finish). 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit product data indicating physical dimensions, operational features, color and finish, anchorage details, attachment points for all outside services, and location of equipment provided by the manufacturer. Elevations, Sections and Floor Plans, along with an electrical schedule, and service entrance locations shall be submitted for review. B. Color charts illustrating available colors and patterns for specified finishes shall be submitted to owner for prompt selections. 01272804 PREFABRICATED CONTROL BOOTHS 13129 - 1 0 C. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's standard printed installation instructions, and manufacturer's standard printed operation and maintenance data, including approved cleaning materials for finishes submitted. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to Project site in original unopened packing material with labels indicating manufacturer, product name and designation, and color. B. Store and handle materials in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations to prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, high or low temperatures, contaminants, or other causes. C. Coordinate with Owner for exact location of delivery of products to Project site. 1.7 VFIARRNTTY A. Provide manufacturer's standard five warranty under provisions of Section 01700. B. Warranty: include coverage for complete system for failure to meet specified requirements. 2.1 PRODUCT CONSTRUCTION A. Buildings to be of aluminum construction, with natural satin anodized aluminum exterior surfaces. All anodized aluminum surfaces to carry a five- (5) year warranty from surface deterioration caused by oxidation. B. Structural members to be extruded aluminum angles, channels, and tee sections of structural alloy 6063T6, anodized 204R1, with ribbed pattern exterior surfaces. C. Fasteners used to manufacture and assemble buildings to be corrosion -proof type and to permit on -site replacement of damaged components. Welded fabrication is not acceptable. D. Building shall feature fork pockets in base for moving with owner provide forklift. 2.2 ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS: A. Unit 1: Porta-King Building Systems, Model DA8866 (7'-6" x 5'-6" nominal) B. Unit 2: Porta-King Building Systems, Model DA12096 (10'-0" x 8'-0" nominal) C. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01300. PA�VAZII a WINZ! reff NJ1 A. Wall panels to be 3/4" high -impact resistant and expansion resistant insulating OSB. Wall panels shall carry a five- (5) year warranty from swelling due to moisture absorption. Ceiling panel to be 5/4" thick, high impact resistant, moisture resistant, and expansion resistant insulating OSB with white vinyl permanently laminated to interior side, and plastic protective sheet laminated to upside. Ceiling panel to carry a five- (5) year warranty from swelling due to moisture absorption. B. Provide R-10 wall and ceiling insulation. 01272804 PREFABRICATED CONTROL BOOTHS 13129 - 2 05/0� tj 2.4 FINISH A. Clear anodized aluminum, diamond embossed sheet permanently laminated to exterior side. Interior to have vinyl walnut wood grain surface. B. Provide total exterior paint, one color. 2.5 FLOOR STRUCTURE A. Floor structure to be an integral part of the building with 1 1/z" solid waterproof insulating core fit tight against panels and fastened to bottom structural base frame. B. Finished floor shall be 3003 Treadbrite safety treadplate floor covering. C. Include standard floor access cutout. 2.6 DOORS A. Doors to be of anodized aluminum, 1 3/4" tubular construction and half -glazed. Bottom portion to include panel finish to match interior and exterior building walls. B. ADA compliant door shall include lever lockset and hydraulic door closer. 2.7 WINDOWS AND GLAZING A. Windows shall have anodized aluminum frames and inserts and to be industrial quality with active window panel to slide horizontally on stainless steel, ball -bearing rollers (plastic rollers are not acceptable). Windows to include inside positive locking device. Exterior window sill height to be 38" (inside sill height 34" from finished floor). B. Windows to be glazed with 1/4" tinted tempered safety glass 2.8 COUNTER A. Furnish 22" deep, full -width steel counter, 14ga. galvanized steel, per plans, 32" a.f.f. 2.9 ELECTRICAL A. Electrical service to include singe phase, 100 amp capacity load center, pre -wired in conduit, with one 230v circuit and four 115v circuit capacity — provide two spare circuits. All electric work shall be in compliance with the National Electrical Code. All electrical components shall bear the UL label. B. Furnish one 115v duplex outlet, and one 230v single outlet. C. Lights to be fluorescent type fixture with acrylic lens (tubes to be furnished by others). D. Include wall switch for lighting. E. include one HVAC unit (230v, 9900c/11600h BTU). F. Include one exhaust fan (160 CFM, wall exhaust). G. Include flanged inlet to receive power. H. Include framed cutouts for HVAC and exhaust fan PA i 3 i it Wit• A. Exterior waterproof roofs include ribbed anodized fascia trim, matching structural with integral, self-contained gutters. Provide a 3" overhang. Roof ships installed. 01272804 PREFABRICATED CONTROL BOOTHS 05105 13129 - 3 FART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Install prefabricated buildings on Owner provide concrete pad in accordance with the manufacturer's placement drawings. B. Position units so flanged inlet can receive connections to the utility stub -ups. C. Verify building is level on concrete pad. Adjust accordingly per manufacturers l recommended adjustment methods. D. Adjust doors, operable windows and hardware to operate smoothly, easily and properly without binding. Confirm that locks engage accurately and securely without forcing or binding. , E. Lubricate hardware and other moving parts. F. After completing installation, inspect exposed finishes and repair damaged finishes. G. Clean interior exposed surfaces of structure. �t END OF SECTION €11272804 PREFABRICATED CONTROL BOOTHS 13129 - 4 t ! 05/05 i _ r SECTION 13200 -1 PARTI-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to the work of this section. 1 43 Wl 1►1Lem llf 2a&101Q/:1 A. The communication media to be furnished and installed under these specifications shall be run as indicated and as specified herein, as required by particular conditions at the site, and as required to conform to the generally accepted standards as to complete the work in a neat and satisfactorily workable manner. The following is a general outline concerning the installation of communication media and is to be excepted where the drawings or building conditions necessitate deviating from these standards. B. The Contractor shall thoroughly acquaint himself with the details of the construction and its requirements before submitting their bid. No allowances will be made because of the Contractor's unfamiliarity with these construction specifications. C. The plans do not give exact details as to the elevations of the communication media, its exact locations, etc. Offsets and other installation details have not been included. The Contractor shall carefully lay out his work at the site to conform to the architectural and structural conditions that avoid obstructions and conform to manufacturer's installation requirements, to provide a complete operating communications facility. D. The communication media system plans show the general locations of the various devices and apparatus and the methods of installing them. The exact locations of these devices and apparatus shall be verified by the Contractor and referenced to the general plans and all detailed drawing and rough -in drawings by measurements at the site. The Engineer shall approve installation placement details. The Engineer reserves the right to make any reasonable changes in location of any device or apparatus before the installation (within 10 feet of the approved location) or after the installation if an obvious conflict exists, with out additional costs to the Owner. E. The Contractor shall be responsible for fitting their proposed materials and apparatus into the existing space. Should the proposed materials and apparatus not fit into the existing space or that require other space conditions than those detailed within these specifications, the Contractor shall arrange for the space with the Engineer before submitting their bid. Should changes become necessary on the account of the Contractor's failure to comply with this clause, the Contractor shall make the necessary changes at the Contractor's own expense. F. The Contractor shall submit working scale drawings and details of all devices and apparatus that vary from these specifications and plans. Submitted drawings and details shall be approved by the Engineer before the installation is started. G. The Contractor shall conform the installation order of precedence in laying out and installing the communication media system in order to fit the materials into the space above the ceilings, in chases, and through walls. The Contractor shall coordinate the installation work with other construction trades as necessary to complete the installation 01272804 GENERAL PRON71SIONS FOR COMMUNICATION MEDIA 13200 — 1 - 1 0si05 and avoid conflicts and disruptions of the facility. The following order shall govern the order installation: 1. Work affecting the security of the facility. 2. Work affecting the operation of the facility such as the flow of traffic, aviation operations, and service outages (electrical and plumbing), etc. 3. Work affecting the visual appearance of the facilities grounds such as landscaping, fencing, drives, etc. H. Exceptions and inconsistencies in the plans and specifications shall be brought to the Engineer's attention before the contract is signed. Otherwise, the Contractor shall be responsible for any and all changes and additions that may be necessary to complete the installation of the communications media apparatus, materials, and equipment. I. The Contractor shall distinctly understand the intent of the Drawings and Specifications described herein to produce a finished and operating communication media system. Any items required to accomplish this intent shall be included, whether specifically noted or not. J. Each Contractor shall examine the Drawings and Specifications for the General Construction. If these documents show any item requiring work under this Division and that work is not indicated on the respective drawings, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in sufficient time to clarify those items before bidding. If no notification is received, the Contractor is assumed to require no clarification, and shall install the work as indicated on the General Plans in accordance with the specifications. 1.3 DIMENSIONS A. Before ordering any material or starting the installation work, the Contractor shall verify all necessary dimensions, including elevations, and shall be responsible for the correctness of those dimensions. No additional compensation will be allowed to account for differences between the actual dimensions and the measurements indicated on the drawings. 1.4 INSPECTION OF THE SITE A. The accompanying plans do not indicate completely the existing electrical conduits, utility feeds, and support systems. The Contractor for the work under these specifications shall inspect the existing facility and planned conduit routes to thoroughly acquaint themselves with the conditions to be met in installing and completing the communication system within the existing facility. Failure to comply with the inspection of the site shall not constitute grounds for any additional compensation to the Contractor. 1.5 TRANSMISSION MEDIA A. All cabling of the communications system will be done under this Division of these Specifications. Every fiber cable shall be completely installed under this Division. Verification of the exact location and method of connection is the responsibility of the Contractor under this Division. If conflicts occur between the drawings and the actual requirements, the actual requirements shall govern. 1.6 PROGRESS OF WORK A. The Contractor shall keep himself, fully informed as to the progress of the work and do his work at the proper time without waiting for notification from the Engineer or Owner. 012'72804 GENERAL. PROVISIONS FOR C01vUg11MCATION MEDIA 13200 —1 - 2 f 05105 1.7 M. 1.9 MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS A. All manufactured items and materials shall be installed, applied, and handled as is recommended by the manufacturer. A. All materials furnished shall be new unless otherwise specified. Materials shall be free from defects and undamaged at the completion of the installation. All materials requiring or subject to the standards of an Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) listing shall bear a UL label. B. The Engineer reserves the right to call for samples of any item of material offered in substitution, together with a sample of the specified material from the Contractor. The Engineer will evaluate the quality and compare the materials and deem which of the materials shall work better for the application. This shall be limited to raceways, transmission media, cabinets, and enclosures along with similar items and shall not be applicable to major manufacturer's materials. C. The Contractor shall be responsible for the transportation, loading and off-loading of all materials at the job site. The Contractor shall also be responsible for the storage and protection of these materials and the work until the final acceptance of the project. D. The Contractor shall furnish all necessary scaffolding, lifts, tackle, tools, and appurtenances of all kinds, and all labor that is required for the safe and expeditious execution of this contract. E. The workmanship of the Contractor shall in all respects be of the highest quality and all construction shall be done according to the best construction practices of the trade. PROTECTION OF MATERIALS A. The Contractor shall at all times take such precautions as necessary to properly protect the materials from damage. This shall include the erection of all required temporary shelters to adequately protect any apparatus stored in the open on the job site, the cribbing of any materials above the floor of the construction, and the covering of materials in the storage area with tarpaulins or other protective coverings. Failure on the part of the Contractor to comply with the above to the satisfaction of the Engineer will be sufficient cause for the rejection of the materials in question. 1.10 TESTING A. The Contractor under each division shall at his own expense perform the various tests as specified and required by the Engineer. 1.11 LAWS, CODES, AND ORDINANCES A. All work shall be executed in strict compliance with all local, state, and national codes, ordinances, and regulations governing the particular class of work involved, as interpreted by the inspecting authority. The Contractor shall be responsible for the final execution of the work under this heading to suit those requirements. Where these specifications and the accompanying drawings conflict with these requirements, the Contractor shall report the matter to the Engineer, shall prepare any supplemental drawings required illustrating how the work may be installed so as to comply and, on approval, make the changes at no cost to 01272804 GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR COItUvI NICATION MEDIA 13200 —1 9 3 05105 the Owner. On completion of the various portions of the work the installation shall be tested by the constituted authorities, approved and, on completion of the work, the Contractor shall obtain and deliver to the Owner a final certificate of acceptance. 1.12 TERMINOLOGY A. Whenever the words "furnish", "provide", "furnish and install", provide and install", and/or similar phrases occur, it is the intent the materials and equipment described be furnished, installed, and connected under this Division of the Specifications, complete for the operation unless specifically noted to the contrary. B. Where a material is described in detail, listed by catalogue number or otherwise called for, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to furnish and install the material or an approved equivalent. C. The word "shall" defines a mandatory condition of the Contract. D. The phrase "this section" always refers to the section in which the statement occurs. E. The phrase "the project" includes all work in progress during the construction period. F. In describing the various items of equipment and materials, in general, each item will be described singularly, even though there may be multiplicity of the item. 1.13 COOPERATION A. The Contractor for the work under each section of these specifications shall coordinate his work with the work described in all other sections of these specifications to the end that, as a hole, the job shall be a finished one of its kind, and shall carry on his work in such a manner that none of the work under any section of these specifications shall be handicapped, hindered, or delayed at any time. 1.14 COORDINATION OF TRADES A. The Contractor shall be responsible for resolving all coordination required between trades. For example, items furnished under other Divisions which require electrical connections and installation shall be coordinated with this Division for: 1. Mounting requirements 2. Installation requirements 3. Unistxut, Cable Tray and Manhole strap requirements 4. Number and size of cables 5. Cabling diagrams 6. Pullbox mounting requirements 7. Control devices and details B. Items installed in/or on finished ceilings shall be coordinated with the existing conditions. Any device not conforming to these requirements shall be replaced by the Contractor at his expense. C. Raceway items specified under this Division shall be installed tight, plumb, level, square, and symmetrically placed in relation to the work of other trades. 1.15 RELOCATION OF EXISTING INSTALLATIONS A. There are existing communication media systems which shall remain in use in conjunction with the indicated new installations. By actual examination at the site, each Contractor shall determine those portions of the present installations which must be relocated to avoid, interferences with the installations of new work of his particular trade and that of all other LJ 01272804 GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR COMi1VIUNICATION MEDI-A, 13200 -.1 s 4 05105 -1 trades. All such existing installations which interfere with new installations shall be relocated by the Contractor under the Division in which the existing material normally belongs, and in a manner as directed by the Engineer. For example where existing conduit and electrical equipment interferes with the installation of new work, it shall be relocated under this Division. Failure to become familiar with the extent of the relocation work involved shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility and shall not be used as a basis for additional compensation. 1.16 INSTALLATION DRAWINGS A. It shall be incumbent upon the Contractor to prepare special drawings as called for elsewhere herein or as directed by the Engineer to coordinate the work under each section, to illustrate changes in his work, to facilitate its concealment in finished spaces to avoid obstructions or to illustrate the adaptability of any item of equipment which he proposes to use. These drawings shall be used in the field for the actual inspection of the work. Unless otherwise directed, they shall not be submitted for approval but three copies shall be provided to the Engineer for their information and records. 1.17 ROUGH -IN AND MAKE FINAL CONNECTION FOR EQUIPMENT A. The shop drawings for all equipment are herby made part of these specifications. The Contractor under each section of the specifications shall rough -in the exact item to be furnished on the job, whether in another section of the specifications of by the Owner. The Contractor shall refer to all drawings and other sections of the specifications for the scope of work involved for the new equipment, and by actual site examination determine the scope of the required equipment connections. B. Should any of the equipment and materials furnished require connections of a nature different from that shown on the drawings, report the matter to the Engineer and finally connect as directed by the Engineer. Minor differences in the equipment and materials furnished and that are indicated on the drawings will not constitute grounds for additional payment to the Contractor. END OF SECTION 01272804 GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR. COMMUNICATION MEDIA 13200 —1 - 5 05105 SECTION 13200-2 PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to the work of this section. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's data on all materials according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specifications Sections. B. Submit for review the complete manufacturer's product data information on all items specified herein, including materials, construction and UL listing. Provide manufacturer's catalog data on all conduit, conduit fittings, raceway, and junction boxes. L3 SCOPE OF WORK A. The work shall include furnishing and installing transmission media raceways, conduit, bore casing, and junction boxes together with all fittings, supporting devices, and other accessories required. 1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. All work and materials shall conform to the requirements of ANSI/NFPA 70 (National Electrical Code) and all State and Local Electrical Ordinances. In areas where requirements overlap, the most stringent code shall apply. B. All products and materials furnished shall be listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) as suitable for the purpose specified herein. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND MATERIALS HANDLING A. Deliver, store, protect, and handle the products under provisions of the General Requirements Section. B. Accept delivery of conduit, bore casing, transmission media raceway, pull and junction boxes on site and inspect for damage. Report concealed damage to the carrier within the carrier's required time period. C. Protect conduit and transmission media raceway from corrosion and entrance of debris by storing the materials above grade and protect the materials from the weather. Provide appropriate covering. Protect PVC conduit as recommended by the manufacturer. 1.6 PROTECT CONDITIONS A. Verify that the field measurements are accurate as shown on the Drawings. B. Verify the routing and termination locations of the new and existing conduits and raceways prior to the rough in work. Conduit and raceway routing is shown on the Drawings in the approximate locations, unless noted and dimensioned. The Contractor shall verify all site 01272804 CONDUITS, RACEWAYS, AND JUNCTION BOXES 13200 — 2 - 1 05105 8 in conditions and shall route as required to complete the transmission media system specified herein. 21 CONDUITS A. Polyethylene HDPE Conduit (inner duct): Shall have a smooth outside wall, SDR rating of 13.5, with a smooth inner wall for air -assisted fiber cable placement. The nominal duct size shall be one and one fourth inches (1-1/4"), nominal outside diameter shall be 1.660 inches. Nominal inside diameter (ID wall to wall) shall be 1.400 inches minimum, and a wall thickness of 0.123 inches minimum. The conduit shall support a minimum bend radius of 12 inches without kinking or cracking. The conduit shall be orange, black, and white in color. The conduit can be manufactured by Arnco or an approved equivalent. B. PVC telephone duct type DB-120 heavy wall: smooth wall inside and outside; manufactured in compliance with the dimensional requirements of ASTM F512 and NEMA standard TC-8 for telephone applications such as: 1. Conduit with a nominal duct size of four inches (4") with the outside diameter of 4.5 inches maximum and a wall thickness of 0.154 inches minimum. 2. Conduit with a nominal duct size of two inches (2") with the outside diameter of 2.375 inches maximum and a wall thickness of 0.077 inches minimum. 3. Conduit shall be grey in color. The conduit can be manufactured by Vikimatic, Carlon, Condux, or an approved equivalent. 2.2 BORE CASING A. Bore Casing: Casing shall be BIP Rigid type pipe. Nominal casing size shall be six inches (6") inside diameter. The casing shall be black in color. The casing shall have a smooth inner wall and a smooth outer wall. All casing joints shall be welded. 2.3 CONDUIT FITTINGS A. PVC telephone duct Couplings and Terminations: Couplings and terminations shall be manufactured, Snug Plug'm round fiber optic organizer with a three -hole configuration for 1" to 1-1/4" inner duct to fit into a four inch (4") inside diameter telephone conduit. The Couplings and Terminations can be manufactured by George Ingraham or an approved equivalent. B. Polyethylene HDPE type conduit (inner duct) Couplings and Terminations: Vacant HDPE ducts shall be terminated with universal blank duct plugs with no metallic parts. The termination plugs shall be an injection molded chemical resistant gasket sealing the duct from water and air or gases. The termination plugs shall have a sealing capacity of 22 PSI minimum. The termination plugs can be manufactured by Jackmoon U.S.A. Inc., or an approved equivalent. The termination plugs shall be sized to match the conduit. 1. Note: There shall be no couplings of conduit between end point terminations. HDPE shall be run as one continuous duct, unless manufactured length prohibits a continuous run. If coupling connections are required the edges of the inner walls of the duct shall be beveled or rounded smooth to prevent any rough edges with in the duct. Coupling connections shall be made per the manufacturer's directions. 01272804 CONDUITS, RACEWAYS, AND JUNCTION BOXES 13200 — 2 - 2 05105 C. PVC telephone duct Couplings and Terminations: Couplings and terminations shall be non-metallic components manufactured for DB-120 type duct. Coupling joints shall have the edges of the inner walls of the duct beveled or rounded smooth to prevent any rough edges with in the duct to provide a water tight and airtight connection that will not separate under installation movement. Coupling and terminations shall be cleaned and glued per the manufacturer's directions. 2.4 POLYMER CONCRETE JUNCTION BOXES (Handholes) A. Polymer concrete junction boxes with corrosion resistant hardware and cover, designed for communications applications. The junction boxes can be manufactured by Strongwell (Quazite) or an approved equivalent. B. Mechanical Properties: I. Formed in a `Box Style" using polymer concrete. The inside dimensions shall be W30" x L48" x H36". 2. Terminators shall be cast into the junction box for the termination of four inch (4") PVC conduits. One (1) four inch (4") PVC conduit terminators shall be installed and located on each wall of the junction box. 3. The cover and frame shall be galvanized steel or polymer concrete. The cover shall be have a skid resistant surface with a "Communications" logo. A. The cover and junction box shall be rated to meet or exceed ANSUSCTE 77 Tier 15 and UL Tier 10 requirements for occasional non -deliberate vehicular traffic with a vertical test load of 22,500 lbs. 5. The cover shall be secured with bolts and shall have lift handles or lift hook slots. 6. The polymer concrete shall test to a minimum of 20,000 P.S.I. compressive strength and shall be suitable for installation below ground through a temperature range of - 40 deg. C. to +90 deg. C. 7. All polymer concrete parts shall be produced in steel molds where the polymer concrete is induced under pressure to insure a consistent product. 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine the surfaces to receive the conduits, raceways, boxes, and enclosures for compliance with installation tolerances and other conditions affecting the performance of the raceway system. Do not proceed with the installation until all unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. k 3.2 WIRING METHODS I it A. All transmission media cabling shall be run in conduit or raceway unless noted or specified otherwise. Raceways may be run exposed in machinery and electrical rooms and unfinished areas. All other conduits shall be run concealed unless otherwise noted. 3.3 CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS A. Outdoor Locations Below Grade Li I. Rigid type; BIP casing; polyethylene HDPE (inner duct); PVC telephone duct type DB-120. 2. Conduit size is as indicated in the Drawings. 01272804 CONDUITS RACEWAYS, AND TUNCTION BOXES 13200 — 2 - 3 � 05105 i 3.4 INSTALLATION OF BORE CASINGS — BELOW GRADE A. Installation of bore casings for bores less than five hundred feet is not required. B. Installation of bore casing is preferred for bore runs greater than five hundred (500) feet to relieve the strain on the raceways during its installation. C. The Contractor may elect not to use bore casings for bore runs greater than five hundred (500) feet, but the Contractor shall assume any costs required for corrective actions for raceway breaks and defects occurring during the raceway's installation. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF RACEWAYS — BELOW GRADE A. Raceways and innerducts shall be installed into the excavated ground at a minimum of thirty-six inches (36") below the grade surface unless otherwise noted or required by local code regulations. A minimum of two inches (2") of space shall be provided between the raceway and the trench to avoid damage to the raceway during installation. Backfill shall be made with sand or "pea gravel" (stone aggregate with a diameter of less than V2") for a layer of four to six inches (4"-6") above and below the raceway. The remainder of the backfill can be made with materials removed from the trench, provided that no debris or large rocks exist in the backfill. • rM I Z I I I i !! I A. Terminate PVC telephone conduits with one (1) each, four inch (4") Snug Plug 114 fiber optic organizer that will provide a water tight, slit proof barrier between the duct and the inner duct. B. Joints of the PVC telephone conduit shall be made using the manufacturer's written directions with dry and clean conduits. Joints shall be water and air tight and must mot separate under the installation activities. C. There shall be no joints in the polyethylene HDPE type conduit between the termination points. 3.7 INSTALLATION OF JUNCTION BOXES (Handholes) A. Excavate the ground area to allow a minimum of six inches (6") around the outside of the junction box to allow space for the installation. Remove the ground material to a depth of six to twelve inches (6"-12") greater than the depth of the junction box. Backfill with pea gravel and compact the pea gravel to 90% maximum density, and install the junction box so that the top surface of the junction box is one to two inches above the grade surface. Complete the backfill around the junction box with pea gravel and soil compacted to 90% maximum density. B. Excavate around the junction box for a twelve inch (12") concrete apron around the junction box. The concrete apron shall be four inches (4") thick made with Portland cement and a minimum compressed strength of 4,000 PSI after 28 days. C. Install the cover level with the concrete apron. 3.8 IDENTIFICATIONT OF JUNCTION BOXES A. Identify the junction boxes by stamping or engraving the cover with "COIvIIAi.JMCATION S". 01272804 CONTDUZTS, RACEWAYS, AND JUNCTION BOXES 13200 — 2 - 4 05105 B. Conduits and raceways serving transmission media shall be labeled as specified in the "Cable Identification" Section of these specifications. Identify the cabling system by the name: "Lubbock- International Airport Gate Security Fiber Optic Cable System". END OF SECTION 01272904 CO -ND- ITS$ RACEI,�jAYS, AND JUNCTION PDXES 13200 — 2 m 5 05105 SECTION 13200 - 3 U0 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. General: Drawings and general provisions of the contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Divisions 1 Specifications Section, apply to the work of this section. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor shall submit the following according to the conditions of the contract and Division 1 specification Sections. 1. Qualification data for firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include a list of complete projects with project names, addresses, names of Architects/Engineers and Owners, and other information specified. 2. Field test reports indicating and interpreting test results. 1.3 SCOPE OF WORK A. The work shall include furnishing and installing fiber optic transmission media cable into fiber optic plant raceways, furnishing and installing all other fiber optic transmission media connections, lubricant, testing, and other accessories required. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Where cables specified in this section are used to provide transmission paths for systems specified in other sections of these specifications, obtain review of the cable characteristics and certification for use with the connected system equipment by the connected equipment manufacturers. B. Engage an experienced installer for the blowing, jetting, and pulling procedures required for the installation of optical fiber cables. C. All work and materials shall comply with NFPA 70 "National Electrical Code" for components and installation. D. Provided products specified in this section that are listed and labeled. The term "Listed and labeled"; as defined in the "National Electrical Code", Article 100. E. All fiber optic cable furnished will be the product of a single manufacture. Preferably from the same run lots. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER A. Optical fiber cable shall be manufactured be Corning Cable Systems or an approved equivalent. 01272804 FIBER OPTIC TRANSMISSION MEDIA 13200 — 3 - 1 05105 2.2 OPTICAL CABLE CONSTRUCTION A. A factory -fabricated armored cable with multiple color coded fibers that are contained within a color coded, filled loose buffer tube, stranded around a dielectric central member, with a filled core or dry water blocking design. The outer sheath will be medium density polyethylene and designed for fiber optic cable blowing as well as pulling installation. B. The optical cable will contain industry standard color coded buffer tubes with color coded single mode fibers in each tube. C. Cable will have a minimum bend radius of 26.7cm (10.5 inches) during maximum tensile load, and maximum installation load of 270ON (600 LbF) D. Factory -fabricated fiber pig -tails with multiple color coded fibers that are contained within a color coded, filled loose buffer tube. The pig -tails shall have a mesh strength material to protect the fiber cable from finks, bends, and crushing and either a filled core or dry core to block water from entering the cable. The outer sheath will be medium density polyethylene and designed for fiber optic cable blowing as well as pulling installation. The pigtails shall come pre -assembled with a fan -out of the single fibers on one end and bare, ready to splice, on the other end. The fan -out fibers shall be 18" to 24" long with all fibers being terminated. E. General Instructions: 1. There will be splicing of fiber optic cable only at reel end- and termination points as indicated on the drawings. 2.3 SINGLE MODE OPTICAL FIBERS A. The single mode fibers shall be Corning glass and have an operational wave length o€1310 and 1550 manometers, a 8.3 micron core with 125 micron cladding, and a maximum attenuation of .35/.25 DB/km at 1310/1550 run. B. The fibers will be color coded per industry standard for identification. 2.4 CABLE LUBRICANT A. All cable lubricants shall be U.L. Listed and should be certified by their manufacture to be non -injurious to the insulation on which they are used. 2.5 FIBER OPTIC SPLICES 1 A. All fiber optic splicing shall be done by fusion and protected when put in splice trays. Maximum allowable DB average loss shall be .10 DB. B. Splicing shall be at reel ends, junction points, and termination points. C. All fiber optic splice locations shall have an appropriate sized splice closure for the environment and conditions. €_i PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine raceways and other structures to receive cable for compliance with installation tolerances and other adverse conditions. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected 01272804 FIBER OPTIC TRA-14SIvIISSION' MEDLA 13200 — 3 - 2 05/05 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Installation cable as indicated, according to manufacture's written instructions. B. Install fiber optic transmission media without damaging fibers, shield, or jacket. C. Do not bend cable, in handling or installation, to smaller radius than minimum recommended by manufacture. D. Install cables with out exceeding the cable manufacture's recommended pulling tension. 1. Using pulling or blowing lubricant where necessary. Lubrication used must be non - injurious to the insulation on which they are used. 2. High air speed blowing or cable jetting installation for underground and fish tape, cable, rope, and basket -weave wire/cable grips that will not damage media or raceway for underground and building installations. 3. Use swivels and pulleys to prevent twisting of cables. E. Connect cables to the terminating equipment as indicated and instructed by manufacture. Tighten connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, according to equipment manufacturer's published torque specifications for equipment connectors. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Provide the services of a qualified independent testing firm to perform specified field quality control testing. B. Fiber Optic Cable Testing 1. General: a. Testing of fiber optic cable(s) will ensure that the performance of the cable(s) meet the specifications of the systems. b. Test the fiber optic cable(s) after delivery to ensure that cable(s) are not damaged in shipment. 2. Phases of Testing: a. Pre -installation, this phase occurs immediately after delivery of the cable, prior to installation. b. Installation -Splicing, this phase occurs during splicing. C. Post installation- Final acceptance, this phase of testing occurs after the system construction, splicing, and just prior to system turn over. 3. Fiber Optic Cable Pre -Installation Testing: a. Pre -installation field testing consists of cable acceptance from the manufacture. This test shall be conducted with an optical time domain reflector (OTDR). This test shall verify optical length, attenuation, anomalies, and continuity from end to end. The test should be done when the cable is still on the reel. The data should be recorded with a chart recorder using 1550 nm wave length for single mode fibers. All fibers must be checked for this test. The manufacturer's data sheet, per reel of cable, shall be part of this submittal. 4. Installation — Splicing Testing: a. Installation or splicing testing shall be performed using the following techniques: 1) Optical Time Domain Reflector (OTDR) 2) Optical Power Monitoring b. In all cases, the resulting splice loss should not exceed 0.10 dB average and be recorded so that this value can be used when calculating the expected system loss. 01272804 FIBER OPTIC TRANSMISSION MEDLk 13200 — 3 - 3 05105 5. Post installation — Final Acceptance Testing: a. Post installation testing consists of the signature trace and end -to -end attenuation test between fiber distribution centers. This test shall be preformed at both 1310 and 1550 nanometer wave lengths, for single mode fiber as well as form both directions. b. The test equipment required is an Optical Time Domain Reflector (OTDR). C. Test Documentation: 1. Chart recorded documentation of the signature trace for each fiber with attenuation (dB Loss) between patch panels in both directions per wave length shall be provided. The documentation shall include building names, from and to (building to building), wave length of test, fiber number tested, and dB loss per fiber. D. Correct malfunctioning units at site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance, otherwise, remove and replace with new units and retest. 3.4 CLEANING A. Upon completion of system installation, including outlet fittings and devices, inspect exposed finish. Remove burrs, dirt, and construction debris. Repair damaged finish (including chip, scratches, and abrasions). 3.5 DEMONSTRATION A. Operate fiber optic transmission media to demonstrate proper functioning in the presence of Engineer or Owner. Replace malfunctioning cable with new materials, and then retest and re -commission until satisfactory performance is achieved. B. Schedule demonstration with Owner, through the Engineer, with at least 7 days advanced written notice. END OF SECTION H L 01272804 FIBER OPTIC TRANTSMISSI€ N Iv1EDIA, 13200 — 3 - 4 05105 SECTION I3200 - 4 SPLICE CLOSURES PARTI-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The general provisions of the contract, including Uniform General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, Special Conditions, and General Requirements (Division 1), apply to the work specified in the Section. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit manufacturer's data on all materials according to the conditions of the contract and Division 1 Specifications sections. B. Product Data: Submit for review complete manufacturer's catalog information on all items specified herein, including materials, construction, and UL Listing. Provide manufacturer's catalog data on all splice closures, splice trays, and applications. 1.3 SCOPE A. Description: This work shall include furnishing and installing all transmission media splice closures, splice trays, and organizers. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER A. Fiber optic splice enclosures shall be as manufactured by Tyco Electronics — 450B series or an approved equivalent. 2.2 SPLICE CLOSURE A. Splice Capacity: Size closure per media cable to be spliced. B. The closure must have a corrosion resistant case. C. The closure case must be re -enterable without special tools D. The closure must have an airtight and watertight seal as well as being rated for underground application. E. Splice JClosure Size: Size per manufacture recommendation and be able to be installed within the Contractor provided junction box. F. The splice closure must have and end plate with factory installed bonding/grounding inserts and cable entry ports for butt splicing of cables. Brackets for cable shield insulation/strength member tie -off. G. Bonding of Transmission Media: Insulate and bond each cable inside splice case using bonding connector recommended by manufacture. 2.3 SPLICE TRAITS A. Splice Tray Capacity: Minimum of 12 with a mayimum of 24 protected fusion splice and capable of terminating loose buffer tube fiber optic cables. 01272804 SPLICE CLOSURES 13200 — 4 - 1 05105 B. Storage: Splice trays shall provide ample room for storing fiber and allowing for minimum bend radius of fiber. C. Cover: Each tray shall have a cover to protect fiber and buffer tubes. D. Size: Size per recommendation of splice closure manufacture. 2.4 ORGANIZER 'TRAYS A. General: Organizer tray arrangement shall be vertical within the splice case. FART 3 e EXECUTION 3.1 EMAMINATION A. Examine environmental conditions for installation of splice closure. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instruction. B. Splice Cases: Anchor the splice closures securely within the junction boxes in accordance to manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION 01272804 SPLICE CLOSURES 13200 — 4 0 2 Q5/05 SECTION 13200 - 5 DART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUNLENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to the work of this section. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's data on all materials according to the conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification sections. B. Submit for review complete manufacturer's catalog information on all items specified herein, including material, construction and UL listing. Provide manufacturer's catalog data for nameplates, labels, and markers. 1.3 SCOPE OF WORK A. The work shall include furnishing and installing identification of conduit and fiber optic installation materials. 1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. All materials and work shall conform to requirements of ANSI/NFPA 70 (National Electric Code) and all applicable State and Local Electrical Ordinances. B. Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as suitable for purpose specified and shown. PART2-PRODUCTS _ 2.1 NAMEPLATES FOR PULLBOXES AND ENCLOSURES A. Transmission media equipment shall be identified by the attachment of engraved ^' nameplates constructed from laminated phenolic plastic, at least 1/16" thick, 3-ply, with black surfaces and white core. Engraving shall be condensed gothic, at least V4" high, appropriately spaced. Nomenclature on the label shall include the name of the item or equipment served utilizing the equipment names shown on the drawings. 2.2 LABELS FOR FIBER OPTIC TRANSMISSION MEDIA �._ A. Provide a vinyl identification tag custom made to read: CAUTION LIA FIBER OPTIC CABLE GATE SYSTEM 01272804 CABLE IDENTIFICATION 13200 — 5 - 1 05105 Tag shall be self coiling flexible outdoor grade, a minimum of 6 inches in length fitting over a cable sized from .50" to 1.00" O.D., and be orange with black legend and 360 degrees readability. B. Mount tags on fiber optic cable at each junction box (handhole). C. Manufacture: Visual Identification Products (VIP) VFOG 07 series or equal. FART 3 e EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive nameplates and labels. 3.2 APPLICATION A. Install nameplate and label parallel to equipment lines. Secure nameplate to equipment front using adhesive. 3.3 EQUIPMENT A. All transmission media equipment shall be identified by name utilizing engrave nameplates, Equipment to be labeled shall include but not be limited to the following: 1. Fiber distribution centers 2. Cable enclosures 3.4 CONTROL DEVICES A. All transmission media equipment shall be labeled to indicate cable within raceway. Transmission media equipment to be labeled shall include but not be limited to the following: 1. Fiber optic cable raceway. 2. Cable within raceway junction boxes (handholes). END OF SECTION 01272804 CABLE IDENTIFICATION 13200 — 5 e 2 05105 SECTION 13200 - 6 0 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The general provisions of the Contract, Including Uniform General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, Special Conditions and General Requirements and - Division I apply to the work specified in this section. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's data on all materials according to the conditions of the contract and Division I Specification section. B. Submit for review complete manufacturer's catalog information on all items specified herein, including materials, construction, and UL listing. Provide manufacturer's catalog data on all line marking post and line marking tape. 1.3 SCOPE OF WORK A. The work shall include furnishing and installing line marking post and line marking tape where construction activity occurred form different Divisions of the specifications. 1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. All materials and work shall conform to requirements of ANSI/NFPA (National Electric Code) and all applicable State and Local Electrical Ordinances. B. Furnish products listed and classified as suitable for purpose specified and shown. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 LINE MARKING POST AT JUNCTION BOXES A. Non-metallic, corrosion resistant, circular, with splice/test station and an anchor tube to prevent twisting or removal. B. Line marker post shall be 3.50 in O.D. and 6 feet in length with a minimum wall thickness of .125 inches. C. The identification information shall be imprinted in a permanent imbibed process. Verbiage to be imprinted shall be: "WARNING: BURIED FIBER OPTIC CABLE; LUBBOCK PRESTON SMITH INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT; BEFORE DIGGING CALL 806/775-2044." D. The line marker shall have a white post with an orange graphic area and white dome. Verbiage shall be black in color. E. The Contractor shall provide two (2) tracer and one (1) ground wires the use in locating and fault testing the buried fiber optic cables. The tracer and ground wires shall be insulated #6 AWG conductors terminated to a connector device, housed within the marker posts where access to the tracer and ground wires can be made from the top of the marker [ _ 01272804 UNDERGROUND LINE 1\L4bRY R.S 13200 — 6 - 1 0510E r post. Marker post with tracer and fault testing devices shall be provided at each junction box (handhole). F. Manufacture: Maloney Technical Products, Inc.; Vikimatic Sales, Inc.; Carsonite. 2.2 LINE MARKING POST A. Non-metallic, corrosion resistant, circular, with splice/test station and an anchor tube to prevent twisting or removal. B. Line marker post shall be 3.50 in O.D. and 6 feet in length with a minimum wall thickness of. 125 inches. C. The identification information shall be imprinted in a permanent imbibed process. Verbiage to be imprinted shall be: "WARNING: BURIED FIBER OPTIC CABLE; LUBBOCK PRESTON SMITH INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT; BEFORE DIGGING CALL 806/775-2044." D. The line marker shall have a white post with an orange graphic area and white dome. Verbiage shall be black in color. E. Manufacture: Maloney Technical Products, Inc.; Vikimatic Sales, Inc.; Carsonite. 2.3 LINE MARKING TAPE A. Non-metallic, high tensile strength, imprinted, and tested using ASTM D-1712 standards for color changes. B. Tape shall be 3 inches wide and 6 mil. thick. The identification information shall be imprinted and repeated every ±36 inches; "CAUTION FIBER OPTIC LINE BURIED BELOW, CALL 806-775-2044." C. The tap shall be orange with black lettering to conform to APWA colors. D. Manufacture: Reef Industries, Inc.; Thor Enterprises, Inc.; Visual Identification Products (VIE') 3 3.1 INSTALLATION OF LINE MARKERS AND LINE MARKING TAPE A. Install marker and tape according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Locate line markers at junction boxes and where the fiber path changes direction. Line markers shall be placed approximately 500 feet apart or closer if the fiber path and terrain conditions obstruct the view of the line markers on either side of a location along the fiber path. C. No line markers shall be placed within the runway or taxiway OFA or within 30 foot of a road crossing. Concrete conduit markers shall be installed at these locations. Concrete Conduit markers shall be installed at the edge of all pavement crossings. -i D. Install line marking tape 12 inches below grade and where open trenching method is used to install raceways and transmission media. END OF SECTION 01272904 UNDERGROTJN`D LE\rE MARKERS 13200 — 6 - 2 05105 SECTION 13200 - 7 i 1IH PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUIv ENTS A. Drawings and the General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to the work specified in this section. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK A. The work shall include furnishing and installing all grounding conductors, grounding closures, wire, wire connectors, and other accessories required for the proper grounding of transmission media. 1.3 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. All work and materials shall conform to the requirements of ANSI/NFPA 70 (National Electrical Code) and all State and Local Electrical Ordinances. In areas where requirements - overlap, the most stringent code shall apply. B. All products and materials furnished shall be listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) as suitable for the purpose specified herein. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GROUNDING RODS A. Grounding rods shall be furnished and installed. The grounding rods shall be manufactured with an extra high strength carbon steel core that has been completely electroplated with a uniform thickness of copper, UL listed. The grounding rods shall be a one piece rod of 518" diameter and eight foot (8') length. The grounding rods can be manufactured by AB Chance, Thomas & Betts, Electric Motion Company, Inc. or an approved equivalent. 2.2 GROUND CONDUCTOR CONNECTORS A. Cast Ground Rod Clamps rated for above ground use shall be furnished and installed. The clamps shall maintain the alignment between the ground wire and the grounding rod, made of high strength corrosion resistant copper alloy; UL listed, and sized the fit the grounding rods specified above. The clamps can be manufactured by Thomas & Betts, Penn Union, Fargo, or an approved equivalent. B. Cadweld rM one-shot cable to ground rod type GR connections shall be used where the connection of the ground conductor is made below the ground surface. The connector shall be NEC approved and sized to fit the specified grounding rod and conductor. The connectors can be manufactured by Erico or an approved equivalent. 01272804 GROUNDING 13200 — 7 - 1 05105 2.3 COPPER GROUND FIRE A. Insulated copper ground wire shall be furnished and installed. The copper wire shall be a #6 AV1G, solid wire with a green weatherproof polyvinylchioride insulation. B. Wire connectors shall be furnished and install. The connectors shall be screw -on with internal self -cutting threads to terminate the #6 AMTG solid wire at the connection points. The connectors can be manufactured by Electric Motion Company, Inc. or an approved equivalent. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install and connect all materials per the manufacturer's written instructions. B. Grounding rods shall be installed within eighteen (18) inches of a junction box (handhole) and within six inches from a line marker post. The ground rod shall be installed six inches below the grade surface. See the drawings for additional information. END OF SECTION 01272000 GROUNDING 13200 — 7 - 2 06/05 SECTION 13200 - 8 CAULKING AND SEALANTS 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The general provisions of the Contract, including Uniform General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, Special Conditions, and general Requirements and Division 1 apply to the work specified in this section. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK A. Perform all work required to complete the joint preparation, joint packing or filler, priming, calking and sealing indicated by the Drawings and specified herein. B. Furnish all supplementary items necessary to completely weatherproof the building in those areas associated with the raceways and wall partitions. C. Seal all appropriate joints associated with the work to completely weatherproof the raceway entrances. 1.3 RELATED WORK A. Section 2 Raceways and Junction Boxes. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Sealant material manufactured by any of the following manufacturers is acceptable provided it complies with the requirements of this section. 1. Pecora Chemical Corporation 2. Sommebom. Building Products, Inc. 3. Products Research and Chemical Corporation 4. Tremco Manufacturing Company 5. W. R. Grace and Company 6. General Electric Company 7. Mameco International, Inc. 8. Gibson-Homans Company 1.5 DELIVERY AND SOTRAGE A. Deliver materials in unopened containers as packaged by the manufacturer. Store in a manner to protect materials from the weather and adverse conditions per the manufacturer's storage directions. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's published data for sealants. Show each color available. Color selection will be by Architect. B. When requested by the Engineer, submit samples of cured sealants and a 6" long sample of each type of joint backup if required. 01272804 CAUL1r�ING IUND SEALIQ\ITS 13200 — 8 - 1 05/05 r PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Sealant at applications other than in contact with modified bitumen roofing membrane shall be equal to Vulkem 116 polyurethane sealant as manufactured by Mameco International, Inc. of Cleveland, Ohio. B. Backing Rods if required shad be closed cell polyethylene or open cell polyurethane as recommended by the sealant manufacturer for the application conditions encountered. C. Sealant primer shall be as recommended by the sealant manufacturer for each type of surface application. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION Examine all surfaces to receive sealant and report all conditions not acceptable. Installation shall be deemed as acceptance of the surface. A. Clean all surfaces and joints thoroughly, removing all foreign matter, dust, oil, grease, water, dirt, frost, old caulking material and previously applied paint or primer. B. Prime and prepare surfaces in strict accordance with sealant manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. C. Report unsatisfactory surfaces to the Owner's Representative. 3.2 APPLICATION A. Fallow sealant manufacturer's instructions regarding preparation, priming, application life, and application procedure. B. Apply masking tape where required in continuous strips in alignment with joint edge. Remove tape immediately after joints have been sealed and tooled as directed. C. Apply sealant under pressure with a gun having the proper size nozzle, or other applicable means to insure proper sealing of the joint, crack, or seam. Provide sufficient pressure to completely fill joints. D. Neatly point or tool sealant to provide proper contour. Use clean water -wet tool or tooling solution recommended by manufacturer when tooling white or light colored sealant. 3.3 CLEAN UP A. Clean adjacent surfaces of sealant excesses or smears. Use solvent or cleaning agent as recommended by sealant manufacturer. B. Leave all work in a neat, clean condition. END OF SECTION 01272804 CAUL G AND SEAL YTS 13200 — 9 - 2 05105 [1 H 1' J DMSION 16 SECTION 16000 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, General Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions of the Agreement, Special Provisions and Division 1 - General Requirements apply to Work of this Section. 1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES AND STANDARDS A. Regulatory Agencies: Installation, materials, equipment and workmanship shall conform to the applicable provisions of the following: B. National Electrical Code (NEC) C. National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) D. Terms and conditions of the electrical utility and other authorities having lawful jurisdiction pertaining to the work required. E. All temperature control wiring and associated conduit and boxes, shall be provided under other sections of the specifications. All power and control wiring, not identified under Division 15, shall be provided under Division 16. F. The work covered by Division 16 of the Specifications includes the furnishing of all materials, labor, transportation, tools, permits, and fees for the complete installation of all electrical work required in the Contract Drawings. G. In the event that additional or special construction is required, the Contractor is responsible for providing all material and equipment which are usually furnished with such construction in order to complete the installation, whether indicated or not. H. The contractor shall familiarize himself with the existing conditions of the site and advise the Architect of any discrepancy or conflict prior to bidding. I. The contractor shall be responsible for all permits, fees, and licenses required for the project. All cost of such permits or fees shall be included in the bid. J. All equipment and material shall be installed in accordance with the applicable manufacturer's recommendations and standards. K. Contractor shall field verify all conduit routing, cutting, drilling and patching as required to route conduits to the locations shown. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. The intent of this section is to give general submittal information, refer to specific submittal information in the subsequent mechanical sections. B. Within 10 days after award of the contract, and before orders are placed, Contractor shall submit specific information on list of equipment and principal materials specified. Contractor shall indicate and/or provide names of manufacturers, catalog and model numbers, cut sheets, and such other supplementary information as necessary for evaluation. Minimum of six (6) copies, or as directed by the Engineer, of each shall be submitted and shall include all items mentioned by model number and/or manufacturer's name in the specifications or in schedules on the drawings. 01272804 BASIC ELECTRICAL METHODS 16000 - 1 05105 C. Requirements for each submittal: I o Bear a dated stamp or specific written indication that the Contractor has reviewed and approved all submittal prior to submission to Engineer. 2. Have all information deleted by Contractor that pertains to the means and methods of construction or to fabrication, assembly, installation, or erection (approval by Engineer shall not extend to these areas unless specifically noted by Engineer). 3. Be clearly and SPECIFICALLY marked as to which specific piece of equipment is being submitted, by use of a permanent marker, stamp, etc., so as to distinguish it from other pieces of equipment that may occur on the same page. 4. Be clearly marked as to which available options are being submitted that are associated with a piece of equipment. 5. Be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specific performance, materials, and similar data to enable the Engineer to review the proposed equipment. Omission by Contractor of any of the above requirements or submittals will subject submittal to automatic rejection without review. Any submittals received by Engineer that were not requested shall be returned without review of any kind. A. The electrical requirements for equipment specified or indicated on the drawings are based on information available at the time of design. If equipment furnished for installation has electrical requirements other than indicated on the electrical drawings, the Contractor shall make any required changes to wire and conduit size, controls, overcurrent protection and installation as required to accommodate the equipment supplied, without additional charge to the Owner. The complete responsibility and costs for such adjustments shall be assigned to the respective section of this specification under which the equipment is furnished. 2.2 MATERIALS A. All similar materials and equipment shall be the product of the same manufacturer unless specified otherwise. B. Materials and equipment shall be the standard products of manufacturers regularly engaged in the production of such material and shall be the manufacturer's current and standard design. C. Altitude: Equipment affected by altitude shall perform satisfactorily for the function intended at the altitude of the project site. D. Detectable Warning Tape: Acid and alkali -resistant polyethylene film warning tape manufactured for marking and identifying underground utilities, minimum 6" wide and 4 mils thick, continuously inscribed with a description of utility, with metallic core encased in a protective j acket for corrosion protection, detectable by metal detector when tape is buried up to 30" deep; colored as follows: 1. Red: Electric. 2. Yellow: Gas, oil, steam, and dangerous materials. 3. Orange: Telephone and other communications. 4. Blue: Water systems. 5. Green: Sewer systems. 01272504 BASIC ELECTRICfi L METHODS 16000 - 2 j 05105 E. Back ill Material 1. Material 4" below and 12" above pipes and conduit shall be natural or manufactured sand complying to ASTM C 33. 2. Material more than 12" above pipes and conduits shall be sand indicated above or native fill free of rock or gravel larger than 3/8" in any dimension, debris, waste, frozen materials, vegetation, and other deleterious matter. 3.1 GENERAL A. Fabrication, erection and installation of the complete electrical system shall be done in accordance with accepted good practice by qualified personnel experienced in such work and shall proceed in an orderly manner so as not to impede the progress of the project. The Electrical Contractor shall check all areas and surfaces where electrical equipment material is to be installed, removed or relocated and report any unsatisfactory conditions before starting work. Commencement of work signifies this Contractor`s acceptance of existing conditions. In the acceptance or rejection of the finished installation, no allowance will be made for lack of skill on the part of workmen. Surfaces requiring coatings will be completed prior to installation of any electrical work on these surfaces. B. The electrical drawings are diagrammatic. The installation requirements shall be carefully coordinated and shall be adjusted to avoid conflict. C. The locations of electrical equipment is approximate and are not intended to convey the exact details and mounting of location. Exact locations are to be field determined by actual measurements. D. Protect subgrades and foundation soils against freezing temperatures or frost. Provide protective insulating materials as necessary. E. Excavation for Pipe and Conduit 1. Excavate trenches to indicated gradients, lines, depths, and elevations. 2. Excavate trenches to uniform widths to provide a working clearance on each side of pipe or conduit. Excavate trench walls vertically from trench bottom to 12" higher than top of pipe or conduit, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Trench Bottoms: Excavate and shape trench bottoms to provide uniform bearing and support of pipes and conduit. Shape subgrade to provide continuous support for bells, joints, and barrels of pipes and for joints, fittings, and bodies of conduits. Remove projecting stones and sharp objects along trench subgrade. a. For pipes and conduit less than 6" in nominal diameter and flat-bottomed, multiple -duct conduit units, hand excavate trench bottoms and support pipe and conduit on an undisturbed subgrade. b. For pipes and conduit 6" or larger in nominal diameter, shape bottom of trench to support bottom 90 degrees of pipe circumference. Fill depressions with tamped sand backfill. C. Excavate trenches 4" deeper than elevation required in rock or other unyielding bearing material to allow for bedding course. 4. Place backfill and fill materials in layers not more than 8" in loose depth for material compacted by heavy compaction equipment, and not more than 4" in loose depth for material compacted by hand -operated tampers. 01272804 BASIC ELECTRICAL. METHODS 16000 - 3 0S/0-5 5. Compact soil to not less than the following percentages of maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM D 698: a. Under structures, building slabs, steps, and pavements, scarify and recompact top 12" of existing subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill material at 95 percent. b. Under walkways, scarify and recompact top 6" below subgrade and compact each layer of backfill or fill material at 92 percent. C. Under lawn or unpaved areas, scarify and recompact top 6" below subgrade and compact each layer of backfill or fill material at 85 percent. 6. Install detectable warning tape above conduits and pipe, 12" below finished grade, except 6" below subgrade under pavements and slabs. 7. Protection a. Protecting Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic, freezing, and erosion. Keep free of trash and debris. b. Repair and reestablish grades to specified tolerances where completed or partially completed surfaces become eroded, rutted, settled, or where they lose compaction due to subsequent construction operations or weather conditions. 1) Scarify or remove and replace soil material to depth as directed by Architect; reshape and recompact. C. Where settling occurs before Project correction period elapses, remove finished surfacing, backfill with additional soil material, compact, and reconstruct surfacing. 1) Restore appearance, quality, and condition of finished surfacing to match adjacent work, and eliminate evidence of restoration to the greatest extent possible. 8. Disposal of Surplus and Waste Materials a. Disposal: Remove surplus satisfactory soil and waste material, including unsatisfactory soil, trash, and debris, and legally dispose of it off Owner's property unless otherwise directed by Owner. b. Repair: Any damage to shrubs, grass or structures shall be repaired to previous condition by Contractor at no additional expense to Owner. 3.2 PERFORMANCE TESTS A. Thoroughly test all control circuits, fixtures, services and all circuits for proper operating condition and freedom from grounds and short circuits before acceptance is requested. All equipment, appliances and devices shall be operated under load conditions. B . After the system installation is complete conduct operating tests for approval. When requested, test all the wire, cable, devices and equipment after installation, to assure that all material continues to possess all the original characteristics as required by governing codes and standards listed in these specifications. C. Furnish all instruments and labor for testing. D. All material installed shall be listed, inspected, and approved by a nationally accepted testing laboratory such as UL and/or ETL. All material shall bear the UL or ETL label where available. 3.1 SUBMITTAL AND APPROVAL OF MATERIALS A. All requirements for submittals shall comply with the applicable provisions included in the individual specification sections. 01272804 BASIC ELECTRICAL METHODS 16000 a 4 05105 I 1J B. Unless identified as a sole source item, the listing of product manufacturers, catalog numbers, etc., on the drawings is intended to establish a standard of quality of the product. It is the responsibility of the contractor to review all items he intends to submit. If equipment other than that indicated on drawings is proposed by the contractor, the information will be reviewed at the time of the submission of the submittal. END OF SECTION 16000 01272804 BASIC ELECTRICALMETHODS 16000 - 5 05105 CONDUITSECTION 16111 PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Metal conduit. B. Flexible metal conduit. C. Liquidtight flexible metal conduit. D. Fittings and conduit bodies. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16130 - Boxes. B. Section 16170 - Grounding and Bonding. C. Section 16190 - Supporting Devices. D. Section 16195 - Electrical Identification. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ANSI C80.1 - Rigid Steel Conduit, Zinc Coated. B. ANSI C80.3 - Electrical Metallic Tubing, Zinc Coated. C. ANSUNEMA FB 1 - Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit and Cable Assemblies. D. ANSUNFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. E. NECA "Standard of Installation." F. NEMA TC 3 - PVC Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing. 1.4 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Conduit Size: ANSUNFPA 70. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. B. Product Data: Provide for metallic conduit, flexible metal conduit; liquidtight flexible metal conduit, nonmetallic conduit, fittings and conduit bodies. 1.6 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01700. B. Accurately record actual routing of conduits. 01272804 CONDUIT 16111 c 1 05105 1.7 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to requirements of ANSI/NFPA 70. B. Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as suitable for purpose specified and shown. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, protect, and handle Products to site under provisions of Section 01600. B. Accept conduit on site. Inspect for damage. C. Protect conduit from corrosion and entrance of debris by storing above grade. Provide appropriate covering. D. Protect PVC conduit from sunlight. 1.9 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Verify that field measurements are as shown on Drawings. B. Verify routing and termination locations of conduit prior to rough -in. C. Conduit routing is shown on Drawings in approximate locations unless dimensioned. Route as required to complete wiring system. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS A. Minimum Size: 3/4 inch unless otherwise specified. B. Wet and Damp Locations above grade: Use rigid steel or liquid tight flexible conduit. C. Dry Locations: Use electrical metallic tubing for concealed and exposed locations. D. Below Slab: Non metallic PVC conduit is acceptable within limitations specified. E. Below Grade: Use only PVC coated rigid galvanized steel, wrapped rigid steel, or non metallic PVC conduit within limitations specified. F. MC Cable: Shall not be utilized on this project. 2.2 METAL CONDUIT A. Manufacturers: 1. Allied 2. Wheatland 3. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600. B. Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1. C. Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC): Rigid steel. D. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: ANSI/NEMA FB 1; all steel fittings. A. Manufacturers: 1. Greenfield 2. Electri-Flex 3. Allied Tube 4. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600. 01272804 CONDUIT 16111 - 2 05105 B. Description: Interlocked steel construction. Aluminum is not permitted. C. Fittings: ANSUNEMA FB 1 with fittings approved for steel flex. D. Applications: Utilization of 3/8" in lieu of the minimum 2" is acceptable under the limitations of the National Electrical Code. 2.4 LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT A. Manufacturers: 1. Ultatite 2. Electri-flex 3. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600. B. Description: Interlocked steel construction with PVC jacket. C. Fittings: ANSUNEMA FB 1. D. Applications: Liquidtight flexible metal conduit shall not be used in this project. 2.5 PVC COATED METAL CONDUIT A. Manufacturers: 1. Levy 2. Robroy Industries 3. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600. B. Description: NEMA RN-1, rigid steel conduit with external PVC coating, 20 mil thick. C. General: Protective layer may be factory applied or galvanized rigid steel conduit may be applied with two layers of corrosion resistant tape. D. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: ANSI/NEMA FB 1; steel fittings with external PVC coatings to match conduit. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install conduit in accordance with NECA "Standard of Installation." B. Install nonmetallic conduit in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Arrange supports to prevent misalignment during wiring installation. D. Support conduit using coated steel or malleable iron straps, lay -in adjustable hangers, clevis hangers, and split hangers. E. Group related conduits; support using conduit rack. Construct rack using steel channel. F. Fasten conduit supports to building structure and surfaces under provisions of Section 16190. G. Do not support conduit with wire or perforated pipe straps. Remove wire used for temporary supports H. Arrange conduit to present neat appearance. I. Maintain adequate clearance between conduit and piping. J. Maintain 12 inch clearance between conduit and surfaces with temperatures exceeding 104 degrees F. K. Cut conduit square using saw or pipecutter; de -burr cut ends. L. Bring conduit to shoulder of fittings; fasten securely. M. Use conduit hubs or sealing loclmuts to fasten conduit to sheet metal boxes in damp and wet locations and to cast boxes. 01272804 CONDUIT 16111. - 3 05/05 In: N. Install no more than equivalent of three 90-degree bends between boxes. Use conduit bodies to make sharp changes in direction, as around beams. Use factory elbows for bends in metal conduit larger than 2 inch size. O. Avoid moisture traps; provide junction box with drain fitting at low points in conduit system. P. Provide suitable pull string in each empty conduit except sleeves and nipples. Q. Use suitable caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and moisture. R. Ground and bond conduit under provisions of Section 16170. S. Identify conduit under provisions of Section 16195. T. Ducts shall be cleaned with a flexible mandrel assembly. U. All conduits passing vertically through slabs on grade shall be PVC -coated, rigid steel or IMC. Rigid steel and IMC conduits shall be applied with protective coatings as indicated herein. V. Minimum cover for underground conduits shall be 36 inches unless otherwise noted. END OF SECTION 16111 01272804 05/05 16111 - 4 SECTION 16123 WIRE AND CABLE PART 1- CENTEERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Wire and cable. B. Wiring connectors and connections. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16195 - Electrical Identification. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Section 01400 - Quality Control: Requirements for references and standards. B. NECA Standard of Installation (National Electrical Contractors Association). C. NE TA ATS - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems (International Electrical Testing Association). D. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. 1.4 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW A. Section 01300 - Submittals: Procedures for submittals. B. Product Data: Provide for each cable assembly type. 1.5 SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION A. Section 01300 - Submittals: Procedures for submittals. B. Test Reports: Indicate procedures and values obtained. C. Manufacturer`s Installation Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency specified under Regulatory Requirements. 1.6 SUBMITTALS AT PROJECT CLOSEOUT A. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Procedures for submittals. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of components and circuits. 1.7 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this Section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.8 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to N`FPA 70. B. Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 01272804 VirIRE AND CABLE 16123 - 1 05105 i 1.9 FIELD SAMPLES A. Provide under provisions of Section 01400. 1.10 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Section 01039 -Coordination and Meetings. B. Verify that field measurements are as indicated. C. Conductor sizes are based on copper. D. Wire and cable routing indicated is approximate unless dimensioned. 1.11 COORDINATION A. Coordinate Work under provisions of Section 01039. B. Where wire and cable destination is indicated and routing is not shown, determine exact routing and lengths required. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 BUILDING WIRE A. Manufacturers: 1. Southwire. 2. American Cable. 3. Houston Wire and Cable. 4. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01600 - Material and Equipment. B. Description: Single conductor insulated wire. C. Conductor: Copper. D. Insulation Voltage Rating: 600 volts. E. Insulation: NFPA 70, Type indicated herein. F. MC Cable: Shall not be utilized on this project. 2.2 WIRING CONNECTORS A. Split Bolt Connectors: 1. Ilsco. 2. Buchanan. 3. Burndy. 4. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01600 - Material and Equipment. B. Solderless Pressure Connectors: 1.1 Ilsco. • 2. Buchanan. 3. Burndy. 4. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01600 - Material and Equipment. C. Spring Wire Connectors: 1. Ideal. 2. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01600 - Material and Equipment. 01272804 WIDE AND CABLE 16123 -2 05105 D. Compression Connectors: 1. Ilsco. 2. Buchanan. 3. Burndy. 4. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01600 - Material and Equipment. PAST 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 01039 - Coordination and Meetings: Verification of existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify that all work likely to damage wire and cable has been completed. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Completely and thoroughly swab raceway before installing wire. 3.3 WIRING METHODS A. Exterior Locations: Use only building wire, Type TH'W, THHN/THWN or X HHW insulation, in raceway. B. Use wiring methods indicated. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Section 01400 - Quality Control: Manufacturer's instructions. B. Route wire and cable as required to meet Project Conditions. C. Install cable in accordance with the NECA "Standard of Installation." D. Use solid conductor for feeders and branch circuits 10 AWG and smaller. E. Use stranded conductors for control circuits. F. Use conductor not smaller than 14 AWG for control circuits. G. Use 10 AWG conductors for 20 ampere, 120 volt branch circuits longer than 100 feet and as indicated on the drawings. K. Install all conductors in conduit. I. Pull all conductors into raceway at same time. J. Use suitable wire pulling lubricant for building wire 4 AWG and larger. K. Protect exposed cable from damage. L. All cables shall be neatly supported. M. Use suitable cable fittings and connectors. N. Neatly train and lace wiring inside boxes, equipment, and panelboards. G. Clean conductor surfaces before installing lugs and connectors. P. Make splices, taps, and tern nations to carry full ampacity of conductors with no perceptible temperature rise. Q. Use split bolt connectors for copper conductor splices and taps, 6 AWG and larger. Tape uninsulated conductors and connector with electrical tape to 150 percent of insulation rating of conductor. R . Use solderless pressure connectors with insulating covers for copper conductor splices and taps, 8 AWG and smaller. 01272904 WIREE fi:�TD C&BLE 16I23 - 3 05105 S. Use insulated spring wire connectors with plastic caps for copper conductor splices and taps, 10 AWG and smaller. T. Identify and color code wire and cable under provisions of Section 16195. Identify each conductor with its circuit number or other designation indicated. U. The number of conductors in each conduit run shall be limited to the requirements as indicated on the drawings and indicated in Article 310 of the 2002 National Electrical Code. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01400 - Quality Control: Field inspection, testing and adjusting. B. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4. C. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.3.1. END OF SECTION 16123 01272804 05105 16123 - 4 SECTION 16130 BOXES PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SECTION' INCLUDES A. Pull and junction boxes. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16123 —Wire and Cable. 1.3 REFERENCES A. NECA - Standard of Installation. B. NEMA FB 1 - Fittings and Supports for Conduit and Cable Assemblies. C. NEMA OS 1 - Sheet -steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers, and Box Supports. D. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum). E. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. 1.4 SUBMITTALS FOR CLOSEOUT A. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Submittals for Project closeout. B. Record actual locations and mounting heights of pull and junction boxes on project record documents. 1.5 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B. Provide Products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES A. Sheet Metal Boxes: NEMA OS 1, galvanized steel. B. Surface Mounted Cast Metal Box: NEMA 250, Type 4; fiat -flanged, surface mounted junction box: C. Material: Galvanized cast iron. D. Cover: Furnish with ground flange, neoprene gasket, and stainless steel cover screws. 01272804 BOXES 16130 - 1 05/05 PART 3 m EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install boxes in accordance with NECA "Standard of Installation." B. Install in locations as shown on Drawings, and as required for splices, taps, wire pulling and compliance with regulatory requirements. C. Electrical boxes are shown on Drawings in approximate locations unless dimensioned. Adjust box location up to 10 feet if required to accommodate intended purpose. D. Orient boxes to accommodate wiring devices oriented as specified in Section 16140. E. Install flush mounting box without damaging wall insulation or reducing its effectiveness. F. Support boxes independently of conduit. G. Use gang box where more than one device is mounted together. Do not use sectional box. H. Install pullboxes as required along conduit runs to facilitate conductor pulling. 3.2 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS A. Coordinate installation of outlet box for equipment connected under Section 16180. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Adjusting installed work. B. Adjust flush -mounting outlets to make front flush with finished wall material. C. install knockout closures in unused box openings. 3.4 CLEANING A. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Cleaning installed work. B. Clean interior of boxes to remove dust, debris, and other material. C. Clean exposed surfaces and restore finish. 3.5 REPAIR A. Repair any areas or surfaces damaged during conduit installation. END OF SECTION 16130 01272804 BOXES 16130 - 2 05105 SECTION 16140 WIRIING DEVICES PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Wall switches. B. Receptacles. C. Device plates and covers. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16130 - Boxes. 1.4 REFERENCES A. NECA - Standard of Installation. B. NEMA WD I - General Requirements for Wiring Devices. C. NEMA WD 6 - Wiring Device -- Dimensional Requirements. D. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. 1.5 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW A. Section 01300 - Submittals: Procedures for submittals. B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's catalog information showing dimensions, colors; and configurations. 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.7 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to requirements of N`FPA 70. B. Provide Products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 01272804 WIRING DES -10ES 16140 - 1 05105 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 WALL SWITCHES A. Manufacturers: 1. Hubbell1221-I. B. Description: NEMA WD 1, 20 amp, Heavy -Duty, AC only general -use snap switch. C. Body and Handle: nylon ivory handle. D. Utilize equivalent series of manufacturer's numbers above for three-way, four-way and two - pole applications. 2.2 RECEPTACLES A. Manufacturers: 1. Hubbell5352 B. Description: NEMA WD 1, Heavy-duty, duplex receptacle with wraparound bridge, brass center rivet, triple wipe contacts and grounding contacts integral with the backstrap (no rivets). C. Device Body: Ivory plastic. D. Configuration: NEMA WD 6, type as specified and indicated. E. Convenience Receptacle: Type 5-20. F. GFCI Receptacle: Convenience receptacle with integral ground fault circuit interrupter to meet regulatory requirements. Hubbell 5352-I or equivalent. 2.3 WALL PLATES A. Decorative Cover Plate: Stainless steel. B. Weatherproof Cover Plate: Gasketed cast metal with gasketed device cover on exterior devices. C. Surface Mounted Plates: Galvanized steel plates PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 01039 - Coordination and Meetings: Verification of existing conditions prior to beginning work. B. Verify that outlet boxes are installed at proper height. C. Verify that wall openings are neatly cut and will be completely covered by wall plates. D. Verify that branch circuit wiring installation is completed, tested, and ready for connection to wiring devices. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Provide extension rings to bring outlet boxes flush with finished surface. B. Clean debris from outlet boxes. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with NECA "Standard of Installation." B. Install devices plumb and level. 01272804 WIRING DEVICES 16140 - 2 05105 r C. Install switches with OFF position down. D. Do not share neutral conductor on load side of dimmers. E. Install receptacles with grounding pole on top. F. Connect wiring device grounding terminal to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor. G. Install decorative plates on switch, receptacle, and blank outlets in finished areas. H. Connect wiring devices by wrapping conductor around screw terminal. I. Use jumbo size plates for outlets installed in masonry walls. J. Install galvanized steel plates on outlet boxes and junction boxes in unfinished areas, above accessible ceilings, and on surface mounted outlets. K. install blank cover plates to match other wall plates for all unused boxes. L. Adjust floor boxes for flush mounting. 3 A INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS A. Coordinate locations of outlet boxes provided under Section 16130 to obtain mounting heights specified and indicated on drawings. B. Install all wall switches, thermostats, intercom call -in switches at 42 inches above finished floor. C. Install convenience receptacle 18 inches above finished floor. D. Install convenience receptacle 6 inches above backsplash of counter. E. Install telephone jack 18 inches above finished floor. F. Install telephone jack for side -reach wall telephone to position top of telephone at 52 inches above finished floor. G. Install telephone jack for forward -reach wall telephone to position top of telephone at 42 above finished floor. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01400 - Quality Control: Field inspection, testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Inspect each wiring device for defects. C. Operate each wall switch with circuit energized and verify proper operation. D. Verify that each receptacle device is energized. E. Test each receptacle device for proper polarity. F. Test each GFCI receptacle device for proper operation. 3.6 ADJUSTING A. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Adjusting installed work. B. Adjust devices and wall plates to be flush and level. 3 3.7 CLEANING � A. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Cleaning installed work. ? B. Clean exposed surfaces to remove splatters and restore finish. END OF SECTION 16140 01-27280A Vv'IRING DEVICES 16140 - 3 L_ 05105 SECTION 16170 GROUNDING AND BONDING PART 1- GENERAL. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Grounding electrodes and conductors. B. Equipment grounding conductors. C. Bonding. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Section 01400 - Quality Control: Requirements for references and standards. B. NETA ATS - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems (International Electrical Testing Association). C. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. I.3 GROUNDING SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Rod electrodes. �a 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Grounding System Maximum Resistance: 10 ohms. f, 1.5 SUBMITTALS FOR RENEW A. Section 01300 - Submittals: Procedures for submittals. B. Product Data: Provide for grounding electrodes and connections. 1.6 SUBMITTALS FOR CLOSEOUT A. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Procedures for submittals. _ B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of components and grounding electrodes. C. Certificate of Compliance: Indicate approval of installation by authority having jurisdiction. 1.7 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience, and with service facilities within 100 miles of Project. 1.8 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. y B, Products: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 01272904 GROUNDING & BONDING 16170 - 1 05105 PAIN 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ROD ELECTRODES A. Material: Copper. B. Diameter: 5/8 inch. C. Length: 8 feet. 2.2 MECHANICAL CONNECTORS A. Burnby Hy -Ground, twelve ton crimp or approval equal. 2.3 EXOTHERMIC CONNECTIONS A. Manufacturers: Cadweld. 2.4 WIRE A. Material: Stranded copper. B. Grounding Electrode Conductor: Iviinimum size to meet NFPA 70 requirements or as indicated on the drawings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 01039 - Coordination and Meetings: Verification of existing conditions prior to beginning work. B. Verify that final backfill and compaction has been completed before driving rod electrodes. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Section 01400 - Quality Control: Manufacturer's instructions. B. Provide bonding to meet Regulatory Requirements. C. Equipment Grounding Conductor: Provide separate, insulated conductor within each feeder and branch circuit raceway. Terminate each end on suitable lug, bus, or bushing. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01400 - Quality Assurance: Field inspection, testing, adjusting. B. Inspect and test in accordance with META ATS, except Section 4. C. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.13. END OF SECTION 16170 01272804 GROUNDING & BONDING 16170 - 2 05/05 SECTION I6190 SUPPORTING DEVICES PART I - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, General Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions of the Agreement, Special Provisions and Division 1 - General Requirements apply to Work of this Section. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Conduit and equipment supports. B. Anchors and fasteners. 1.3 REFERENCES A. NECA - National Electrical Contractors Association. B. ANTSI/NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. 1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to requirements of ANSI/NFPA 70. B. Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as suitable for purpose specified and shown. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS A. Materials and Finishes: Provide adequate corrosion resistance. B. Provide materials, sizes, and types of anchors, fasteners and supports to carry the loads of equipment and conduit. Consider weight of wire in conduit when selecting products. C. Anchors and Fasteners: I. Concrete Structural Elements: Use expansion anchors, powder actuated anchors and preset inserts. 2. Steel Structural Elements: Use beam clamps, spring steel clips and steel ramset fasteners. 3. Concrete Surfaces: Use self -drilling anchors and expansion anchors. 4. Sheet Metal: Use sheet metal screws. S. Wood Elements: Use wood screws. 01272804 SUPPORTING DEVICES 16190 - 1 05105 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Provide anchors, fasteners, and supports in accordance with NTECA "Standard of Installation". C, Fabricate supports from structural steel as indicated on drawings. Rigidly weld members or use hexagon head bolts to present neat appearance with adequate strength and rigidity. Use lock washers under all nuts. D. Install surface -mounted cabinets and panelboards with minimum of four anchors. E. Install conduit supports a maximum spacing specified in the NTEC. END OF SECTION' 16190 01272804 SUPPORT ING I)E ��ICES 16190 - 2 O5105 SECTION 16195 ELECTRIC,kL IDENTIRICATION PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, General Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions of the Agreement, Special Provisions and Division 1 - General Requirements apply to Work of this Section. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES s A. Nameplates and labels. B. Wire and cable markers. . 1.3 REFERENCES A. ANSUNFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 NAMEPLATES AND LABELS A. Nameplates and Labels: Engraved three -layer laminated plastic, white letters on black background. B. Locations: 1. Each electrical distribution and control equipment enclosure. . a 2. Communication cabinets, and computer cabinets. 3. Field disconnects, start stop stations, control panels. C. Letter Size: 1. Use 1/4 inch letters for identifying individual equipment and loads. 2. Use 1/4 inch letters for identifying grouped equipment and loads. 3. Use 3/8 inch letters for identifying Main Disconnect equipment. R ,..2 V� TIRE/CC}NDUIT/B©X MARKERS A. Description: Brady B-321 Heat -Shrink Polyolefm markers. Typed label to identify each -' termination end point of the conductor. DC conductors shall identify polarity. B. Locations: Each conductor at vHreway, pull boxes and junction boxes, and each load connection. All conduit penetrations identifying the location of each end. C. Legend: 1. Lighting Circuits: Branch circuit or feeder number indicated on drawings. D. Boxes: v 1. Label each junction box in accessible locations to indicate the type of system. 01272804 ELECTRICAL IDENTL�ICfi.TIOItT 16195 - 1 05105 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive nameplates and labels. 3.2 APPLICATION A. Install nameplate and label parallel to equipment lines. B. Secure nameplate to equipment front using screws or rivets. C. Identify underground conduits using underground warning tape. Install one tape per trench at 12 inches below finished grade. Identify all conduit at exposed locations into all boxes, cabinets, etc. (see specification Section 16000) D. Identify all conductors at every termination indicating endpoints of termination and tag identification as required. E. Color coding for phase identi-fication: 120/208 volts Phase 277/480 volts Black A Brown Red B Orange Blue C Yellow White Neutral Gray Green Ground Green Conductor phase and voltage identification shall be made by color -coded insulation for all conductors smaller than No. 6 AWG. For conductors No. 6 AWG and larger, identification shall be made by color -coded insulation, or conductors with black insulation may be furnished and identified by colored electrical tape. Conductor identification shall be provided within each enclosure where a tap, splice, or termination is made. END OF SECTION' 16195 01272804 ELECTRIC IDE1\TTIFICATI01,T 16195 - 2 05105 SECTION 16441 ENCLOSED SVkTTCHES PART 1- GENTE` RAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Fusible switches. B. Non -fusible switches. C. Fuses. 1.2 REFERENCES A. NEMA KS 1 - Enclosed Switches. B. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. C. UL 198C - High -Interrupting Capacity Fuses; Current Limiting Type. D. UL 198E - Class R Fuses. E. NEMA AB 1 — Molded Case Circuit Breakers F. NECA — Standard of Installation 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01340. B. Product Data: Provide switch ratings and enclosure dimensions. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with NTECA Standard of installation. 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this Section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.6 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B. Furnish products listed and classified by UL as suitable for purpose specified and shown. PkRT 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Square D B, General Electric C. Eaton Lt. Sie- -ens 01272804 ENCLOSED SWITCHES 16441 - 1 05105 2.2 ENCLOSED SWITCHES A. Fusible or Non -fusible as indicated. B. Switch Assemblies: NEMA KS 1, Type HD load interrupter enclosed Imife switch with externally operable handle interlocked to prevent opening front cover with switch in ONT position. Handle lockable in OFF position. C. Fuse Clips: Designed to accommodate NEMA FUI, class R fuses. D. Enclosures: NEMA KS 1. E. Interior Dry Locations: Type 1. F. Exterior Locations: Type 3R or 4. G. NEMA ratings of enclosures as specified on drawings take precedence over location specification. H. Current rating of switch to be equal to or greater than that of the circuit it is interrupting. 2.3 FUSES A. Manufacturers: 1. Bussman 2. Littlefuse 3. Gould Shawmut B. Dimensions and Performance: NEMA FU 1, Class as specified or indicated. C. Voltage: Provide fuses with suitable voltage ratings for phase to phase voltages. D. Service Entrance: Class L, Bussman Low -peak or equivalent. E. General Purpose Loads: Class RKI, Bussman Low -peak or equivalent. F. Motor Loads: Class RK5, Bussman Fusetron or equivalent. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with NECA Standard of Installation B. Install fuses in all fusible disconnects. C. Apply adhesive tag on the inside door of all disconnects indicating the NTEMA. class fuse and size installed. D. Provide a disconnect switch for all equipment where indicated or required by the National Electrical Code. Coordinate with other disciplines to determine where disconnects are finnished with equipment. END OF SECTION 16441 01272804 ENCLOSED S W ITCHES 16441 - 2 05105 SECTION 16470 ,:AAROWNT 1.1 RELATED DOCn1NTS A. Drawings, General Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions of the Agreement, Special Provisions and Division 1 - General Requirements apply to Work of this Section. B. Related Sections 1. Section 16190 - Supporting Devices. 2. Section 16195 - Electrical Identification: Engraved nameplates. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Distribution and Branch circuit panelboards. 2. Switchboards. B. References 1. NECA (National Electrical Contractors Association) "Standard of Installation." 2. NEMA AB 1 - Molded Case Circuit Breakers. 3. NEMA ICS 2 - Industrial Control Devices, Controllers, and Assemblies. 4. NEMA KS 1 - Enclosed Switches. 5. NEMA PB 1 - Panelboards. 6. ENEMA PB-2 - Switchboards 7. NEMA PB 1.1 - Instructions for Safe Installation, Operation and Maintenance of Panelboards Rated 600 Volts or less. 8. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of General Conditions. Shop Drawings: Indicate outline and support point dimensions, voltage, main bus ampacity, integrated short circuit ampere rating, circuit breaker and fusible switch arrangement and sizes. B. Manufacturer`s Installation Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by Product testing agency. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, installation, and starting of Product. 1.4 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit under provisions of General Conditions. Record actual locations of Products; indicate actual branch circuit arrangement. 6�0103 t.% 1 10=111 Ns 3 411 ZI I 21M.11b._ T A. Submit under provisions of General Conditions. Maintenance Data: Include spare parts data listing; and recommended maintenance procedures and intervals. 01272804 PANELBOARDS 16470 - 1 05105 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A, Perform Work in accordance with NECA Standard of Installation. 1.7 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum five years experience. 1.8 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. Furnish products listed and classified by UL as suitable for purpose specified and indicated. 1.9 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated. 1.10 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Provide maintenance materials under provisions of General Conditions. Provide two of each panelboard key if required. PANELBOARDS A. Manufacturers: 1. General Electric 2. Square-D 3. Westinghouse B. Description: NEMA PB-1, circuit breaker type. C. Panelboard Bus: Copper with ratings as indicated. Provide a copper ground bus in each panelboard. D. Minimum integrated short circuit rating: Fully rated devices with minimum levels as indicated. Series rated systems will not be allowed. Minimum calculated values are labeled on each panelboard and are indicated as "AIC". E. Enclosure: NEMA PB-1, Type 1. F. Cabinet Front: Surface or recessed type as indicated on the drawings, fastened with concealed trim clamps, hinged door with flush lock, metal directory frame, and finished in manufacturer's standard gray enamel. PART 3 e EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A, Install panelboards in accordance with NEMA PB 1.1. Install panelboards plumb. Provide supports in accordance with drawings and Section 16190. Height: 6 ft maximum to top of panelboard. Provide filler plates for unused spaces in panelboards. Provide typed circuit 01272804 PANELBOAR.DS 16470 - 2 05105 directory for each branch circuit panelboard. Revise directory to reflect circuiting changes required to balance phase loads. Spare slots shall be labeled as such in erasable pencil on directory. Provide engraved plastic nameplates under the provisions of Section 16195. E. Provide two empty 1 inch conduits from each recessed panelboard to an accessible location above and label as "spare". C. Ground each panelboard in accordance with Section 16170. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection and test for grounds on each circuit after installation is completed. Measure steady state load currents at each panelboard feeder; rearrange circuits in the panelboard to balance the phase loads to within 20 percent of each other. Maintain proper phasing for multi -wire branch circuits. Visual and Mechanical Inspection: Inspect for physical damage, proper alignment, anchorage, and grounding. Check proper installation and tightness of connections for circuit breakers, fusible switches, and fuses. END OF SECTION 16470 01272804 PANELBOARDS 16470 - 3 05/05 APPENDIX Subject: OPERATIONAL SAFETY ON AIRPORTS Date: 1/17/03 AC No: 150/5370-2E DURING CONSTRUCTION Initiated by: AAS-300 Change: I. THE PURPOSE OF THIS ADVISORY 4. WHO THIS AC AFFECTS. . . CIRCULAR (AC). Aviation safety is the primary consideration at airports, especially during construction. This AC sets forth guidelines for operational safety on airports during construction. it contains major changes to the following areas: "Runway Safety Area," paragraph 3-2; "Taxiway Safety Areas/Object-Free Areas," paragraph 3-3; "Overview," paragraph 3-4; "Marking Guidelines for Temporary Threshold," paragraph 3-5; and "Hazard Marking and Lighting," paragraph 3-9. 2. WHAT THIS AC CANCELS. This AC cancels AC 150/5370-213, Operational Safet: on Aitpor is During Construction, dated May 31, 2002. 3. READIING MATERIAL. RELATED TO THIS A.C. Appendix 1 contains a list of reading materials on airport construction, design, and potential safety hazards during construction, as well as instructions for ordering these documents. Many of them, including this AC, are available on the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) Web site. N DAVID L. BENTNETT Director, Office of Airport Safety and Standards This AC assists airport operators in complying with 14 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), part 139, Certification and Operation: Land Airports Serving Certain Air Carriers, and with the requirements of airport construction projects receiving funds under the Airport Improvement Program or from the Passenger Facility Charge Program. While the FAA does not require noncertificated airports without grant agreements to adhere to these guidelines, we recommend that they do so as it will help these airports maintain a desirable level of operational safety during construction. 5. ADDITIONAL BACKGROUND INFORMATION. Appendix 2 contains definitions of terms used in this AC. Appendix 3 provides airport operators with boilerplate format and language for developing a safety plan for an airport construction project. Appendix. 4 is a sample Notice to Airmen form. 6. HAZARD LIGHTING IMPLEMENTATION TIME LINE. Supplemental hazard lighting must be red in color by October 1, 2004. See paragraph 3-9 for more information. �e �.} �, �\ . � � � � ) j �j � ! � . . . [\ � �\ C! {} (j (, �� CI Cl � 1117/03 CONTENTS Paractraph AC 15015370-2E Page CHAPTER 1. GENERAL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES ..................... 1-1. Overview................................... .................................................................................. ....................... -2. Who Is Responsible for Safety During Construction ............................ CHAPTER 2. SAFETY PLANS ........................................... 3 Section 1. Basic Safety Plan Considerations ................ 2-L Overview........................................................ -2. Safety Plan Checklist ......................................... Section 2. Safety and Security Measures .......................... 2-3. Overview................................................................ 24. Vehicle Operation. and Marking and Pedestrian Control ................. 4 ................................................................... 2-5. Construction Employee Parking Areas ........................... _.5 2-6. Construction Vehicle Equipment Parking ......................... ......................... $ 2-7. Radio Communication Training ............................ 5 2-8. Fencing and Gates ................................................... 5 Section 3. Notification of Construction Activities .................... ... 5 2-9. General- ................................................................... 2-1 . Assuring Prompt Notifications .................................... 6 2-11. Notices to Airmen (?IOTA -Ms) .................................... ......................... -I2. Aircraft Rescue and Fire Fighting (ARFF)Notification- ....................... ..... 2-I3. Notification to the FAA ............................................ 2-14. Work Scheduling and Accomplishment ............................ b CHAPTER 3. SAFETY STANDARDS AND GUIDELINES ...................... .. 7 Section 1. Runway and Taxiway Safety Areas, Obstacle -Free Zones, and Object -Free Areas ...................... 7 3-1. Overview..........................................................................................................................................................7 �y 3 2. Runway Safety Area (RSA)!Obstacle-Free Zone (OFZ) ...............7 ........................................................................ 3-3. Taxiway Safety Areas/Object-Free Areas ............... 7 Section 2. Temporary Runway Thresholds......................................................................................................... S 3-4. Overview .................................................. -5. Marking Guidelines for Temporary Threshold ................ 3-6. Lighting Guidelines for Temporary Threshold .................. 9 , Section 3. Other Construction Marking and Lighting Activities ............... ...10 3-7. Overview......................................................................................................................................... ....................10 3-8. Closed Runway and Taxiway Marking and Lighting . ................... 10 ............... Hazard Marking and Lighting -- ....... ............... 3-10. Construction hear Navigational Aids(NA`v'AIDs)......................... 11 3-11. Construction Site Access and Haul Roads ................... ................ ... l l 3-12. Construction Material Stockpiling ....................... 11 3-13. Other Limitations or, Construction ................... .......................... 11 :-14- Foreign Object Debris ("FOD) Management .............. ................................ l? } Section, 4. Safety Hazards and Impacts ..............................................................................................................12 -i?, Overview.................................................................. 1? 150/5370-2E Appendices 1 1 /03 PENDIX I. RELATED READItiG MATERIA................................... ...., ..... A-1 PENDIX 2. DEFINITIONS OF TERMS USED IN, THE AC ................... ... A-2 ?ENDIX 3. AIRPORT CONS TRtCTI0N SAFETY PLA? NlL\G GUIDE ......................................................Aar 'ENDIX 4. SAMPLE NOTAM............................................. .......................... ............. A-7 1117/03 AC 15015370-2E CHAPTER 1. GENERAL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES 1-1. OVERVIEW. Hazardous practices and marginal conditions created by construction activities can decrease or jeopardize operational safety on airports. To minimize disruption of normal aircraft operations and to avoid situations that compromise the airport's operational safety, the airport operator must carefully plan, schedule, and coordinate construction activities. While the guidance in this AC is primarily used for construction operations, some of the methods and procedures described may also enhance day- to-day maintenance operations. 1-2. WHO IS RESPONSIBLE FOR SAFETY DURING CONSTRUCTION. An airport operator has overall responsibility for construction activities on an airport. This includes the predesign, design, preconstruction, construction, and inspection phases. Additional information on these responsibilities can be found throughout this AC. a. airport operator's responsibilities— (1) Develop internally or approve a construction safety plan developed by an outside consultant/contractor that complies with the safety guidelines in Chapter', "Safety Plans," and Appendix 3, "Airport Construction Safety Planning Guide," of this AC. (2) Require contractors to submit plans indicating how they intend to comply with the safety requirements of the project. (3) Convene a meeting with the construction contractor, consultant, airport employees, and, if appropriate, tenant sponsor to review and discuss project safety before beginning construction activity. (4) Ensure contact information is accurate for each representative/point of contact identified in the safety plan. (5) Hold weekly or, if necessary, daily safety meetings to coordinate activities. (f) Notify users, especially aircraft rescue and fire fighting (ARFF) personnel, of construction activity and conditions that may adversely affect the operational safety of the airport via Notices to Airmen (NOTAMs) or a other methods. as appropriate. Convene a meeting for review and discussion if necessary. (7) Ensure that construction personnel know- of any applicable air port procedures and of changes to those procedures that may afreci their work. (8) Ensure that construction contractors and subcontractors undergo training required by the safety plan. (9) Develop andfor coordinate a construction vehicle plan with, airport tenants. the airport traffic control tower (ATCT), and construction contractors. Include the vehicle plan in the safety plan. See Chapter 2. section 2, of this AC for additional information. (10) Ensure tenants and contractors comply with standards and procedures for vehicle lighting, marking, access, operation, and communication. (11) At certificated airports, ensure that each tenant's construction safety plan is consistent with 14 CFR part 139, Certification and Operations: Land Airports Serving Certain Air Carriers. - (12) Conduct frequent inspections to ensure construction contractors and tenants comply with the safety plan and that altered construction activities do not create potential safety hazards. (13) Resolve safety deficiencies immediately. (14) Ensure construction access complies with the security requirements of 49 CFR part 1542, Airport Security. (15) Notify appropriate parties when conditions exist that invoke provisions of the safety plan (e.g., implementation of low -visibility operations). b. Construction contractor's responsibilities— (1) Submit plans to the airport operator on how to comply with the safety.! requirements of the project. (2) Have available a copy of the project safety plan. (3) Comply with the safety plan associated with the construction project and ensure that construction personnel are familiar with safety procedures and regulations on the airport. (4) Provide a point of contact who will coordinate an immediate response to correct any construction -related activity that may adversely affect the operational safety of the airport. (5) Provide a safety officerconstruction inspector familiar with airport safety to monitor construction activities. (6) Re -strict movement of consLrurction vehicles to construction areas by flagging and barricading, erecting temporary fencing, or providing escorts, as appropriate. 15015370-2E (7) Ensure that no construction employ, -es, plo, ets of subcontractors or suppliers, or other persons er any part of the air operations areas (AC)As) from the .structior site unless authorized. e. Tenant's responsibilities if planning str€tction activities on leased property— (1) DeveIop a safetz plan. and sulDmit it to the ,ort operator for approval prior to issuance of a Notice roceed. (2) Provide a point of contact who will rdinate an immediate response to correct any 1 117/03 constriction -related activity, that maN adversely affect the operational sa ty of the airport. (3) Ensure that no tenant or construction employees, employees of subcontractors or suppliers, or anv other persons enter any part of the AOA from the construction site unless authorized. (4) Restrict movement of construction vehicles to construction areas by flagging and barricading or erecting temporary fencing. 1 /17 /03 AC 150/5370-2E CHAPTER 2. SAFETY PLANS Section 1. Basic Safety Flan Considerations 2-1. OVERVIEW. Airport operators should coordinate safety issues with the air carriers, FAA Airway Facilities. and other airport tenants before the design phase of the project. The airport operator should identity project safety concerns, requirements, and impacts before making arrangements with contractors and other personnel to perform work on an airport. These safety concerns will serve as the foundation for the construction safety plan and help maintain a high Ievel of aviation safety during the project. The airport operator should determine the level of complexity of the safety plan that is necessary for each construction project and its phases. The safety plan may be detailed in the specifications included in the invitation for bids, or the invitation for bid may specify that the contractor develop the safety plan and the airport operator approve it. In the latter case, the invitation for bid should contain sufficient information to allow the contractor to develop and determine the costs associated with the safety plan. In either case, safety plan costs should be incorporated into the total cost of the project. The airport operator has final approval authority and responsibility for all safety plans. Coordination will vary from formal predesign conferences to informal contacts throughout the duration of the construction project. Details of a specified safety plan, or requirements for a contractor -developed safety plan, should be discussed at the predesign and preconstruction conferences and should include the following, as appropriate: a. Actions necessary before starting construction, including defining and assigning responsibilities. b. Basic responsibilities and procedures for disseminating instructions about airport procedures to the contractor's personnel. c. Means of separating construction areas from aeronautical -use areas. d. Navigational aid (INAViklD) requirements and weather. e. Marking and lightintr plan illustrations. f. Methods of coordinating significant changes in airport operations with all the appropriate parties. Z-2. SAFETY PLAN CHECKLIST. To the extent applicable, the safety plan should address the following: a. Scope of work to be performed, including proposed duration of work- b. Runway and taxiway marking and lighting. c. Procedures for protecting all runway and taxiway safety areas, obstacle -free zones (OFZs), object -free areas (OFAs), and threshold citing criteria outlined in AC 150,15300-13,Airport Design, and as described in this AC. This includes limitations on equipment height and stockpiled material. d. Areas and operations affected by the construction activity, including possible safety problems. e. NAVAIDs that could be affected, especially critical area boundaries. f. Methods of separating vehicle and pedestrian construction traffic from the airport movement areas. This may include fencing off construction areas to keep equipment operators in restricted areas in which they are authorized to operate. Fencing, or some other form of restrictive barrier, is an operational necessity in some cases. g. Procedures and equipment, such as barricades (identify type), to delineate closed construction areas from the airport operational areas, as necessary. h. Limitations on construction. i. Required compliance of contractor personnel with all airport safety and security measures. j. Location of stockpiled construction materials. construction site parking. and access and haul roads. k. Radio communications. 1. Vehicle identification. rn. Trenches and excavations and cover requirements. 50/5370-2E 1 /17/03 .i. Procedures for notifying ARFF person-nel if W. Procedures for contacting responsible Imes or fire hydrants must he deactivated or if representatives points of contact fbr all involved parties. gency access routes must be rerouted or blocked. This should include off -duty contact information so an irnntediate response may be coordinated to correct any E. Emergency notification procedures for medical construction -related activity, that could adversely affect olice response. the operational safety of the airport. Particular care should be taken to ensure that appropriate Airways 1, Use of temporary visual aids. Facilities personnel are identified in the event that an unanticipated utility outage or cable cut occurs that Wildlife management. impacts FAA NAVA1Ds. Foreign object debris (FOD-) control provisions. x. Vehicle operator training. Hazardous materials (HAZMAT) management. y. .Penalty provisions for noncompliance with airport rules and regulations and the safety plan (e.g., if a NOTAM issuance. vehicle is involved in a runway incursion). Inspection requirements, z. Any special conditions that affect the operation of the airport and will' require a portion of the safety plan Procedures for locating and protecting existing to be activated (e.g., low -visibility operations, snow ;round utilities, cables, Arires, pipelines, and other removal). ;round facilities in excavation areas. Section 2. Safety and Security Measures OVERVIEW. t operators are responsible for closely monitoring and construction contractor activity during the action project to ensure continual compliance with ly and security requirements. Airports subject to t part 1542, Airport Security, must meet standards ess control, movement of ground vehicles, and .cation of construction contractor and tenant zel. In addition, airport operators should use safety n standards, as described in Chapter 3 of this AC, lop specific safety measures to which tenants and ction contractors must adhere throughout the n of construction activities. I safety provisions are contained in AC 10-10, Standards for Specifjqng Constnictior, of s, paragraphs 40-05, "Maintenance of Traffic". - 'Barricades, Warning Signs, and Hazard ;s"; and 80-04, "Limitation of Operations." At any ring constn.rction, aircraft operations, weather, or local airport rules may dictate more stringent ieasures. The airport operator should ensure that feral and specific safety requirements are ated with airport tenants and ATCT personnel. )ort operator should also include these parties in dination of all bid documents, construction plans, ;ifications for on -airport construction projects. 2-4. VEHICLE OPERATION AND MARKING AND PEDESTRIAN CONTROL. Vehicle and pedestrian access routes for airport construction projects must be controlled to prevent inadvertent or unauthorized entry.of persons, vehicles, or animals onto the AOA. This includes aircraft movement and nonmovement areas. The airport operator should develop and coordinate a construction vehicle plan with airport tenants, contractors, and the ATCT. The safety plan or invitation for bid should include specific vehicle and pedestrian requirements. The vehicle plan should contain the following items: a. Airport operator's rules and regulations for vehicle marking, lighting, and operation. b. Requirements for marking and identifying vehicles in accordance with AC 150,5210-5, Painting, .Marking, and Lighting of Vehicles bsed on at? 4irporr e. Description ofproper vehicle operations on movement and nonrnovement areas under normal. lost communications, and emergency conditions. d- Penalties for noncompliance with driving riles and regulations, e. T ratmng requirements for vehicle drillers to ensure compliance with the airport operator's vehicle rules and regulations. f. ProvrSiOVSI for radi£3 communication training for construction contractorpersonnel engaged in construction actrvitt °S around aircratl movement areas. 5ornt drivers. M IU r 1 /17/03 such as Construction driz=ers under escort, tnat, not require this ti Linin2. g. Escort procedures for construction vehicles requiring access to aircraft movement areas. A vehicle in the movement area must have a working aviation -band, two-way radio unless it is under escort. Vehicles can be in closed areas without a radio if the closed area is properly marked and lighted to prevent incursions and a NOTAM regarding the closure is issued. h. Monitoring procedures to ensure that vehicle drivers are in compliance with the construction vehicle plan. i. Procedures for, if appropriate, personnel to control access through gates and fencing or across aircraft movement areas. 2-5. CONSTRUCTION EMPLOYEE PARKING AREAS. Designate in advance vehicle parking areas for contractor employees to prevent any unauthorized entry of persons or vehicles onto the airport movement area. These areas should provide reasonable contractor employee access to the job site. 2-6. CONSTRUCTION VEHICLE EQUIPMENT PARKING. Construction employees must park and service all construction vehicles in an area designated by the airport operator outside the runway safety areas and OFZs and never on a closed taxiway or runway. Employees should also park construction vehicles outside the OFA when not in use by construction personnel (e.g., overnight, on weekends, or during other periods when construction is not active). Parking areas must not obstruct the clear line of sight by the ATCT to any taxiways or runways under air traffic control nor obstruct any runway visual aids, signs, or navigational aids. The FAA must also study those areas to determine effects on 14 CFR part 77, Objects Affecting Navigable Airspace, surfaces (see paragraph 2-13 for further information). 2-7RADIO COMMUNICATION TRAINING. The airport operator must ensure that tenant and construction contractor personnel engaged in activities involving unescorted operation or, aircraft movement 2-9 GENEI_AL, AC 150/5370-2E areas observe the proper procedures for communications, including using appropriate radio frequencies at airports with and without ATCTs. Training of contractors on proper communication procedures is essential for maintaining airport operational safety. When operating vehicles on or near open runways or taxiways, construction personnel must understand the critical importance of maintaining radio contact with airport operations, ATCT, or the Common Traffic Advisory Frequency, which may include UTNICOM, MUTLTICOM, or one of the FAA Flight Service Stations (FSS), as directed by airport management. Vehicular traffic crossing active movement areas must be controlled either by two-way radio with the ATCT, escort, flagman, signal •light, or other means appropriate for the particular airport. Vehicle drivers must confirm by personal observation that no aircraft is approaching their position when given clearance to cross a runway. In addition; it is the responsibility of the escort vehicle driver to verify the movement/position of all escorted vehicles at any given time. Even though radio communication is maintained, escort vehicle drivers must also familiarize themselves with ATCT light gun signals in the event of radio failure (see the FAA safety placard "Ground Vehicle Guide to Airport Signs and Markings"). This safety placard may be ordered through the Runway Safety Program Web site at http://w-ww.faarsp.org or obtained from the Regional Airports Division Office. 2-8. FENCING AND GATES. Airport operators and contractors must take care to maintain a high level of safety and security during construction when access points are created in the security fencing to permit the passage of construction vehicles or personnel. Temporary gates should be equipped so they can be securely closed and locked to prevent access by animals and people (especially minors). Procedures should be in place to ensure that only authorized persons and vehicles have access to the AOA and to prohibit "piggybacking" behind another person or vehicle. The Department of Transportation (DOT) document DOT/FA.Ar'AR-00 52, Recommended Security Cnfidelines for Airport Planning and Construction, provides more specific information on fencing. A copy of this document can be obtained from. the Airport Consultants Council, Airports Council International, or American Association of Airport Executives. Section 3. Notification of Construction Activities In order to maintain the desired levels of operational safety on airports during construction activities, the safety plan should contain the notification actions described below. 3 150/5370-2E 10, ENSURING PROMPT NOTIFICATIONS e airport operator should establish and follow )cedures for the immediate notification of airport users I the FAA of any conditions adversely affecting the erational safety of an airport. J. NOTICES TO AIRMEN (NOTAI S). e airport operator must provide information on closed hazardous conditions on airport movement areas to the 5 so it can issue a NOT.AM. The airport operator must rrdinate the issuance, maintenance, and cancellation of )T.AMs about airport conditions resulting from rstnrction activities with tenants and the local air traffic ility (control tower, approach control, or air traffic itrol center. Refer to AC 150/5200-28, Notices to mien (NOTAAls) for Airport Operators, and Appendix i this AC for a sample NOTAM form. Only the FAA i issue or cancel NOTAIv1s on shutdown or irregular ration of FAA -owned facilities. Only the airport rator or an authorized representative may issue or cel NOTAMs on airport conditions. (The airport ier/'operator is the only entity that can close or open a way.) The airport operator must file and maintain this of authorized representatives with the FSS. Any ;on having reason to believe that a NOTA-tvl is sing, incomplete, or inaccurate must notify the airport .,ator. !. AIRCRAFT RESCUE AND FIRE WING (ARFF) NOTIFICATION. safety plan must provide procedures for notifying T personnel, mutual aid providers, and other rgency services if construction requires shutting off or rwise disrupting any water line or fire hydrant on the )rt or adjoining areas and if contractors wort: with rdous material on the airfield. ?notification edures must also be developed for notifying ARFF ill other emergency personnel when the wort; firmed will close or affect any emergency routes. wise, the procedures :oust address appropriate ieations when services are restored. NOTIFICATION TO THE FA..A. ertain airport projects, 14 CFR part 77 requires ication to the FAA. In addition to applications made ederally funded construction, 14 CFR part 7 15, :e of Construction, Alteration, Activation, and 1 /17/03 Deactivation of AirpLris, re�7uires that the airport operator notify the FAA in writing whenever a non -Federally° funded project involves the construction of a new, airport; the construction, realigning, altering, activating, or abandoning of a runway, landing strip, or associated taxiway; or the deactivation or abandoninc of an entire airport. Notification involves submitting FAA Form 7450-1, Notice ofLanding Area Proposal, to the nearest FAA Regional Airports Division Office or Airports District Office. Also, any person proposing any hind of construction or alteration of objects that affect navigable airspace, as defined in 14 CFR part 77 must notify the FAA. This includes construction equipment and proposed parking areas for this equipment (i.e.. cranes, graders; etc.). FAA Form 7460-1, Notice of Proposed Construction or Alteration, can be used for this purpose and submitted to the FAA Regional Airports Division Office or Airports District Office. (See AC 70/7460-2, Proposed - Construction or Alteration of Objects that Mar' Affect the Navigable Airspace.) If construction operations require a shutdown of an airport owned NAVAID from service for more than 24 hours or in excess of hours daily on consecutive days, we recommend a 45-day minimum notice prior to facility shutdown. Coordinate work for a FAA owned NAVAID shutdown with the local FAA Airways Facilities Office. In addition, procedures that address unanticipated utility outages and cable cuts that could impact FAA NAVAIDs must be addressed. 2-14. WORK SCHEDULING AND ACCOMPLISHMENT. Airport operators —or tenants having constriction on their leased properties —should use predesign, prebid, and preconstruction conferences to introduce the subject of airport operational safety during construction (see AC 150/5300-9, Predesign, Prebid, and Preconsmiction Conferences for Airport Grant. Projects). The airport operator, tenants, and construction contractors should integrate operational safety requirements into their planning and work schedules as early as practical. Operational safety should be a standing agenda item for discussion during progress meetings throughout the project. The contractor and airport operator should carry out onsite inspections throughout the project and immediately remedy any deficiencies, whether caused by negligence, oversight, or project scope change. .; r 1 / 17/03 CHAPTER 3. SAFETY STANDARDS AND € UIDELINES AC 150/5370-2E Section I. Runway and Taxiway Safety ,areas, Obstacle -Free Zones, and Object -Free areas 3-1. OVERVIEW. Airport operators must use these safety guidelines when preparing plans and specifications for construction activities in areas that may interfere with aircraft operations. The safety plan should recognize and address these standards for each airport construction project. However, the safety plan must reflect the specific needs of a particular project, and for this .reason, these safety guidelines should not be incorporated verbatim into project specifications. For additional guidance on meeting safety and security requirements, refer to the planning guide template included in Appendix 3 of this AC. 3-2. RUNT -WAY SAFETY AREA (RSA)/ OBSTACLE. -FREE ZONE (OFZ). A runway safety area is the defined surface surrounding the runway prepared or suitable for reducing the risk of damage to airplanes in the event of an undershoot, overshoot, or excursion from the runway (see AC 15015300-13, Ahport Desib ?). Construction activities within the standard RSA are subject to the following conditions: a. Runway edges. (1) No construction may occur closer than 200 feet (60m) from the runway centerline unless the runway is closed or restricted to aircraft operations, requiring an RSA that is equal to the RSA width available during construction, or 400 feet, whichever is less (see AC 150/5300-13, Tables 3-1 througb 3-3). (2) Personnel, material, and/or equipment must not penetrate the OFZ, as defined in AC 150.`5300- 13. l_ (3) The airport operator must coordinate the construction activity in the RSA as permitted above with the ATCT and the FAA Regional Airports Division Office or appropriate Airports District Office and issue a local NOTAM. b. Runway ends. (1) An RSA must be maintained of such dimensions that it extends beyond the end of the runway a distance equal to that which existed before construction activty. . unless the run,.,,•ay is closed or restricted to aircraft operations for which the reduced RSA is adequate (see AC 150r5300-13), The temporary use of declared distances and/or partial runwayclosures may help provide the necessary RSA.. In addition, all personnel, materials, and/or equipment must remain clear of the applicable threshold siting surfaces, as defined inn Appendix 2, "Threshold Siting Requirements," of AC 150/i300-13.' Consult with the appropriate FAA Regional Airports Division Office or Airports District Office to determine the appropriate approach surface required. (2) Personnel, material, and/or equipment must not penetrate the OFZ, as defined in AC 150/5300- 13. (3) The safety plan must provide procedures for ensuring adequate distance for blast protection, if required by operational considerations. (4) The airport operator must coordinate construction activity in this portion of the RSA with the ATC.T and the FAA Regional Airports Division Office or appropriate Airports District Office and issue a local NOTAM. c. Excavations. (1) Construction contractors must prominently mark open trenches and excavations at the construction site with red or orange flags, as approved by the airport operator, and light them with red lights during hours of restricted visibility or darkness. (2) Open trenches or excavations are not permitted within 200 feet (60m) of the runway centerline and at least the existing RSA distance from the runway threshold while the runway is open. if the runway must be opened before excavations are backfilled, cover the excavations appropriately. Coverings for open trenches or excavations must be of sufficient strength to support the weight of the heaviest aircraft operating on the runway. 3-3. TAXIWAY SAFETY AREAS/OB,iECT- FREE AREAS. a. Unrestricted construction activity is permissible adjacent to taxiways when the taxiway is restricted to aircraft such that the available taxiway safety area is equal 'If a full safety area cannot be obtained through declared distances and partial closures, or other methods such as alternate runway use., construction activity may operke, in the RSA as long as conditions cited in paragraph 3-1 b(2) thru (4) are met. In addition, various surfaces outlined in AC 15015300-13 and Terminal Instrument Procedures (Tl RPS ) rust be protected throudr. an aeronautical study. j 150/5370-2E t least of the widest wingspan of the aircraft ected to use the taxiway and the available taxiway :ct-free area is equal to at least .7 tildes the widest gspan plus 10 feet.. (See AC 1-50/ 300-13 for lance or: taxiway `safety and object -free areas.) istruction activity may be accomplished closer to a way. subject to the following restrictions: (1) The activity is first coordinated "Pith the Olt operator. (2) Appropriate NOTAMs are issued. 1 /17/03 main landing gear at the edge of the paz ement), then it will be necessan to move personnel and equipment for each passing aircraft. fir. these situations. flag persons will be used to direct construction equipment, and wing walkers may be necessary to Ruide aircraft. Wing walkers should be airline/aviation personnel ratifier than construction workers. b. Construction contractors must prominently mark open trenches and excavations at the construction site, as approved by the airport operator, and light them with red lights during hours of restricted visibility or darkness (3) Marking and lighting meeting the e. Excavations and open trenches may be permitted -isions of paragraph 3-9 are implemented. up to the edge ofa structural taxiway and apron pavement provided the dro off is marked and lighted perparagraph (4) Adequate clearance is maintained between P_ P � P pment and materials and any part of an aircraft. If '-, `Hazard Marking and Lighting." clearance can only be maintained if an aircraft does lave full use of the entire taxiway width (with its Section 2. Temporary Runway Thresholds OVERVIE'!t4'. ;truction activity in a runway approach area may t in the need to partially close a runway or displace xisting runway threshold in either case, locate the hold in accordance with Appendix 2 of AC 5300-13, Abport Design. Objects that do not trace these surfaces may still be obstructions to air ration and may affect standard instrument approach :dures. Coordinate these objects with the FAA's anal Airports Office or appropriate Airports District e, as necessary. Defer to the current edition of AC >300-13 for guidance on threshold siting rements. The partial runway closure, the icement of the runway threshold, as well as closures complete runway and other portions of the ,meat area also requires coordination with priate- ATCT personnel and airport users. ion regarding partial runway closures: When a NOT -AM for a partial runway closure, clearly state 5 personnel that the portion of pavement located to the threshold is not available for landing and ting traffic. In this case, the threshold has been d for both landing and takeoff purposes (this is ent than a displaced threshold). ple NOTAM: `North 1,000 feet of Runway 18i36 is 1, 7,000 feet remain available on Runway 18 and ay 36 for arrivals and departures." There may be ons where the portion of closed runway is available ding only. If so, the NOT MI M must reflect this :ion. such a displacement may also require an adjustment in the landing distance available and accelerate -stop distance available in the opposite direction. If project scope includes personnel, equipment, excavation, etc, within the RSA of any usable runway end, we do not recommend a displaced threshold unless arrivals and departures toward the construction activity are prohibited. Instead, implement a partial closure. 3-5. MARKING _GUIDELINES FOR i 1 TEMPORARY THRESHOLD. h Ensure that markings for temporary displaced thresholds are clearly visible to pilots approaching the airport to land. When construction personnel and equipment are located close to any threshold, a temporary visual NAVAID, such as runway end identifier lights (REIL), may be required (even on unlighted runways) to define � the new beginning of the runway clearly. A visual vertical guidance device; such as a visual approach slope indicator (VASI), pulse light approach slope indicator t i LASI), or recision roach path indicator PAPI P approach P (F ). F t _t may be necessary to assure landing clearance over personnel, vehicles, equipment, and/or above -grade 1 stockpiled materials. If such devices are installed, ensure an appropriate descriptive NOTAIM is issued to inform pilots of these conditions. The current edition of AC 1 Jcflf >340- t, Standards for Aiiport Markings, describes standard marking colors and layouts. In addition, we recommend that a temporary runway threshold be marked using the following guidelines an regarding displaced thresholds: a. Airpoz markings must be clearly visible to 11 rientation of a displaced threshold affects runway: pilots; not misleading, confising, or deceptive-, secured in place to prevent movement by roc e wash, jet blast, win available for aircraft landing over the p ement. Depending on the reason: for the vortices, or ether cvi�d currents; and constructed. of - t . =er 1Cnt ! tC prt?t•'ide �bStrtFCti�7P_ cle arance or RS 4. i, 1117/03 materials That tivould minimize damage to an aircraft in the et•ent of inadvertent, contact. (1) Pavement markings for temporary closed portions of the runway should consist of yellow chevrons to identify pavement areas that are unsuitable for takeoff/landing (see AC 150/5340-1). If unable to paint the markings on the pavement, construct them from any of the following materials: double -layered painted snow fence, colored plastic, painted sheets of plywood. or similar materials. They must be properly configured and secured to prevent movement by prop wash, jet blast, or other wind currents. (2) It may be necessary to remove or cover runway markings, such as runway designation markings and aiming point markings, depending on the length of construction and type of activity at the airport. (3) When threshold markings are needed to identify the temporary beginning of the runway that is available for landing, use a white threshold bar of the dimensions specified in AC 15015340-1. (4) If temporary outboard elevated or flush threshold bars are used, locate them outside of the runway pavement surface, one on each side of the runway. They should be at least 10 feet (3m) in width and extend outboard from each side of the runway so they are clearly visible to landing and departing aircraft. These threshold bars are white. If the white threshold bars are not discernable on grass or snow, apply a black background with appropriate material over the ground to ensure the markings are clearly visible. (5) A temporary threshold may also be marked with the use of retroreflective, elevated markers. One side of such markers is green to denote the approach end of the runway; the side that is seen by pilots on rollout is red. See AC 150/5345-39, FAA Specificarion L- 853, Runway and Taxiway Retroreflective Markers. (6) At 14 CFR part 139 certificated airports, temporary elevated threshold markers must be mounted with a frangible fitting (see 14 CFR part 139.309). However, at noncertificated airports, the temporary elevated threshold markings may either be. mounted with a frangible fitting or be flexible. See AC 150/5345-39. b. The application rate of the paint to marl: a short - tern? temporary runway threshold may deviate from the standard (see Item P-60, "Runway and Taxiway Painting," in AC 1,50/53"10-10, Standards for Spegi ring Construction ofAhports), but the dimensions must meet the existing standards, unless coordinated with the appropriate offrces. e. When a runway is partially closed, the distance remaining signs for aircraft landing in the opposite direction should be covered or removed during the construction. AC 150/5370-2E 3-6. LIG11TI\G GUIDELINES FOR TEMPORARY THRESHOLD. A temporary runway threshold must be lighted if the - runway is lighted and it is the intended threshold for night landings or instrument meteorological conditions. We recommend that temporary threshold lights and related visual NAVAIDs be installed outboard of the edges of the full-strength pavement with bases at grade level or as low as possible, but not to exceed 3 inches (1.6cm) above ground. When any portion of a base is above grade, place properly compacted fill around the base to minimize the rate of gradient change so aircraft can, in an emergency, cross at normal landing or takeoff speeds without incurring significant damage (see AC 150,15370-10). We recommend that the following be observed when using temporary runway threshold lighting: a. Maintain threshold and edge lighting color and spacing standards as described in AC 150/5340-24, Rzrrrwat1 and Taxiway, Edge Lighting Systen7. Battery -powered, solar, or portable lights that meet the criteria in AC 15015345-50, Specificationfor Portable Runivay Lights, may be used. These systems are intended primarily for visuaf flight rules (VFR) aircraft operation but may be used for instrument flight rules (IFR) aircraft operations, upon individual approval from the Flight Standards Division of the applicable FAA Regional Office. b. When the runway has been partially closed, disconnect edge and threshold lights with associated isolation transformers on that part of the runway at and behind the threshold (i.e., the portion of the runway that is closed). Alternately, cover the light fixture in such a way as to prevent light leakage. Avoid removing the lamp from energized fixtures because an excessive number of isolation transformers with open secondaries may damage the regulators and/or increase the current above its normal value. c. Secure, identify, and place any temporary exposed wiring in conduit to prevent electrocution and fire ignition sources. d. Reconfigure yellow lenses (caution zone), as necessary. If the runway has centerline lights, reconfigure the red lenses, as necessary, or place the centerline lights out of service. Relocate the visual glide slope indicator (VGSI), such as VAST and PAPI; other airport lights, such as REIL; and approach lights to identify the temporary thresh c,ld, Another option is to disable the VGSI or any equipment that would give misleading indications to pilots as to the new threshold location. Installation of temporary visual aids may be necessary to provide adequate guidance to pilots on approach to the affected UnwaA If the 1t:A.A owns and operates the VGSI, 150/5370-2E Drdinate its installation or disabling with the local sway Facilities Systems Man.agenw t office, OVERVIEW. 1 /17!03 f. Issue a NOTAMI to Inform pilots of terrporall lighting conditions. Section 3. Either Construction Marking and Lighting Activities ;ure that construction areas, including closed runways, clearly and visibly separated from movement areas that hazards, facihties, Cables. and power lines are :Itified prominently for construction contractors. oughout the duration of the construction project, ify that these areas remain clearly marked and visible 11 times and that marking and lighting aids remain in :e and operational. Routine inspections must be made -mporary construction lighting, especially battery- ,ered lighting since weather conditions can limit ery life. CLOSED RUNWAY AND TAXIWAY RISING AND LIGHTING. ;ed runway markings consist of a yellow "X" in pliance with the standards of AC 150/5340-1, dat ds for Ab port Markings. A very effective and gable visual aid to depict temporary closure is the ed "X" signal placed on or near the runway tnation numbers. This device is much more :rnible to approaching aircraft than the other rials described. if the lighted "X" is not available, tract the marking of any of the following materials: le -layered painted snow fence, colored plastic, ed sheets of plywood, or similar materials. They be properly configured and secured to prevent ;went by prop wash, jet blast, or other wind currents. dition, the airport operator may install barricades, c cones, activate stop bars, or other acceptable visual es at major entrances to the runways to prevent Ift from entering a closed portion of runway. The meat of even a single reflective barricade u'rith a "do iter" sign on a taxiway centerline can prevent an .ft from continuing onto a closed runway. if the ay must remain open for aircraft crossings, ades or markings, as described above or in raph 3-9, should be placed on the runway. Permanently closed runways. nways and taxiways that have been permanently disconnect the lighting circuits. For runways, ate the threshold markina, runway designation 19, and touchdown zone mar -kings, and place `.X's" at nd and at 1,000-foot (300-rt) intervals. For taxiways, ur "-X" at the entrance of the closed taxiway. b. Temporarily closed runway and ta-dways. For runways that have beer. temporarily closed, place an "X" at the each end of the runway. With taxiways, place an "X" at the entrance of the closed taxiway. c. Temporarily closed airport. When the airport is closed temporarily, mark the runways as closed and turn off the airport beacon. d. Permanently closed airports When the airport is closed permanently. mark the runways as permanently closed, disconnect the airport beacon, and place an "X" in the segmented circle or at a central location if no segmented circle exists. 3-9. HAZARD MARbaNG AND LIGHTING. Provide prominent, comprehensible warning indicators for any area affected by construction that is normally accessible to aircraft, personnel, or vehicles. Casing appropriate hazard marking and lighting may prevent damage, injury, traffic delays, and/or facility closures. Hazard marking and lighting must restrict access and make specific hazards obvious to pilots, vehicle drivers, and other personnel. Barricades, traffic cones (weighted or sturdily attached to the surface), or flashers are acceptable methods used to identify and define the limits of construction and hazardous areas on airports. Provide temporary hazard marking and lighting to prevent aircraft from taxiing onto a closed runway for takeoff and to identify_ open manholes, small areas under repair, stockpiled material, and waste areas. Also consider less obvious construction -related hazards and include markings to identify FAA., airport, and National Weather Service to cables and power lines; instrument landing system (1LS) critical areas; airport surfaces, such as RSA. OFA, and OF'Z, and other sensitive areas to make it easier for contractor personnel to avoid these areas. The construction specifications must include a provision requiring the contractor to have a person on call 24 hours a day for emergency maintenance of airport hazard lighting and barricades. The contractor must file the contact person's information with the airport. a. Nom-hove„sert a_-eas. Indicate construction locations on normiovement areas in which no part of an aircraft may enter by using barricades that are mark-ed with diagonal, alternating ornnge and rvhit stripes. Barricades may be supplemented with alternating 1117/03 orange and white flags at least 20 by 20 inches (50 by 50 enl ) square and made and installed so ti`rey are always in an extended position, properly oriented, and securely fastened to eliminate jqt engine ingestion. Such barricades may be many different shapes and made from various materials, including railroad ties, sawhorses. jersey barriers. or barrels. During reduced visibility or night hours, supplement the barricades with red lights. either flashing or steady -burning. which should meet the luminance requirements of the State Highway Department (yellow lights are not acceptable after October 1, 2004). The intensity of the lights and spacing for barricade flags and lights must adequately and without ambiguity delineate the hazardous area. b. Movement areas. Use orange traffic cones; red lights, either flashing or steady -burning, which should meet the luminance requirements of the State Highway Department (yellow lights are not acceptable after October 1, 2004); collapsible barricades marked with diagonal, alternating orange and white stripes; and/or signs to separate all construction/maintenance areas from the movement area. All barricades, temporary markers, and other objects placed and left in safety areas associated with any open runway, taxiway, or taxilane must be as low as possible to the ground; of low mass; easily collapsible upon contact with an aircraft or any of its components; and weighted or sturdily attached to the surface to prevent displacement from prop wash, jet blast, wing vortex, or other surface wind currents. If affixed to the surface, they must be frangible at grade level or as low as possible, but not to exceed 3 inches (7.6cm) above the ground, Do not use nonfrangible hazard markings, such as concrete barriers andi'or metal -drum -type barricades, in aircraft movement areas. Do not use railroad ties on runways. Use highly reflective barriers with flashing or steady - burning red lights to barricade taxiways leading to closed runways. Evaluate all operating factors whin determining how to mark temporary closures that can last from 10 to 15 minutes to a much longer period of time. However, we strongly recommend that, even for closures of relatively short duration, major taxiway/runway intersections be identified with barricades spaced no greater than 20 feet (6m) apart. Mark the barricades with a flashing or steady -burning red light. At a minimum, use a single barricade placed on the taxiway centerline. 3-10. CONSTRUCTION NEAR NAVIGATIONAL AIDS (?N AVAIDS). ,onstruction activities, materials/equipment storage, and vehicle parll_ing near electronic NAVAIDs require special consideration since they may Interfere with signals essential to air navigation. Evaluate the effect of construction activity and the required distance and direction from the NAVAID for each construction proiect. I'ay particular attention to stocl_pil.ing material, as well as AC 150/5370-2E to movement and parking of eiluipnlent that may interfere with line of sight from the ATCT or with electronic enrissions. Interference from construction may require NAVAID shutdown or adjustment of instrument approach minimums for IFR. This condition requires that a NOTAM be filed. Construction activities and materials/equipment storage near a NAVAID may also obstruct access to the equipment and uistruments for maintenance. Before commencing construction activity, parking vehicles, or storing construction equipment and materials near a NAVAID, consult with the nearest FAA Airway Facilities Office. 3-11. CONSTRUCTION SITE ACCESS AND HAUL ROADS. Determine the construction contractor's access to the construction sites and haul roads. Do not permit the construction contractor to use any access or haul roads other than those approved. Construction contractors must submit speck proposed routes associated with construction activities to the airport operator for evaluation and approval as part of the safety plan before beginning construction activities. These proposed routes must also provide specifications to prevent inadvertent entry to movement areas. Pay special attention to ensure that ARFF right of way on access and haul roads is not impeded at any time and that construction traffic on haul roads does not interfere with NAVAIDs or approach surfaces of operational runways. 3-12. CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL STOCKPILING. Stockpiled materials and equipment storage are not permitted within the RSA and OFZ of an operational runway. The airport operator must ensure that stockpiled materials and equipment adjacent to these areas are Prominently marked and lighted during hours of restricted visibility or darkness. This includes determining and verifying that materials are stored at an approved location to prevent foreign object damage and attraction of wildlife. 3-13. OTHER LIMITATIONS ON' CONSTRUCTION. Contractors may not use open -flame welding or torches unless adequate fire safety precautions are provided and the airport operator has approved their use. Under no circumstances should flare pots be used within the AOA at any time. The use of electrical blasting caps must not be permitted on or within 1,000 feet (300m) of the airport property (see AC 150 5370-10, StczrtdalilS for Spec frig C012s^Ir iiciio�e qj .4TrportS�. 150{5370-2- 4. FOREIGN OBJECT DEBRIS (FOIE) LNACE-MEI'T. ste and loose materials, commonly referred to as FOD, capable of causirig damage to aircraft landing gears, Tellers, and jet engines. Construction contractors muse i. OVERVIEW. 1 /17/03 not leave or place FOD on or near active aircraft movement areas. Materials tracked onto these areas must be continuously removed during the construction project. We also recommend that airport operators and Construction contractors carefully control and continuously remove waste or loose materials that Might attract wildlife, y Section 4. Safety Haza,,ds and Impacts situations identified below are potentially hazardous htions that may occur during airport construction ects. Safety area encroachments, unauthorized and roper ground vehicle operations, and unmarked or veered holes and trenches near aircraft operating ices pose the most prevalent threats to airport ational safety during airport construction projects. ort operators and contractors should consider the wing when performing inspections of construction ity: a. Excavation adjacent to runways, taxiways, and 3s. b. Mounds of earth, construction materials, orary structures, and other obstacles near any open ay, taxiway, or taxilane; in the related object -free and aircraft approach or departure areas/zones; or ucting any sign or marking. Runway resurfacing projects resulting in lips :ding 3 inches (7.6cm) from pavement edges and 1. Heavy equipment (stationary or mobile) tine or idle near AOAs, in runway approaches and tures areas, or in OFZs. . Equipment or material near N V-AJ }s that may de or impair radiated signals and/or the monitoring igational and visual aids. Unauthorized or per vehicle operations in localizer or glide slope d areas, resulting in electronic interference and%or y shutdown. Tall and especially relatively low -visibility units ;quipment with slim profiles) --cranes, drills, and r objects —located in critical areas, such as OFZs sproach zones. Improperly positioried or malfunctioning lights .01 airpor hazards, such as holes or excavations. apron. open taxiway, or open taxilane or in a safety-, approach: or departure area. sand, mud, paving materials, etc.) on airport pavements may result in aircraft propeller, turbine engine, or tire damage. Also, loose materials may blow about, potentially causing personal iniury or equipment damage. i. Inappropriate or poorly maintained fencing during construction intended to deter human and animal intrusions into the AOA. Fencing and other markings that are inadequate to separate construction areas from open AOAs create aviation hazards. i. Improper or inadequate marking or lighting of runways (especially thresholds that have been displaced or runways that have been closed) and taxiways that could cause pilot confusion and provide a potential for a runway incursion. Inadequate or improper methods of marking, barricading, and lighting of temporarily closed portions of AOAs create aviation hazards. k. Wildlife attractants —such as trash (food scraps not collected from construction personnel activity), grass seeds, or ponded water —on or near airports, 1. Obliterated or faded markings on active operational areas. arc. Misleading or malfunctioning obstruction lights. Unlighted or unmarked obstructions in the approach to any open runway pose aviation hazards. n. Failure to issue, update, or cancel NOTAAMs about airport or runway closures or other construction -related airport conditions. o. Failure to mark and identify utilities or power cables. Damage to utilities and power cables during construction activity can result in the loss of runu3ayltaxiway lighting; loss of navigational, visual, or approach aids; disruption of weather reporting sem ices; and/or loss of communications. p. Restrictions on ARFF access from fire stations to the runway-tali€€gay system of airport buildings. q. Lack of radio communications with construction vehicles in airport movement areas. r Obstacles, loose pavement, trash, and other on or near, Construction debris (gravel - ..s r. Objects. regardless of ;whether they are marked or flagged, or activities a-nywhere 0111 or near an airport 1117/03 that could be distracting. confusing, or alarrning to pilots during aircraft operations. s. Watyr, snow , dirt. debris, or other contaminants that temporarily obscure or derogate the visibility of runway/ta?;iway marking, lighting< and pavement edges. Any condition or factor that obscures or diminishes the visibility of areas under construction. t. Spillage from vehicles (gasoline, diesel fuel, oil, etc.) on active pavernent areas, such as runways, taxiways, ramps, and airport roadways. u. Failure to maintain drainage system integrity during construction (e.g., no temporary drainage provided when working on a drainage system). AC 150/5370-2E v. Failure to provide for proper electrical lockout and tagging procedures. At larger airports with multiple maintenancti shifts workers, construction contractors - S-hould make provisions for coordinating work on circuits. w. Failure to control dust. Consider limiting the amount of area from which the contractor is allowed to strip turf f. Exposed wiring that creates an electrocution or fire ignition hazard. Identify and secure wiring, and place it in conduit or bury it. y. Site burning, which can cause possible obscuration. z. Construction work taking place outside of designated work areas and out of phase. I 1l17/03 AC 150/5370-2E APPENDIX t RELATED READING MATERIAL I. Obtain the latest version of the following free publications from the FAA on its Web site at http://www.faa.gov/arp/. In addition, these ACs are available by contacting the U.S. Depa-anent of Transportation, Subsequent Distribution Office. SVC- 12I 23, Ardmore East Business Center, 3341 Q 75th Avenue, Landover, MD 20785. a. AC 150/5200-28, Notices to Airmen (Y07:411.f1 for Airpot7 Operators Provides guidance- for the use of the NOTA_M System in airport reporting. b. AC 150/5200-30, Aitport Winter Safety) and Operations. Provides guidance to airport owners/operators on the development of an acceptable airport snow and ice control program and on appropriate field condition reporting procedures. c. AC 150/5200-33, Hazardous Wildlife Attractants On or Near.4hports. Provides guidance on locating certain land uses having the potential to attract hazardous wildlife to public -use airports. d. AC 150,15210-5, Painting, Marking, and Lighting of Vehicles Used on an Airport. Provides guidance, specifications, and standards for painting, marking, and lighting vehicles operating in the airport air operations areas. e. AC 150/5220-4, I3'ater Supply Svstems for Aircraft Fire and Resezte Protection. Provides guidance for the selection of a water source and standards for the design of a distribution system to support aircraft rescue and fire fighting service operations on airports. L AC 150/5340-1, Standards for- Airport Markings, Contains FAA standards for markings used on airport runways, taxiways, and aprons. h. AC 15Q'z3 0-I S, Start��arc�!s fc�r Airport Sign Si -sterns, Contains FAA standards for the siting and installation of signs on airport runways and taxiways. _. AC 15W57 345-28, Precision Approach Patl2 Indicator (P_4PI1 Svstenm Contains the FAA standards for PAPI systems, which provide pilots with visual glide slope guidance during approach for landing. L j. AC 15015380-5, Debris Hazards at Civil Airports. Discusses problems at airports, gives information on foreign objects, and explains how to eliminate such objects from operational areas. k AC 7017460-2, Proposed Construction or Alteration of Objects that May Affect the Navigable Air space. Provides information to persons proposing to erect or alter an object that may affect navigable airspace and explains the need to notify the FAA before construction begins and the FAA's response to those notices, as required by 14 CFR part 77. 2. Obtain copies of the following publications from the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402. Send a check or money order made payable to the Superintendent of Documents in the amount stated with your request. The Government Printing Office does not accept C.O.D. orders. In addition, the FAA makes these ACs available at no charge on the Web site at http://Wvt'R�.faa.gov/arp/. a. AC 150/5300-13,AhportDesign. Contains t FAA standards and recommendations for airport design, establishes approach visibility minimums as an airport design parameter, and contains the object -free area and 1 the obstacle free -zone criteria. (S26. Supt. Docs.) SNO50-007-01208-0. 1 b. AC 150,`5370-10,Statndarzirfor.Specifi�ing ., g. AC 150/5340-148, Economy Approach Lighting Consrructian o/Airpor�s. Provides standards for 4ids. Describes standards for the design, selection, siting, construction of airports. Items covered include and maintenance of economy approach lighting aids. earthwork, drainage, paving, turfiing, lighting, and incidental construction. (S 18. Supt. Does.) SN050-007- 0811-0. 150/5370-2E AIR. OPERATIONS AREA (AOA). Any area of airport used or intended to be used for the landing, takeoff, or surface maneuvering of aircraft. An air aerations area includes such paved or unpaved areas that used or intended to be used for the unobstructed Ovement of aircraft in addition to its associated runways, taxiways, or aprons. CLI,CONSTRUCTION. The presence and movement of struction-related personnel, equipment, and materials in any location that could infringe upon the movement of raft. 3 CERTIFICATED AIRPORT. An airport that has been issued an Airport Operating Certificate by the FAA u er the authority of 14 CFR part 139, Certification and :ration: Land Airports Serving Certain Air Carriers, or its subsequent revisions. I FAA FORM 7460-1, NOTICE OF PROPOSED INSTRUCTION OR ALTERATION. The form submitted to the FAA Regional Air Traffic or Airports x vision Office as formal written notification of any kind I Onstruction or alteration of objects that affect 1 ' =tgable airspace, as defined in 14 CFR part 77, Objects kffecting Navigable Airspace (see AC 70./7460-2, 'gosed Construction or Alteration of Objects that A4, t ,ct the Navigable Ahspace, found at ittp://www.faa.gov/arp/). 4i, .. FAA FORM 7480-1, NOTICE OF LANDING 4 _"PA PROPOSAL. Form submitted to the FAA. airports Regional Division Office or Airports District ErTce as formal written notification whenever a project out an airport layout plan on file with the FAA Ives the construction of a new airport; the onstmetion, realigning, altering, activating, or Aoning of a runway, landing strip, or associated r'ay; or the deactivation or abandoning of an entire uport (found at httP:/1wmw.faa.gov/arp�. ( 'MOVEMENT AREA. The runways, taxiways, and lt areas of an airport that are used for taxiing or hover ing, air taxiing, takeoff: and landing of aircraft, w1usive of loading ramps and aircraft parking areas 1rence 14 CFR part 139}. -0,BSTRUCTION. Any object/obstacle exceeding to obstruction standards specified by 14 CFR part 77, r art C. 1117/03 9. OBJECT -FREE AREA (OFA). An area on the ground centered on the runway, way, taxiway, or taxilane centerline provided to enhance safety of aircraft operations by having the area free of objects except for those objects that need to be located in the OFA for air navigation or aircraft ground maneuvering purposes (see AC 150,15300-13, Ah-port Design, for additional guidance on OFA standards and wingtip clearance criteria). 9. OBSTACLE -FREE ZONE (OFZ). The airspace below 150 feet (45rn) above the established airport elevation and along the runway and extended runway centerline that is required to be clear of all objects, except for frangible visual NAVAIDs that need to be located in the OFZ because of their function, in order to provide clearance protection for aircraft landing or taking off from the runway and for missed approaches (refer to AC 150/5300-13 for guidance on OFZs). 10. RUNWAY SAFETY AREA (RSA). A defined surface surrounding the runway prepared or suitable for reducing the risk of damage to airplanes in the event of an undershoot, overshoot, or excursion from the runway, in accordance with AC 150/5300-13. I I. TAXIWAY SAFETY AREA. A defined surface alongside the taxiway prepared or suitable for reducing the risk of damage to an airplane unintentionally departing the taxiway, in accordance with AC 15015300- 13. 12. THRESHOLD. The beginning of that portion of the runway available for landing. In some instances, the landing threshold may be displaced. 13. DISPLACED THRESHOLD. The portion of pavement behind a displaced threshold that may be available for takeoffs in either direction or landing from the opposite direction. 14. VISUAL GLIDE SLOPE INDICATOR (VOSI). This device provides a visual glide slope indicator to landing pilots. These systems include precision approach path indicators (PA.r'Is), visual approach slope indicators (VASIs), and pulse light approach slope indicators (PLASis). 1 /17/03 Aviation Safety Requirements During Construction PURPOSE. 77ris apperrdixprovides airport operators i,vith boderplate. fonnat and larrartage fort developing a safey, plans for cin airport corrstt7retiort pro;ect- Adapt this appendix, as applicable, to specific conditions found ors the air port, for- which the platy is being developed Consider inchiding, a copy of this safety; plan in the construction drawings for easy access by contractor personnel. flans should contain the. following.• 1. GEl!'ER.AL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS. Throughout the construction project, the following safety and operational practices should be observed: • Operational safety should be a standing agenda item during progress meetings throughout the construction project. • The contractor and airport operator must perform onsite inspections throughout the project, with immediate remedy of any deficiencies, whether caused by negligence, oversight, or project scope change. • Airport runways and taxiways should remain in use by aircraft to the maximum extent possible. • Aircraft use of areas near the contractor's work should be controlled to minimize disturbance to the contractor's operation. • Contractor, subcontractor, and supplier employees or any unauthorized persons must be restricted from entering an airport area that would be hazardous. • Construction that is within the safety area of an active runway, taxiway, or apron that is performed under normal operational conditions must be performed when the runway, taxiway, or apron is closed or use -restricted and initiated only with prior permission from the airport operator, The contracting officer, airport operator, or other designated airport representative may order the contractor to suspend operations; move personnel, equipment, and materials to a safe location; and stand by until aircraft use is completed. AC 150,":Z370-2c Notice to Airmen (NOT -M) System) of proposed location:, time, and date of c0nunencen1ent of construction. Upon completion of wort: and return of all such areas to standard conditions, the contractor must, through the airport operator, verify the cancellation of all notices issued via the NOTAM System. Throughout the duration of the construction project, the contractor must — a. Be aware of and understand the safety problems and hazards described in AC 150/5370-2, Operational Safety on Airports During Constr-lrctiorr. h. Conduct activities so as not to violate any safety standards contained in AC 150(5370-2 or any of the references therein. c. Inspect all construction and storage areas as often as necessary to be aware of conditions. cL Promptly take all actions necessary to prevent or remedy any unsafe or potentially unsafe conditions as soon as they are discovered. 3. APPROACH CLEARANCE TO RUNWAYS. Runway thresholds must provide an unobstructed approach surface Over equipment and materials. (Refer to Appendix 2 in AC 150/5300-13, Airport Design, for guidance in this area.) 4. RUNWAY AND TAXIWAY SAFETY AREA (RSA AND TSA). Limit construction to outside of the approved RSA, as shown on the approved airport layout plan —unless the runway is closed or restricted to aircraft operations, requiring a lesser standard RSA that is equal to the RSA f available during construction (see AC 150'5370-2 for ; exceptions). Construction activity within the TSA is permissible when the taxiway is opens to aircraft traffic if adequate wingtip clearance exists between the aircraft and equipmentimaterial; evacuations, trenches. or other conditions are conspicuously marled and lighted; and local NOT.AMs are in effect for the activity (see AC IJO;`5300-13 for wing clearance requirements). The NOT W-, should state that, "personnel and equipment are working adjacent to Taxiway $•4 .edl_2 rPf for ntroio6tiae aPswuS_ edges. STRL"C>ION H—K I EE� �� C� A_I_ FACILITIES MAINTENANCE, Limit construction to no closer than 200 feet (50m) from the runway centerline —unless Before beginning any construction activity, the contractor the runway is closed or restricted to aircraft must, through the airport operator. give notice rusinE the operations, requuing a lesser standard RSA I 11 G 150/5370-2E that is equal to the RSA available during construction. • Prevent personnel, material. and%or equipment, as defined in AC 150:5 300-13. Paragraph 306, "Obstacle Free Zone (OFZ)," fi•om penetrating the OFZ. 1/17/03 E Coordinate construction activit•.- cx•ith the Ainoort Trat-i; Control Tower t ATCTI and FAA Regional Aiiports Division: Office or Airports District Office, and through the airport operator. issue an appropriate NOT —M. Complete the following chart to determine the area drat rtztcst he pJ-oreete y alone the rionvw, r edges: Runway Aircraft Approach Airplane RSA Width in Feet Divided by 2* Category* Resign Group* A, B, C, or D I,1I, M. or 1V D IV 250—FEET 8/26 D IV 250—FEET _ 17L/35R B ZI 75—FEET *See AC 150(5300-13, Airport Design, to complete the chart for a specific runway. Procedures for protecting runway ends. • Prevent personnel, material, and/or equipment, • Maintain the RSA from the runway as defined in AC 150%5300-13, from penetrating threshold to a point at least the distance from the obstacle -free zone. the runway threshold as existed before • Ensure adequate distance for blast protection is construction activity —unless the runway is provided, as needed. closed or restricted to aircraft operations, requiring an RSA that is equal to the RSA • Coordinate construction activity with the ATCT length available during construction in and FAA Regional Airports Division Office or accordance with AC 150/5300-13. This Airports District Office, and through the airport may involve the use of declared distances operator, issue an appropriate NOTAM. and partial runway closures (see AC 1501533 for exceptions). • Provide a drawing showing the profile of the appropriate surfaces of each runway end where • Ensure all personnel, materials, and/or construction will take place. Where operations equipment are clear of the applicable by turbojet aircraft are anticipated, review threshold siting criteria surface, as defined takeoff procedures and jet blast characteristics of in Appendix 2. "Threshold Siting aircraft and incorporate safety measures for Requirements," of AC 150,15300-13. construction workers in the contract documents. IU 1 /17/03 AC 150.?53710-2r Complete the following chart to deterinine the c1re4l that 11711si fe protected belol e the t il77i -a- rhreshoLi Rturcvay End Airplane Aircraft Minimum Safety Area Minimurn Unobstlacied Number ' Design Group* Approach Prior to the Thresholds Approach Slop: Category* I, Il, III, or IV A,B,C,QrD 17R 35L IV D 1, 000: FEET : 1 to (threshold) 50.1 (17R)/34:'l (35L) 8 / 26 IV D 1, OOa FEET : l to (threshold) 3 :I (8)/30:1 (26) 17L/35R II B : FEET 20 : 1 to (threshold) T7: FEET : t to (threshold) *See AC 150, 5300-13, iigort Design, to complete the chart for a specific runway. 5. MARKING AND LIGHTING FOR the airport operatoricontractor, as specified in the TEMPORARY THRESHOLDS. contract, and will be depicted on the plains. Marking and lighting for a temporary threshold is X /is not required. The airport owner or contractor, as specified in the contract, will fitrnish and maintain markings for temporary thresholds. Precision approach path indicators (PAPIs) or runway end identification lights (REIL) are * /are not required. The airport owner or contractor, as specified in the contract, will furnish and install all temporary lighting. Include appropriate items per AC 150/5370-2, Chapter 3, "Safety Standards and Guidelines." If inaiAing and lighting for the temporary threshold is not required, delete this section of the safety plan. If visual aids and/or markings are necessarj. provide details. (Include applicable 14 CFR part 77 surfaces in the contract documents.) 6. CLOSED RUNWAY MARKINGS AND LIGHTING. The following must be specified for closed runways. Closed runway marking are X r'are not required. Closed runway markings will be as shown on the plans / as furnished by the airport owner /other (specify). Barricades, flagging, and flashers are X Faze not required at Taxiway and Runway and will be supplied by the airport /other X (specify). THE CONTRACTOR 7. HA74RDOUS AREA MARKING M D LIGHTING. Hazardous areas on the movement area will be marled with barricades, traffic cones, flags, or flashers (specify). These rnailkings restrict access and make hazards obvious to aircraft, personnel, and vehicles. During periods of low visibility and at nizht. identiA; hazardous areas with red flashing or steady -burning lights (specify). The hazardous area marl, frig and lighting t Fll be supplied by 8. TEMPORARY LIGHTING AND MARKING. Airport markings, lighting, and/or signs will be altered in the following manner (specify) during the period from to The alterations are depicted on the plans. *REFER TO THE PLANS 9. VEHICLE OPERATION MARKING AND CONTROL. Include the following provisions in the construction contract, and address them in the safety plans: s When any vehicle, other than one that has prior approval from the airport operator, must travel over any portion of an aircraft movement area, it will be escorted and properly identified. To operate in those areas during daylight hours, the vehicle must have a flag or beacon attached to it. Any vehicle operating on the movement areas during hours of darkness or reduced visibility must be equipped with a flashing dome -tape light, the color of which is in accordance with local or state codes. b. It may be desirable to clearly identify the vehicles for control purposes by either assigned initials or numbers that are prominently displayed on each side of the vehicle. The identification symbols should be at minimum 8-inch (20-cm) block -type characters of a contrasting color and easy to read. They may be applied either by using tape or a water-soluble paint to facilitate removal, magnetic sitrns are also acceptable. In addition, vehicles inust display iQenti fS;atijra iile-dta, cl1:: SpeGtf3eLE tUn the approved security plap.. (This section shouldbe rei4sed to coi;form to the airpot~ operator's requh-e-inents, r i. 15015370-2E c. Employee parking shall be DEFER TO THE SPECIAL PR0VISIQ eifV location), as designated by the airport manager / . ject engineer :other (specif)?j. d. Access to the job site shall be viaCONTRACTORS ( ecify route), as shown on the plans /designated the engineer /designated by the erintendent g /desi nated by the ai�rrp�ort manager ,other X(specify). SHDWN IN P e. At 14 CFR part 134 certificated and towered airports, all vehicle operators having access to the vement area must be familiar with airport procedures the operation of ground vehicles and the consequences 0 oncompliance. PFf. If the airport is certificated and/or has a security p _ ,a, the airport operator should check for guidance on the additional identification and control of construction rpment. NAVIGATIONAL AIDS. C ' contractor must not conduct any construction activity Lhrin navigational aid restricted areas without prior approval from the local FAA Airway Facilities sector esentative. Navigational aids include instrument Ling system components and very high -frequency `udirectional range, airport surveillance radar. Such estricted areas are depicted on construction plans. �__ LIMITATIONS Ole' CONSTRUCTION. � itional limitations on construction include— s. Prohibiting open -flame welding or torch cutting perations unless adequate fire safety precautions are ided and these operations have been authorized by a'Uport operator (as tailored to con form to local eguiretnenats and restrictions). 1 /17/013 b. Prominently marking open trenches excavations. and stockpiled materials at the construction and lighting these obstacles during hours of restricted v isibility and - darkness. GALE c. Markin- and lighting closed, deceptive, and hazardous areas on airports, as appropriate. IANS d. Constraining stockpiled material to prevent its movement as a result of the maximum anticipated aircraft blast and forecast wind conditions. I.Z. RADIO COMMUNICATIONS. Vehicular traffic located in or crossing an active movement area must have a working two-way radio in contact with the control tower or -be escorted by a person in radio contact with the tower. The driver, through personal observation, should confirm that no aircraft is approaching the vehicle position. Construction personnel may operate in a movement area without two-way radio communication provided a NOTAM is issued closing the area and the area is properly marked to prevent incursions. Two-way radio cornmunications are X ;are not required between contractors and the Airport Traffic Control Tower X /FAA Flight Service Station (Airport Aeronautical Advisory Stations (UNICOM/CTAF) . Radio contact is X pis not required between the hours of * and Continuous monitoring is required for is required only when equipment movement is necessary in certain areas X . (This section may be tailored to snit the speck vehicle and safety requirements of the airport sponsor.) *24 HOURS PER DAY 13. DEBRIS. Waste and loose material must not be placed in active movement areas. Materials tracked onto these areas must be removed continuously during the work project. I Ill 7103 FAA NOTAM -l"; AIRPORT I.D. NOTAM TEXT: AIRPORT DATE: TIME: NOTIFICATON: ####TOWER PHONEV INITIALS TIME CALLED IN BY FSS PHONE# INITIALS TIME CALLED IN BY AIRLINES CANCELLED: NOTIFICATON: ###'ft4TOWER PHONE# # Irr p- 4, F S S INITIALS TIME CALLED IN BY PHONE # INITIALS TIME CALLED IN BY AIRLINES AC 150!5370-2E �g Fill f IJ f Lj U.S. DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION SOUTHWEST REGION SW 5200.5B 2/15/96 SUB,: AIRPORT SAFETY DURING FAA -FUNDED AIRPORT CONSTRUCTION AND FAA FACILITIES MAINTENANCE 1. PURPOSE. This Order establishes airport safety standards for FAA -funded construction (Airport Improvement Program and Facilities and Equipment Program) and FAA facilities maintenance. 2. DISTRIBUTION. This Order is distributed to the Section level in the Airports and Airway Facilities Divisions, to the Branch level in the Flight Standards, Air Traffic, and Civil Aviation Security Divisions, to the Fort Worth Flight Procedures Office, to all Southwest Region field offices and facilities, and to F & E Field Installation/Construction Representatives. 3. CANCELLATION. Order SW 5200.5A, Airport Safety During FAA -Funded Airport Construction and FAA Facilities Maintenance, dated 6/6/89, is canceled. 4. EXPLANATiON OF CHANGES. This Order revises and updates safety criteria for consistency with current FAA publications and updates references to regional organizations. 5. DEFINITIONS. a. Airport Elevation - the highest point on the landing surface of an airport. b. Certificated Airport - an airport which, by law, is safety -regulated by the FAA under Part 139 of the Federal Aviation Regulations, and which operates under specific safety requirements which apply to maintenance and construction activities on the airport. Certificated airports are listed in Appendix 2. c. Displaced Threshold - A threshold that is located at a point on the runway other than the designated beginning of the runway. A temporary displacement may be used to provide landing aircraft adequate clearance over construction equipment or other objects in the approach area of a runway or adjacent to a runway. Ul5trtnution: l�-h-3(t-�,f=, ,Hi',t�5�; H-x-4(AF); inittatecf By- ASW-620 A-FOF-0 (maximum); A-FAF-10; A-FAS-1 I W 5200.58 2/ 5/96 d. Obstacle Free Zone (OFZ) - an FAA airport design standard for a volume of airspace rove a runway. The components are the Runway 0Fz, Inner -transitional surface OFZ, and Inner- )proach 4FZ. e. Obstruction - any structure, natural growth, vehicle or construction material which ,netrates any airport imaginary surface defined by FAR Part 77, including primary, transitional, ,proach, horizontal, and conical surfaces. f. Relocated Threshold - a runway end which is not located at the physical end of the vement. This may occur if part of a runway is closed, and a relocated threshold is established the beginning of the usable pavement. (Dote: this term is not used in the Notice to Airmen stem.) g. Safety Area - the ground surface next to runways, taxiways, and aircraft parking areas rich is expected to be graded, drained and free of any hazardous surface variations and nfrangible objects, the purpose of which is to reduce the risk of damage to an aircraft advertently leaving airport pavement. h. Small Aircraft - an aircraft weighing 12,500 lbs or less maximum certificated takeoff ight. I. Large Aircraft - an aircraft weighing more than 12,500 lbs. maximum certificated takeoff ight. PROCEDURES. Aviation safety is a primary consideration during airport construction and ilities maintenance. These activities shall be planned and scheduled to minimize disruption of mal aircraft ground and air traffic. For airports subject to FAR fart 107, Airport Security, the )ort operator's security program standards shall be observed in the areas of access control, i movement and identification of construction and FAA personnel and vehicles. a. These standards shall be used to develop specific safety measures which FAA employees, ntees, and contractors shall adhere to during these activities on all airports in the Southwest )ion. They provide a reasonable level of safety, but aircraft operations, weather, security, or al airport rules may require use of more stringent safety measures. Use of less stringent asures and changes that impact securiI4, controls are permitted only after coordination vveen Airports, Air Traffic, Airway Facilities, Flight Standards, and Civil Aviation Security isions, airport management, and affected aviation users. b. Sid documents for on -airport construction or maintenance projects shall include general specific safety requirements, based on Appendix 1 to this Carder; so that contractors are .re of the costs and constraints which will apply during the project to maintain a hiul i level of itior t safety. . k_ e 2 = ar 5 2/15/96 SW 5200.5E c. if the clearances and restrictions described in this Order cannot be maintained while construction or maintenance is underway, action will be taken as appropriate to: (1) close runways, taxiways, or aprons, (2) relocate or displace runway thresholds temporarily, (3) perform work at night or during periods of minimal aircraft activity, (4) close affected areas to certain types of aircraft, r (5) restrict aircraft use by weight, wingspan, approach speed, or other characteristic, (6) shut down or restrict use of navigational or approach aids. ! d. FAA employees who are responsible for construction or maintenance activities on airports shall coordinate project safety and security requirements and impacts with the airport sponsor as soon as the impacts have been identified, but before commitments are made with contractors or others to perform work on an airport. Coordination will vary from formal predesign conferences to informal contacts with the airport manager or responsible sponsor official before starting work. 7. SAFETY IMPACTS. Potentially hazardous conditions which may occur during airport construction and maintenance include the following: a. Excavations, trenches, and stockpiled material on or near runways, taxiways and aprons. b. Construction equipment on aircraft operating areas or in runway approaches or departure areas. c. Inadequate construction area marking or lighting. d. back of control over vehicle access to aircraft operating areas, unauthorized entry of personnel, vehicles, or animals. r e. Inadequate vehicle marking or lighting. f. Deficient narking and lighting of temporary runway thresholds. g. Failure to issue, update, or cancel Notices to Airmen concerning airport or runway closures or other construction -related airport condition. h. Failure to mark and identify Futilities or puvver cables, resulting in loss of airport lighting navigational, visual, or approach aids; weather reporting service; or communications. Gar 6 Page 3 q 5200.58 2/15/96 i. Unauthorized vehicle operations in localizer of, glide slope critical areas, resulting in ictronic interference or facility shutdown. j,6Construction debris (gravel, sand, mud, paving material., etc,} on airport pavements, 'Uting in aircraft prop, turbine engine, or tire damage. k. Exposed pavement edges (drop-offs) from runways, taxiways and aprons to adjacent vement sections or shoulders. I. Construction activities which hamper aircraft rescue/firefighting access from fire stations :he runway -taxiway system or airport buildings. m. Lack of radio communication with construction and maintenance vehicles in aircraft arating areas. SAFETY STANDARDS. Paragraphs a through h below define safety standards and defines for FAA -funded construction and FAA maintenance activities on airports. a. Obstacle Free Zone (1) Objects, vehicle, and stockpiled material normally are not permitted to penetrate OFZ. OFZs are shown on Figures 1 - 4. (a) Runway OFZs, are applicable at any time the runway is open for aircraft On precision runways with approach lights, the inner -approach and inner -transitional surface Zs must be kept free of penetrations only when the weather conditions are below an 800 ft. ing or less than 2 miles visibility and aircraft are using an Instrument Landing System (ILS) for iroaches. (b) Objects which do not penetrate an OF21- still may require notice to the k under FAR Parts 77 or 152 and may be obstructions to air navigation. Those objects which eed FAR Part 77 obstruction standards are to be appropriately obstruction -marked and, if d at night. obstruction -lighted. Cranes or other equipment of unusual height may require cial consideration and coordination with FAA operating Divisions and airport users. e 4 Par 8 2/15/96 SW 5200.58 (2) The Runway OFZ is a volume of airspace extending from the runway surface up to 150 feet above the runway. It extends 200 feet beyond each end of the runway and has the following width: Runways Serving: Visibility Minimums lower than 3/4 mile Other Runways Small Aircraft 300 feet 250 feet Large Aircraft 400 feet 20© ft Rwv OFZ - Rwy Width OFZ Plan View End View Figure 1 OFZ - Visual Runways and Runways with visibility minimums not lower than 3/4 mile OFZ Inner -Transitional OFZ Plan Vew Inner -Transitional OFZ ZRwy OFZ { End View Figure 2 OFZ - Small airplanes exclusively with visibility minimums lower than 3/4 mile Par 8 Page 5 N 5200.513 I n ner-Transitional OFZ� l I nner-Transitional OFZ Rwy - 60 0ft OFZ Plan View End View lure 3. OFZ - Runways serving large aircraft - visibility minimums lower than 3/4 mile (3) The Inner -Approach OFZ, shown in Figure 4, applies only to runways with )roach lighting systems. It begins 200 feet from the runway threshold and ends 200 feet fond the last light unit in an approach lighting system, and has a 50:1 slope, beginning at way end elevation. Plan View inner -Approach OF 50 Profile Vie ire 4. Inner -Approach OFZ - Runways with approach lighting systems e6 2J1 S'96 a 2/15!96 StV 5200.58 b. Approach Clearance Over Equipment and Material. (1) Construction activity in a runway approach may result in a need to displace the landing threshold temporarily. if an object penetrates a surface shown in Fig. 5, displace the threshold to a point where the surface is not penetrated. (2) Objects which do not penetrate these surfaces still may be obstructions to air navigation and/or may affect standard instrument approach procedures. Coordinate these with the Fort Worth Flight Procedures Office, and the Air Traffic System Management Branch, ASW-530, as necessary. Runway End a Runway 20 C?bstacle Dimension Feet Small Aircraft Large Aircraft A 0 200 B 250 400 C 700 1000 D 2250 1500 . E 2750 8500 Figure 5, 20:1 `threshold Location Surface Fade 7 V 5200.5B 2/15/96 c. Partial Runway Closure For Equipment Can The Runway. (1) When equipment or construction/maintenance activity must be on a runway and lecision is made to keep part of the runway open for aircraft, part of the runway must be closed shown in Figure 6. The dimensions shown are recommended; however, a larger closed area to shown may be necessary depending on aircraft use, level of activity, pilot technique, and Apment height, and a smaller closed area may be possible under some circumstances. These ;ommendations are based on equipment heights of about 15 feet; higher objects may require �cial considerations. (2) Use the following distances from the construction/maintenance activity to the )rated threshold: Small aircraft (12,500 lbs or less) - 500 feet Large aircraft (More than 12,500 lbs.) - 1000 feet Closed Area �---- Usable Runway ( 500' or 1000' t empora.ry Relocated Threshold Figure 6. Relocated Threshold for Equipment on the Runway d. Runway and Taxiway Safety Areas. Equipment (1) Runway safety areas - construction or maintenance activity is prohibited in vay safety areas (RSA) while the full length of the runway is open. Normal FAA maintenance of at, approach, and navigational aids is permissible within safety areas provided vehicles, erial, and excavations do not penetrate a runway OFZ and requirements of paragraph 8b for roach clearance over vehicles, equipment and material are met. (2) Runway safety area dimensions are shown in Figure 7. Existing safety areas at articular airport may be larger or smaller than the standard dimensions listed. if construction or 'itenance activity must take place within the specified safety area, it is also acceptable to -ict the runway use to a smaller size of aircraft and use a narrower and/or shorter safety area =nsi fn for the duration of the activity. e 5 Par 8 M I k 2/15/96 S1/V 5200.56 b a IC RSA Aircraft Approach Category Runway Safety Area Dimensions Feet Airplane Design Group See Appendix 3 A and B 1 11 NI (V Dimen. visual runways and t aJ 120 150 300 500 not lower than 314 mi approach visibility minimums ® 30 40 100 175 c 240 300 600 1000 lower than 3/4 mi approach 0 300 300 400 500 visibility minimums ® 100 100 150 175 c 600 600 800 1000 C and D 1 11 III IV V Fal All 500 0 All 150 El All 1000 Note 1: Use dimension a or b, whichever results in the greater distance from the runway centerline. Note 2: Use dimension c or the existing safety area length, whichever is less, but no less than 200 t ; feet. Note 3: Some certificated airports have or permit use of 400-foot wide runway safety areas during construction and maintenance. Coordinate proposals with the Airports Division, Safety and Standards Branch, ASW-620. Figure 7, Runway Safety Areas Par 8 Page 9 V 5200.56 2/15/96 (3) Taxiway safety areas/object free areas - see Figure 8. nstruction/maintenance activity is permissible in taxiway object free areas and safety areas if activity is hazard -marked and/or lighted and NOTAMs are in effect. Special consideration !st be given to the height of barricades, flashers and other warning devices to clear aircraft igtips, propellers, engines etc. Other actions may be necessary such as: Using "wingwalkers" to guide aircraft past hazards, Using temporary taxiway marking/lighting to detour aircraft clear of the area, Moving equipment and personnel wetl clear to allow aircraft to pass safely. Taxiway Object Free Area Object IW ngtip Clearance Air lane Design Group See Appendix 3 Item I If III IV V axiway Safety Area Width Feet 49 79 118 171 214 axiway Object Free Area Width(Feet) 88 130 186 260 320 Figure 8. Taxiway Safety Area and Object Free Area e 10 Par 8 2/151196 SW 5200.513 (1) Temporary displaced runway threshold: (a) lark with white arrows and a white threshold bar as shown in Advisory Circular 150/5340-1, or (b) Use alternate marking which is: 1 dearly visible to the pilot, 2 Not misleading, confusing, or deceptive, 3 Secured in place to prevent movement, 4 Made of material which will minimize damage to aircraft which come in contact with the marking. (2) Temporary relocated runway threshold (partial closure of a runway): (a) Mark with yellow chevrons as shown in A.G. 150/5340-1, or use alternate marking as described in par. (1)(b) above. (b) Runway distance remaining signs may need to be covered or removed during the closure to avoid misleading runway length indications to pilots. (3) Temporary runway thresholds must be lighted if all or part of a runway is to be open at night during construction and maintenance. The airport operator may already have temporary threshold fighting available but P rY 9 9 this should be determined to advance. (a) Use light lens colors and spacing in A.C. 150/5340-24, Runway and Taxiway Edge Lighting System. M (b) Disable runway lighting on closed parts of runways and adjust amber ; lenses (caution zone) if necessary. On some lighting systems, it may be necessary to cover a light rather than removing the lamp or fixture. (c) Disable visual glide slope indicators (VASI, PAP[, PL.ASI, etc.), REIL, and approach lights which would otherwise give misleading indications to pilots as to the threshold location, Installation of temporary visual aids may be necessary to provide adequate guidance for pilots on approach to the affected runway. These may be funded or provided by the FAA or the sponsor, Par 8 Page 11 W 5200.5E (4) Closed runway marking: (a) Use yellow "^X"' marking as shown in A.C. 150/5340-1 , 2/115/96 (b) Closed runway marking is not required on airports with 24-hour Control )wers if the closed runway cannot be mistaken by pilots for nearby open runways and the airport aerator consents to omitting them. In some cases, closed runway marking could interfere with B use of the runway for aircraft taxiing if this is to be allowed while the runway is closed for iding and takeoffs. (c) Closed runway marking is not required on runways which are closed only night provided that: I Runway lighting and visual aids are turned off, 2 NOTAMs are in effect regarding the closure. (5) Hazard Marking (barricades, traffic cones, flashers, etc.) shall be used: (a) To outline construction/maintenance areas which are accessible to -raft, persons, or vehicles, (b) To identify isolated hazards such as open manholes, small areas under iair, stockpiled material, waste areas, etc., (c) To prevent aircraft from taxiing onto a closed runway for takeoff, (d) To identify FAA, airport, and National Weather Service facilities, cables, ver lines, ILS critical areas and other sensitive areas, in order to prevent damage, interference, 1 facility shutdown. (1) The need to shut down navigational, approach, or visual aids shall be :rmined on a case -by -case basis. Flight Standards, Air Traffic, Airports, Airway Facilities, the ht Procedures Office, and the airport sponsor shall be involved in the decision as necessary. -k within an ILS critical area may affect the radiated signals and interfere with aircraft igation. ILS critical areas may be shown on the Airport Layout Plan, or contact the local Airway ii1ties office or Airport Traffic Control Tower for information on critical area location and ansions, (2) Construction on or near runways may severely restrict the use of Standard -u rn e (nit Approach rr--'rocedures-, and all phases of the project shall be coordinated with the Foil th Flight Procedures Office to determine the effects. e Par 2/15/96 g. Notices to Airmen (NOTAfi ) (1) Responsibility for issuing NOTAMs shall be determined before construction or maintenance begins. Refer to Order 7930.1, National Notice to Airmen System, or Advisory Circular 150/5200-28, Notices to Airmen for Airport Operators (2) NOTAMs on shutdown or irregular operation of FAA -owned facilities shall be issued and canceled only by FAA employees. Flight Data Center (FDC) NOTAMs on instrument approach procedures are issued by the Fort Worth Flight Procedures Office. NOTAMs on airport conditions and non -Federal navigational aids shall be issued and canceled only by the airport sponsor. Any person having reason to believe that a NOTAM is missing, incomplete, or inaccurate shall notify the responsible person. h. 'vehicle Identification. FAA employees who operate vehicles on an airport: shall comply with the airport owner's rules for vehicle marking, lighting, and operations, unless FAA requirements are more stringent. Vehicles operated by FAA employees on active runways, taxiways, or safety areas shall be marked with orange and white hags or flashing yellow beacons during daylight hours, and with flashing yellow beacons at night. Contractors and suppliers shall be informed of the applicable requirements of the airport sponsor by the FAA or airport sponsor employee responsible for the work. i. Controlling Access To Aircraft Operational Areas i (1) Vehicle and pedestrian access routes for airport construction and maintenance shall be controlled as necessary to prevent inadvertent or unauthorized entry of persons, vehicles, and animals. The amount of construction traffic or local security/safety rules may require use of personnel to control access through gates or fencing, or across aircraft movement areas. Radio communications may be required between these personnel and a Control Tower if equipment and personnel must enter or cross an active Aircraft Movement Area. (2) Vehicle parking areas for FAA and contractor employees shall be designated in advance to minimize vehicle traffic in aircraft operating areas while still providing. reasonable employee access to the job site. r 9. STANDARD SAFETY SPECIFICATIONS. General safety provisions which apply during contract work on airports are contained in the following documents: a. Facilities and Equipment Program (F & E) projects - Additional General Provisions, FAA P-1, Clause No. 75, "Special Precautions for Work at Operating Airports." b. Airport Improvement Program (AlP) projects - Advisory Circular 150/5370-10, "Standards for Specifying Construction or Airports," General Provisions 40-05, Maintenance of Traffic; 70-08, Barricades, Warning Signs, and Hazard Marking; 80-04f Limitation g `�j' f Operations. Par 8 Page 13 w N 5200.5B 2/? 5/96 f. € ROJECT SPECIFICATIONS. Specific safety requirements for a project may be eve€oped using the guide in Appendix I of this Order, or may be written or provided in other -ms which provide similar guidance. The project safety requirements shall be included in the ins and specifications, as applicable, when an invitation for bids is issued. ide M. DeHart, Jr. 4onal Administrator e `4 Pa, 10 2/15/96 Appendix 1. SAFETY SPECIFICATION GUIDE SW 5200.5B Appendix 1 1. General Safety Requirements: During performance of this contract, the airport runways, taxiways, and aircraft parking aprons shall remain in use by aircraft to the maximum extent possible. Aircraft use of areas near the contractor's work will be controlled to minimize disturbance to the contractor's operation. The contractor shall not allow his/her employees, subcontractor, suppliers, or any person over whom he/she has control to enter or remain in any part of the airport which would be hazardous to persons or to aircraft operations. Whenever aircraft operations require, the (Contracting Officer, Engineer, etc.) may order the contractor to suspend operations, move plant, personnel, equipment, and materials to a safe location and stand by until aircraft use is completed. 2. Obstacle Free Zone: Construction activity within an Obstacle Free Zone will require closing part or all of the affected runway. See Figures 1 - 4. 3. Approach Clearance to Runways: Runway landing thresholds shall be located to provide an rvunobstructed approach surface with an approach ratio over equipment and material as shown on ' Figures 5 and 6. 4. Runway and Taxiway Safety Areas: Construction activity within a runway safety area will require closing part or all of the affected runway. Construction activity within taxiway safety areas/object free areas is permissible when the taxiway is open to aircraft traffic if: a. Adequate wingtip/empennage clearance exists between the aircraft and equipment/materiel, b. Excavations, trenches, or other conditions are conspicuously marked and lighted, c. Notices to Airmen are in effect concerning the activity, usually "Personnel and equipment adjacent to Taxiway " Safety Area dimensions are shown on Figures 7 and 8. 5. Threshold Markina and Lighting: a. Temporary threshold marking is (required, not required). Threshold marking will be furnished by the (airport owner, contractor, etc.). b. Temporary threshold lighting is (required, not required). Threshold lighting will be furnished and maintained by the (airport owner, contractor, etc.). V 5200-5B 2i 15/96 )pendix II c. Temporary visual aids (VAS[, PAPI., REIL, -etc.) are (required, not required). The visual i(s) will be furnished and maintained by the (airport owner, FAA, Contractor.. etc.). Closed Runway Marking/Hazard Mai -king: a. Closed runway marking is (required, not required). Closed runway marking shall be (as awn on the plans, furnished by the owner, etc.). b. Hazard marking and fighting shall be as required by the (airport , owner, project Derintendent, engineer, etc..), and shall be as (described in Section of the specifications, shown on the plans, etc.). Vehicle Identification and Parking: a. Contractor vehicles and equipment shall be identified by (describe marking and sting). b. Employee parking shall be (specific location, or as designated by the engineer, )erintendent, airport manager, etc.). Construction Site Access and Haul Roads: Access to the job site shall be via (specific route, shown on the plans, designated by the engineer, superintendent, airport manager, etc.). Radio Communications: Radio communications are (required between the contractor's resentative and the Control Tower), (not required). (Specify communications requirements in 'nuch detail as possible.) e 2 Par 5 2/ 15/96 SW 5200.513 Appendix 2 Appendix 2. FAA -CERTIFICATED AIRPORTS IN SOUTHWEST REGION (As of March 1996) _ 1 • i A Fayetteville Drake (FYV) Fort Smith Regional (FSM) Hot Springs Memorial (HOT) Little Rock Adams Field (LIT) Texarkana Regional (TXK) LOUISIANA Alexandria Esler Regional (ESF) Alexandria Intl (AEX) Baton Rouge Ryan (BTR) Lafayette Regional (LFT) Lake Charles Chennault (CWF) Lake Charles Regional (LCH) Monroe Regional (MLU) New Iberia Acadiana Regional (ARA) New Orleans International (MSY) New Orleans Lakefront -(NEW) Shreveport Regional (SHV) Tallulah Vicksburg -Tallulah Reg. (TVR) NEW MEXICO Albuquerque International (ABO) Farmington Four Comers Reg. (FMN) Hobbs - Lea County (Hobbs) (HOB) Las Cruces International (LRU) Los Alamos (LAM) Roswell Industrial (ROW) Ruidoso Sierra Bianca Reg. (SRR) OKLAHOMA Lawton Municipal (LAW) Oklahoma City Will Rogers (OKC) Stillwater Municipal (SWO) Tulsa International (TUL) TEXAS Abilene Regional (ABI) Amarillo International (AMA) Austin Robert Mueller (AUS) Beaumont Jefferson Co. (BPT) Brownsville South Padre Is. (BRO) College Station Easterwood (CLL) Corpus Christi International (CRP) Dallas/Fort Worth International (DFW) Dallas Love (DAL) El Paso International (ELP) Fort Worth Alliance (AFW) Fort Worth Meacham Intl (FTW) Galveston Scholes (GLS) Harlingen Valley Intl (HRL) Houston Ellington (EFD) Houston Hobby (HOU) Houston Intercontinental (IAH) Killeen Municipal (ILE) Laredo International (LRD) Longview Gregg County (GGG) Lubbock Intemational (LBB) McAllen Miller International (MFE) Midland International (MAF) Paris Cox Field (PRX) San Angelo Mathis Field (SJT) San Antonio International (SAT) Temple Draughon-Miller Cen. Tx (TPL) Tyler Pounds Field (TYR) Victoria Regional (VCT) Waco Regional (ACT) Wichita Falls Muni/Sheppard APB (SRS) 2/15/96 SW 5200.5B Appendix 3 Appendix 3. AIRPLANE DESIGN GROUPS Some safety standards in this Order are based on the "Airplane Design Group„ from Advisory Circular 150/5300-13, Airport Design. These Design Groups are based on aircraft wingspan, with typical aircraft in each Design Group shown below. Design Group Wingspan Up to but not including 49 feet Piper Navajo, Cessna 421, Fairchild Metro, Beech King Air, Mitsubishi MU-2, Rockwell Sabre 75, Lear 35136, BAE/Hawker-Siddley HS-125/800 49 feet UD to but not including 79 feet II Cessna 441, Embraer 120 Brasilia, SAAB 340, Rockwell Sabre 65, Cessna Citation 11/111, Beech 1900 Airliner, Gulfstrearn 111111111[VN 79 feet up to but not including 118 feet III ATR 42172, BAE-1 46, Boeing 727/737, Convair 580, DeHavilland Dash 7, DC-9 (AJI), Fokker 100, MD-80, Fairchild F-27 118 feet up to but not includinLl 71 feet IV Boeing 707, 757, 767, DC-8, Lockheed L-1-01 1, DC - I O/MD-1 I 1 171 feet up to but not including 4 feet V -Z' I -1 777 Boeina 747, 6/1 /96 S'A/ 5200.5B Appendix 4 APPENDIX 4. FAA OFFICE DIRECTORY Following are the FAA offices with responsibilities for construction and/or maintenance airports: on Office Tele hone Functions Airports Division, Safety and Standards Branch, ASW-620 817-222-5620 Airport safety, FAR 139. airport design standards, Airport Improvement Program Air Traffic Division, S stem Y 817-222-5530 pro'ect mans ement Obstruction Evaluation, Air Management Branch, Traffic Procedures, - ASW-530 obstruction marking and lighting, Control Tower line -of - Aviation System Standards, Fort Worth Flight Procedures 817-222-4131 sight Instrument approach Office procedures, procedures, Flight Data Automated Flight Service NOTAMs Stations (AFSS� Administration: Notices to Airmen - Call Jonesboro, AR 501-932-4608 1-800- 544-1709 DeRidder, LA Albuquerque, NM 318-462-6111 505-242-4442 423-9347 McAlester, OK 918-421-6000 525-9963NM 342-7635TX 722-4223 (OK only) Conroe, TX Fort Worth, TX 409-760-4201 833-5602 San Angelo, TX 817-654-2205 915-944-8791 722-6209 433-8102 Civil Aviation Security Division, ASW-700 817-222-5700 Airport Security, FAR. 107 Airway Facilities Division Resource Mgt. Branch NAS Implementation Br. 817-222-4200 NAVAID Planning Operations Branch 817-222-4500 817-222-4700 NAVAID Implementation System Maintenance Office NAVAID Maintenance � Albuquerque (NM, W. Tx) Dallas/Fort Worth (Metro) 505-764-6700 FAA Facilities Maintenance Houston (S. Tx, LA) 214-453-4900 713-986-7100 Oklahoma C! {OK, AR 405-798`2000 j No Text